Sie sind auf Seite 1von 1184

THE PRACTICAL SANSKRIT-ENGLISH DICTIONARY

THE PRACTICAL

SANSKRIT-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
Containing Appendices on Sanskrit Prosody and Important Literary and Geographical Names of Ancient India

REVISED & ENLARGED EDITION

VAMAN SHIVRAM APTE

MOTILAL BANARSIDASS
Delhi

Varanasi

Patna

Madras

MOTILAL BANARSIDASS
Head Office: Bungalow Road, Delhi 110007 Branches: Chowk, Varanasi 221 001 Ashok Rajpath, Patna 800 004
6

Appar Swamy Koil Madras 600 004

Street,

Mylapore

Fourth Revised
Reprint
:

& Enlarged

Edition

Delhi, 1965

Delhi, 1975, 1978, 1985

ISBN

0-89581-171-5

Printed in India by Shantilal Jain at Shri Jainendra Press A-45 Naraina, Phase I, New Delhi 1 10 028 and published by Narendra Prakash Jain for Motilal Banarsidass, Delhi 1 10 007.

PREFACE
This Dictionary has been undertaken to supply a want long felt by the student, of a complete and at the same time cheap Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Very little need, I think, be said with regard to the necessity of bringing out a work like when the of
this,

study

Sanskrit has received such a strong impetus during the last twentyfive years. There have been four or five Sanskrit-English Dictionaries published till now; but very few of them fulfil the two essential conditions of the popularity and usefulness of such works satisfying all the requirements of students and at the same time being within their easy reach. The Dic-

Wilson and Monier Williams are very useful and valuable works, but are prohibitively high, and they do not also meet particularly of the latter of the of most ordinary wants Sanskrit readers. A student, while reading Sanskrit many at school or college, generally expects that the Dictionary which he uses will give appropriate equivalents for such words and compound expressions as may have peculiar meanings
tionaries of Professors
their prices

word has

or shades of meaning in particular passages. He desires to know not only that a particular so many senses, but that it has this or that sense in a particular passage of a book,
in a certain passage

by seeing or by other writers in different works. He also wants accurate and, as far as possible, full explanations of the more important technical terms occurring at least in his usual course of reading, as well as any other information likely to be of use to him. Professor Monier Williams has, in his invaluable
Dictionary,
tried to exhaust the

so that he

may determine any particular meaning of a word and comparing how it is used elsewhere by the same writer

much

useful information

on some

meanings of words as But it would points.


it fails

far as

not, I

he could, and has also given think, be detracting from the

some of the most common senses of words occurring in such well-known and oft-read books as the Uttararamacharita, Mudraraksasa, Venisamhara, Sisupalavadha or Kadambarl. Moreover, it gives neither quotations nor
to give

merits of the great

work

to say that

references, nor

much

college career.
to

In making these remarks

of the information likely to be useful to the student during his school or I must not, in the slightest degree, be understood

make any reflections on that Dictionary. Indeed, I have myself derived no small help from that work, as will be acknowledged further on. My only object in pointing out its defects has been to show why I thought it necessary to undertake the compilation of a new
Dictionary, when some already existed in the field, and I hope the reader will be able to find that this Dictionary is an improvement on its predecessors in some respects at least.
necessity of undertaking and publishing this Dictionary, a few words with regard to its plan and scope. The extent of Sanskrit literature say is so vast that not even the life-long labours of a single individual, howsoever talented or it. It has two distinct branches, the Vedic persevering, will be able to do full justice to

Having thus explained the

I shall

and post-Vedic, each of which will require an independent encyclopaedia for itself. Not even the gigantic Vdchaspatyam of the late Professor Taranatha Tarkavachaspati, nor the and Bothlingk, can be said to be altoequally gigantic German Worterbuch of Drs. Roth
gether complete and comprehensive. during the leisure hours of a teacher's
that word.
in

Much
life

less

can a small work

like

mine

compiled

However,

have

tired to
I

make

aspire to be called complete in any sense of it as comprehensive and practically complete


to

comprehensive and practias my humble powers enabled me to do, though how cally useful to the student of Sanskrit It includes all words far I have succeeded in my object the reader alone can best decide.

any sense of that word.

However,

have tried

make

it

as

IV

such as Epics like the Rainayana and occurring in the general post-Vedic literature, Smriti the several the literature, Puranas, particularly the law-books of Mahabharata, of or darsanas several the systems philosophy such as Nyaya, VaisesiManu and Yajnavalkya, and kas Mlmarhsa, Vedanta, &c. Grammar, Rhetoric, Poetry in all its branches, Tantra technical dramatic Mathematics, Medicine, Astronomy, Music and such other
literature,

or scientific branches of learning.

It inserts,

most of the leading names of trees and plants

with scientific or vernacular equivalents wherever noteworthy. It also gives most of the for though Vedic Literature would require a principal Vedic words or senses of words; at least such words itself, still I did not think it desirable to omit altogether
dictionary

by

as frequently occur, especially as I intended to

make

this

work

as complete

same reason, obscure or unimportant words or sive as I could. been inserted, though they may not be generally met with in classical
For the

senses of

and comprehenwords have

literature as studied

by the University student.

The
view
I

chief feature of this Dictionary is that it has aimed at being practical. With this have added quotations and references to the peculiar and noteworthy senses of words,

works read by the student at School or College. In some cases the quotations might appear to some to be superfluous, but to a student, especially a biginwith apt illustrations of the senses of words, and ner, they are very useful, as they supply him
in especially such as occur

enable him to provide himself with a large stock of choice, idiomatic expressions which are Another noticeable feature of the Dictionary is that it gives so abundant in the language.
technical terms, particularly in Nyaya, Alahkara, explanations of the more important and Grammar Dramaturgy, with quotations in Sanskrit wherever necessary; Vedanta,
full

*W?, HITPI, *W*pWSr, 3qm, ^q-Ti, ^PN?, iftafflT, w^K~tl, &c. In the case of Alaiikaras I have inffcfi, IS, snftlfes, WZ, W, HW5, faW, wft*n? have I occasionally consulted the Rasachiefly drawn upon 'the Kavyprakasa, though
e.g. see the

words

sr^firfcrai,

In the explanation of dramatic terms gaiigadhara, Chandraloka and Kuvalayananda. its translation into English, and have and I have usually followed the Sahitya-darpana sometimes referred to the Dasarupa. Similarly, striking phrases, some choice expressions

and idioms or peculiar combinations of words, have been given under every word where necessary or possible; e.g. see the words i\q %g, n?jc, ftff, *rr, $, 5T, fr &c. Mythological allusions in the case of all important personages have been briefly but clearly explained, so
,

most of the facts connected with them; e.g. see stf^T, ^a?c^, *', $!$&!, &c. Etymology has generally been given in the case of every important word, 5?fK, fllfMI except where it was purely fanciful; e.g. see sjsfajft, flfftfa, WT, !pf, 3fT*IT, $q1%3 &c. In
as to give the reader

doing

this I

have followed the system of native grammarians

who

resolve every

word

into

'pratyqya', and the terminations given according to Panini's nomenclature will be explained further on. I have thought it necessary to do so at the suggestion of several friends, and have derived considerable help from the great Vdchasapatya which I have usually followed, except where the etymology given therein appeared to me to be purely and arbitrary or fanciful. Philological comparisons have been given only where useful
its 'prakriti'

and

noteworthy.
very
H!5si,
useful,

The work
especially

also gives information


to the

about words which,

it is

believed, will be

URS, CH
under
&c.

&c.
the

Some
word

University student; e.g. see the words STWS, SC, tc, of the most common Wydyas or Maxims have been
for

collected

;(Jiq

easy reference;
the

e.

g. see

GffianftVlCT
I

WWftjWP^Ifl end ihtee Appendices. The first in a clear and intelligible form
in

To add

to the usefulness of
is

on
the

Sanskrit

all

common

Dictionary Prosody which attempts to give metres with definitions, Schemes


I

have added

?1I<i5"n<T, at the

Canas, and Examples.

In the preparation of the Appendix

have chiefly drawn upon

the two popular works on Prosody, the Vrittaratnakara

common

and Chhando-Manjari, but some metres omitted in those works have been added from the illustrations found in the

works of Magha, Bharavi, Dandin, BhaUi, Siidraka c. Colebrooke's Essay on Sanskrit Metres has also given me occasional help. The second, Appendix gives the dates, writings &c. of some of the important Sanskrit writers such as Kalidasa, Bhavabhuti, Biina. Here I have selected only those names about which something definite something more than

mere guesses and


and

surmises

is

known, and

have derived some hints from the Introduc-

tion to Vallabhadeva's

edited by Dr. Peterson and Pandit Durga Prasada, from Prof. Max-Muller's 'India what it can teach us", for which my thanks are due

Subhasitavali

to the authors of

the ancient
ed,

and

in

The third Appendix gives the most important names in Geography of India with identifications on the modern map wherever ascertainthis part of the work I have to cordially acknowledge the help I have derived
both the works.

from Cunningham's Ancient Geography, but particularly from Mr. Borooah's Essay pre-

volume of his English Sanskrit Dictionary. I had at first intended to add two alphabetical indexes to the principal events and personages occurring in the Ramayana and Mahabharata, but I have had to abandon the project,- as the publication of the Dictionary has already been delayed on account of various causes over which I had no control. In short, I have endeavoured to make the PRACTICAL SANSKRIT-ENGLISH DICTIONARY as complete, comprehensive, and encyclopaedic as was possible within the limits of a single compact volume by condensing a very large amount of matter by means of suitable typographical and other arrangements, and I hope it will be found to be a practically useful and reliable guide in the study of the Sanskrit language.
fixed to the third

There
is

is

one point which will not


is

fail to strike

a careful reader of this Dictionary, which

that there

400 pages. 364 pages by themselves, and if the remaining letters of the alphabet had been treated with the same fulness the volume would have increased to about 2000 pages, and the publication
of the work
itself

not the same fulness of treatment in the later portion as in the first 300 or After the vowels had been printed off, I found that they covered no less than

would have been delayed by

at least

one year more.

It

is

obvious that

neither time, nor the cheap price at which the work was offered to subscribers, would have enabled me to on the work of compilation on the same scale and I was, therefore, carry
;

obliged to endeavour to curtail the matter by occasionally substituting references for quotations without at the same time marring the usefulness of the work, and by abridging explanations of words and the information given about them, while in some cases I have had to
I hope, however, that this has not extent affected the any great practical usefulness of the Dictionary, and I trust that if time and circumstances permit, I shall be in a position to make the second edition much

keep back, matter originally intended for the volume.

to

more
which

useful,

complete and comprehensive than the

first.

The plan and arrangement


follow.

of the work will be best understood from the 'Directions'


to roots are

Verbs formed by prefixing prepositions


;

betical order of the prepositions so affixed

e.

g.

JT?4T

or

tfw

arranged in the alphamust be looked for not

own group of in its own alphabetical order, and at the head of its to save view with a derivatives. This system had been followed in this Dictionary repetition of equivalents under the derivatives from a root. But if, on ti-jul, it be found to be practithe Knglish-Sunskrit inconvenient, it may be abandoned in the second edition. As in
under ^r,
but
cally

Dictionary,
santdpa
is

ever

may

have here throughout used the anusvara instead of the nasals, (e.g. angn or which practice, whatbut as k, ffaiq ), written not as Hff, H'mi, be said with regard to its correctness, is very convenient for purposes of printing.
I

VI

The

several contrivances used to effect saving in space will be understood

by the reader

after

very short practice.


It

now remains

ed from different

me to do the grateful duty of acknowledging the help And in doing so I must give the lirst place to the sources.
for

have deriv-

great Sanskrit

I have consof Professor Taranatha Tarkavachaspati. encyclopaedia, the Vachaspatya contained in it and have freely availed myself of the information tantly kept it by my side of course with large curtailments though I have had to supplement it myself wherever it was

found to be defective or
existing Sanskrit

insufficient.

Several words and senses of words not given in the

some quotations, particularly from Udbhaja and Puranas, have been borrowed from the same work. The Sanskrit English Dictionary It of Professor Monier Williams is the next work to which I have been greatly indebted. have his of and I a source of to has been constant me, frequently adopted renderings help words, compound expressions &c., where I found them better than those I myself had to
English lexicons, as also

And though there is a good deal in this Dictionary that is not to be found in that and work, though the plan and scope of the two are essentially different, yet I must gratefully acknowledge the great assistance I have often derived from the learned Professor's invaluable Dictionary. The last work to which also my grateful acknowledgments are due
suggest.
is

the

German Worterbuch

of Drs.

of that great work is that it every branch of Sanskrit literature, but a careful reader will easily see that the works belonging to Vedic literature, such as the four Vedas, Upanisads, Brahamanas, Aranyakas &c.,

Roth and Bothlingk. The chief distinguishing feature abounds with quotations and references dealing with almost

have been comparatively more copiously drawn upon by the authors than works belonging
to the post-Vedic literature.

glance at the contents of this Dictionary will show that I have drawn upon works seldom or not at all referred to in the Worterbuch; such as the

Mahavlracharita,
Kiratarjunlya,

Malati-Madhava,

Uttararamacharita,

Mudraraksasa, Venisarhhara, Ratnavali,


Vikramankadevacharita,

Kadambari, Sisupalavadha, Kavyaprakasa, Sarikarabhasya,


Indeed, the great majority

Bhahminivilasa,

Gangalahari &c.

of quotations and references are from


years; and
I
I

have even

space.

But

my own collection made during the last seven or eight been obliged to keep back a large mumber of them for want of must frankly acknowledge that I have freely availed myself of the quotations
in that Dictionary,

and references

where my own collection was defective, particularly in and Pauranic works. I have also occasionally consulted the Dictionaries of H. H. Wilson and Benfey, the former supplying some happy renderings of technical or obscure words. To these authors, as well as to the authors and editors of several other works, which are too many to be here mentioned, from which I have derived occasional help
the case of Vedic
in

one form or another,


In conclusion
I

my

most grateful thanks are due.

KRIT-ENGLISH

be permitted to express the hope that the PRACTICAL SANSDICTIONARY which has attempted to give in 1200 closely printed

may

pages of this si/e, matter at least equal in point of quanlily to that given by Prof. Monier Williams in his Dictionary, but in point of qi(ality more reliable, varied, and practically will serve the put pose I have had in view in compiling it; useful, in my humble opinion to render to the Sanskrit nearly the same service that Webster's or Ogilvie's student of namely
the I have tried to make it easily accessible to Dictionary does to the student of English. for I believe, too a price low, public by issuing a Popular Edition priced at 7 Rupees

much metter; while the Library Edition which, containing the same matter, printed on superior paper and in better will best answer and will also have binding, style, superior for such the purposes of the well-to-do persons who can afford to spend 10 or 1 Rupees
so
is
1

VII

object.

In a work of this kind

know

there must be several defects

and

also errors both of

omission and commission, and

such persons as will do me the honour of using this Dictionary will be so good as to point out to me places which require corrections, additions or improvements, I shall be very happy to give the suggestions my best consideration in the second edition. But if the Dictionary, even in its present form, be found to be a useful
if

publication, I shall consider my labours refreshed to devote my humble self again,

more than amply


if

repaid,

and

shall feel quite

need be,

to the service of the Sanskrit-reading

public; for, says the poet,

POONA,
28th Dec., '1890.

S.

Apte

PUBLISHERS NOTE
a reprint of the 2nd revised and enlarged edition of 1 9 1 2 which Principal V. S. Apte himself revised. After that no edition came out during the half century. Few years ago a revised edition of this dictionary came out from Poona in 3 vols. which is still

This edition

is

selling at the price of Rs.

125/-.

cheap editions of Apte's Students' Sanskrit-English and we have brought out under the patronage of Ministry Dictionaries which English-Sanskrit of Education, Government of India whose previous prices were reduced from Rs. 20/- and Rs. 12/- to Rs. 6/- and Rs. 4/- respectively, we decided also to publish a cheap edition of
Looking
to the response of

Practical Sanskrit English Dictionary

the same.

We

are very

much

Apte. This present edition is the result of hopeful that this edition will be widely appreciated by the

by

late

Sanskrit lovers.

the
as

From the point of view of usefulness and importance, no other dictionary can fulfil demand of the Sanskrit readers of India and abroad. In this present edition we have, far as possible, made substantial additions of about 10,000 new words taken from different
1

Sanskrit texts in adenda of

12 pages

have tried our best


valuable work.

to cater for the

which were not included in its previous editions. We needs of Sanskrit scholars and readers by publishing this

Vijayadashmi,

2022

Publishers

DIRECTIONS TO BE STUDIED BEFORE USING THIS DICTIONARY.


1. Words and their derivatives are arranged in the following order : first the radical or primitive word in large black type in all its different parts of speech and then the several derivatives in smaller type. In some case* these derivatives are given in their own alphabetical order for the sake of clearness.
t ;

The different parts of speech of a word are indicated by large black dashes, after which the nominative 2. singular of the part of speech is usually given, or the letters .,/., n. or ind. are put after the dash, the leading word being given only once. Where a word is used as an adjective and also as a substantive, the senses of
the adjective are invariably given
brackets.
3.
first
;

e.

g. ^fc, rrr$,

fltj.

The same

is

done in the case of compounds, but within

separate words

Where two words, though identical in form, differ entirely in meaning, they e. g. fr, f%. In a few cases they have been grouped together.
;

are generally

repeated

as

4. Words which ore used as adverbs, but derived by case-inflections from a noun or adjective, are the noun or adjective, e. g. 'JTHUI under TxJT. In some cases they are givec within brackets before under given

the compounds, if any.


5. The several meanings of a word, where they can be sufficiently distinguished from one another, are given separatley and marked by black Arabic figures. Mere shades of meaning are not considered as separate senses, but in such cases several synonyms are given under the same meaning, from which the reader will have to make his Where the shades of meaning are sufficiently broad, they are numbered as separate meanings. choice.

The meanings of words are arranged in the order of their importance and frequency of use. 6. of course, been possible to do so in every case, but the system has been generally followed.
7. (

It

has not,

Compounds

are grouped under the

ftvst

word

in the
first

tecond members, the black dash before them denoting that

compounds, e. g. word
;

in the alphabetical

order of

their

?TW, under

srf

means

3MT means
In giving compounds, the changes which the final letters undergo, e. g. the dropping, assimilation of stands for %4\m , -rft: under sn-n^, for snffrfih &c. In gome cases e. g. -artrt under j Utters &c. are assumed the compound words, where not easily intelligible, are given in full within brackets see

N. B.

Where a compound itself is used as the first member of other compounds, these which represents the first compound immediately after, their second member being preceded by
( 6 )

latter
;

are
"5^-,

given

e. g.

"^^

Ac. given under

fjj-

stand not for gf% or Qu<H, but for Q-Sfa or


,

All aluk compounds ( e. g. antMtaf, sfitstq-, TT^Tf ( o ) the radical word. separately in their proper places, but under
8.

wsrRrsr,

flfir:^!,

ff^i^

&o.

are given

thus sgcfrrr, All words formed by Krit or Taddhita affixes are given separately TNiT, 3TWT7, words. but as &c. under separate not as compounds &c. will be found %&,
;

w,

In the case of substantives the nominative singular, wherever it may at once denote the gender, it masculine gender, and the anusvara neuter gender. given throughout, the visarga, unless followed by/., indicating Where the nominatives singular is not indicative of the gender, it is specified as m.f. or n. as the case may be. All
9. (

substantives ending in consonants have their genders specified as m.,f. or n.


(

6 )

in the first

of nouns are usually given as separate leading words, but in some cases, especially after the masculine gender. But five or six hundred pages, they are given under the leading words

The feminine forms

where the

fern, base enters into

compounds,

it is

invariably given separately

g.

of the majority of adjectives in 10. In the case of adjectives the simple base only is given. The feminine ends in srr, and adjectives ending in 5- or 3- have generally the eaine base for all genders. In all such cases the AH irregular femininei to similar Bubetantive bases. imple base is gi ven, the feminine being formed according their feminines form or in brockets. denoted within ^ cndirg sj, Adjectives regularly in rft, ift f ^. are, however, or fft; where irregular, they are denoted within bracket g,
ar

2
11. ( a )

root belongs; P. denoting Parasmaipada, A. Atmanepada, U.-Ubhayapada and here the 3rd pers. sing, present tense -is given throughout.
(

In the case of verbs, the Arabic figure before P., A. and U. denotes the conjugation to which the (P.and A.), Den. stands for Denominative,

b )

Under each

root the 3rd person singular Present tense

and of the Perfect, Aorist,

two Futures and

and past passive participle wherever noteworthy, are given throughout. The forms of the Passive, Causal and Desiderative, wherever noteworthy, are given after them, or after the senses of the piimitive base, where there is any peculiarity in their senses.
Infinitive in the case of important roots,
( e )

except

in cases

Verbs formed by prefixing prepositions to roots are given separately in their where there are no derivarives from such verbs.

own

alphabetical order

preceded ly particular prepositions.

R.ots sometimes change their forma or padu ( voice ) or both, when used in paiticular senses or Such changes are denoted within brackets.
a root belongs to different conjugations with different meaninga, &c. ), the root being repeated only once. ( cf. ar^, gtr, gt
:

when

(e)
mark

When

Roman

figures

are

used

to

this difference,

All possible derivatives from a word are not always given when they may be easily 12. ( a ) supplied, more especially in the case of potential passive participles ( formed V>y <TSIT, 3t*ftt and JT ), present participles, and Where there is peculiarity either in the abstract nouns from adjectives ( formed by adding erf, rf or if ). formation or meaning of these derivatives, they are given. But in many cages the student will have to supply the forms according to the general rules given in Grammar.

(b) Similarly all the equivalents given under the radical word are not always repeated under the derivatives; they may, if necessary, be ascertained by a reference to the radical word.
13. [
].

Heie long vowels like i, !, the prwjs, denoted by corresponding


14.

Mythological allusions are explained in small type in the body of the work between rectangular brackets and 51 are, for the convenience of u, and letters of the lingual class, as also

italic letters

e.

g.

Powdavas and Kripi stand for

qfe^r

and

Metres and information about literary and geographical names arc given in the Appendices at the end.

A LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS USED

IN

THE DICTIONARY.

Of the names of works or authors.


N. D.
Except where otherwise
specified, the Editions of

works referred

to or

mostly those printed at Calcutta.


Ait Br

Aitareya
(

Brahmaua
).

Ak
A.

Bombay

D. Bha?.... Devfbhagavata. Dban. V.... Dbananjayavijaya.

Mai.,
Malli.

...
...
.

Malatimadhava (Bombay)
MallioAtba.

Amarakosha (Bombay).

Dharm.
Dhurt.

...

Dharmaviveka.

Mind.
Mark.

/Inandulahari.

...

Dhurtasamagama.
Daiakumaracharita

P
.. ..

MandukyopanMhad. Markandeya Purana.


Mahabharata
(

Amaru
/ipast

Amaruiataka
vlpaatamba.

Dk.
(

A.

Anargharaghava
lished in the

Pub-

D. R.
Dri. S.

...

(Bombsy). Dasarupa (Hall's


tion).

Edi-

KavyaGaut. S.
,

Mb. Mbh. Me. Med.


Mit. Miin.

Bombay

).
).

..
..

Mahabhashya ( Bombay Meghaduta ( Bombay),


Mediaikoaha. Mitakshara (Bombay). MfmarasA.
Mnebchhiikalika.

mala
Ary. S
(

).

Dnshtaotasataka.

.. .. ..

.dryavidyasudhakara

Bombay

).
(

n o\* ( Gautamasutra. or Qau.t.Sftt. ^


Ghat.
Ghatakarparakavya. Git. , ..... Gitagovinda. G. L ....... Gangalahart.
...

Mk.

Aryi.

8.

...

..-Iryasaptasati

publish-

Muha
Ms.

M
..

Mobamudgara.
Manusmriti. Mudrarakshasa
(

Arvad

ed in the Kavyamala). Asvadhati ( published


in the Subhashitaratnakara ).

Mu.
of

..

G.M .......
Goladh.
...

Ganaratnamahodadhi Vardhamana.

Bombay

).

Xsval

.IsvalAyana'a Sutras.

Av
Baudhay.
...

Atharva-veda.

H .......
Halay.
II:iriv.
...

Bg
Bb

Baudhay ana. BhagavadgiU


(Bombay).
Bhartrihari's
three

Goladhyaya. Hitopadesa ( Nirnaya Sagara Edition ). Kalayudha.


Harivairufa.

Mugdha. Mund. ... Mv. ...

Mugdhabodha. Mundakopinishad.
Mabaviracharita
(Borooah's Edition). Naiuhadhacharita.

N
Nag.
Nala.
...
...

...

Satakas (the figures 1., 8., 3. after Bh. denotc

Hob. H. D.

...
...

Harshachafita.

KAgAnanda. NaiopAkbyana
(

Hmsadnta.
Hemachandra.
Nalod.
Nir.
Niti.
...

Bombay

).

Hem .......

Nalodaya.
Nirukta.
Nitisara.

ing Syingara

Niti,

...
...

Bhav.F.

...

and Vairagya"). Bhaviahyottara Purana.

Bhag
Bhar. Ch.

Bhagavata ( Bombay Bbaratachampu


(

).

Bombay

).

isop ....... Iopanisbad. J. N. V.... Jaiminiyanyayamlavistara(Goldstucker's Edition). K ....... KadatnbarJ (Bombay). Kam ...... Kamandakinttisara.
Kaai.

Nitipr.

P
Pad. D.
P. P.
... ... ...

Nitipradfpa. Pa^ini'a Ashtadbyiyl.

Padankaduta.
PArvatipariuaya.

Bhaaha P. Bhava P.
Blj.
...

Bhaahaparichchheda.
Biilvaprakaaa.

Bk. ... B. R. ... B.and R.


Bri. 8.
1

Bijaganita Bbattikavya.

(Benares). Karpur.... Karpuramanjarl (published in the Kavyamala).


...

Kasikavritti

P. R. Prab.

Praaannaragbava. PrabodhacbaDdrodaya
(

Bombay

).

Rath.

Bal8ramayana(Benare8) Bothlingk and Kotli.


Varahamihira's Brihataamliita.

Bri. S. /
Bri. Kath.

"'.

.. .

Brihatkatha.

Kathopanishad. Katy. ... K4tyayana. Kaus. ... Kautiikasutra. Kaus. Br. Kauahitaki Brahmana. Kaus. Up. Kausbitakyupaiiishad. ... Kavyadarsa. Klv. K4vyal.... Kavyalamkara (published
...

Prastm. Up.Pmsnopanishad.
Priy. D.'. Pt. ...
.

Priyadarsika(Bombay). Pancbatantra (Bombay).

B
Raj. P. Rij. T Rani.
RftB.

Raghuvama ( Bombay
Rajapraaasti. Eajatarangini.

).

Br.
Bri.

Sut.

...
,

Brahmosutras.
Brihadaranyakoprtnishad.

in the

Kavyamala).

Ramayana
.

Bombay ). Bombay
).

At. Up.

M.
.

RaBainaujari.

Keu. ......

Kenopauisbad.

Bri.

Up.

Ki ....... KiratArjuniya.
Kir. K.... KtrtikaumudJ (Bombay). K. P. ... Kavyaprakfua.

Ratu. R. G

RatnAvali

RasagaDgadhura
(

Bv
Chand

published in the
).

Bhaminivilasa

KAvyainalii

(Bombay).
K.... Chandakausika. Chand. M.... Chhandomanjari. Chandr. ... Chandraloka.

Ks. Ku.
Kull.

... ...

KatbAsaritsagara.

Rs.

...

Kuinlrasambbava
(

Rv.
S.

...

Aigveda
Sakuntala
5

Max

Muller's

Bombay

).
...

Edition).
(

...

Kulliika-

Chan
Chat
Ch. P. Ch. Up

Bombay

).

Clianikyasataka.
(Jhatakislitaka
parts).
...

Ktisum.

(ill

two

Sabdak ...... Nalni.ikatpadruma.


Kuvalayananda.
Lilavati.

Kuval
Ltli.

...

SAn.

K ......

...

Chtturapaucbiciika.

M.
Madli.

Malavikagniraitra

...

Diy. B.,

Chh&ndogyopaoiBhad. Dfcy. DAyabhAga.

N. Madhavanidaoa.
Mahftn&faka.

SiDkh y ak4rik4 S Sankhya K. Ka,u. S ....... Sankbyasutra.


Sai

MahAn.

...

birasvatlkaothAbharags

EXPLANATION OF TERMINATIONS USED

IN

THE DERIVATION OF WORDS-

N.B

Ter. stands for 'termination

',

and Tad. for 'Taddhita

'.

wa
p

Krit
(

ter.

w)
;

a Krit tar.

(/. )jas in (/.

Tjfl.
)

ter.

showing

used in various senses as in

which no guna or

VriddM

before takes
as in
'

lce
: ;

as in ft^r, %^r,'
(
;

^.
m. )
;

possession'; as in <FI@?. a Tad. ter. showing- 'pos) seHsion ' ; us in r Krit ;


ter.
;

TfJ*, 3T'^:, gtrfif, qorNr:. ( 8F ) a Tad. ter. ; as in TKT?*:.


(
(f

a Tad. a Tad.

ter.

as
as in

in

>n[4R,

( ST )

Krit ter. or a Tad. one


tea.

as in

as 5n
4

ter -

showing

( 5f )

ter.

^ ( W ) a Tad.

shoeing
&c.
as

dein

state or

as in

yn.
)

scendant or' offspring

a Krit ter.
j^:.

as in as in

fW
)

Tad.

ter.

showing
.

nr ( sr ) a Tad. ter. used in the same sense as in srnreft, <n*ft, $H


;
:

possession '; as in or an Un. ter.; as in

)a Kril
used to form
T (

ter.

also Krit

as in
ter.

7t (
(/. )
;

Tad.

ter.

changed ro;r

the ter. of the


;

) a Tad.

bowing
qsrifc

number

or measure

as

in

superlative degrees of adjectives. opr ( fgi ) a Krit ter. showing


'disposition or
ter.; as in

past passive participle

as

in

tfTi

a Krit ter.

M.

tendency '; as in or an Un.


;

as in

Krit

n
ter.

(/.

as in
to
.
;

ter. of the past ( 1^1 ) active participle as in ( ft ) a Krit ter. (/. ) forming abstract nouns from roots as in fit:, Jrffr.Jift:.
; ;

wrfk )

a Krit ter.

used

)
)

Tad.
a Tad.

ter.; as in

form
as
<T.

) * Krit ter. showing tendency or disposition; as in JJH, f$re, *-

'

potential passive participles

ter.; as

in miff-

( *r )

a Krit

TO,

w,

(a.) ; *rs; or Tad.; as in ^r ) a Tad. ter.


;

ter.

Krit
i

ter.;

as in

ter

UBed

to

sfcjs

form

comparative

degrees
ter.

of

T
as in

a denominative ter.

(P.):
ter.

adjectives.

**^
(

n Un.
)

4t(iv)* Tad.
ter. ( n. )
;

showing
as in

a denominative

as in

or possession,' as in artfft:, ?tR: ( an Uy. ter. ; aa in fWK:, tffc>

rj )
I

3IWPJ

a Tad.

t*r.;

aa in

vflt
(

Jf{ V )

a Krit ter.; as in fw, ^JW Krit ter.; as in fi?.


-

TTij.

wr)
(

a Tad.

ter.

( adv. )

M
in

T
,

a
:,

Krit
ft^:;

ter.

as

in
ter.

or

an Un.
ter.

|*g=, as in

a Krit

ter.; aa

in

%WT, 3TRF.

WM 5IS"
a
' ;

g
(

WT

a
a

Tad.

ter.

as

(T)
4

Krit

showing
as in
'P 08
'

>P.
)

a Krit or Un.
.

ter.

aa

tendency

as inqjgqp:, WI3TS.
ter.;

W?
rj in

feminine terminanft.

a Krit or Un.
tar a session '; as in 5
-

'tendft ) a Krit ter. showing ' ency or disposition , as in fnrc,

tion

|irt<ft,

w,
to

HC^T.

WfW

Tad
a

ter.;
*er.

as

in

(^or
roots,
:

)
4

K r !t
'

showing
as in as in

ter.;

as in
ter ' (

omitted
(

usually as in *jf |^, fl'fJ, ^l* &c.


,

Rr ) a Krit but which


ter.

ter.
is

added

disposition
; '

or

tendency' ; or a Tad. ter. show; ;

Un

an Un.

as'in

ing
1

possession inability to bear


(

'

aa in |^ng or as in srfirrg, ;

W
p

( 3r

Krit

ter.;

as in

in i_ r( f*T ) a Tad. ter.; as a Krit ter. before which 3T ) ( r^-5J a nasal is inserted ; as in

)
)

a Tad. ter. showing cendants Ac.; as i


'

a Krit ter.; as in nr%:, t\:. des'

( 3; )

3? ) a fem. ter.; is in a suLatitute ; as in 133

from

a Tad. ter.

as in
;

the augment f ?ff) a Tad. ter. showing of or 4 covered with as in


.

f^, *. from WT. as in ?ff ( *f ) an Un. ter. ) a Tad. ter.j as in <TT (


;

1(n
mn.

an Un.

ter.

as in g^:,

T^

Pn*
)

a Tad.

ter.;

aa in n-

T* d

ter -; aa

'

P3 ( ^3
ipr )

a Krit ter

as in

a Tad.
ter.

ter. (

arf.

as in

^3v, (

ter.i

aa in

(v) a Krit
of in

as in

ftrr:,

as,

'iw

) a Krit ter., as in or a Tad. 'ter. ( )

"list:,
;

aa in

sw,

(tai or a Tad. Ur. (

*)

a? ) a

Krit

ter.

used

to

form
before

abstract

noum tiom

roots,

a Tad. ter.; aa in or (31) a Krit ter.; as in

q) the augment ^
.

final vowel and penultimate si generally undergo Vriddlii, sincl the penultimate short

which the

gij

(wO

tne

termination

particular kind of
.

of a gerund, as in
of

V
(

a Tad. ter.
or in
)

as

in TRjrr,

IT.

flwj:, JITOIP.
;

3^
termination
the

a ter. of the frequentative a Tad.


rit

gun*
t,

as iu
)

5TTt, ?qiT:,

qi^:,
:

$T:.

tne

as in

iffwJKt.

5^

a Krit

ter

as in

causal.

(n)
a Krit ter.
;

ter.;

as in
in

as in
tor.;

TO a Krit ler
^rn(?)*
ft.

-i

as
;

'

"ftP-

aa

>rar ) >rir,

fern.

ter.

as

in

itFffff,

(TT) a.

(TT)

Tad. ter.; as in^sj:, H a termination of the potenin


<fre,

a
.

S
(
(

fern. ter.

as in

tial

passive participle; as

possesaive ter.;_'asin also a Krit ter. ;'as in

jr^^,
SRJ,

^oro;

^r>T ) a

Tad.
a ter.

ter; asi

a Krit ter.; as in st^rft^.


(wr, JUT) terminations

^PT?V

sinr

of the present
as
i

of

participle

Atmanepada;
)

the comparative

and
of

*(*)
stract
( qrr. )

m lad.
i

ter.

as in 37*^5,
ter.

itfflfy.

Krit

showing

superlative

degrees.
(
.

'agency'; a in =i^r., T^T. 3?^) a Krit ter.

^j-^-jJ

a Tad. ter.; as in see

a
case; as in

forming ab-

ter.
fljStp,

the

ablative

nouns

^:
ter.; as in

as in ni^, mi, a Krit ter. as in


; ;

mm.

iniriK-

of a termination
tei.
ter
;

)a Tad.

wrop*. ( fq ) a Tad.
f ( 3* ) a

(
;

5T
r.

a Krit ter.
a

as iu

<^q, J^q.

g^ (;j)
31*1 ;

the

as in {*K as in

augment inserted
ter -

before

Tad

Tad.
(

^r%ra:. ter-jiw in
;

as in

as in flnrat:.

a^
)

Tad.

ter.

^) tue mood.
)

of the infinitive
(
;

^?' : 1

wT^ST.
a possessive ter.
as
; ;

f^T
)

as in

3
(

a Krit ter.

sir )

as in %=rprc:,g{:HT:. fern. ter. ; as in anrr,

a Krit ter. of agency


HI5PT.

as
(

in

ifrjf,

3T^f
t,

a Krit ter.

in

<wr.
(

& Tad.

ter.

as in

or a

Tad.

ter.

as in sfry as
in
i

?ra )

taining to

a Tad. ter. as in
'
;

showing

'per-

a Tad. ter.; as in a Tad. ter. (tide.)

( 3lc
;

a Krit ter.

as in
T

)Tad.
.

ter.

as

,
'

Tad.
as in
'

ter.

showing
showing
as
in

a Tad.

ter.

us

in \ftif,

manner

' ;

ff^sjr,

?;tf[.
'
;

aa in fwi, ft?:, ( 3T ) a Krit ter. or a Tad. ter. ( 51 ) aa in s?m^:. T? ( 3Tfr. ) a ter. of the present parti;'

(5V
Tad. ter. showing ' pos&c. as in vrpnp: srffar:. session a Krit ter. before which the ( 31 ) filial consonant of a root is usally
(

? Tad.

ter.

ciple

fVasmaipada
or

as in

a 5-5; )
'

?rirflr )

height

a Krit. ter.

. ;

HIT

ter.

as in

gf :,

95^:

present participle
in inu=K-

Atmanepada
the
as in

of the as
;

q<Vi.

droppod
'

as in
)

MtTJT

WTT:, ^T: a Tad. ter. showing


.

3^ (
5^
(

IT )

the
the

augment ^ augment ^
)
;

as in

q^(3r) added, at
comp.;
3[

end of
. '

JloiUfcf.
q; )

one of many as in -TfiRTad. ter. showing' one t ( )


;

'

am
'

as in aa in

at in {*$ Tad. ter. ( 5f ) a

fl^ll^.

of two
(

as in

( (

*w,

Krit

ter.

showing

in' ;

<rqrrR.

<F^, f*{.
IT ( IT )

3TTTf

a Tad. ter.

strument or means of an action

)
(

a Krit ter.; as in ftg:, srg:. VT; ) a Tad. ter. showing


;

TOTW,

smprraT!, Mrecrnpr:a Tad. ter. ; as in i?ar;j,


(
)

'

pOMeuion'
tpr ) a

as in =r?^.
ter.
;

f^:

Tad.
.

ter.

as in as in

ter.

Tad.

as

in

a possessive
;

ter.

as

in
(

fm^

changed to
;

enj ).

^ ( (nr ) a Tad. ter. scended or born from


a

)
'

a Tad. ter.
a

as in
ter.

amnf

Tad.

ter.

aa

in

showing
';

de( JTT?T )
1

ai in

Tad

measure
(

'

as in j^nT'f,

showing ismr;

V) TO )
)

'

Tad.

ter.;

as in

R^

ftT^

possausive ter.

as in

^^ (
y

' state a Tad. ter. showing as in =^13$, f^. the ter. of the desiderative.
;

a Tad. ter. ( adv.

as in pf.

THE

PRACTICAL SANSKRIT-ENGLISH
DICTIONARY.
3I5T:

^jThe

first letter

of the Nagari

ciples,
'not';

^Alphabet-

*n%, *i% mFIH i%giit% Th aiJ^-an^iir,^ TV.] I N. of Vishnu, the first of the three sounds constituting the sacred
*: [

it has usually the sense of w^iwr not haying burnt: *v*

syllable afi?
?!<: u
i

**\~

svanara.-W. I A prefix corresponding to Latin m.Eng. inorun, Gr. a or an, and joined to nouns, adjectives, indeclinables ( or even to
verbs) as a substitute for the nega-

more explanation of the there syllables *, s, i see*"?. -2 N. of Siva.Brahma.Vayu orVaifor

?i' not seeing; so wsipi. not once; WfTt, i.?nin, &c. Sometimes atdoes not affect the sense of the second members iH-ifinr that which has no last, j. e. lastiwgn having no superior, unsurpassed, most excellent! for examples see the words. -2 An interjection of (a) Pity (ati!)* *5a P. I. I- 14 Sk. (l>) Reproach, censure (fie, shame) wi^fti f* wrsu
s

be so dissolvedajfiVr^. (5R being regarded as a consonant-) Not a debtor, free

from debts t^tmgsr


*n ff:
^Rffc u
i

*rr> 511% i*u7i

as??! ^miitft

*iiw

Mb-

The form

wwfai. also

occurs in this sense.


5I 10 U. atsifrff-S To divide, distribute: share among* also tftfr qqft in this sense*>i:

[^a. 3*^]

A share,

tion, divisions
ffift

member;

part^por
sf^stt H<?-

*>P. VI. 3, 73 Vart. SfeeW^, sir also, (c) Used in addressing;

Ms. 9.47;
s

g'rf?!:

a fourth parti
^niriiar.R. 8-

and changed to tive particle anbefore vowels except inthe word


isr,

senses of * usually 'likeenumerated are six-(ij) ness' or 'resemblance'; like a Brahmana (wearing cred thread &c.), but not a Brahmana, but a Kshatriya.or Vaisya; but *ftg: a reed appearing like ?g not a true ig. (l>) ar *"' 'absence', 'negation', 'want', 'privation's argw
w-jRwi.

The

It is also used as a parprohibition.-3 The augment prefixed to the root in the formation of the Imperfect, Aorist

*im. (d)

ticle of

Bg. 157

ii?tiftar

l6s a)5tt ^iSnig^awr K- 159 partly. -2 share in property, inheritan-

Wmi

ces maiflfl:
%<ft 9.2011 2. II5--3

and Conditional Tenses.


N- ZJ.-The aplication of this privative prefix is practically unlimited to give every possible caso
s

Ms. 8 4081
if^:
iii:
'

fl-t?r<*!:

Thenumerator

wiVi $teMY. cf a frac-

would almost amount to a dictionary itself. 'No attempt will therefore be

a. isometimes used for fraction iiself-4 A degree ot,latitude (or longitude;

made

to give every possible

w3
-5

absence of knowledge, ignorance-,


'difference' or 'distinction's *^: different npt a cloth, something from, or other than, a cloth, (d)

combination of this prefix wilh a following words only such words


as require a special explanation, or such as most frequently occur in the literature and enter into compounds with other words,will be given; others will be found self -explaining when the English 'in', a 'un', or 'not', is substituted for before the meaning of the or second word, or the sense may be 'free from,' expressed by 'less,' 'devoid or destitute of &c. WICT

The

should'er

(more generally

^ N. of one of the^dityas The stnsesof'parly', 'a share of booty,''earnest money', which are sain to occur .in the
written^ai^, q- v-)-

" diminution ", smallness', used as a diminutive particle s_i3%v having a slender waist (fijii^ft or i4 reiii). (e) o^twiwi 'badness',

wvn

>

'unfitness,'

having

a depreciative

are traceable to I. above. ['. ''I a secondary incarnations part of a portion, aftft adv. share by share. -sinm?:-!Hi [t. of parts of u.] descent (on earth) deities, partial incarnation; HK |u

Veda

COMP -W:

sense; W<*T: wrong or improper times awi<f not fit to be done, improper, unworthy,bad act, (fjf^in
'opposition',
'contrariety's
ai^ift:

vfw

Dk.

I53<

*PfltBp
a'5nnnnitrt!>
of.

without pride, unspeakable! or freedom from prides am*** not


unfortunate; ari*rr destibolds tute of wealth &c. &c. In many cases such compounds will be found explained under the second
*?*

|':ww: 79;

so

K. 311 io8s N.

ofAdhyayas 64-67

AHparvan

the opposite of morality, immorality iStPwi not white, blacks wj^not a god, a demon &c. These senses are put together in the following

of Bharata.-ww.-S^-STfii. m. f. [ao. Him] one who takes or has a shain the re, one entitled to a share ancestral property, aniheir, a coheirs

member. Most compounds begini also. With verbal derivatives, such as gerunds, infinitives.parti-

ning with purusha orBahuvrihi (to be determined by the sense) anH should
at

or 91. are either Tat-

I32s

<*tf%f^W i*tia it^qr. Y.2fTiR ?iwt srSw wm?nO Sq

turI33.-ftmr a, O-^.] slightly ned away, or turned away towards

the shoulder! .S- 3. 26 v I. *Yor [*.".] reduction of fractions to the same denominator

J" V^
Ku.
2
I

3.

12
;

white cloth g^i *5q?m>,H!t?*igw1< 5in: Me. 62 usually silken or muslin. -3. An upper garment; a mantle; also an
fine or
;

14

<wt^*Fm

w;

gionorduty ('^afirw).-2 Trouble,


,SI

34.
i

anxiety, care. [ cf. ws, aiiiR; Gr. ages; uhes]. g? a. freeing from
distress.

month

anawft: Ved. The intercalary


(lord of distress
?)

the keynote. a.f?t*i /. ] I One its*: [ WJT-OJB having a^ share, a coheir, relative.
;

ifim:

-2<"ir"?.'i ) share, f visioiii r *$r?T(ii'i


r.-i

portion, di-

Si 13 31 -4 A leaf -5 Mild or gentle blaze of light ( ^ifaift ) *m'f *T ) ( <*: also


i

under garment

or per-

plexity

a.

Sinful.

[Tv-

gift.

solar day3t

a. [

ift;

*i-ti ]

Hav-

?*

ing, or entitled to, a share ( ).-2 q. v. <i Act of dividing. [ sii^ 515? ]

w,
;//

W-

B Radiant, luminous. [*5i Rm sfijBm^i aim, t *] N. o: the sage Chanakya of any sage qm, aiHtqw See SH?TU<* a-

i?i-y
i

divider,

sharer.
SHIS*
[ *fl-5i> ]
(

A^sharer,

co-

[ w !winT{i w? ] I A part portion See a?r.-2 The shoulder: shmilder-blade -3 N- of a Prince. MR) The two angles of an altar nHSii, hume|cf. Goth- iiinsii; L.
;

*:

Ved. Sinful, .*!" [ 'T?" *] wicked, injurious (qm^ifti.piinjrrw)-, straits narrow (?)-f ;;. I Anxiety. distress; sin, crime (?).-2 Pudendum Muliebre (?). [cf. L. augustus anxius; Goth. aggms].-*%-# having a narrow slit; having the pudendum divided (,?).
ii^:

**]
i:f-''.'

[i? asiiiP; r^, WB'.! ^^BTVfoot.-2 The root of a tree

!? gr IT: fl(i^liifnn^iin ) Y. 114 entitled to the* same share. -2 Having parts or members ( Wall's? ) aii^II: l3i3T*Iri|rlWt5 uft Jjwrfiit V. I'aribhsaha

heir

rusi
f=r $fl

Gr

rtwV/<i.J-C

tH.-3

The number

loin .-COMP.
(

isi:

2.

f gfWij ] a bull's hump, the protuberance between the should-

'foot-drinker,'

a tree;

*tif*

ers,

iw4nrtwjpwpwy inrnnian :f
l

the upper part of the sole


foot.

of the

its* a. [ J?r-*<Jiui

nn
I

Divisibleray,

*1-9"o f of lighn *>.


*iB: [

beam
;

Jiot-rayed, Ihe
;

Prab. I. 7--^ [aq. .] i an armour to protect the shoulders. 2 a bow.- s<*'*: the upper part of the af) HH: 511* spine. -m?: (*$) [ai
".

w5

P.

(w*t7i)

To

go,
[

move
cf.

sun; s.i'IgfiirwfliRirm* Ku- I. 32 &c.-2 lustre, brilliance Tm, > small or mipoint or end. -3 nute particle.-4 End of a thread-5 A filament.especially f the So-

i 3^] a burden of yoke put upon the shoulder -wif^-mtVi a.

tortuously like a serpent liif, Gr. agkai ].


a-

L.

Moving
*

tortuously.

plant (Ved.) -6 Garment; decoration.-/ N- of a sage or of a prince. -8 Speed, velocity (5i). -CoMP.-HI* a collection of rays, a blr : aze or halo of light. i"i : wrfV, *wt the w?r f) or lord sun, ( bearer of rays of rays ). <T| a kind of silken cloth ( WOTI gH3*m 'm q;. ) Y.
:
,

ma

8* J bearing a yoke or burden on the shoulder--fof^S'. a. [31. H.] turned_ towards the shouldersigv~i

Absence of happinesss pain, misery; (asinit4i


[i

n]

sin
a.
fjr.

g.]

Bald -i: N. of

ijfiw^i:
a-

.s.

3. 26-

Ketu (the descending node), who


is represented as a headless trunk. TV. explains it thus:
1 .

'

^, 5*51% fftfi P. V. 2. 98] Strong, lusty, powerful, having strong shoulders;


f*(B
'

>

R.
Ifi.

3.

345 845

Ku.

2. 32.

Dk.

169.

I.

186,

of light
n:

120 -wiat a garland 5. halo .-*iffci. m Fjwsm: mg, WRif|ft]. t the sun (wreath;

Ms-

a- [' H*: im-q^.] Belonging to the shoulder; ^ sn^i > *"ii:


i:

Rvi

I.

191- 7.

ed with, surrounded by rays). 2the number twelve. 3- having a


collection of rays. -5*1: [$:$* ?9 ] Ihe S'in (who draws up water from the earth by means of his loOO hands in the form of rays).

v
4- 4-

<ii?fi,

n?g
3.

To

go, appro-

ach; set out, hk.

0^3; N. of a my(t^) or diagram with the letters of the alphabet, such as v, <*,, H, si, ^, i,j &c written therein and used in determining the auspicious or inauspicious stars of a person,

<*),

ai^v?,

stical circle

'

25, 46; 14- 51,

i*"

N'Ui.HiMwigjji'S

To

I. To sends wtBk. 2. 40, 15 75, -2 shine--3 To speak.

&c

Cnus

*B"l

a- [

M94Rn3
;

"??

Lti-

minous, radiant T?im*t ifaj^jmi BK- 10 21-2 Pointed -3 Fibrous.

*T.S T 'i? 3 '^] Moving 10. 5. 6; distressd,

:Tv.). ?<w^fl a 'Not told,' not otherwise mentioned by way of any of the other case-relations, such as &c.i a name given to the indirect (^W)

straitened, sinful

(?)

object

governed by

abounding
m. (iii)
i

in filaments
i

(Ved

).

the sun tnwntirftf. "nR. 15. io- Ki. II. 6, Y- 3. 144 sometimes the moon also. -2 N- of the grandson of Sahara, son of Asamanjasa and father of Dilipa. -3. N. of a mountain tfj;w Nof a plant *^sfi Musa Sapientum or Paraclisiaca.- m IN. of a Plant iqon (Mar- *T, fi9.mii) Hedy;

a.Ved. distressing.troublesonu-i sinful straitened. -t A sin,

distress)?).
a-

[in.

(?)

verbs like f ?, n^ &ca. Not the youngest (such as eldest, middle); elder, supe-

Troublesome,
-<"
f'

free

from
t??wi 62!

[t
rft:
I

ft.

(trr^fi^u
,
.

Un.

4.

xiety, trouble,

care,

gift.-2 Andistress, il-

'ness (Ved).

N. of Buddha Gautama; of a deified Buddhist saint (pi. in this latter sense. )-CoMP.-i: (*: also) "ft! 1t-*i.J N- Of Buddha, lord of Buddhists.
[f. n.]

sarum Gangeticum.-2 N.

of the

&c. Un.
[

No

virgin,

river

Yamuna]

A
'

4.

212,

that
-

is

not so any longer;


iH5:
a.

a maid aw^fn g
6.

sini
5. I7s
I.

Ms. 8.225.

general

i^A cloth, garment


in

in

* Ki.
Si.

a breast-cloth

Jt
one's

29; leaving

reli-

Not shaking. of a Rakshasa.


[f.
fl.]

a- [i. w-] Unshaken) firm, resolute; not tremulous.-n: N- of a Jaina or Buddha saint, apupil of the last Tirthamkara ("ifos itsfn-

?o^ a.

work,
a

i [<r. n.] inefficient, unfit

Unable to
for
aistit

work-

2 Unfit to be done.
a.

[ iifer

*r

uw

mwinwrftn

Handless, maimed--2 Exempt from tax or duty. -3 [i. n.] Not doing or acting; not ceasing from disposed to work, work, -n N- of a plant auwtfi, Etnblic Myrobalan, Phyllanthus
a- [*

J?i).

Not
i

in

parts, without

a.]

'thet

of the

Supreme

parts, epiSpirit.
"]

i Free from desire, affection, love, r"?t ANti^r^r 5? wjfta! Ms. 2. 4 every thing.is an act ofhis will.

expectedly; nm^ngys" 1"'"^ 1' K 33. **m a [ *ifw *iRr TCT ]

**i

<5< a. [ irrftn >5*T i^ I Free from sediment, pure.--2 Sinless.

Moonlight.

Honesty, integrity.
--* a-

Emblica 0*45:%

*W1

wiwit uwi

o-Tv-). * "] Not 35?


ing,
i

m
do-

-2 Reluctant, unwilling! 'rt vit 364' so Trwn'r ?i5"i?i.-3 Uninfluenced by, not subject to, lovei>niT15 rfgftw S. I. 23. -4. Unconscious. unintentional; arai^i'wn** Hrais^^er R. io. unconsci4.

CmtA
ously

39

sft^T.

free

from pride,

humble, modest; honest.


a [**.]! Uncontrolled, not subject to control or rules, unrestrained, unfettered.-.' Weak, unable.-3 Incomparable. TCT a- [r. n.] Not artificial or manufactured natural, genuinei

absence of action; awormwi%ro fcra: cf the English phrases "Something is better than nothing," "Better late than never."-*
a.
[jr.

committed.-5 The Sandhi which causes the dropping of a final ^before following T. Comp. -*V* a Ved. not frustrating desires,-?^ a- not smitten with desire or affection, free from desire, calmra:

*.]

Not

artificial, natural.

adv.

afr-q^wnwm!^ J
;

-2 Devoid of
of the

all

organs, epithet

Supreme
i

Spirit-

112] Failure, disappointment, non-accomplishment.mostly used in imprecationsnwftfteij Sk. may he be disappointed or experience a failure r^tftfl %uu i^'tj] I Devoid ajiiOT a.
nfif arm:

P.

III. 3

iJimvell, ill, indisposed. -2 [ *55f} $1% W-m 5 flOTPJS, t.


.
.

w. ]

Unwillingly, reluctantly, unintentionally, unconsciously jtft gmi9 2421 *r-

True; ( Ok- 31.


-<

wmimw'H'it iwna

Absence of
Ms.
2. 2.
[flrffa

("esire; T

**-

wniswir a. [f. n. ] Inauspicious,

Wt

Jiw]

Withou 1

unluckyill,

Inauspiciousncss,

evil, adversity.

of ears; deat'.-2 Destitute of Karna; -W;


*ii^f^*^i
5i

ar^^ofh Tiisn;

Mb.

serpent
a-

(n?^

'(grq?

wiori^
for the

w*q-5T [t *tft 5>AH t q;-Mi r. *.] Indescribable ( aiTO^w )i not con*iift:= temptible, not bad
) -

thet of the Supreme Spirit (without body, parts; &c-). *<wt a- [wtrffin ti:f-w ww m
.

body >4ncor-poreal.-2 An epithet oRShu, who is represented as havf ingnobody,bul only a head.-3 Epi-

hence also called w.vw:).

Not doing or
Bg.

awi

ears; not

Not [* n.] in the cars.


.

or
foolish.

acting, void" of

fit

action (ft.mnjff).
<t.

T:

The
33.

letter

ait

io.

wfi a- [ f!j.-*ns S^T Not cutting- 2- [1^-5? *

i. n.

iw a.
J
i

Ved. Unwise,

[T. ST.]

*.' 'af'i

TV

Dwarfish.

m. [f. .] Not an agent; n <*iTi P. III. 3 191 g^LWTi


'

nt; orir-m

Sankhya; a subordinate agean inferior or subordia. [*.

t Accidentally, suddenly, unexpected, all of a sudden; aww^T'ia*! ? fJWTtft < gw.: HI coming by chance, an accident-

al

visiior.-2
?rtW5it

nate position-

ground, causelessly,
*n!^
2.

Without cause r in vain; fw-

spontaneous; *0mm rt WlW K. 37 disinterested friendsi 5?5ii nt Hfafntwf: U. 6 or Absence of a cause, motive, or groundiWCTfiVHi tjfiri7<r K. 167 causelessly, without cause or ground; i*rcundless,
fm^t Ku-4-7) Ms. 3 1571 causelessly, in vain!
j

Causeless, gro-

WMI.
idle;

] I

Without work,
Disqualified

65
?

qwr flljiiirih ft^ftnwi Pt-?H$wit imr% Dk 1351

-f''i-'ai

inefficient. -2

l.

132!

st

ftg-

performing the necessary rites, wicked, degraded; w^qf ^tjrfr if) Rv. io. 22 8. -3 (Gram.) Intransitive, generally in this sense ar*.-. (.) I Absence of work; absence of necessary observances; neglect of essential observances;
for

Jfig i:

^f^i Mv:

441 11 R. 14. 5$. 73.


2.

MS. 9

177.

Ratn. 2 in vain.

r^bAw
?:

a.

Not adapted
2r.]

for

"?" ]

Accidental, untoward)

ear-rings (P. VI-

155).

unexpected, sudden; wfi: *Mv. 5.39 out of season;


iHrani^ivn:

<*wm

a-

[T.

Got
Bh-

without
3. 51.

meanness;
to

vwfamvi

inaction;

oft jrft

^laps

U-

4-

U.
Bg. 4. 17, I8.-2 An improper act; crime, sin. -CoMP.-wissoa. I. unengaged, unoccupied, idle. 2. cri-

6!

^na
5. 31-;

ft

Mai.
172. ck.

'gwnt
a.

giit K-

Destitute of stem or sto-

Comp.-fin

from action, or T^l doing an improper act :-**: i. enjoyment of freedom from the fruits
minalj. free

or produced -^in:
:

Suddenly born unexpected oc-

of action 2. renunciation of selfrighteousness. 3fi a lazy, indo;

5. 2--'"n 'Tin a. dying as soon as born; perishing soon afterbirth H. 4- 83. -U* a sudden attack of colic-

Improper, not fit improper, unworthy or bad act, a criminal or sin*m tj^t^itf j*rni Mk. ful action 3 ((lfJqinT^5ti).-COMP. Vft^o. I. an evildoer, one who commits a misdeed; ?iqinr*'ri Jmun*if*tKot: Ms- 11.240 2. one_that neglects one's duty; ^^wn<?iftr: (srOTm)
be done. -T

An

5
I

lent.

Unexpectedly, sudden, suddenly.


arfvp

*<*t

all

of a

sitivei I*iwn'?T^R*f'i?^!iti

Ha**

a, [ 111% arnn: <r*i JCT ] Untimely, premature, inopportune, unseasonable, out of season! U. 2, R 15. 441
.

Io7. sf^ra

S- 2- 12;

wt
nc Mai.
1. 1

8 un-

Katn- 3-2

[ T

*rs!: ]

Not

black,

white .-*: [*. ] Wrong, inauspicious or unseasonable time, not the proper time ( for any thing ); *: ?43iraiir:%<raq Ve. 3; *: $** ftafSg Mu. 7 **i$ iiftm wrm R- 12. 8l at an improper time w?r*i ffe mnminr9t wfrw: 12- 33 takes no account of proper or im-

74 taking

effect on,

prevailing

against, even mountains. awr: adv. [fft: n.] Not from


.

any*where(in com p. only). -C 'MP. *<*: N- of 5iva ( not movable from any cause). *ra a. [ TIW
qB?itti

Not developed or perfected, unriimmature m One not legally regnrdeJ as a daughter and placed on a level with sons, ( sftw^* w** nt m ?^TT grfq ft^f ?rrfgff^ai )
pe.
-,

tr

grot q<if *;

wfc proper 4tme mi'* ftmr


i

tT?jrm

fts^'m
*T

*TH urn

Secure, not threafree quarter, from danger or fear, safe; r "'^ 3TI nin]

tened from

any

according to some, a daughter who is not by a formal declaration but only mentally appointed to supply an heir for her
9. 136;

MS

a^tfi aim:

U.

aranv iwi" rjpm *g; H- I. 17 does not die a premature death 51 ifTwm?^ mtn?j*i s. sfti. 3- 105 in season or out of season Comp IS*-?" a flower blossoming out of season jwrfw *iiw ffc H. 3. 23, a bad omen boding some evil--f[SRt: a pumpkin produced out of season i(fig-) useless birth.-^.-afw.-fiw a. produced out of season t premature,
; '

^
the

^2-

in'i

s'l 1"?-

father

q^i^zng-WJtqra'^ v.

I.

for

5.35.

wfriftj^ also in

R^fS w,TgTfn

qr ftq'a

same

sense.

unseasonable. 1*5: an untimely cloud N- of the great-grandfather of the poet Rajasekhara *^s: -WT^J: an unseasonable rise or gathering of clouds; wiwraiflwmjnmnwro^Hw: R. 4. 61- 2. mist or fog -w unseasonable or improper time. F? a- I. not enduring delay or loss of time) impatient, not. biding one's time. 2. not able to hold out ( for a long time ), unable to stand a protracted siege ( as a 5* ) H. 3. 137.
;

wortharjsni* a. Ved. Fruitless, less*(etym- doubtful;. H. Not a i a.] afjw [ gM base metal, gold or silver; *jw SH Ki. 1.35 sold or silver.-2 any base metal. TW ] Low, wj* a. [ w?iw A a?^ mean, of a low family

n An unperformed act; non-per formance of an act; an unheard-of


deed; a)fn 5 u^tqin: itm Ait. Br. COMP. aw a unsuccessful.-ai a unpractised in arms. anwi a I. ignorant, foolish, having an unformed mind. 2. not indentified with Brahma or the Supreme Spirit. 5i5 a. unmarried, not <**. a. sinful or guilty, innocent--*ii adv. as ^ has not been done before; *c
.

Kull.)

rara

sfg^Ti:
r

jM
[*i.

?rr%:

H*^m N.

of

Siva.

N. of Parvati.
a.]
i

Low-born, of no high descent. -2 Not belonging


atj^Trf a.

WfWPTlIl. 4
ful.-ai, -515 a.

to the earth, not earthly; il^TOtrtniftiiMjant K. II (a pun on the tiztri arm faim ). word; i
"fit

ungrateignorant; f^f^ira Bg. 18, 16 through unrefined under standing.

3690.

*fm^a.

H. n. ]

wssrs

clever, clumsy,
a.
[=1.

Not skilful or awkward, unfit for


fq

n.]

eviC unlucky, Not clever or


guards from
'"J?
<*

Inauspicious, unfortunate. -2 * Evil; skilful.


r:

doing anything.

raiais^5irnwT(rRT
evils.

H. 2.141
not

fff a. Unfit to be done. crimei an improper act.


-

a.

fin wr

TCT ]

With-

[" a -l
I

One who does


man.

out any thing, quite poor, utterly destitute, indigent, penniless! f%**: a* lisa: q^t Ku- 5. 771 *
!??:

cheat, an honest

"fw a [ a. ] Uncuti undiminished or unimpaired;"^ of unimpaired splendour.


wftf a-

MN*ft
*

Si.

4.

64
is

disinterested.

That which

having unbounded. ?.anj TTo^;

a. w^K a

Resulting in good, good issue.-.? Unlimited;


*:
j

!t.

Not slender or
strong.

[i

?*

ftofS,
itrPi^?ft

weak,

full, entire,

COMP
;

worth nothing. wf-wm Renunciation of every thing, voluntary poverty (

3i, yft. ^: ] I The sea, the receptacle of waters (Hg^i^jqn: yaft a?jqrO >ima U^TOK: Nir.l. -2 The sun anf^fqltK^cm 3^ia atfqnl n^fa

grffrra

tjrt

*J: N. of a king of Ayodhya. w^tfr a- enjoying full prosperity -5r*t: great splendour or prosperity Ki. 5. 52.
a-

f*

Poverty,
5. 16-

?jcm:.)-3 A tortoise in general l^sw^sft). -4 King of tortoises sustaining the world- -5 A stone
or rock.

[ H. a. ]

Not
a. .

tilled;

not

.-'^q
.

growing or ripening in unploughed land, growing exuberant or


wild

ww^ftmr m.
ui-ter

Poverty,

j"i
5

$s

wwr?:

Ki.

I.

17 ;so
fft^<r

destitution-

=iH3(W above-

o^m

aftTjq:,

tq sr?R, ar'q &c.

a $
a.

Not knowing anyNot productive of

[^rfia

$$ qw]

ceitful.-2

Bald;

Not debeardless. 3
i

SM

finwjgVn? R. 14. 77.


[i. f.]

thing, quite ignorant; i^nftf^i^tj mrt Bh. 2. 8. ifcv * ^t* :


aiftft?**
a.

a-

Not

Buddha, a deified
.

black,

saint-

immaterial; of ^wfirt <** K. 242 powerless to do anything) iHprwsufijjft?*** Ve- 3.


**fif: [WBJTWI i?: ill-repute, disgraceit.

anything,

useless,

ficulty.

[T *.] Free from dift^ Absence of difficulty,


rfi:
,

white, pure. si: [="'% f it The spotless moon; ^5r at

$sot:

|in

win:

--Comp.

W*.

a.

ease, facility. ai?n a. [1H1*S"I

r-

a.]

i
;

Not

virtuous, tree from black deeds, innocent-

K.J

Infamy,

dont; undone-, unperformed 3fminrff;at^ nyinm, Ms. ft. 168; fw ^n*rf(i H^ii, 1 17. -2 Wrongly or differently, donei fnrf m'^oirfV wgii
5RTF!|^

w*3

a.

["iRa

^.gfiM^

>w]

Un

^"Sa. [T. n.] i Not blunted, unobstructed; 9H5irajmi^ J3<?n Ve. I- 2.-2 Vigorous, able Knvork-3- Fixed; rw* Heaven<j. Not bluntedi ^ wjrsn BWij8mr|;: R. i. ig penetrating all sciences
:
;

?>giqf( sft qrf?W;

-3.

In-

conscious (W5w)i ^j yjunlw^ Rv I- 6. 3. Owgwrq); shapeless (?). % a. [-wfitoiwr:, WT:, ^H^-II


ai
?,5Ti

comeplete, not ready (as 'foodis ?!t t ffltf^srn; (st^funt ) Ms. 10.
114 not cultivated (*fgH?r*q KulL); minnN ( wfacif ) 10. 94 ftgi* wmfcr'lQili.X-j uncreated. -5 One who has done no workb. 6

q] Hairless,

bald;

having

very few or very bad hair.

f flisr

The

betelnut palm, Areca (with out a *2 or bend, as it grows with a straight stem)-

mm
ma:
n*q <*wa,

TV.

a. Not -wet or mosit;tw a sort of disease of the eyes.

board

^]
(

a dice-

mother. ara See under **5.

a.

=i.

a. ]

Unwearied

UJT B'^fa'lfmaia aj^raqsi *uj. arwrq: ) [ arsjiT,

Ved. [ ] i Night darknes, gloom. -2 Light, ray- -3 Ointment.


w*g:
.

/.

wr^im w

untroubled, not annoyed, undisturbed -2 Not indefatigable.

a*[TT-w"f^] wsi a. Ved. [

An armour
ar? ia> T^
]

(3"h)i

In-

unimpaired,* unimpaired or unblemished beauty; ajwrar fti om W3<w*i K- 12 unmarrec


v<raif)gtft S. 5- 19 of
state, perfection. -3 Not labourec or elaborate. -COMP.
a.

rnarred,

a gambler; keeper of the dice or gambling tablet also ar^nq; ( ansfrarat smr
anjroit

$RT wynim 51

aaw:

).

*dr:

active, steady, firm (fNr). 2 Hootv. less; profitless. fortification or rampart (irwn:); banner(P).

unwearied

in

arsga.

devoid of energy, powerless; unwise. -2 Devoid of will or volition (?wwl?a), epithet of


sacrifices;

[=nfe^4w]

i,

Without

not confused, distinct; K. 293 given in plain, distinct J?rt

actions-^

a.

God.
v-fti n.
[
sifter

terms (of unfaded colour). -*<T a. not swerving from-religious vows> unwearied in observing them.
5>

praticularly of the triangle formed with the gnomon of a dial and its shadow ( astr. ) argument of the latitude.-fW,*i? a- [H. a.] skilful in gambling, ?jw ? e 5 ^] tne pupil fz: [ of the eye *tf*s,-% a skilled in dice-, so "iK, *&C.-i* [9K?ftftt
]

hypotenuse,

an astronomical figure

ar?j.

w.

qr?:

tfcrtt

si

Pi
-

q**0

Devoid of orderi confused-2 Without the power of going


i

or moving
:

( qi^^f", wr*nuiy^q).

of order, confusion, irregularity (*wwre:). -2 Absence of motion or movement. -3 Breach of propriety or decorum;
I

Want

-2 To pass through, pervade, penetrate ( mostly Ved.- in :these senses). -3 TO accumulate, increase Caus- To cause to pervadea?g ]
I

To reach-

.-!?: [ ? a. ] gambling, i* the circle of playing at dice sensual passions; rgftqftn ^ j^ 37 ( also axis and wheels ). * [ ansjm 3"^i *\-* ] i direct knowledge or cognition. 2 a thunderbolt
. :

an?: [

&.-:]

An
i

axis:

axle,

Vikr.

o.

Mv.
stly;

2.

50. indecently,

immode6- in

pivot; #* Ms. 8 291 FS<J w$r: P. V-474-5i. 12.2, 18.7. Jtft Dk- I axle-pole. -2 The pole oi
cars also wheel. of a balance. -5 Terrestrial latitude. 6 die f r playing with; cube. 7 The seed of which rosaries are made, 8 weight equal to 16 mashas and of the plant Tercalled vf. -9 minalia Belerica (fw4m) the seed of which is used as die; also the nut of this plant; TMt^jfmw.

A diamond.
some

4.

q v
.

aw**MitiH*igftg MV'
]

a cart- -3

A cart,

disorder.

-4

The beam

w<T a. [ *. unconquered(??<").

Unsurpassed,
[

of these senses ). -*: N- of Vishnu, nro.-fom the science of gamblings '^skilled in the prinof ciples gambling.
[ arejrmt
,

*u

*wa

*3*i-

tarat?! si'i-ni, *. a. ]

The egg
fipn

plant
".
.

Judge

one who

tries law-suits

).

solanum
a- [ "ifi*

Melongena-

*mv

iw

Inactive; dull, torpid- -2 Without essential works. --3 Abstaining from religious rites. -4 Without action of any kind, epithet of God. -5 Worthless, g-pud
I

;i

1?

51

<*)*!

3^

fllT

a superintendent of gambling. ?t%^ m. [ar^Tffa, f^r-fSift a gan ,_ bier, gamester) so 8?o:, f^f-%_ VI- 4. 19. em: [ ^da ] gambler, dicer. -{i dice-play, mf*u. a c i ass ot wor(j s gambling;
.

for nothing -qt [*. a.] Inactivity; q* neglect of duty; jwmin%qi

at* airoqa vi: raf i aftaw n

Chan.Up.; soWTfa<$rqr5iTfi:.-io A shrub producing the rosary seed, Eleocarpus Ganitrus ; the seed
of this plant, as also of another plant (s'?Rfj.serpent; hence a curve. -12 Garuda.-l3 N. of a

mentioned

^"HFqifaqiqi 3

"!-

erfa. 4. 19. jsra-3$ ] dispute at play. ?a- [ ar^: yu: ] unlucky at dicfe

in P. IV.

nA

a.

[i. a.]

Not

cruel. -T: N.

( opposed to 8jfBzr fon d O f or lucky in gambling).-^:

and uncle was he who induced Rama and Krishna to go to Mathura and kill Kamsa- He told the two brothers how their father Anaka-Dundubhi, the prin cess Devaki and even his own father Ugrasena had been insulted by the iniquitous demon Kamsa.and told them why he had
of a Yadava, a of Krishna. [It
friend

son of Rdva//a.-i4 The soul--l5 sacred )( usually Knowledge -16 Law; a lawsuit legal procedure. -17 A person born blind. -18 The lower part of the temples
;

f<tv<n\

wyfii Hmiw
sense;
Pt. 2-154

srr

i-

An

I. N. of Vishwu N. of the plant (siTwu) Trophis Aspera- 3-a wheel; 4. any one who bears a wheel, or who holds dicethe yoke attached to '3j ( I*, ) he fore-part of the pole of a car.
2.

M>*-]

organ of
ct of sense;
91"?

f: [ar% a>!FT
a gamester, a
frej-f<_fa*ii?q!T:

^a:]

dice-rogue,
[a?j-

ft*"raifcniis*rrfi!
>

ft?5rniJf<i
m.
Hhijg.

an obje-

gambler-^w:

been despatched to them. Krishna consented to go and promised


to slay the

also m%ii;*q*J?}2 The eye, only at


;

the end of

Comp.

sfwmsj,

RTWJ

demon within

3 nights

which he succeeded in doing. ] atifihi a. [ siifta =sw qw ] Free from anger.-*: [".a.] Absence or suppression of anger; wwwiqtf: Bh. 2. 82; regarded as ( fftxrro ) one of the tan duties of an asceticai^mf a. Free from anger. T: N. of a prince, son of Ayutayu.
the Indigo plant.

&C.-3 Sochal -salt, sea-salt--4 Blue vitriol ( from its crystalli Gr. sed shape ). [ cf. L- axis; akshan or axun, old Germ- ahsa\

] a bull or ox yoked o tne pole ol a cart qs [9. a. 3 a court of law 2- depository of egal documents. 3=3^1423 q. v-

3T>in Jlt

cq^^f/ftjif

t(^
[

judge.
P.
?3ii

qft~///rf.
I.

Germ-

achse.

COMH

art

the

II:

lo
3

axle or its end, the anterior end of the pole of a car- waqfta: -*: a linch-pin, a pin which to the fastens poyoke

to- be a oser (byan unlucky thrOwof dice)


*t.

HRm

p
so as

ra

TV.

w.=

q. v.

6
well-versed cast of the sageGauofdce.-oi?: lama, founder of the Nyaya system of philosophy, or a follower Of that system ( W *i tin: <i<i'5W( aur""^ ft
is

who

*8<T <*CT!: P.

VIII. 2
i

in law, a judge.

m:

[*. *.]

n%. widSk. ] Having eyes o*?t: *!: Rv Io. /I. 7.


*V1
unhurt
Ve.
(</)
ai

an$r-

[*

fnw:

( a ) Uninjured, msjw Tf: Ku. 4.

.-2 N of the 2oth year in the cycle nf jupiterJT ( snjw tyrt )5n:a-ni )N. of a day which is said to confer undying religious merit; si^s fft*3froi ffoiftm wwft ^
i

9 II%O|THI: Dk. 3<


6. 43' 4- 4-

^viii

T*
:

Mu. 6. 8. R. 2 56. Unbroken, whole) not cruundivided


: (

5iva

possessing im-

i^
fc:

pi UM?

ri

pg-

shed,
f*'g

**

TV-)

"ft"

jury to the organs.

2.

*q

<fi<un aircvi^inqi
rafnwi.

[* " 1 I. in[*v (fiiprCTi"ri^-w^ ] N. of


w:
(

the plant

**.
.

degree of

latitude.-"*!*:

|>.

cart-load. -*?: [*. n. ] mad sion for gambling. m*

J a pas-

[iixi
of

w]
dice.

any thing as large as dices


2;

! f* Pt. I. I Siva- 2 ThraAsvalayana. shed and winnowed rice dried in the sun (pi.) whole grain, entire unhusked and pounded, rice washed with water, and used as an article of worship in all religious and sacred ceremonies
i
i

the qualities). festival falling on the third day of the bright half of Vaisakha ( the first day of OTg* ) which is said to secure permanence to all actions performed on the day

perishable

mm

the heaven. of a festival ob the 7th day of the dark half of Bhadrapada(?)
!

moment

time

N.

eye. **!*!, gj [wsjnoif Riw-ijj] a rasary, string of beads (


)

twinkling

of an

served by

women on

Ku. 5. II, K. 151.

6It

6
is

R.2 21, *i7ivfliT.'moii;5ijnt 7. 2S.-3 Barely (w:)t 3^mr iwi nnw:* said * i Corn, to be also M. ('J^'ifRTTft). grain of any kind- -2 Absence of
:

w^nWi

Parvtj.

[|tg ?iTi! 1% "iT.i ..] That wich cannot decay\ imperia.

*?w

loss or

made

of v?py seeds,

corals, crys-

w$m ^n?g

ruin ^t*g

good,

well-being

shable;
i: 6'. 2.

tals, rubies, iwiii aiafct flffr.

gems &C.-2 N.
6. 23.
(

of
l

agmwtqiftai
wjrti

**wr-

Ms-

"f"-

ch (also m. ), W A virgin, a maiden not deflowered, blemished or enjoyed; wwm jt ym 5ir<.-2 N.


of a plant

$m

wijin!:.

5 Eunu-

131

C^TCT

Dk.

109

inexhaustible.

-COMP.-a?* a libation of water mixed with honey and sesamum,


offered in i'raddha after the ft??H
'

*?Wf.-COMP,

fn%:

ceremonies
3

TV.
]
:

).

T.H:

One
[ *j

virgin, not yet blemished by sexu. al intercourses ST *?!?(wfti%: Ms. 9 1761 q?*rew(wJPrs 10 5.
a?jr5t

(SJI^^R

w^-

addicted to gambling, fl. 1 an unfair gambler.

a-

the 9th halt of Asvina.


i

day of the bright


^

"ift^t

>,

i.

.]

Devoid of the Ks*i*jl

gambling house, the gambl-

hatriya
wgl !a?t

caste-,

^rge^m

it^ri

ing table- 2

ui

am

[snpCT *nrai*-i

arena,

place of contest, wrestling ground ( H* ft


]

gin-

Ms.

9-

322

The
RvI.

89

8i

engaged in, addicted to gambling; what has occurred in gambling -n <u%wv<i ffl$* the zodiacal circle g^: Beleric M>roba51^ perfect skill in, or conversancy with, gambling (Jit. the heart or innermost nature of
dice
or gambling
)
i

classical literature^ used only in Ihe declension of %.

^V ^9\Br. Ar. Up. In


incompeqof<.'

Imperishable, indestrucundecaying, epithet of the Supreme as well as the Individual soul; "ty< ^5ri% Ku- 3. 50-,
a.] tible,
.

15.

9*

a. [i. a.] i Unfit,

the
(Spirit;;

unconcerned

tent, unable-, *i^*,

iw.*,

lan.

aw'rfwi(mit
-

K. 131.
m,
a free
]

N. of

Gaming,

playing

with

dice,

game
;]

&c.- Unable to bear or endure, not forbearing, non-forbearinn *r tJm"i?q S. 3 unimpatient! able to brook delay, admitting of no delay, t*$m U'i<*r*5iif: R. 13 16 .-IT [. .] I Impatience, intolerances envy, jealousy siasjw ^iflanfRu utjt: S. I. 8 as if envying ( jealous of) the deer's speed. -2 Anger, passion.
i

?< ow wjr.-i. Fixed, firm, unalterable. *: I 5iva- -2 Vi-

sword- -p Sound, word, shnu. 3 speech (Ved-\ t [?I-H*: Un. 3.


70,
I
(

$:

':

the alphabet ; Bg- 10. 33 gifn(mfi, c (6) a syllable) S 2 83, the monosyllable iw*$r Bg. 10. 25, Ms- 278,84- I25(sacred syllable). Hence

afg^i

'-inftfa

9^ir^3Tirn6t.]

letter of

'

at dice-

wv 11

a.

['iftw

9^

ft"]

Unde-

word
;

or words, speech col

kind of part of wood relating to a wheel ( **;gfa^t8^:


)

caying, exempt^from decay, imperishablei undying- unfailing, inexhaustible,


-,

lectively
25.
-,

nflws*
j

rajsw^w^S.

3-

ai|t

^frq^i;i'?

.tfoi

M-

tied to the cart or its pole

( ?

).

U- 4< <g*wiP 3 words) HT$Jify. 3. wy'r


)

MsInopportune, unseasonable.
4.23; itiii>Tv

jfr.'

3.

itai

His^*

11-2

A document
i

} Steady, firm. not frail or steadfast transitoo ( as gaze or look ).


.

ini"n

IT.

sfwftaii^^ra

R.

Poor, without house tion, such as a hermit or


1

I3--2 or habita3

&c- ), sacred writing general ( in pl.h *Pf W**: SHFOIOTTW


s)nfwfn i Pti ftfigiH ?g:

f%BT?)Tletter ( writing in
SJTC

3.

941

n^^a-frr

2.-3

The

hi-

).

v.

The Supreme

Spirit

ghest Deity or Godhead, the indestructible Spirit, Brabma (^

3.

15;

] I. Syllable by syllable. 2 the very letters literally


3i

To
fa
tree

a SOi
|

Se

*%%
mjiarwChan. Up.~4 Religious aus6 terily, penance.-- 5 Sacrificesky.--8 Final beatitude, emancipation from further

a.

wfym

Relating to
of the 8 conditions privileges attached to lande.l
(

letteis or syllables>r
I

Water-7 The
permanence.
(Ved.

The
f.

rainy season.
a^?r
.

property

).

transmigration.

--9,

Cantinuance,
justice

See under
:

10 Right,

[^.a.]

Intolerance, non-

in these two senses). -II Nof a plant. Achyranthes Aspera12 A measure of timei equal to one-fifth of a Kashtha. -CoMP i* I of a syllable. 2- alphaa^part

orbearancei envy, jealousy.anger, mpatience. 9 a. [ *"!$! Ji' "^ ] Free from r. Natural salt rtificial salt.
!nm??nr
n

] Undecayed, per manent, uninjured, unoecaying, I unfailing.^ Water. -2. 100000 million. -CoMp.-fr-5a (aio) N. oflndra, giving permanent help, or having unfailing wealth (?).

a. (*

bet-*:

[i.
>ii

a.]

meaning
w:

(of words);

COMP.
natural salti

Water
a [^. wj Imperishable. Imperishable nature. %*!!. a. [=. a.] Ved. Not decreasing in wealth) destitute of a
nln'ST
.

f%

5. 5
.

*
5ojj H.a.]

ft:/.

2.26.)

i5i

tw

itngqifiiw
n

ascribe)
9*:
,-jftfi,

writeri

copyist)
or

afrit

^ft*>^

Ms. 3

"I*,'

also
.

H u-^j

^]

ent %*

meaning
<ft<-ni*w:

getting out a differby the omission of a


*r-'<iitfr|
*'.gj:

letter (e- g-

ftolf^wwjH

n<3j>?)

where

another meaning may be got by omitting * in *>?!:, i. e. by taking ^q -ffi I a metre regu?g:)
.

257 ( n. _ 5-73i 1 10; sime.Uraes used for food that may be eaten at times unfit for he performance of religious diiies; a class of objects such as cow's milk, ghee, rice, &c^
n

dwelling, unsettled

(?).
.
.

of a plant, sfwnwfSif Guilandina or Hyperanthera Moringa Sea-salt.

See
cated.
.

si4f*

or ar%s.
[<i.

(5) a.
3.

Un.
,

1556]
I

a.]

Not
'

intoxi-

"

by the number of syllables it contains; 9\* fsuw mxfi ?TI *rr>rtllfl fxT ffIfl^(HTT>i 3tIT?TnaTfTf *>^ 2 of unshaken resolve; resolated
I

37jor; &c. ( which ;rasps or sees objects )< changed j 3i$r at the end of a Bah uvrihi '-OMP. /tfl when a limb of the

The eye

i: [*

jpr^a

*.a.]

N. of the tree
. ti

(M ar
Quick
(

Stnz).

.Sea-salt[

a.

Ved.

3iSr?]

lut; ( anj' epithet of


y<roit

ftsu5!

Bft'sfawfi J*T );'an

>ody is indicated as WWWWJTT, otherwise ^r*rajn *i^ie: in Avyayi Co;

according to others
of net.
fl.
[*<

g: )

a kind

mp. also
(ft)

it is ),

changed to
2

*$r

(*,

a-]

Unbroken,

swf*
P

&c.
;-ftj"ft)

f'? a reed or pen


a.

Ht5 g^f] writing

of letters!

arrangement. j*qs"\m* H: V- 2-2. the


.

oculus; Zend ashi^ ]

The number two; the sun and moon [ cf. L. Ger, auge; Gr. oks ekks,
_
*.

OMP.
R. vr

*q: twinkl-

alphabet. 3 scripture
:

4
I

ing;

iTT^T4>q tNfflHfl

7:,-flT<t

[f.a.]

67.~^^-~ the eyeball,


15.
a. [

qm a.

pupil of the eye.

having
I

5 syllables ("i%i=Gr. pentas five) wj q5<JT ^ frtm st isiK4f'cjt%>: Ait. Br- C<"'^ai'rej'rfir ^tawi^ jprnfrTifa).

visible, prese.ntn

N- of a metre of lour lines (fsjq^T ftn^; each having five sylla bles (une dactyl and -one spondee) -)tar a. having a share in the syllables (of a prayer? ). -JjA^r tablet R. 18. 46--"w: [sryniii 3'<nfa ^rraii^ m 5^ HT] a scholar, student.-^ [t. a.] the beginning of the alphabet
2.

rankling in the eye. an eye-sore being a thorn in the eye, hated-; ~ at? fff" ?Twt wnr Dk. 1 59
[ *. a.

uncurtailed.-2 Not conquered or defeated, successful afgooiigiu?: Ve. I. 2.-3 Not trodden or beaten, unusual, strange; wflt^origcniTwinTTjfa Si. I- 32. being not practised or experienced. -4 inexperienced, not expert. a- [*. a.] Not small or in5: N. of Sivasignificant. ^9^ / [*.".] Absence of hun;

ger, satiety-

-stn

the

letter
' i

M.

'

"JT?<*r

finger

speech

speaking by means o

the root of the eye. a. ] the eyelash- [ i. of the eye- 2 a discoat a ], [i?. ease of the eye pertaining to this coat.-qa, a. Ved. fallaing into adv. hence hurtful, the eye, a little, as much as a mote ( as much as could fall into the eye ),
]

Ved.

n.

I That which tends to cause absence of hunger (Sjnimiflwi yj). -2 Not liable to hunger.

ai^

a. [*

uncultivated511%

*] Destitute of fieldsi * I A bad field

'

Ms.

10.71. --2

vfa a. unletfinger signs. teredi illiterate, not knowing how to read or write. Eiiffi:/. [ i. n. distinct articulation of syllables
;

vr a. C w?"' ^fai: ceptible, manifest;

visible, per-

metrical figurr.--3

Not a good geoA bad (fig.)

TO9T
(

[ *.
)

mystic

the science o syllables theory o


". ]
;

sf

\f'*
'ror=i

"an Dk
<ra]

II

(hence) true rea l .."if^ji [n. a.] collyrium, a kinc of balm (for the eyes).-*: (A also' N. of a plant (q%FTtHfftf used to heal some varieties of the eye-dis yci ease [winging] the eye anc
)
.

or receppupil, unworthy recipient tacle (of any thing). --CoMP.n?.


.

destitute of

spiritual

knowledge

[ wejnurt

naent'ot letters,
i.]

arrange writing alphabet A vowel, a letter

the eyebrows taken collectively.a side-look


leer, a

not knowing the true nature ot the ^nt or body SO tw: )


i .

HfsjV

sf^i

look with the eyelids par

not the

tially closed.

".] Having no master of a field aTH5?i: qi^vwrqw; Ms.


=i.

field,
;

9.

49

8
,

"JfS:

Ku.
)

7.

28 everlasting ,-uwbro(

walnut
nutiMfST?*:
f5i

N. of a tree Mar. ifi Si).-2. A a tree bearing an oily


JIT

TV.

ken. -3

<M:

aiv: aj^-ajt? ?;*ft i a^;-3)i


(

fttfnra: $s

ai>-

TV,]

also

&C. T*i!TT?J wfp^T JTOIItiT M- 3 never disappointed; ?m<B nnf<n"Wi R- 9. 13 whose prowess knows no repulse or defeat * a always festive-api:
*

^Unimpaired

unrefutecl

or wandering through mountains wild ( fnftwr );


Ki.
1.

36.(-* Jbitumen.

a.

going, -*B:

written as a?te--?
.

w] Not
*: i

agi-

tatedi

unmoved.

Absence of

tying post Of an ^ tyr&A ftnisin, g^r-tom 3)$fti Ai"&i 53. *. n. ] Immovable, imperliiYosrwra R.I/. turbable wjhw "W I A par44 was unassailable ticular sage ( )H>*t fSpfhiftnfaHMi: ^5mm: mfw TPI^OJ ITJ?T: jRiV^?:
agition--2 elephant.
.

The

time or season which yields its usual produce of flowers &c{a.) fruitful, bearing fruit in due season-

I Countless, <J. immense; ""Wfmn!T)TOT Dk. I.-2 Not deserving to be counted (a?g 13)

*^

fflLif.

51.

;r.

er.

Not

tree.

worthless, immaterialwira: /. =). a. [ sort or recourse,


]

Want

of re1

**

a.

[ T. n. ]

Not dwarfish,
i

of access

short

awoi

or^

stunted not small, great


[
=r.

(wwj

m
*ft.

(lit.

necessity.-2 Want & fig.); anfl** *


mgrirar

'WOTTW
fra^
.

tm a.
an*? Rv.
I.

i^or ftrsmpr:

a bay a pool before a temple: i

buried.- -n:- * pool of water


a.

*. ]

Dk. 3. Not dug

in)tmm<M
under

Ram64.

Ku.

5.

See

natural

not lake or especially


i

3?$fb--q"rprr

-Kin:

utfn:-Tv.

).

2 N.

Ved.
;

[ftr

(m) * fl i Helpless, without any resort or resourse ( 9i^rnr^n^rr Dk. 9 4^?nnpri *m\ Y- 1. 346 the last resource or shift*
;

win

Buddha. 3 An immense number, said to be 100 rw. COMP. w* [ a$ftara ipi si$rivj ] a sort of *w* or armour referred
of a
to in Tantras.

Unwearied

sii

38. II,
.

unwearied
1.

in

Mb.
their

course. *! [!..] or wearied 2


fatigue.

a.

[=nfw
;

IR!

ttitt

qw]

Not fatigued Not involving


wr TV. oft complete
a^f^rg
i
'

*fo
I

a.
<

[irft-a

%a

Healthy, sound, free from disease, in good health <h$ Ms. 8. 107. -2 (n^-HwSi a,^ *_ n ) Not S pea k. ing or telling-3 Free from judicial
,

Vart. ] of 21870 chariots, as many elephantS) 65610 horse, and 109350


foot31^01

VI. 1 89 large army consisting


P.
.

Whole, with B* Ms. I. 59

entire,
i

affliction.-?: [ *rfta

rfl hiTt

wuci, ]
fj

medicine, a medicinal drug; fr%


ft
If

&

entirely

-2

Not

nTSIH^HtOHl^:

qj^

pr

uncultivated or fallow, ploughed (landM^anrw^. the universal spirit.


I ):

29

i^ldtww
/.
;
i

4^irfiir

ftifo^

a-

yrs-fi

'-wfirta

aitf

w
$oi

Un- 3. Time-

17

Unbroken (aw*X
Ved.
in
I

A tree A dog
Not

in

2 general. trained to the

218-2 Health, freedom from aftr=it^T^"> ftar ^r * T%rasi i?jf?t: ^5 JJiawm frqi^^t w4 Ms- 11. 238 (aw?: i^im^: f?
Ms.
disease
fcwjftfll

chase.

aifJiTT ind.

Tortuously.
,

circuitously,
TFH-OITT
ftftrift
).

^tm. Sat

a crooked way Br- ( ^snrifor,


*

Wrongly
in a
a.

??;

Ved-

teeking to hurt
an=ojim. penetrating.

wrongful way. Going through,


n.
]

wl

wearisome, nol ?* continuous flow ol fatigued speech regarded as one of the wants of the Jainas. siwa ind An exclamation of T? to utter this exclamation. joy WWifh; /. Infamy, ill-repute
i ;
,

*T^T,

a-

qR3 Kull. )-3 The science of antidotes,- one of -the 8 parts of medical science.

VI.

3.

70]

physician?

Denhealth.
STIR a.
STIT
.

P.

To have good
*i.

<j-3iir n.

N. of a
a.
. .

** a- disgraceful, disreputable.
I

awr
Not
fit

q. v.
=>

"igR^ft, iR-ia,

a.

tree (finw)
.

Buchanania Latifol
.

to be

walked

in or

app-

fa$, )

To

wind, curli

move

tortu-

Bad conduct

',

<

a child-

ously, or in a
3TT

ish freak or whim " a . [ <3?-'J7, ken, whole, entirei


M,il-

zigzag way-2Togo

=i. a. ] Unbro. complete aw*


i

H"JWt qrafw S. 2. lo sjw9i : 51^ 2.. with uncliminished orb, full ftfSiiw RfiifRT Ki. 9. 38 lo 63. undisturbed; H: u. 5. 35 of untarnished, unsullied fame i 'Sftf\ the 1 2th day of the bright half of utiuii'} i adv. Uninterruptedly Ki. I. 29.
. i

JTH-i- 1. fT. ] I [ff T^cflfa; to walk, not going, not in a position to go; 3i>F> &q&: i/fifa p

Unable
3.

roached, unapproachable, inacces(lit. & fig.); qWwiwre*: &c. -2 inconceivable, incomprehensi. ble; fm: God transcends mind (conception or thought ) ni:
sible

^niT

VI.
Si-

77 Sk--2 Unapprochable-n:.

fsrflY^Tiit: Si. 3. 59- See under i r f also--Comp-- tt a- of unsurpassed or inconceivable naHI^'RTI

stone; Hfn<rc Hfjrt

mountain; also a Mahanataka--3 snake.-4The sun (*i T*sfit ar^Tfji


4.

63-2

ture,

form, &c-

it

q^'ff

Hflrfwnr

w*i*
*?=?
;'

aI

=1

liW-i Hr^i=f=fi<j

05;-

Unbroken, not 'capable of being broken or divided,


a.]
epithet of

y.nw
r.

2 Full,

entire,

*.

[f. *.]

Not breaking, leaving

entire-2 Non-refutation.-^:

**fa

Time

'not going', the earth by its diurnal rotation causing day and night), -5 water-jar, as in'iTiwi (j?ffM).-6 The number seven (from the seven 3ii^c?s) -Comp. -*Tff^r the daughter of themountain, N. of Parvat--">r *w m. [ am; qia: ati^t iw ] T. a * j

A woman not deserving to approached (for co-habitation), one of the low castes; f it n TR irm n;r *i nnww?i*<n3r t &c. COMP.
~>e

KI. 1-9. aiinn

-ijir

illicit

intercourse.-'Tft'i.

practising illicit intercourse -'"'ffa a. relating to illicit intercousei


1-

'fr*

J (in)

H^^HIJ^ Ms
.
.

.*

170I

a. [

Unbroken,
i

undivided.-2 Uninterrupted, perpetual, undistun ed, continuous frfavn Mu. i

mountain-dweller- 2. a bird(t^ra'r) 3-the animal vw supposed to have


8 legs. 4. a lion.-^. arat 3TITB i sisr j.)

kind of grass or plant

(^*-

rt.(>m vaar?iproduced on a mountain or from'atree roaming


i

called DeptarSerratus- It is said to the be an antidote against poison


j^r)

commonly

Andropogon

9
of rats and mice -2 Any substance that removes poison (fa^Tf'g^nrra).

*T5

of a ram, and destroyed by a flash of his eye the Rakshasa's brother


to avenge him- In the course of his wanderings Rama wiih his wife and brother came to the hermitage of Agastya who received him with the greatest kindness and became his friend, adviser and protector- He gave R.ima the bow of Vishnu and accompanied him to Ayodhya when he was restored to his kingdom after his exile of 14 years The superhuman power which the sage possessed is also

[=1

ftrfcTi

IT-3-,

5?.

3.]

who attempted

I- 52-, (fig.) profound, sound, v?ry deep, -"aw Mk. g I- 3- R 6.21; so'Sfrf, gf^i great a j
.

At;allochum, Amyris Agallocha-

"r^i

iwr

|TFr^Tfwr<nT^fTrprm

Toir:

Ak-

Without good awc3i% a Ved. pasture grou'nds for cattle, barren Rv. 6 47. 20.
ififT

un athomable, inconiprehensiole, inscrutable. t:^ a dtep hole or cha m. ^: N- of one of the 5 fires
at

[fttqTK>T

3TJT

the ^ifiwt
5T:

[cf.
5T

UnT<JHII%

4.

179; or art
'r

-COMP-

Gr- agathos}.
jf^]

[3TTr4

or wr: jr a^ RJJPT: HITS: 5^TTt?!j;] i itcher-born,' N. r>f a celebrated ^?/shi or sage. -2 of the starCanopus, of which Agastya is the regent .-3 N. of a plant (5*1*0 Sesbana (or ./Eschynomene) Grar.diflora- [ The Sage

*arr%,

Tf^-^j

pool or pond, deep-lake-

represented by another legend, according to which he turned king


into a-serpent and afterto his proper form. In the south he is usually regarded as the first teacher of science and literature to the primit ve Dravidian tribes, and his era is

[wn ^ A house; Ms. 9-265; ^tff^ an incei diary 158, See *rmrc.

\ TV-]

3.

Agasty! isaveiy reputed personage in H indu mythology. In the Rigveda he and Vasisfha are siidtobe the off-spring of Mil ra and Varu';a, whose seed fell from them at the Sight of the lovely nymph Urva5/ at
a sacrificial sessior Part of the see fell inlo a jar and part into water* from the former arose Agastya who is, therefore, called Kumbhayoni,
.

Nahusha

wards restored him

'

s.

TV.] i.Heaven-2

fire?-j

The sun or Rakshasa-COMP. *>-

Kumbha janm an ,Gha/odbhava,Kalasayoni &c from the latter Vasish/ha From his perentage Agas>tya
:

Maitravarufti, AurvaSeya, and, as he was very small when he wasborn, he is ahocalled


is also called

Manya He

is

represented to have

humbled he Vindhya mountains by making them prostrate themselves before him when they tried to
higher and higher till they wellnigh occupied the sun's disc and obstructed his path, See Vtndhya. (This fable is supposedly some to typify the progress of the /Jryas towards the south in their conquest
ri-.e

placed by Dr- Caldwell inthe7thor 6th century B- C- The Puraas represent Agastya as the son of Pulas tya (the sage from whom the Rakshasas sprang) and Havirbhuva the daughter of Kardama- Severn! 'hymn-seers' are mentioned in his family, such as his twos jns, Indrabahu, Mayobhuva and Mahen.ira, also others who served to perpetuate the family- The sage is represented as a great philosopher, benevolent and kind-hearte ., unsurpassed in the science of archery and to have taken a principal part in the colonisation of the souih,
?%otr
t

dwelling in the heavea (as a god)i Rv. I- 135. 9; not to be stopped by threatening shouts (.?)

Ved.
of

cow
(?J.

Dest

or
3:
i

Wicked

Darkness.

rays; poor-3 N. of Rahu.-2

?ir:

good qualities, worthless; M. 3, Mk. 4-22 or


:

a- I Destitute of attributes (referring to God) -2 Having no


wjurririT[=t.

a
3

A
22)

fault, defect,

demerit, vice'
JOTTTOITT,

mi&lTfo

5T^

flsp *rtf

tr

moTr knowing rnerit and demeritijSj-if fs Bh- 2. 55;3PT>5


fr:

Ms.

Ki-6. 21 vices.-CoSp.

%
ii

Ram:
I

4. 44j c f-

RT$1T<TTTW?!J

*WH

also fwB: gwWTrajft

fault-finding, censorious! not appreciating merits- }i?* a of a worhless character'TT'ft

a.

and civilisation of India, the humbling cf the mountain standing metaphorically for the lemoval of physical obstacles in their way-)
,

ftwrerariquf*:
7. 14-3 T5flt

ana R-

6.

6l,

Mvof

WJ5

a- [*

a.]

Not neavy,

light.

-2 (in prosody) Short.-3


teacher.
I

Having

female descendant

no teacher-4 One different from a


f.
;/.

He is

Agastya.
See above. -2 Nof Siva. -JOMP. I^T: i. the rise of Canopus which takes place about the end of Bhadra! with the rise f this star the wa ers become clear;
1

(m- also) |>3WTT!i]

also known by the names of Vitabdhi, Samudra-chuluka &c- from

another fable according to which he drank uptheocean because it had offended him and because he wished to help Indra and the gods in
their wars with a class of demons called Kaleyas who had hid themselves in the waters and oppressed

fragrant aloe wood and treei That Aquiluria Agallocha 2 which yields Bdell um, Amyris Agailocha--3 The Sisu tree

The

-COMP.

f?i?rqT

[3T2?:

r<T

%?Tcfr Rb-zr^q^.] the

Sisu

a sort of perfumea- Not hidden, or concealed, manifest, clear; e^rf Ku. 5. 62.

cf.

R.

4- 21.

wrw^v^w; $-5*w$-

the three worlds in various ways. His wife wasLopaimidra- She was also called KausAak/ and Varapi ada. Sheborehim two sons, Dndhasya and D/i</hasyu- In the Ramayana Agastya plays a distinguished
part-

*H:. 2. the Jt\\ day of the dark half of Bhayira- "far [wiw^ nrai ftai*?: ] N- of a sort of ftar mentioned

-COMP-

a-

having an uncon-

He

dwelt in a hermitage on

mount Kunjara to the south of the Vindhya and was chief of the hermits of the south-

He

kept under

Bhara'a 5aitiparvani (pi.) ix [". a.] the Agastya's hymn course of Canopus, the lime of its rise which ush.rs the Sarat season and then everything on ear h assumes a lovely appearance. rfK N. of a celebrated Tirtha in the south, -vz: N. of a holy place on the Himalaya. B'rprr Agastya's colin the

cealed smell- (-3:) Asafostida (the smell of which is not easily conwf a I- haying an open cealed). or unreserved disposition. 2. having-an obvious meaning or import-

a [f .a ] Ved- I Not seized or overcome! unsubdued"Hl?iq of unsubdued splendour--2 In-

control theevil spirits who infested the south and a legend relates how he once ate up a Rakshasa named Vatapi. who had assumed the form

lection of law.

conceivable.

*w

a-

Ved. Not going.

WTI a. [iK^-nftBfrt BT^H. .] Unfathomable, very deep, bottomless


i

*^:

[*

houseless

wan-

derer, a hermit

a-

Imperceptible
>

by the

senses, not obviouv see Tt*u-,3r*mwr*rt ?wrJTn^r?iiT Dk 169 beyond the power of words, indescribablet I Anything beyond the cognizance of the senses -2 Not bein^ w seen rr _bserved,or known; VI- 2 without

sidered to ha vebet-n brought down from heaven or generated by Indra between twoclouds or stones, created by Dyau, or fashioned by the gods collectively- In some passages he is represented as having a triple existence, which may mean
his threefold manifestations as the sun in heaven, lightning in the atmosphere, and as ordinary fire on the earth, although the three appearances are also elsewhere

carrying a flaming javelin-

He

is

borne

chariot drawn by red horses and the 7 winds are the wheels of his car- He is accompaniin a

the knowledge

Brahma;
imffm

**n. Pt- 2- -3 Kr- 17 IIscrnft infr* Ved- Want of cows or


ofi at

ed by a ram and sometimes he is re presented as r ding on that animal Agni was appointed by Brahmrt as the severe gu of the quarter between t e south and east, whence the
direction is still known as Agneyi. The Mahi<bhiirata represents Agni as having exhausted hisvigo ir and

^ft

rayS or praisea. Ved- Without a cowherd; 'tt<ii: Rv 2- 47a-

Ved- Not disdainingj

otherwise explained- His epithets are numberless and for the most part descriptive o f his physical characteristics: arw,

become

du'l

by devouring many

praise3"fr5r a- Not to be concealed or coveredi bright. wif: [shift ?xS Un 4- 50, or fr. a^t. 'to go.'] I Fire &c -2 The <*V, f*m", *ite, SIT*', god of fire--3 Sacrificial fire of three kinds (ii?<w, w^fiir and

oblations at the several sacrifices made by 'king .Svetaki.but he recruited his strength by devouring the whole Kh(/H</avaf<>rcst; for the story see the w< rd oi?a]. COMP- w
(wr) iTf-T:,-aii<CT:,-5js
5Tra

&c- In a celebrated passage he is said to have 4 horns, 3 feet, 2 heads,

iatRrwma ajmi

n<

and 7 hands. The highest divine functions are ascribed to Agni. He is said to have spread out the

a.] a fire-sanctuary, house or place f r keeping the sacred fire;

9a'yA'fjm*rTf> R.

**T:

Ms. 2- 23I--4 The fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, gastric fluid--5 Bi e (irtf!ai 5^T9m?Tm5iim^jt a^jra 3K ^ST: fEHr js?roj<0- -6 Cauterization (wfiMi,). -7 Gold -8 The number three. -Q N, ofvari
!

fqm I TT^WT s jw$!nrR*2 snffiT

tr

two worlds and produced them, to have supported heaven, formed the mundane regions and luminaries of heaven, to have begotten Mitra and caused the sun to ascend the sky- He is the head and summit of the sky, the centre of the earth. Earth, Heaven and all beHe ings obey his commandsknows and sees all worlds orcreaturcs and witnesses all their actions- The worshippers of Agni proprotector of that takes care to bring him fuel. He gives him riches and no one
sper, they are long. He is the

missile, a rocket. a. pufBof the nature of fire; Hfmji?m aw]


TFT^T st, "*: wr^.-air'jrf

WTR

5 25.

tire-

consecrating mr^: [wfnu^H >K1 a Br/ihmana who maintains


the
fire;

so *rf?f%,
fire-

the sacred

[irfYcngsfr ipf,

(-^JIHH. wr%-T: srimrawti: p. \\. 2.37.)

one who maintains the sacred fire; See Mif^irffl. $\in. <,auna;> [arfa 3-gJ H H'r-t] 'he priest who kindles the
sacied
[aTfflftB'^

ous plants: (fl)ft^R Plumbago Zeylanica; (b) *wfa**ii (c) WcPf; Semicarpus Aiiacardiums (rf)Tfl^Citrus Acida.-IO mystical substitute

fire
;?*)

(mostly

of a

Ved.) ^w; Mnntra-C-*)

kindling
f}enR8*
it is

the

for the letter

as

first

member

r In DvandvaCOMPwith names of dei-

wealthy and

live

frr; arftfrn:

meteor, comet
said to be

ties, and

with particular words is change.'! to aw, as "fts^, *I^T, or to 8nfi, *<*&*, "vswi, ^rli [cf L-

man who

3-TTf: [W";HI ] a fiery portent, &c- In B/-/. S. 33. of five kinds: fyti

fire

/is.]

[Agni i5 the god of Fire, the Ign's of the Latins and Ogni of the Slavonians. He is one of the most prominent deities of the Rigveda. He is an immortal, has taken
his abode among mortals as their guest; he is the domestic priest, the successful accomplisher and protector of all ceremonies; he is also the religious leader and preceptor of the gods, a swift mes-

can overcome him who sacrifices to this god- He confers, and is the guardian of immortality. He is like a water-trough in a desert and all blessings issue from himHe
is

sm
n

ftsi: n

therefore constantly supplicated

up

senger employed to announce to the immortals the hymns and to

for all kinds of boons, riches, food, deliverance from enemies and demons, poverty, reproach, childlessness, hunger &c- Agni is also associated with Indra in different hymns and the two gods are said to be twin brothers. Such is the Vedic conception of

Different from the appearances of these portents, according to the nature of their colour, position &c 3^<or,-^rr j. producing fire by the friction of
fruits are said

to result

two ara/s. 2- faking out, before sun-rise, the sacred fire from iis cover of ashes previous to a sacri3T> '<n T worship of Agni; the fice:
i

Mantra or hymn witli which Agni is worshipped (wftwrtfaWhr).-^:


[arftfSwjfifJ
*JTT<K:

Agni' but

in the

course of mytho-

an

incendiary

^u;,~

convey to them the oblations of their worshippers, and to bring them down from the sky to the place of sacrifice- He is sometimes regarded as the mouth and the tongue ds and men through which both
participate in the sacrifices. He is the lord, protector and leader of people, monarch of men, the lord of the house, friendly to mankind,

logical personifications he ap tears as the eldest son of Brahma and is

a spark-

^<^.

called Abhim<m; [Vishnu Puniwa]. His wi/e wasSvahrt; by her he had

sons-Pavaka, Pavamna and and these had forty five sons: a [together 49 persons who are considered identical with the 49
3

Suchi;

fires-

He is afso represented as a son

cauterization. 2. oblation to Agni, worship of Agni (snW)?); so ^n^ offering oblations to fire, feeding fire with ghee &c-; mf^HRip?: K- 16 Tra? Ta 39, Ms. 3. 69, Y- I- 25- <*T a part (or appearance) of fire; te varieties are mentioned n-jjirf%^m fcrft;ft 5^1I-

[uifrfi'i H.FT.] action of fire-

3.

and

like a father,

&c He is duced by the

mother, brother represented as being pro-

attrition of two pieces of fuel which are regarded as husband and wife- Sometimes he is con-

of Angira"s, as a king of thePitn'sor Manes, as a Marut and as a grandson uf Sawi/ila, and also as a starThe Harivamsa describes him as clothed in black, having smoke for his standard and head-piece and

firaT

gwi:

g^or -^ftw &<i<*pti>i%


?K^T

UTTHT ^W<MH'
[ 37TS ^rtril

a^B^r

srcf;

37W^

^'.5t <t,rtr5l4^T-

"jw ] i. the means of consecrating the sacred fire, the rik called vwrs which begins with arm

11
5% y>
<rt <*i3
-I'-l.

an 51
)

2.

=fflif,T?J
]

-f r?

[ air
c

3i?T-

3-

Jrraoi
[ V?T:

Vishnu.
.

*,-3na

Agallochum
5^1

gold;

so

'),*>'-

*J3P:

f *7

J^VTO

-RT.-m^
2.

having n

fiery tongue-

a firebrand, lighted wi p of straw. * OTt'iawm ^y] ail cnc osec] , pace for keeping the fire, n fire-vessel.
|

rjRITr=H?J }

fw:,-^i:,

-gjT :

of Kartti-

the tongue, epithet of a god or of Vishnu in the boar incarnation. (-*r?r) i. a tongue % or flame of fire. 2. one of the 7
fire for

having

fire, tlie

receptacle for keeping, the sacred house of an v

keya said to be born from fire, See rRfor. 2 a kind of preparation of medicinal drugs *r [ 9 ^] I. smoke, 2 N. of two Rakshasas on the side of Ravana and killed by Rama *"**:,
i

tonguespf Agni
3-

*'.IWT

^w"

WT-TWT;

P!M fl U

jT<^TT r"'?r^T^

N-of a plant JHT )^ of ^another


j*

***) ^Trai

i.

Q TTif f^ccj^jf f f^Tr-jf the flame or glow of


rj
^f.

--fy*

"frre. 2- [snVniffocr r^rar ^zn;

south-east corner by Agin stf *r>: fc


:__

the

ruled over

of a plant with red blossoms.chiefly U d by f yeiS> G rislea Tomenu>sa


'

ju

f^n

[arfiw

ft -5 ram fifar JIT?; a. ] i.

obsequies, funeral

branding;

^sirraf^i'Jrg
a
]
,j.

ceremonies. 2. ^ y. 3. 284.

wiT

?r.

lire-works, illumi[ vfa'n

nations-

TH

am
;

having the warmth practising austerities by means of fire-rrw a- [w^rw: aojet] I practicing vtry austere penance, standing in the midst of the five fires
of fire,

"^"tfc^J

nant with or containing


ing
I.

preg-

fire,
*i'f

hav-

2.glowine,shinisng or burning like


rkeifcTqarfa aqr:
fl

^wi's'Trtfi^^n Ms 2. 67. <mthe whole sacrificial apparatus qjj ITTjmR^B* .Ms- 6. 4. -oftwf enclosing the sacrificial fire with a "kind of screen. -qfi?-rt C 5. n. ] ordeal by firc.-'J'I'T: [arfHHitw qf a: a volcano. -g^s: J [ar^: ^i^'^y^^^xtffjiTj jj^^jE g^ ~] tail or ba^k part of the sacrificial place; the ex-

taining the sacred fire; d 55 ?^:= ^(n^^i. t"h^TH; f fm* ftri& ^wr] ol the plant arTSjTTi. 3? a- f arffnar JRJT ~| having Agni for the leader or conveyer of oblations, an epithet of y god in general i. the word A gn.2. fire-place 4. of a plant -imai.Tgs-m care of the sacred fire, worshi i^of fire, offering oblations ;
-

-^

*?:

fire in

the inferior
) [ arfirfisr

3r?wj
wi
]

nfufhi

S- 4. 3. (-*t

JTI^T

tm

N. of the plant Agnijara 2. the sun siOne, name of a crystal supposed to contain and give out fire when touched by the rays of the sun cf. S. 2 7. 3. the sacrificial
i

-T ^a- having the lustre or power of fire n^lffrrtoft RT ). \ (-^r t ne lustre of fire. (-HW.) N.oft.neofthe 7 R/shis -of the nth Manvantara. -5* the three fires, See tinder
(

(Tqr:)I-,ot

as fire.

tinction
STTOT]

of fire.-guor [

arfilRT

ff^fi

amr.

one of the 18 Puranas ascribed to Vyasa. It derives its name fromitshavingbeencon-municated originally by Agni to the sage Vasishta for the purpose Of instructing

which, when churn-ed, gives out fire- (-*T?)I. N of the Sam/ plant as containing fire (the story of how Agni was discovered
to exist in the interior of the

giving or supplying with fire. 2. tonic, stomachic,producingappetite, stimulatingdigestion.3, i cendI

him in the two- fold knowledge of Brahma. Its stanzas are said :o

iMs.Q.
2.
;

278; *rff-

Sam/

-.

so *?TT 74 jurnt on the fu-

pjant is told in chap- 35. of aigsnfRi* in Mb.). 2. N. of the earth ( ar&:


HW^TTfi TUT uwt HTJ when the Ganges threw the sen en of Siva out on the Meru mountain, whatever on

neral nile
^rai: j3s
3.
iff

afii^iaTW

-m^r *Tsc*r-

Vayu. 2. burnt with fire. burnt at once without having


put into the mouth, becausede-

fire

earth &c.
lustre,

was thence
the
ITHT

was irradiated by its became gold and the earth

stitute of issue (?); (pi.) a class of Manes or Pitris, who when alive,

be 14500. Its contents are varied. has portions on ritual and mystic worship, cosmical[descriptions, chapters on the duties of Kings and the art of war -a chapter on law,some chapters on Medicine and some treatises on Rhetoric, Pr sody, Grammar, Yo^ a.Brahmavidya &C.&C.HI*ti bringing out the sacrificial fire and consecra'ing it according to the proper ritual nfagt consecration of
It

namnfr
*rrfi.

called 3g?ar ). 3 N. o f plant f^^-fit-n^,^ 9nr ( ^f^,


fiT:
T

kept up the household flame and presented oblations to fire ;nu


cotic plant,

^$r:-5H-

especially the nuptial fire.-n[H. ?T.J entering the fire, s.lf-immolation of a wklow on the funeral pile of her husband. n**(aiij(|Tnrwtn); "q^^cr

fire,

).-gj [aifjinfaqp'^t
:

w:

of the

work that treats worship of Agni &c-j*


ff.]

the

So'anum Iacquini.-?m 15^^ ^rft] on.- who [ peforms the last (funeral) ceremonies of a -~~ *

$i violation of the duties ofasacrificer


*itar .'n'l(
r

Mb.

JTWf:

arfir

>fl

.j

3 Kind ot mccli-

man

3TJT;

wait ^r]

cinal preparation of ghee used to stimulate the digestive power.-raq;


2- 91.]
fire";

ducing
lating digestion, ftomachic.tonic?TH a. [g a. ] glowing, set on fire, blazing. (-HT ) vfMrafati) ^m; St5^ r iwr: ] N- of a plant ^rtaOTtft war,

a flint, a stone pro[ar&Tffa fr&fire^-^rf:


;

one who has kept the sacred iram: Bfwriipinfnq R. g. 25 arranging or keepfire

f%s?m(ij 1. smoke 2 N. of a son of the first Manu of a son of ST* i. Priyavrata and Kamya. the seed of Agni ( fig. ) gol
;
I

*":, 'I*, -mir

which
-J'TTH:

is

aid to stimulate digestion

* p. m. j. 132. 2. (-*T:-U*: ) the Mantra used jn this operation.


ffcrnrSr

ing the sacred

(an^rwr ) f*?^;

^?l

active^ state of digestion. a. [ aTfff^cr 55 srSiji; IKST ^T ]

of the letter
iT-^i
]

*..**[ aifflfa urm

having Agni for


f

3-

heap of fire.-rV^JT
iryr
tjiq g;

[arft^q^ arc^jq^rjr

ftfr

ata^ta

fv.

TW g

a n.essengeri said the sacrifice or the deity invokec'


?rrt

2'

N-

'shining like fire', gold. of the constellation $%w.


i.

*if&&rfw**\ aitfia:

Ry

water. 2 gold.
fifif^]
'

-^

n. [arTlH^ra;

*}-

having ajfW^iT. ",-T?T a- produced by or from fire, born from fire- ( *:,-WPT: ) I. N of the
f

arfJniT^ or

10- 14. _I3 -^nrjr [ srftire ?^:J Agni

a
i

branded --^: worshipper of

Agni.--^m fa?fii'?m uwr: ] the third lunarmanfion, the Pleiades(fii%*r).

>

2.

N- of Karttikeya

aw

fj

arflnSTti^sftjT'i;

the place or

produced from fire (-:) i. fire-born', N- of JCarttikeya. 2. Nwro w ho was of a teacher taught by Agni. 3. (Arith ) six-5jra a- produced from fiie. (-W:)
( )

12
of ^a jw] 'N(pupil of the last Tirthankara / the lustre cr might of fire. a Ved rwfafhr s 13 ^ wi
i

[.

a scarlet insect
(aii'St:

by name

sgJtnr.'

amp- 2
.

2.

shining 'ike fire -*rrm: [ sfft: rra. a. ] the sun-st ne.-^H "
.

w:) the might or power of gold i^jw mystery of (worshipping &c.) Agnii N. of the tenth book of the Satanatha Biahmana -TTfJr: a heap of fire, burning

an

Ram- (-^:) I. a a rocket, fiery arrowt arrow in 4. generalplant. $. saffron. 6. I- saffron. 2 golda flame; jftmmwm: j-

Agni

3.

afflower
rrirarfsj.

(-J

IT)
VIb
r-

1.

the sacrificer who churns the fuelstick. 1. the Mantra used in this operation, or the ^m itself.-**:: -*> or the fire by friction

of the piles?! [37fjif^ trjfrf^jr-*] plant nmr^^i or "tH<tf|'jfT (crjfw ff^^tjraoi<nri

N- of two plants ?.tri(Mar. Gl .riosa Superba; of another plant ( Mr. also ^


)

cqs<^TrfTf^ aror:

).

IET a.

Menispermum
careful service or woiship of fire. a fire-crested. (-^:) NT of the jfitr & afmaT trees- (-? ) gold,

producing Mantra used

in

this

operation.
<.

N-

of
)

tree

TfBwnw

( Premrra Spinosa | ang af^ra^ ).-rtei slow-

Mar. a^rg-

ness of digestion, loss of appetite

dyspepsia -T?T%: [ wft "TO TO< s^OTt ?i%: ?TJ ^i fg^w 5. 1?u^r =?r: TV. ] N. of the sage Agastya. -m*: N. of a king of the Sunga dynasty, son of Pushpamitia who must have nourished before 1 50 B. C- -the usually accepted date of Patanjali-as the latter mentions by name. -S *: a. having Agni at the head. (-:) [*m-

of QarW?*r ^ti aoir rw] fire-shaped; the nature of fire- (-$) the nature of fire. ^THw. the seed of Agni; (hence) gofd nr?oTT [arftrr^ ?i^fit| a hard inflammatory swel^-iSift] ling in the armpit.^: the world of Agni, which is situated below the summit of MeruunthePuranas
it

a-

[ srTriT^

?IT^

T^

bright as

is sai.l to

be

in the aftfhj,
it

while

in the

Kaj/ Khanda

is

said to be

K. 252.-ft-a. [aritft^www] glowing like fire, &clighted by Agni.-CT., |r,-^ 8ee~-*spt ^J*7 &c.-^r?H: I- conservation of fire- 2. hallowing or consecrating by means of tire^; burnires purified-

by

fire

to the south
r-

ing on the funeral

pilowf *t T-

Svaha, the daughter

5t? ^TTT Dk- 169; 11 ?T %iifis(lrd*t! ! a?r^: IMs. 5- 69, R- 12. 56

*:

of
a-

Daksha and wife of A_

the wind.
[<*.

2-

the wild pigeon (smO-

y*^

^jrfm *o] i. a deity, god, ( for the gods receive oblation* through Agni who is therefore said to be
their

QwrsHr ?^ 5^"? ziw] glowing or bright like fire. (-.) the lustre of Agni. (-rn.)N- of a teacher of the Puranas sot a- [sr&ftr 5"ff rw] ol
the co' our of
fire";

kecoloured)
f.]
fire-(-5:)
I.

*w a. smoke. 3 sprung or produced from


wild
safflower2I
.

lymph, result of digestion (-*)

hot,

fiery;

nw

mouth; wft^n

Ararat &c.- or wfft|fc

fire is

said to have been


zrro

M"!' *ftt* $ Wj for created be[srorgrf s-

Ms.
91;
(-01:) I-

ST

I?JIT^, *^] Hire's [arfJi: goldor flrfy- keeping fire for a witness, Min the presence of fire;

^3

92.

4.I2;T'rf^t
I.i

^ 15

?r?oi

lifjzrr.

H-

I.

V-

N- of a prince.son of Suda2-

II.

48

fore all other gods


ursniTPft
]

) 2.

one who maintains the sacred tire ( wftr^tfgx ). 3.3

Brahmana
smrtfirld

in general

*mnpfnim

King of the solar 19 3- the colour of 3 fire- (-IT) a strong liquor. stimulating digestion, tonic
rsana.
race,

of a

HatttTtj5>fti
s'

HI* [arft srt IBI srfzfmKW^T^, a Hrrf?rr?^irs[ TV.]

See R.

iw, for Brahmanas are said to be w<*w.'). 4.N. of two plants ftre* Plumbago Zey lanica and gra

I.

a tonic-

2-

regimen,

di<

Semicannis Anacnrdium
f^

Sala tree, Shorea Robusta- 2. the resinous juice of it <JT^T a. [

fa
sj^TcMrtta^Uflflif**!, )

a
Ii!

T&&. gl

"**]

of powder or sort l?r prescribed as a tonic by ^nfi^. 6. 'fire-momhed', sharp-biting, an

e Agni)

garmentST? a.
i.

having a red (pure (-) a pure


[srfS

of medical preparation for the power or essence of 2. a girdle fire.-^? a thread of fire ofsacrficial grass (mrffirasi) put upon a young Biahmana at the time of investiture. ?H*i: I. stopping the burning power of Agni 2N. of a mantra used in this operation. 3 N- of a medicine so used.
rt

eyes. (-*:-<)

*5%

garment.
argmiroi^ gr]

wr

(wfirga:)

wmft fjq
a goat.

smoke-

^ra]

the

fjmft: first

^^5^;

day of the

epithet of a
g<9jni

bug

Pt

I.

(T)

g^

arfjrft^

WT:, fitrrf^.?^) i. N. of a plant ngpF* (Mar. ftrr, ft^rcn) and cwn^^i ( fgqamsr ). 2. N. of the

GSyatn Mantra
er
<jc4ftis;iT
,

nftti jisior sriffw *pa B,

agoat(gm). f^m- I. one who kt.ows_the mystery about Agni. 2 an armfTf^q. v. fWii'i ceremon) ol lowering the sacrificial firef^4: pain from an inflamed tu mour, inflammation. ft?*of, -fffn
wfisr to the

Agnishtoma
*
n

sacrifice; N. of a por-

tion of that sacrifice

which extends
1

over one day;


fi^lfa
;rr
i

Ms75--^*? C !^) firgsn^ I. =i^[wra: fg*'TrTS5f;?g>;=Taw sfT 2 N. of a son of the sixth Manu.
H.
1

^]

ITOT;

sifter
:fr

ti.

ragm mkitchen

m
-9?
a.

).

taking the sacrificial fire from Hfw?q.2. offering obla lions to fire; H?*TTSsn^WT K. 348
I.

-WTH;

gfa:

w?r: ^stf: ^gi^Htusr

T?

[?..]

atm 5^ 5Wt; HI ] Ved. made insane


fire.

*ftJ i.

gold.

power or might of Agni. of an an tor. [w^mr 5^] N.


authority;
a
S.
5
;

N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrificial rite exrending over several days in spring and forming an
2. essential part of the 5ftfSgtr. a Mantra or Kalpa with reference J *t rft Hf:':j to this sacrifice;

or stupefied by lighlnir- or -ft"* causing the sacrificial

cient medical

fire

tobl zeup.

!?cri

].

orp eserving
fire
r]

consecrating

fire-sanctuary; a house or place fo

HPI

s^wm,

tfftv:-

w:

1'-

IV.

3-

the sacred (domestic)


.

or
a

keeping the ? V. 3.

sac r ed

fire;

of the son of the 66. VSrt. 3. sixth Manu 4. a species of the a part of the Soma plant;

am\

5tJT a- [wrafhr

Mantra securing for Agni protection from evil spirits & c 3. the house of an wm^ -?*:-*3rr m
.

Sama Veda chanted at


ion of the

very passiona'e
(-m.) N. of a sage.
^i

Agnishtoma
-oven

the conclussacrifice -OT

tliw

a. ( B ) [ wi?1

%wi

irw] fiery, fire-crested

ced

in,

wrgrifti wr-s irt ] plaor near the fire.

13
(-S: ) arwrsf
fire-

an iron frying-pan
sacrifice
all
rrrr:
f

in the

the

nth Yupa

ing fire or enjoying it -2 Maintaining the sacrficial fires ft


9f*r

(Astr.)
1

*lit '* also).

Amplitude of the sun


In

Cnr,

the 21 is nearest the written both a and 5mrT ) pi. ) [ wnra: /. e. i%w,<^Hrtitj gg ara irt"T strf ?t ] Nof a class of itri's or. Manes whoj
J
(
I

which of

TBfHsi^^snrfiT?

Having

Ms. 3. good digestion


t

living on earth, maintaine the sacre or domestic fire, but who d d not p rform the AgnishI

when

ind. To the slate of fire used in comp. with f 'to burn,' to consign to flames'i WTOihurinnff:far M. 5* T ir^tr ?ruwficrr?i R 8 72; "globe burnt.

'front' 'tip' &c.) e. g, <n?: -^01: the forepart of the foot, toe; so V^:, J TITOI: & c J a?i^ the top:
;
.

compounds as first member meaning 'the forepart') J


;

most

lotus

Ku.

I.

r6;

^I?T:

fore-

O part of the body; so "^ *T?*T tip of the nail, nose &c., adv. In

toma and other


are regarded as

sacrifices.

They
<nnw

and Brahmanas ndants of Mairchi,


fq?rm

of gods and also as desce-

Manes

il~of a priest, kindles the sacred

TV.] I also called S^T who


tj-<n fra;

front, before, ahead=-CoMP. wg: [ars *n5ft;] the focal point ai? [^f.] sharp or pointed vision,side.

fire.

-2

(srf?r arc-

look

Ms
TWI:

3.

IQS

( fg-

^ft

^T5w nfra:)

Sacrifice,

Ram.
having precedence in eating. ST^ <*: (off) (*) vanguard; fia'si5 MS. 7. 193;

sacrificial act.
sra

See
firei

araw:

).

Ved. sacrificieg to Agni, having Agni for a priest -frt [wn^ gTfr-5^, i-^f, T. 5f. ] I. an oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour gruil) 2 maintenance of the sa
cred fireand offering oblation toil; irra fmrsfwi; ifwSmr arftrf rafirm or the sacred fire itselfi ]|

f
-3]

Situated near the

relating

to fire, fiery.

Ram.
of

&g w^m ^ra ?r?r Buddhistic tenet


[3TJ

T<^]

ing out

Agni and Somai "jriq^ bringAgni and Somai a cere-

in the rttftflw sacrifices (*-ft) the rik or t'i^/ used in consecra-

mony

[aji an*|l 37T?mf^ti nwj food at a Sraddha ceremony, the chief part of which has been tasted. 3q?cr
first
*<?(8t

K. 265 frat ?TPJ Ms. n. 36 3gqi?f 42; wr 31?S?T "tor Ms 5. 167. 6 4. Y. I. 9The time of throwing oblations into the fire is, as ordained by the fl^ st*r 35sun himself, evening mt Q?rk nwSf^ra;. ) Agnihotra is T=TF*T of two kinds of constant
TftCTg
,

ting them.

supply.

3<if{dir? a- [WJT atrf^ijt

i*ftaw: making libations with the cake sacred to Agni and Soma; ^35: a victim sacred to them; "gFif?i: an oblation sacred to them &c.

Soma

anfi^fm a. [aftqTjft^fr ?rw g] Relating or sacred to Agni and

3T*ft^ ] i. that offered or supplied. 2

which

is first

q. v. 2.

e focal point.
fr

%?r:

front

line.ofhair;

?i3 ?^:

*tr^i% K. 86-

oblation [wwli*rf8^M g?W] and >WJ*T occasional or optional ( <s4isafi^fr

Battle, conffict,

See
;

Hraftwurfrsf
i.

jfrfir

Ved.
with,

destined

for,

( -K ) aconnected
.

Un.2 28]
I first,

*: [a?^ ir^frfa, >m.-?J a leader, a guide; taking the tead; marching foremost. TOTI a [&% IFJ^S^J fore .
.

sacrificing to ?^fr ( oft ) a ] a dle usecMn sacrificial libations, or wftfWlftiw*n TV. See f>finrfpJTT, g offering the srfjr^i J aBifi?T: invocation or

Agnihotn-2.

foremost, chief, bes

pro-

Agni

minent, principal, pre-eminent; "ii?^f chief queen; 3Tfljimsrr M. i front (and hence, fresh)breeze;"3Tr^rff

most, to be ranked first-tr^a. [^Ttiresfa] a leaden HirsnTiftfif p. w a [wir wra^ 3fr-*.] VIII. 3. 92
.

first

chief seat, seat of honour

Mu.

born or produced;

I.
;

oblation

connected

with

srilr^W.

12. -2 Excessive, over and above

-?rm a. [ srrlrftw -wmu JM ] I. one who practises the Agnihotra, or


consecrates and mainta ns the sacred fire- 2. one who has prepared the sacrificial place.
[

surplus; supernumerary, projecting (*fw ).-v I (a) The foremost or topmost point, tip, point ( opp. ^, WOT ) (I g. ) sharpness, keen ess;
s
.

R. lo. 78- (-f) i. The an elder brother; gTfir


5-,

3fiff|;mr3ftBr first born,

TflUJsrian'E*

M. iitriHi*i4inft?i R 14. 73.2. a Brahmana (-srr) an elder sisten


wsrt the forepart of the calf. T?W m- [arir ST^T 'R'J w:] i. the first-born, an- elder brothers- WTOWPiwh sratufa^rw

so smr, jna*, wft.

Ms.

smV^.f^]

The

wife

rli*t

of Agni and goddess of Fire, SvahiShe is said to be a daughter of Daksha she longed to be the wife of Agni, and Skanda was pleased to give her a place with Agni at every sacrificial act g
i (

P- 346 stood on the tii^of the tongue; gw faar Tm?ri^Ci N. v i. 5. Top, summit, surface; *ST', ^a, &C.-2 front, vans aw y put in the front or at the head fim& ?^art Pt 4 See ii.-3 The best of any kind;

84; ^si'f fif ^*, tip of the noses roit vi fiot


II.

?E-<r

&c. ITff^" &c.


; i

n^ds^V^

Dk-

2,

2.

Brahmana

(srafr

TOT snr-

or

't w
:

f|

q?
12;

ith the best

Ram. -4

of chariots! Superiority, excel-

K-

].

The Treta age


*ffri^:
[

lence (s'fw); *nri^ ti?fii Tandya-5 Goal, aim, resting place (37^^

WT Dk. 13 he was the

*fof?fl[

N- of an

insect, coccinella-

m
j

f
.

See ' ;<A I, arir. See also.-d Beginning, 7 A multitude, assemblage.-SOverplus,


igfi*r!Titi;f

Ms.

I.

be born in the waters. -ftr^ijr the tip of the tongue j^fr (Astr.) the sign of the amplitude. 3Tft\ [3^ ?H 3TW; 37!T^T5t-5ft] a (degraded) Brahmana who takes
presents offered
i i

3- N. first to

of

Brahma, as

ai-i^

SiWlq;

TV.

One

excess, surplus;

*n?r

wh

consecrates the sacred


?];

fire.

Ved.
:

a. 2.

[ afit:

^ T8jrt.~9 A weight=w q. V---IO A measure of food given as alms


occurring in
arafrT).--!!

1000

women and more;

rf)H?w Ram. so Hin^iSt

honour of the
fra^r

dead

(3atf?fa

jjifM

f%sraj

^rmrfl^T'T

^ijrairT

w P.V111.

15

I.

Hav

TV.)

aro
ions kept by
5?f:a

14

Yama
\;>IT

(*nr

if

^Hf

/?</;i.

In front
,

of,

before, (in
Vorq^ifj

harbingen
;_

Ve.

I.

22;

piede prophecy, determining =fh ("ft:) beforehand [tt nuirl art ft ?, irt] i. a leader, foremost, ^rst, chief; omt'pnjH: K- 195; acsjjpmmi^rf: tinatiun
fifc
1

R-. 6.

20; ?W $fwDkfi^ot 3
T

-)t
'

early
S.

dawn;
4VR.
5-

time or spnce); W'i iitffj w.y w. V. i. 4 K-2 j(>, V. 2.


3-

7,

Bh.

12-

T!TB>5';i

I-

taking the lead;


231
s;

9.

*n$wrwnrt
[atj jfnmM'

tvfo
i'"r

fn

IPT

7!-

^rn

'R'n;

HI] I.

2 In thepicsj ncoof, before) mrij*flrjH i. 3 At the head, ahead; *.\<x men STT *: Ram. 4 I'urtht-r on. subsequently, in the

30

?nirfrsrfflT!^Toit

R-

5.

4 chief.

2. fire-

qofi [*fs

Carpopogon
"nf?W
.

qS mm: HT-Vra] Pruriens


[wit
an^'t

cowage,

happening beforehand, antecedent;


rfh% ?r*rm forepart of the r<proinjiTsf
Tstf*ran%

p:
the

which has tips without fruits. 2 a short method of counting immense numbers. ?f a [ f|*m fraswl; 5-3 '*i] I- that which must be given fmt. 2='*i5?iR^
rout
(-Hit:,-*mS*i:)

si-quel; iinir
5.1_n

T^^T, "iir'sfq" jg-.ij ^, c the beginning; at first, first;


_
.

wt^mr
2-

r*(n Hr.
6 First,
in

A/-.

Up

Ms-

169
12;

preference to
>5ii|il3

K. 65.
toes;

*n^:

the

foot-,

= "5*<T: ing on tiptoe- S- 6- Ttm: q v ^*Tthe highest or first a rnajk irmf of reverence or respect; ^* ftsirin qpSt^ ft* w$< Ram in drinking precedence [art ?ir<3T *foryqr^ rw] growing by
end of branches, growing on the stock or stem of another tree, such as '*sw'. (-*:) a viviparous plant -wrf: [w.] I- the first or best part [qri$ HW5rr ^* 5s**) 2. remnant, remain-

M.

3. I2-;

isn%6f^nr stand-

the forepart of siasRTT ^i? nr.T^V.t Ratn. >, forepart of the trunk (of an elephant); often used for a finger or fingers taken col-

others;
3-

wjuiiii

qpinhnt ws\fiT ^nwfft

hand or arm,

*nrtlVl-TJT5!J

nqaw
leader.

114.

COM

i-

;v

IT;

go-

ing in front or before a man (of one of the


castes) who ried before

f^fij:-^:
first

three

lectively;

rrri?T "T:

Mk.

3.

*m

marries a

wife

mar-

w: Ratn- I; Jgwa 55 ft M- i; HHri<% "^ M- 4;


the
1

(Stifrnfiaft).

married
is
still

woman whose
i

(-$:)/. a eldest sister

fiii: er s;

Si'-T

meant

of the tip or

*^

4 slipped from also^lhe right hand;


5.

5f ""tffitWl Ku.
5.

63

anr-

trw: 29 (<T:) [3?: STB: ?rtR7mi%; aw, mrt] the beginning of ths yearir N. of'the month mfafrfj (?iHTt Tpr^fm? Bg. 10-35); r ?fg: ^^^ftifttfl^: ?K: a grant of land given by kings (to

Midr

gam Mail!.)? Ki.

unmarried (^v_m qg-i^rii nr ^iVfifi^am w^trar^Md^n ^i ^ us ij and of f^ftfj-^nr), (<&. tnc such a woman. ir: [aiit fwrgi
i,

cnfa,

%Wj
"^

[wi ^a,' purifying in one's presence) having precedence in drisking.


rp?]

first to

protect.

T:

der ^<wm).
4.

3. fore-part, tip, point

Brahmanas

for

sustenance

(art

P. VIII. 4. 4] skirt of a forest.

the border or

H*
p.

a-

(Astr-) a degree of amplitudeto take or claim (the remnant);


*

[wiwif-

"rffrwt

wrt%5.

z.

ar^

in. 2.18]

first

V-

claiming the

first

share
I-

of

TVDk. 8,9.
f:

the remnant
ous,

&c-H*<3-

having

precedence in eating 2. gluttonvoracious (arr^ftfi). "j: [arit

arff.

wlr anrr^r,

arj

^afit

i-%i]=^

>jm:

/'

I-

goal of
fratn-

ambition or object aimed at


>jf* ci3srrai5: 4

(with gen.) I Kefore (opp. ?gfr:) in front of, ut the head of; forward; f

taking the lead, a foremost, first; ajfo;%fm%r K. 169; Pt. L.Mai. 9 first to die; T: *pt 3h- 2. 29 anmffr i. a servant (who n^fr: 5-^]. precedes his master). 2. a leader.
leader,

going

in front,

"^

Ki- 17I.

SSt-MW^fe-

32 (mcqww). 2. the topmost part, pinnacle; TWIT" td [arir Htji^* Me. 69m$] flesh in the heart, the heart itself; " ^Rra Ve. 3. 2- morbid protuberri [art the liverance

f"?rnrrcJOTT 'Si-

WM

W
a

kind of sacrificial ceremony. See amnm. *IH a [nr w "w, 'n-^qs.] taking the lead, foremost. (-*) an army that stops in

v I 29; r^T5fr: lead the way; "fit rah*r seeing before him- 2 In the presence of; a ^*U* Pt. n smTf^rnjff: Mu. 5; wg^frwafT n^r^t R. 3. 39 j n the very presence of. 3 First; |m 3imnra: Rv. 10. 90. 7; aren: f*to give precedence to, consider most important; to put in front or at the

ioiTrof?r

i^
^

fl [>nr sna:, ai-Jtj] i Foremost, best, choices', -most essential or important, highest, pre-eminent, first; fr^niTini TOtm R^T^: Jt R- 3- 46; "?'i 10 66; aq^r: ?5nrR 5jaiirjt6. 73,8. 28, 14. 19, 18 39, Ku 7. 78, Ms. 5 166, 12. 50, V.
.

5. 14:

also with loc-i

ww.

^3% '^5

TV.]

head
f. *.]

ot

COMP.

*rc a.

going
(-*:) a

lead
3.

in front, leader.

[7a: wf% taking the

Ms.

ire: An elder brother. 184 ?ro The roof of a house

3.

ajfaH a

frmt

[& v*:,
3^
llfrt: 3

Mn-ftq^p. iv.
/.

TTR'T adefy the enemylead, [aril itwftm-ftife] taking the If iiding the van; T^Fjrui^ JSCT
t<i
"ft

Hum S

Vart.] I Fiist ( in Order', rank &c.) foremost, best, excellent, preferable, superior) wpim23.
fTi^TWrii

Ved.

Having nothing

acceptable.

7-2i,R.

5-

62, 18. 10,

5- 3.

mfw [' f^i


pal hero,
>ft

^siH] the princiJi^^rrit


<

preceding-

Bf Mb. -2 prior, Elder, eldest. 4

a.

Not

rustic

or

rural,

champion;

va ?wt

iRft^ii?r
'rf
I.
I.

Ram
^nVr<

so Wn--

tf':-

opening,

foiv-i--art;
[^Tir ^"n?rt

UTJwg tmr'

Furthest, advanced, first riper5 Further i: An elder brother. "i A kind of truit, Annona Reticulata.

town-made. -2 Not tame, wild.


a. Not acceptable, that which ought not to be taken or
,._

Mai

ifm: HT]
best
a. [w'a H^iarir-*] Foremost, &c i: elder brother. ^

accepted as a

gift,

present

&c

kind of pot
the
first

herb (f^nrrra^. place or rink; 3^: R. ig. o


,

An

The

first fruits;

the best part-

be perceived, admitted or trusted; not to be consi lered or taken into


account. -gjr

of the

?v-] the

register of

human

act-

wlnirt. [*r%

H^T:;

am -5] foremost,

day

or

?T%JRT

best &c.

which ought not to be taken, for purposes of purification.

15

according toothers) single, unmarried (as


1
;

**%''%: f- ['*?-!? river linger. -2

^ii'(

5[

T-^

-Tf
r ]

peating this Q/fi thrice in water qm^Taq^^7in% ;aq?tfr K 179, 38.


a[

A.

To move
'ififtg)

in a
i

curve.-io

To mafk
K. 12 with his

3Tq

fTRlrfcl

young woman
wsfcJm

*1T?I^j

TO^I-

stamps |w^ff?ir!t

"fifstrit

),
.

q
sin.

(10 Uarc ]
>

To
Bad
,

destroying
(

sin,

gods
ftft

wi

an epithet of
:

^tTj^^m-r t%^a

).

wrong, am a
fij

^ a.
[

WWWrtftwS.4 stamped
name; "WiJ^njJTC
4- 7i

sirr^. ?fi=irg*

so R.

f 3Ti-*fift

3. 55,

sinful, evil,

wicked

'OTj
;

qiS H simfn Bg 3T1T HF^ 37^ ~\ I Sill fj gw i: q^riitf*nT(i


Si.
I.

aiHnjtfijpmwc
3.
j

fly',

l6"-H
^.^J
118,
3.

'making sin, weep and N.cfa Mantra which destroys


I.

rate,

count3

68 -2 To enumeTo brand, stain,

^^ H
Ms.
s

sin

fearfullvsi

howling

(?)

2.

are

18,

26;

fl<ri
;

&c.
*fa:=T

q^) r*'<.] one who only weeps in times of calamity, but does not try to get over
c*r*T^ ?>f^fcT

tTf^Ta^iPj'j

m:
To

stigmatizes Tf^t iwjolt ^SrH^rfoiiit qt g^fftn: Bh. 2- 54 branded, censured, condemneds B<T ^gnrfar "A

misdeed,
f|;*irai>f

hem.

ft^
;

FJ

fault,

sg^iH
griefs

crime ^T Si.
also. -2.

are ^iH^ift

ra'i

wi

Ks. 13. 152 branded head. -4 walk, stalk, go.

a serpent

fearfully

venomous

(?)
577 [37=5 ^fm art] i The Lap. (n. also); Ku. 7. 5 passed from lap" to -2 A mark, signi *tf;*t<fit lap.
3)'*fi;
i

4.

37

sins
1,

and
indication or reporting of sin. 2. [37^ *tw? 57H7fi ^B?cT ^T^-WIJ; ] a .wicked man, such as a thief. 3. wicked
j
;

mishap, misfortune, accident, injury, harm,


evils
8();

An

ev

do not think of doing harm or


ft^H
R.
3.

52,

n.

15.

51,

19.^ 52,
i

sin-destroying (?}.-?iTH*rt. reporting or telling one's sin or guilt. S'' a noted robber rumour of
: ;

^' Z-

q^qi
i

9.1

'^rtflSf Ram. Ku. 2. 64 marked


or
traces &c.i
a
siair-,

See

37T-J.

-3 Impurity
5*75

93

( vr$H ) Ms- 5- 63.; * ngrT S^H^TITT^ 84- -4

guilt
<H3

).

"

a.

37*7

wfcl

5|j57Z7lS

^57-35

Me-

86i

stigma, brand)

distress i Pain, suffering, grief ^irspH^i*?? R. 10. 19 not subjec to grief. -5 Passion -*: N of a demon, brother of Baka and Putan3

to malicious', threaten with ruin.


sin,

Destroying sin. aTsrm^ Den. P.

To

be
sin-

LJiV^fRNt
-3
the

f3
ful,

Malicious, wicked, harmful, injurious.


a.
a.

number 9-4

KUMs- 8/281. numerical figure, a numbers


O.iofftejqf*-

^:

stop,

fiiifw

side,

flanks

andcommander-in-chiefofKamsa Being =ent by Kamsato Gokula to kill Krishwa and Balarama he assumed the form of a huge
[

arqifii,

proximity, reach (connected with above)s *TH?j^!rfaig^Tlr ftF-5: Ki.


i.

suffering from
)
i

evil

or

calamity
(

not anointing

?).

anc serpent 4 yojanas long, spread himself on the way o the cowherds, keeping his honk mouth open. The cowherds mis took it tor a motintion cavern anc entered it, cows an all But Krisha saw it, and having entered the
1

Not hot, cold-, ->i?j> *ami the moon whose rays are cold. a. Not terrific or fearful. -T:
Tft

Si.3..j6i i%i Bh. H?r?r 15


'<

2.

JJTR79J i

N. of Siva or of

one of his forms,


.-2 worshipper of Siva and Diirga -n [wST?: f?ra: ^qiwf^t arwrer ar^tr ar'sQ the fourteenth day of the dark half of Bhadra sacred to Siva

See- e OTra below--5 An act of a drama, for its nature &c, See 5. D. 2/S.-6 A hook or curved instrument.-/ A species of dramatic composition, one of the ten varieties of <KT*, See S. D. 519.- 8 An
64,

305 Ki. \j.

so stretche himself that he tore it to pieces and rescued his companions.] -*\ 1 he goddess of sin the constellation ( pi. ) usually calleJ Magha. COMP.
1

month

military

ornament Oj?r).-9 A sham fight, show (f^g).-lo A cce-

fficient.-ii

ab <ve. *7j ( aTf a day of impurity ( aT^WT^i ). air^r a. leading a wicked life. a. sinful, wicked, evildoer. ?r: =
:

wc See

are

N. of Siva. w:, "in; a follower of Siva -iwJi a terrtficoath-or ordeal-

-COMP.
0-577^

line, curved lines a misdeed.-i3 curve or bend generally, the bend in the arm.-l4 The body.-i5 mountain, [cf. L. uncus Gr- egkos}

A A

place.

12

sin,

*'*

[37%
i'y.]

'

*^757T.

HTJ7,

fTST**

a.

3T7

5T7^rqi7f

"1

expiatory, destroying sin (such as gifts, muttering holy prayers &c.J. f -x ) destroyer of the demon are
:

ofKrish.i
^i ]

>?TT>5T

a.

[ are q7q-

a sinful e.ter (one who cooks, and eats for his own sake and not for g >ds, Manes, guests &c ).
37^1 qr-*"35 ]

*"*

Hard-sounding, See b^low. 2 Devoid of cow-herds. -T: the hard sound of a consonant, hollowness of sound with which all ihard consonants and the Visarga are pronounced (one of the II kinus of See p VIII. 2. I.), or the consonants so pronounced C ^w ^
.
i

qw
act,

water

hinted by persons at the end oj' the preceding act, is brought in continuity with the latter, it is called arw^raR (descent of an act), as the sixtn act of
-Sakuntala or second of
gaini tra
ia;
i
:

when an

(37^*3 (if%a:

T'tt *t?a j.c^'fl*i9cTT^ ^ftt f^fs:

S-

D
it

311).

The

Dasarupa

defines

differently;

expiatory,

removing or destroy ing sin, usually


applied to a prayer repeated by Brahmanas f the igoth hymn of Rv.
10.
)
i

a.ma iiid. A vocative paiticle, another form for are** (Ved.).


arei
r

I.

56

-nT^,-nn a. [fit

a. ]

come
1

a.

Not

to

b2

killed.

gfa

TV.]

Ak.

Brahma
_2

Un.
S'li
[
-f

within the grasp or reach' f?fE R. 2 38; ftr* 2 ;fT5'f 'i 'f'fiR. 13. 67. marking,

wi

H^qi^niT?!^ u. J he most heinous crimes, such as illicit interJTZJT^'?^''! HTt\

bull

A cow.
fit

r
be smelt.
$

branding &c.
ical)-

ftx

the scienre of

numbers (arithmetical or algebraIT<*-TT


I.

own mother, sister,

course with a preceptor's wife, one's daughterrin-law &c. are said to be expiated by re-

&T a. Not Liquor ( "f ).

to

bearing or

ha'v-

ing marks, such as those on the

16
of a Vaishnava. 2. manner o holding the person, figure. qfivf; [. *r] I. turning on the other side. 2. rolling or dallying in the lap_or on the persons

body

marks; trappings

Having
(?)

ar

(^

ww
aronfe, ai^.rft]

let

one of the 24 Jaina goddessesCierm.


angle]

an
.

-COMP.

elephant-driver;

sort

(.fdrumor
r

tabor

st

Mal. 5-8.(an -ccasion for) embrace


I

JagaddharaO so M. 3. qTRfwr N. of a
of a chapter

signs.-2

A number of marks or A woman Having marks

? ing a goad in form


I

W 3wm<r

a keeper of an elephant __ gJEI] a mar k resembl[

a restive elephant

...
wr-

Vratat

title

(of

branding &c.).

qTi:-t

in the ^rf^ftTrcsnoi). [qr-arfa i. a. ST. ?r>jj I.

-*fi a.

ded,
[

the extremity or region of the lap (Avqteor *3*)l a seat in the lap; hence, an embrace; ara^Tg finr* Hf^OTI^f JT(ft? Mai. 8. 2. 2. [W^ trrpssria qic?~5. 5. a.] a nurse. 3. (-aft) a variety of plant, firing or Med cago Esculenta; Pfymvfttgar] ity. [yf^: qrsr 55 V433* qia^lgirsr
;

w*

marked
t

[^.-^^j] Fit to be branor counted. ^r: mqAnr araa arfft, O r ar* sort 9fdrum or tabor

a.

A
;

[sa^.]

hook, goaded.
,

Urged on by
ft]

nf|

hook, or goad, with a hook.

Having

layjng

hold of

Un.
'

TV.] an operation in Arithmetic by which a peculiar concatenation' or chain of numbers is formed by makingthe figures I, 2 &c. exchange-places (

Brahma.-4 ABrahmana who keeps the sacred fire. H:Going; one who go?s.
**9.
.

4. 6l; 2 Fire.-3

atwa;

w^ar]

Wind

to escape.

Ved. Moving tortuously


f*

*f<

-2 The body.

[w^wg^ f f^]

A mark

Mv

sprout,

See
.

45

*&
**'<

(ety. ?)

A
**

key.

See Lfli240)
;

Ved. Water.
^

N
i

';

.) .

TC* multiplication of

num

sprout, shoot, blade;


:

bers or figures
lap,'

i*:. forming the bending the thighs into a curve and squatting down. 2 branding with a mark that resembles a headless irunk (wftrc: svjnwcf*:).-

S.

2. 10; oft.

^,y.,
'sharp'

1.38.] ^, u

A
,

lum

Mar. fta). AJangium Hexapetai

tree

sense of 'pointed,' rnrnM^i^ Bh. jaws; ?r??^tja

in comp*.
2.

in the

-CoMl' H: a sort of poison prepared from the Ankola plant.


(

so *t$a*i, wraf

snsffe^r

&c

4 pointed ?^K. 4 pointed


-2

An
(

probably a corruption embrace.


)

*mr [ sr* vrst^ a-tf. i. seated in .] the lap or carried on the hip, as an infant 2. being within easy reach, drawing near, soon to be obtained;
*i<Kt?rtR^5Ht(fivtr,fi tg^n

KJ

j2

3.

premature, early ripe forced fruit. -5* (or *nw) that part of an act, is wherein the subject of all the acts
intimated,
is

-2 Water. 3- Blood. A tumour, swelling- -4

scion, offspring, WT progeny; r.rq jaTj.or 5. 7-I9 sprout or child of some one* sf^iffj c Dk 6

Bh. 3 68 unsteady like the pointed flame of a lamp; (fig.)

"_

*J 10 P. aiwriw i Jo crawl. To chng.-3 To check, hold back


Jnr
I

P.

iritfa,

STRIT,

walk.-ioP. i To walk, go round.-2 To mark (cf. w^)._ w ith qft to stir up (qfe') i&qra to
go,

aifttg

To

hair. -5

envelop, veil.

called

wgw, which
Having
12 as sproinsi
1,

A"
<T

''/<

A vocative particle meanwell, sir' 'indeed' 'true'


)
;

suggests the germ as well as the euJ, e. g, in Mai. i T^W a id wstffcn Hint the parts to be played by *&*q and others and give the

ing' well.'
spt-outst
'asse.it'
(

as in 371%

i>r

V.

if

f-

Love has put


Dk. 125

forth

?rr anr:
nt

K-

*,'%?$.

221
:

arrangement of the plot

in

brief

drops of
orth-

perspiration

with bursting

mix.rt
t

Mv-

3. 5.

a-j n

Sit
i,

The Dasarup

D. 312).
thus:
e
.

itnm=n^ 55 Wn qn p. Vlll. I. 33 Sk. Sfa* *IW !T1 2TJim P. VJ11.

15^
Sk.

nguq qT^ Tin i T aci wr^ *TDk. *n 59;


; ;

itr-

defines
i

wt-

^^-5

*W

2.

96

'm:
;

;i^i?trjii ^jjt^wTvQ^iiT'j

where a

character at ihe end of an act cuts short the story and introduces the beginning of another act; as in the second of Mv 7a: [w%* &*ify ntya kind of tree (fate) ginger. HI: subtraction <f numbers.
ftot the science of

fT? aa: ] An abode of birds, animals, a nest (of birds).

5i.'i6, 34.

2. I2.i
r'V

Ki. 10. 55, 13. 65


;

used with

'how much less', or 'how much more' ?imfta ftvTn'-

in the sense of

numbers.Ariih-

metic

mark, token; rtttwift Mai. 9.46 marks of love- -2 Act of marking.


-J Means of marking,

4 A hook, a goadi Proverb: *Htit ftiHj|rfei^: Why higgle about a trifling thing when the whole bargain (of which it forms part) has been struck the goad ought to follow the elephant); BR$^ jsrarot ftywtH f si R. 15.97; (fig-) one who checks, a corrector, eovernor. director; fnrfa ff r?i
.

Tj n

Mv.
f*fl'i

3.

11 Pt. i. 71. Lexicographers give the following se5ii|t^qi[


IT

nses of sto-npl

5^1?

n [3T^n^jr-? sT-ni.
to Nir.

according
]

stamp'ng,

t^wjjr R.
have

^Twnfn^i j^^.. Mu
16.

3
:

g.

f?f

8i;

restraint

or .check;

fMjpt:

%vr

poets

body. ^2 A limb or member of the body; ?i<rtTisrmoifjgi rswrg; Ku. 1.33. lllKWW^wi Pt. 5. 32 without undergoing troubles ?r% i^jft^mstiF^r
;

atn aiiwr^ at^irii ^T

The

free license or are unfettered

'nt

Ki.

II.

do

17
be influenced or swayed bi them (do not be subject to them 3 (it-) A division or departmen of any thing ), a part or portion
) (

not

lay to the east of Girivraja of Magadha anr to the north-east or soulh-east o:


the
capital
Mj'thila.

Angas

as of a whole as tint'* v*i, *?K *, ^j^Htpf TmH:?ri3 see the words tiflhnt Ft 5. 56; igra?m3f.: ^ii^
i

The country
-2

was

in
]

ancient times
-a.
I

ruled by Karwa

Mantras pertaining to thos e limbs 35itrj&grTar i">T>?rTfRr Ku. 3. 15 ( fTOtsTftm^fwrt arnm j^TTr^iTnuit *w i. i; wrsi, fw^i-^im: Malli.)
the
i :

Contiguous

ers or divisions.

"t^Tr^r: Ms. ii. ii. (Hence) (b A supplementary or auxiliary" por tton, supplement i- ^T: fT or
*$'
tial
(c
)

Having memb-COMP. -='>?, -siir.

A constituent
rf.

part, essen

requisite or

component,

3t*: R. 7. 5Q; fn'imTv T?5T.*rfr^iit: R. 3- 46- ( An attributive or secondary part secondary, auxiliary or dependent member (serving to help the principal one )
)
i

[ WJWT wftifr HR: J the relation of a limb to the body, of the subordinate to the principle, or of that which is helped or fed to the helper or feeder ('forgwJTW:, 3 cmwma? ) <? g. wrar and other rites are to ^r as its angas, while 3v is to them the angi;
,

wi:

palsy or paralysis of limbs ^Srtw ?* 5'iT CTT?qTT S. 2. 2- twisting Or stretching out of the limbs ( as is done by a man just after he rises from sleep ) Htrr'w?gTT Vb.; "rfiw:
;

Htim$: MU. 3 2i. K. 85.t^: N. of % a Mantra. f^: [aWi^rfctj ?^fir^] I. one who shampoos his master's body. 2. [ nit ST^] act of shampooing so ( *Rfw or '0%;, ?^-ftrg;, "j<5. or mft ) one who shampoos. *r$.
;

I)

opp.

wm

H.

2.

or

arfni;

;.

ai-fr

U^BW
ssmtzft-

1493

w.
tir

w:

S.

517.!

*i

;re:

Malli. On Ki. 6. 2i
).

An

Malli. on Ki. 8. 26. ( e. } auxiliary means or expedient

t'ff. ] rheumatism *wfwi the curing of this disease.-Tsj:,-TiT: [ aiifrJ?' i?: ] a subordinate sacrificial act which is of 5 sorts tff^wf
i

'

K. P. 10 v:,-v$W:

srsiTTOTpT^rcr
cf.

yfy

i.
(

ofKara

m
ral

n .Si.

2.

28-29

See

2.
,

lord of the Angas, N. **nr:, *q^:, *J:, 'lord of a^a, the planet
it
;

flcT

:-tk

arit

also ( the angas of the sevesciences or departments of


)

presiding over

found in *H?l having red powder


).

tf?HTHT TVN. of a plant country and


"

knowledge will be given under those words -4 (Gram.) A name


for the

Jyotisha

a bodynfroTr

base of a word;

effect of a secondary sacrificial act. -wi;-.T;prf I. besmearing the body

P. i.

13

Sk. The wn terminations are those of the nominative, and accusative singular and dual-5 (Drama) ( a. ) One of the subdivisions of the five joints or sandhis in dramas the gw has
-,

13, T>? 12, T>R* 13 and a^W* 14' the total number of the angas being thus 64 for details see the words. ( b. ) The whole body of subordinate characters.

12,

mlnjw

spasm; seizure of I. a scented cosmetic, application of perfumed unguents to the body body with some illness.-T- *T?r fragrant unguent gsqir^ ajirnfar "fftf a TV*. arritl produced ] [ rom or on the body, being in or on K. 12. 27, 6. 60, Ku. 5. n. 2. [ wt r*R] act of anointing the body with the body, bodily ****:, 'n: wa5? [ 3J't?t?f?Ti?B.frte^?T n.J unguents "srtr: &c- 2- produced by a asuppleI- 7Si. iair f^jTnitT?3T?9Ti^ ornabeautiful, ritementary 3/ written character of the mental- (-*=) -^31 also 1. a son2. hair of the body (n. also) '*$*Angas. &T: [ *nt f^^st ar^T fo^crificial act- -?r?:

with fragrant cosmetics, rubbing it &c. Dk. 39. 2- a supplementary sa{

guard, personal attendant Pt. 3.wit ri^s 5 a coat of mail [ ] or a garment, (-"i protection of

the
r

-6 (Astr.)
of stars
(

name for
),

the position

See wirar?!.-/ A symbolical expre-sion for the num er six ( derived from the six
WIT

Vedangas "9* gpf ift:


-T:
(

The mind

f|row*f-

Si. i. i, See Jrra also. N. of a country and the people inhab ting it, the country about the modern Bhagalpur in Bengal. [It lay on the south of Kausik Kachchha and on the right bank of the Ganges. Its capital was
pi.
)

trm un^ >Ht* Ki- 18 32. 3. inove, cupid ( *rt SR: cPEHiflm: ) aj*Kwfpwj oxicating passion Dk- l6l- 4. drunkenness, intoxica:ion. 5. a disease, (-"t) a daughter-* ) blood. w: [*nWt srf^rT 5^:] he disease called ^rar^tn, a sort pt consumption, -ifri: one of the six
; i

a scented cosmetic.- 2:. vrrar sr^ ] act of anointing ety. ? ) a kind of grass, ginger or ts root, Zingiber. -rVw

^13^,]

I.

tf

Amomum
J

a. [ 5.

<f.

I.

maimed, paralysedfifra:
/.
)

2 fainting,

swooning.
1

change of bodily O113pSc. ^(_ *'


]

a_ppearance
s1

^^

*.
,

^re: [arJif WJr^w ~fw:] touching the limbs of the body with the hand accompanied by irtfc/. [wt appropriate Mantrasi^ Hsrwrtss, OT-tn-j ] an embrace probably a corruption of *NWifo )

minor Dv/pas.

an apoplectic
(

fit,

apoplexy
j

ar^wn
:

).

swooning mir: a bodily


of

e fec t.

ft^q

i.

movement

he limbsi gesticulation. 2- a kind of dance. ftnr [atn^trr smifniiTf^of

Champa, sometimes called Angipuri, Lomapadapur/,Karapurz or


According to Oawrftn (wlj *mftwf|*qnn; and Hiouen Tlisang it stood on the Ganges about 24 miles west of a rocky island)

^aS^TzJTiitin^
[5 ]

q.

v-

Hrt*

[ HTT.
i

grammar

&c.

Mtilinz

every limb, large and small HTiffT qifoW ^551 K- 167, 72&rf [ wiw ^s-'spS KrefsRfj expiation of bodily impurity, such as that aused by the death of a relative,
onsisting in

knowledge. 2. elling good or

the science I. contributing to the science of foreevil

by

'.hi

move-

of chapter 51 of Brihat Samhita which gives full of this science; f r^ttftn-

ments

of limbs;

N.

tails

General Cunningham has shown


that this description applies to the hill that opposite Patharghata, it is 24 miles e st of Bhagalpur, and that there are villages called

making presents r? ^wsq wrfsrtr TV.).


(

t"-

'U. ..f*t^t

fsic^fa

*i?T^t^

Ms-

6.

5-

Champanagar

and Champapura

adjoining the last. According to Sanskrit poets the country of the

born from the body or minda son. 2. Cupid. 3I. ) rt ^JUMTUH ^; WIM J one who las touched and purified, and then restrained, his limbs by repeating
:

naMtwrwi: ftft: ftwM] a subordinate or subsidiary act subservient to a knowledge oHhe il1nrinfinol Cllie wn^ ( \ flSTHel1ft"3*W plllicipa
f^/a;

rsrnpj

<I

CK: chief Jof prin-

cipal

hero-^ 1<**
-;[,

a^.] I

sign, ges-

18
ture or expression of the face leading to a knowledge of internal thoughts (arrorO. 2- a nod, w ' n -3;
[WT-B] i Belonging the body. 2 Referring to the Ang
.

countryAnj a- [ wn-m] Felon^ing to or connected with the body, corporeal.


v.

or being in the courtyard. ^9i ^33. ] conveyance. 3 [ [ Going, walking &c.

"^

changed bodily appearance. -ly* a defect or flaw in the performance


of some subordinate or subsidiary act which may be expiated by thinking of Vishnu
i

[
=i:

H?TCfI

at*
2.

1WT;
I

HT

p.

V.

100.]
;

woman

or female in general

or WT*
I. embellishment of personi personal decoration, doing whatever secures a fine personal appearance, such as bathing, robbing the body, perfuming it with cos-

-I 2

A conveyance, vehicle (/.also).


[ai'irft

^", "^*, l^m' with well-rounded lirnbl^, abeautiful woman. -3 (Astr.) Virgo. 4 The female elephant of the north. COMP. *": I- the fe-

&c.-2

A woman

n^ &gT%T ^iSt
-

male

arft]

Fire.

Braumaa
the sacred
fire-

who maintains
or fr-$]

sex, woman-kind. 2. women. fur a. beloved of women ( -" ) N. of a plant ( arjfra ) Jomsia Asoka, for women are, fond of decking their persons with Asoka flower:
:

who metics &c. 2. [*ftft **] one decorates or embellishes the person. tfftn:/. compactness, symmetry) body* *^ra1f 3nnrsft Ki13. SQS or strength of the body. *K: bodily contact, union) coition. fta*: a personal attendant, bodyguard- ***: [**.] a subdivision of fitness or qualifia science cation for bodily contact or being touched by others -pft: f. l. a defect or flaw in the performance of a secondary or subsidiary act

ar,.i

An

ornament, braTV.

celet &c-

worn on the upper arm,


nH^rtfpwt^?:
1

an armlet;

V.

I.

14*

^^CTH'^f '

FW

R. 6 73. %i I The female elephant of the south (?). -2 A woman who offers her person I Nfor use (** ^ifjt arW^). ?: of a son ot Vali, monkey-king of Kishkindha. [He was born of Tara, Vali's wife, and is supposed to have been an incarnation of Bnhaspati to aid the cause of Rama (andhence noted for his eloquence). When, after the abduction of Si'ta

Dried

fruit.

m.

rt

biru.

Charcoal

3. 134] whether heated or not

,.n.

);

tifi

H.
80
;

I.
I

?<rn ^af^tifim:

<*m:

Pt.

by Ravaa>
anwf*

or*n%^,] gesticulation,movements of the limbs, a dances *'*nta yw*s atm* Ki. 7 37, Ku. 7. 91
ticulation. 2. stage;
i gesfit], dancing-hall. fw a. fa. n ] I. mutilated, deprived of some limb, crippled2. having some defective limb

sent monkeys to search for her, Angada was made chief of a monkey-troop proceeding to the south.
in all quarters

Rama

with your you have ruined yourself own hands cf. " to dig a mine under one's feet"; freffct'm Ve. 6
;

pft:

[att <$i*tt*;

J-TO

tion,

For one month he got no informaand when consequently he determined to cast off his life, he

^r* ratftnromaiTfl[ &*3 *rc*0) according to Susruta a man is so born, if the

by Sanipati that Sita could be found in Lanka. He sent Maruti to the island and. on the was
told

cr pest of the Kuru family. 2 The planet Mars. 3 4 N- of plant ffm*9!T, 'fpR: -^frra*^ a prince who fought with king JMani aRed , of a red colour. dhtftn'. t Red colour. COMP. """P^ ar^ta *<9t ^55.] a vessel [ 3mrT to throw or extinguish coals.-'wfn a. [ ar*rf iStm f-**] one wlio pre-

destroyer

aT^^

mothar's $*& has not been duly


fulfilled
TV}

return with definite information, they j ined Rama at Kishkindha. Afterwards when the whole host of Rama went to Lanka
latter's

pares coal for sale.


fBfira-<W]

SB*'-

_wf)r

wmn

of a plant ron arwt ar-aT


;

Angada was despatched

to

Ra-

*tn],-tfJ!<*r [wro*\]^a portable " fire-pan, brazier.-"^"""^ [gj


qnt

limb *Tf
i

20, 24.-2

ntomt > The bodyi

|trli

T?^i Si. 4. 66.


[ ant
,

wi*iH4[<jft

flrot

?r<i]

bodice or

jacket.
.

a.

*fT-OT?ro
|

ft ]

Cor-

poreal, having limbs, embodied, incarnate! M'TOnT f ftf R. 10. 84, 38; one who has a

WTWwnsn

n messenger of peace to give him a chance of saving himself in time. But Ravawa scornfully rejected his advice and met his doom. After Sugnva, Angada became king of Kishkindha. In common parlance a man is said to act the part of Angada when he endeavojrs to mediate between two contending parties, but without any success]. 2 N- of a son of Lakshmawa by Urmila (R- 51-90), his ciplfal being called Angadya. 3 N. of a warrior on Jhe
as-

vaa

i* [ ^rrma roasted food or meat !jw ] N- of a grove or forest. -of ) [ ar*tf ar^J N. of Chitrara( On tha, king of the Gandharvas- [ one occasion, while he was sportKuntf with ing with his wife, he saw her five sons proceeding to the
;

bodyi
jrti^T

Sk.

Mt'iirftfiJnT sTtflrt fns;Ti>nt Si- 2-,

aSnnft

f%wtw

i^

side of Duryodhana. COMP.-m?: of the the crest-like forepart

accosted them and asked them to or tell him where they were going, to fight. Arjuna accepted the chalbut Angaraparna finding lenge warrior Arjuna to be a very skilful cnagave him a secret lore called kshushi ( enabling one to see the smallest things) and took from him
i

capital of

Panch^la

in disguise.

He

-2

Having

suhnrbinate
i

94. parts,
:
;

Angada ornament.
:

Qff

T^

3T5f;

chief, principal

TFwtf'hfi *ntf
(T

t^

BT,

^ff

S.

D.

TV.] I A place to walk in, a courtyard, an area, yard ***' the wide firmacourt a?" ment j'jjJiSsww** Mai- I Mtuated
i

and became a friend of the Panda vas. ]-tmft-wi a portable fire-pan


the plant
:

in return a lore called

Agnmrastra

. fcrft.-t

a shrub Ce~salpinia Ban-

ducella

19
n]

N- of various plants;
%3j:

to the

sage and said:


ii

a.
;

WIT, vmff,

JTTT.

[*#]

a sort of

bamboo.
[

Angiras
:
i

said:

Accompanied by
of Vishnu in Parasurama.
H. ]

Angiras, epithet of wind.

atmr
;

wrf
i

trf <*

FTC, ]

2 Mars coal. fre?!fi ^%: Mk. 9. 33 *TT: Mars,See chapter 6 of Bnhat Sam
hita.

Charn^Toi^ course of
i

*">-:

An enemy
[

Tuesday. (-f^r,-

amrT: ).~4

one of the 10 mine born sons of Brahma. His wife wa Sraddha. daughter of Kardama an
bore him 3 sons, Brihasputi. Uta thy a and Samvarta,and4 daughter

He was

his incarnation of

wirnmroir
sacrifice.

ar^

Sattra

N. of a prince of Sauvi'ra. $ N-o) grrc<F a nd Hirnr, Eclipta (or Verbesina) Prostrata.and white or yellow Amaranth.* ( wq *".) I A small spark.-2 A medical ed oil in which turmeric, Durva, Manjishtha and other substances have been boiled. COMP.mor:

two plants

[*[i<<t<( fim; fcfo; 5n^.

w)

(a^r

^ nMfernjafnwi;
.

?r.]

a coral

(H^TTT-

trrffrrt

portable fire-pan, brazier.

aYnnr^

Charre

!,

a. [WTT^T: arw roasted.


[atnrf
ftui

"rirr

8 TJ. [ connected with art Kuhu, Sintvali, Rokaand Anuuati or sfn-ft* ar^n ^HTM^<OT wfa atn The Matsya Puraasays that Angi f*"^ I To accept, to betake one] ras was one of the three sages proself to, to take to *Oj<WT5**tduced from the sacrifice of Varuna and that he was adopted by Agni as *^3 Jagannathai ?r$forror3Trfnh?r *w* K. 121 in the southern direhis son and acted for some time as ction, towards the south his regent. Another account, how w'ftfm aTff: I60i ft^ ?F3H%*^m ibid ever, makes him father of Agni. He was one of the seven great sages <?sJ*r<*rTfag nrr Hfarn Mk. 8 to make and also one of the 10 Parajpatisor her consent. 2 To promise to do. to agree or consent to undertake progenitors of mankind. In latter H times Angiras was one of the inMu. 2 I8.-3 To own, acknowledge, spired lawgivers! and also a writer on Astronomy. As an astronomical confess, admit, grant. 4 To subdue, to make one's ownpersonification he is Brihaspati, re
i !
i

^^3 a

u of the Butea Frondosa (1*5).


vicfoft

portable fire-pan.-^ thfe su Ser-cane.-^The

The
bud

gent of Jupiter or Jupiter itself. He is also regarded as the priest of the

fire-pan The region heated by the sun, though no longer exposed to its rays. 3 creeper in general.

-2

[^TK-TO*

? ft]

sma ,,

*>nfla.
w:-

[atvrrt

V h.a"ed.

arw.w^i
.

mm.
.

roasted, half-burnt-

Anea'ly bud of the tree.-m i=3VjTTTwfT q. v 2 general. 3 creeper 4 N. of a river-

*]

A bud

^*

lo be used
^rtai^BTarft P.

-F for preparing coali


,

gods and the lord of sacrifices- Besides .Sraddha his wives were Smr/ti, two daughters ot Maitreya. some daughters of Daksha, Sva dha and Sat/. He is also regarded as teacher of the Brahmavidyu. The Vedic hymns are also said to be his daughters. According to the Bhagavata Puraa, Angiras begot sons possessing Brah nianical glory on the wife of Rathitara, a Kshatriya who was childless and these persons were afterewards called descendants of Angiras. The principal authors of yedic hymns in the family of Angiras were 33-

**<* i Acceptance. Agreement, promise, under-

taking &c-

**]
ring in
wjrc
I

hand (occur-

arjjH q. v. ).
ft

atgfa q. v.

thumb,

SPT: [afci.-ewj i finger.-2 The arn qmn sfrret ( also ).~3


.

finger's breadth (n. also), equal

to 8 barley-corns, 12

Angulas mak-

ing a ft(i o^r span, and 24, a ?*<T or cubit! ?iii';?i^*: Ms- 8. 271. -4 digit or 12 th part. ( Astr. ) 5 N. of the sage Chanakya or

Vatsyayana-

V.

I.

I2.Sk.

**irr [unm^im]
coal.

heap of char-

*<iH w. N. of a sage who received the **?iW from Atharvan and imparted it to Satyavaha.

His family hasthreedistinct branches %*irt!Wtti, 'fowfiHH and nu^wii* %H, each branch having a number of subdivisions. (pi.) I Descendants of Angiras. [Angiras being father of Agni they are considered as descendants of Agni himself

A finger (the
ireqin

names^of thesfingers
tfA'ft

are atgg thumb,

forefinger,
little
i

middle

finger, &*nfirw ring-

inger, and "fi^BT or *rf=*fi*r the inger )i a toe ( of the foot )


Ait.
_:reat

who

is

called the first of the

Ang

^5.

Un-

Br. atntrs^
r:

4. is

2J5i according to Ait.

from

afrrc;
.

>

rmn

are

whom many hymns of the fl/gveda


ascribed
(

so N. of a celebrated sage to

Like Angirss they occur in hymns addressed to luminous objects, and at a later period they oe came for the most part personifications of light) of luminous bodies,
rasas.

Br.
3

toe.

jhant's trunk. [w.-5N.of the tree qji+fiwr.-d Penis

2 The thumb, The tip of an ele 4 The measure at[ 3T5^:


(ft{orfir=r

-COM P. *TW
is
]

Etymologically Angiras is connected with tiie word and is often regarded as its Agni

of divisions of time, celestial phenomena and fires adapted to peculiar accasions, as the full moon and change of the moon, orto particular rites, as the arwJta, Twgji

mark on

the forehead of the

orm

andal

synonym-)
T

atf5tn

arf?r^f:).

Bharata he was a son of Agni.

According

to

began to practise peAngiras himself became Agni and surpassed him in power and lustre.seeing which Agni came
nance,

When Agni

&c.]-2 Hymns of the Atharvaveda-3 Priests, who, by using magical formulas of the Atharvaveda, protect the sacrifice against the effects of inauspicious accidents.
a. [Jw*.] pid, especially like

of the half moon made with Sic *. -T*r [ 3*51$ *ra^, a+j^nr^ anta ^-. ] a finger-protector a contrivance like a thimble used y archers to protect the thumb
finger

ir

from being injured by

Ved. Very

ra-

Agni

in devo-

uring food

(I).

Awfe the five ) 3RT, jfif^i a ingers collectively. rots* [ rt^ftrffrt "la*) eal-ring. pfet arsJr m ra] snapping or cracr^ king the fingers(Mar. 5J*).-"T[wn: HT] stic king to the fin

he bow-string

P.VIII3.

ed

"rcg
r*r;

H*"!T:

R.

5.

33.

80 Sk. (ws^feq^Tr* zrar^^aTv-

mra:
four. -2

P.

V.

4.

77. ]

J Destitute of
skilful.
i

*^
tion.

of inconceivable

form or ac-

(-*:) contact

of the fingers; act a sign of fingering. wgr ( 3. made by the fingen wwmftatjjifcHfKu. 3-47. >?i: making signs with fingers cracking or snapping the fingers as a signtfl a- [H. a. ] produced from or on the finger. (-*:) a finger-nail-

?O

(*..) Not
a.
5i

5ivas

am* Ku. 2

Immovable

Jimnmwr
,

wi
Ms.

wftiwr a
ITH
5

cted,

Not thought of, unexpesudden occurring un-

ww
*

29.-2(Astr.) Epithet of the zodiacal signs JTO. Wf ffig^i and $*r.


a.

expectedly

ftsfr*rt

ripTTiiffl*

"T"^. Pt. 2. 3. af%r!i^ a- Ved.

Ignorant

of,

not

knowing.

NT ot
IV.

last,
i.

middle &c-?
f T. cT. ] I Brief, transitory, of short duration "jft, *fro,
i

i5f*<*i

i=3T5i$.-2
)*-*,-i

A
i

sort of ant.

P.

230. Vart.

*3r
v.
]

( ft

A
[

finger-ring
S6.

a-

Steady,
''T'rf

10;
8- 118.

at

also!

motionless, fixed,

Bk.
3J5:
afrft qroit

snCTrow^*

V-

immoveable! f*ipermanent^
4i

I-

ffiflsra^^g-

v -2 Recent, late, new, Hfftff^tw: t^ft R. 8- 20 the new lord. In compounds &fa* may be
q.

IHT &c.

wr*iw:
2.

Ki-

6.

l8i

i'aT

*T

fra?:

P. Vlll. 3. 2 toe. ly

A thumb's breadth, usualregarded as equal to a*3W. [ cfa[

97

the

thumbi great

53i *" ^wi^nwrww: S. 7- "I Bg immoveable *: I A mountain!

(rarely) a rock. -2

bolt or pin

Zend angusta, Pers- a^s/.] COMP-

T*

qftrTOTf

?ro^]

of the
)

length or size of a
"

thumb

Mb.
B]
.

gw among Jainas-

(*). -3 The number seven- -4 N- of of Siva, of the soul, of the first of the persons 9 deified
* The earth (so called because the earth is immovable according to one view, or, according to Arya Bhatta who
rejects this view,

The thumbnail.
i

rendered by 'recently,' 'just', 'not "Bf* fcw**ltfW S- I long ago' just set ins H^;m S- 4 having recently brought forth ( who died not long after delivery, said of a doe ) or a cow that has recently calved. t adv ( also anVtor, arftrm, arftnti, 3TT%rw in same senses ) I Not long since, not long ago. 2 Recently, lately. 3 Soon, quick*COMP. ly, not long hence.
s
,

mon.^ An

An
)

ichneu-

/.

arrow.

&c"
r
]
!

i TO go. -2 *^ A I [ Wt TR Brahma COMP.-'' I^T,To commence, set about-3 To gm, fiT-fli'n &c. N- of Parvat/, hasten.~4 To scold, blame. daughter of the Himalaya moun-

lightning
i

Ki. 2. 19

"*rat

^^r

Ki

4. 24, 5

6- 2.

rigfH: S- 7- 7, (*w. ) transitory

lustre, short

n.

tain.

"nil (*) the earth

sin

Ve.

I.

12 v.

ably fixed or pinned).

(immovT,-rm a.
Nof
]

j-|

mountain-born, (-rr-aiwt)
]

gleama Ved. [ Going everywhere, all-per


.

HHTft

a
i

*-^

y?t.

Ved. Of a

bright or splendid form or nature an enemy to sin or ( ftfNft* )


evil (
? )

Parvat/.-iTf^ a. [ w^wr f?9^ jw] of fixed or permanent lustre or colour, (-m. *Z.) a cuckoo

vading
&**(* a. [f- f. ] Inanimate, not sentient, irrational) ^flf'^S Ml- 51
"* *jl

(5W( f.
)

4- 66 ] I tr ee. 3

A A
)
5

03*71?.
wfti

fowir*
:

the root of a quarter of a stanza COMP v. [ qr] a tree


t

foot.-2

,.
ftwor
).
]

nermanent colour. fin m- [ lt^, %1.-^. 1 'he ^nemy of moun-

tains, epithet of Indra who clipped off their wings. 1%: f. a me'tre of four lines of 16 short syllables each

* inanimate Brahma! f ?!9^^S. 6. 12 destitute of life, life""toft ^nwrejiless ( object &c. ) ^ic Mbh.-2 Not conscious, insensible senseless if^?nTrtn* < H.
1
i i

^ twi

Ve.

2.

18.

a plant podioides

N. o f Hedysarum Lago-

lord of moun^q"n:, (<n^nfi ). tains, N, of Himlayai so *ftT: ^ft N. of a book in the wftJrg wftnrsn^ the 7th day of the bright half of Aivina,
;

2-

161.

Destitute of conx a. sciousness; insensible, inanimate!

["*]

lifeless.
a. [ fM 5^*. n. ] Ved. Void of consciousness, ignorant silly,

<m

(Mar.

a.

[ rtflt: *rt

OT or *f| ftwft
toes, as
]

*m,

anmrs-w
fickleness,

a. [*Ssteady.

sucking his foot or

*-* [*"]
unright-

Devoid

of

an

in-

Steadiness.
wf%fl[ a.

fant.?**:
?_
I

af: *ta f*

the ankle.

infatuated.
sii<?a %ET >TW ] i Effort[ motionless.-? N:t requiring
.

Ved

Devoid of underless, [ ".


ff.

U.

*""

To

go.

anrfH- sWfr, an**, move i to honour

standing. -2 Irreligious, eous.-3 Material ( opp.


t

request, ask

with\q.

v.

&c n

&c.i
.

term for vowels.

m (Gram.) A

connected

a.

Ved.
of.

Gone. -2
3

direct effort.
]
[ *.
ft.

Not thought
a- i

Not

collected.
]

i
;

TJncoiiscious

:.-3

Having no wheels .-2 Not wavering,


!

-.-*<*

u.
i

invisible

bad or miserable eye.


a-

Eyeless, blind * |tf Ms4.

Inconceivable.-2 [ ww irw ] Destitute of intellect senseless, stupid.~3 Unnoticed, unexpected, not thought of.
,

insensibility ignorance in spiritual matters.-2 The material


ness,

world, matter.
a, VedSpontaneous, not influenced by external force or compulsion. a.
[

ai.

77

A
,

/.

What
.

of sense, infatua-

tion, ignorance.

Not hot-tempered, mild,

gentle.-f r

A mild or tractable cow

arf%?*Mnrrr a [ =>. n. ] Inconceivable, incomprehensible, unexpect-

i svft rS,

t-.f.

n., ft-

3 HU* *rn*

21
artqifa

wrfir

TV.

Clear,

pellucid,

less udder.

N- of a chapter of
a.
i

Brahmi.-2 The
(

transparent, pure;

U.

6-27-,
I

JfsreB^Bftg ?cRT%fiT*?r* Me. 51, *


-2
[

the
[
=T.
]

aft?

% ft?f: WMsnift*
Bg.
2.
<reofr

individual

) ST

^mn

soul wft
,

86.
*lfn

*m

A crystal
j

Uninterrupted

20.-3

ram

3rf?r
1

Jll^tdHYe)

?pT

^f^br-^;

sr.cT,

TV.
)
_

bear"

cf.

also*T?j.-3 N. of a planta?l. a.
(
i-

-CoMP.

e. ar'sgt?

^?* wi ] having clear water- (-51 N. of aj"iver l^rt arfiiHiTirct ) m?ft ^nrr ar^dr^r sntr T%TT HarivamjaN- of a lake on the Himalaya ( -?
! ( )

(mentioned
a bear-

in

Kadaraban

).

! indyed- To, towards with ace. ). It is a kind of separable preposition or prefix to verbs and verbal derivatives, especially to such as imply some kind of motion, or speakings irrfc^j p. i. 4 69 *f or TI to go to, attain, as w* *nr TOt-grjo go near, approach) 8jft to lead towordsi- *3 to call out 9 to! "TH to fly towordsi ar^to salute; (

continuous, constant; iftmln^Hni:worn?g?i Mv. 4- 36- undisturbed in its holy thoughts, ever cherishing amsecuin: ^mr: *1?f holy thoughts " n Ku. 6- 6g.-2 Not cut or divided, undivided, uninjured! inseparable.-Co.MP. 'JOT:, w. [arRsaTft Ha<iiPl mfifV 4^iOr =TT ?w J N- of trees having constant leaves" particularly of the tree called sn^r^i (ofbirds) having uncut or uninjured wings.
i

he-goat

sr3m

^^TsrHiwrn Jm-

TV-

Not

a. awi$is,-a)*ii3 fit to be cut.


f. w.

$<& mfra

sn;

Indivisible]

sm

w.

Not touched by
1

sort of corn or sign Aries.-5 grain *%*tsf n^rm Sign: Pt. 3. -6 Mover, leader ( Ved- ), said of InMaruts, dra, Rudra &c. a drove.-/ N- of a mineral substance ( n%TOrg ).-8 N. of the Moon or Kamadeva ( an^ ft'orWm^ <$fo c f. ^RT w^t arm: ).-9 vehicle of the sun.-io N. of the father of Dasaratha and grand-father of RAma so called because he was born on the Brahma Muhwrta-n N of a ^ishi -COMP Wc{: [ *nt artftftti w<^^,] N. of the ancestor of a wari !
-,

14

The

rior tribe, P. IVa kind

I.

sini

N. of one of the

71.

6 Vidyadev/s
shade,

w^fr

*r-

of the Jainas-

"<TL to invite-

Hunting.
a- [
f.

5jim

of prickly nightMar. rrp ). i^}


rt5T; ]

xfint sff ff^r^Tr^ft srnfr

N. of a pot-herb Convolvulus Argff.


]

ftf

fi%;

TV.]

The invoker

or inviter, a
is

employed Snd is a co-adjutor of ftg. Each of

priest or Ritvij who at Soitia sacrificesi

Not fallen, firm, fixedi not giving way, solid TUigrafti an^)ffiMn^>r K. Vishnu and ^3<f meaning 52
i
s '

'

'

firm

'

',

fixed

'

n^i

having

solid

ed at Soma sacrifices being therea fore l6( ffm\M. N. of the' Saman to be chanted by an aroim, also called
a_

the four principal priests, 5^,*TW, MPI. and has three assistants, the total number of priests employ-

Containing the word ar^BTJrr'R p. V. 4 [ amsn *$ w*Y *r ] The 2. 59. duty of an arorwro, being one PV- I. 135.
f-'m,
]

Per-

taining

to, to

be repeated by, an

ground. -2 Imperishable, permanent) *r inveterate enmity. 3 [f ?m% jjnfc ^gii-fi.^. a. ] Not melting away or perishing, not leaking or dripping. n: i N. of Vishnu of the Almighty Being Twm ^n^iff^i^nf *&"IT Bhag-, w*i*3i?#Hr K. P. 5. ( where ar* also means 'one who is firm, does not yield to passions'). 3 N. of a plant, Morinda Tinctoria. 4 A sort of poe12 tical composition containing cantos.-CoMp. w*: [fa-] N. of Balararna or Indra. '*f .',-s*:i-wfr: N-ofCupil, son of Kn'shna and Rukmin/. wm*r;-mT: the sacred fig-tree. *: [ *..] a class of
i

^wft* [sTsrnrr^m ^Tt enteus, *tj*5i. 55 ] goats and sheepi small cattle arirRft 3 ^j Ms. 8. 235* w goats and horses- ( -v: ) the Sun or Pshan , who has goats for his horses. "WT^: [ arsrw BITW ^: qt^ rr qr^T iw ] of one of the 1 1 Rudras, or of the asterism qjftpresided over by that deity^TT^TT:
i

vS goats and rams. qof TOT-WT* ^]


plant

N. Of the

*iinr Terminalia Alata Tomentosai of another tree iw Shorea Robusta. *ar [ wrw *m fw HT the shrubby basil,
:

.->ift*ir

a kind of 5*ft<iT* (Marfitrft

nf

0m

-qifv

^-s

a huge serpent ( boa constiictor ) who is sa d to swallow goats.

(-0 Nbelow
fa'itile

n-

Vedas ( ceremony ), or not


the
cal, not of the

Not studying as a boy before the $*


*.
.

Jaina deities said to have been produced from Vishnu. ?'tw N. of a place in the Punjab.'
I. P- (optionally replaced by t in non-conjugational root tenses arsift, anafni, arfarj ) i To go. 2 To drive, lead.-3 To thr w, cast (used with prepositions found Only in Vedic literature), fcf- L.

study (as a Swdra nature of metres, ie- prose.-3 Without fancy or whim.

entitled to that ).-2 Not metri-

See aT^nra 13 i<f ] a n indisease (Mentagra). >ft*:, *rV;ni(iiiH afhrfi smr 53 rftr] a goatherds so-" ?:,
of a plant-

>n^w

srrro

a kind

the

of plant

wuTr
fire,
(

N. of the 25th aste-ism- 2


the presiding
Wsif^gT em T3T: *TW imrr;

a- [" a. ] Unbroken, uninjured, complete unimpaired, without holes or weak points, faultless, without defect *-f%|:
i

deity of goats
arrSif

age

Gr- ag
a.

Zend
j

az- ]

Pt-

I-

1261

if
Rftm-,

Q ' WT^t

^i.-"*. ". 3.

born, existing from


-iiwriwi<^

all

] Uneternity Fi
;

tmsi: *^] a mineral sub'ifr: I the best of goatsstance. lord of the sign 2. N- Of Mars).
i

g^^ft

^ "4%
1

giving perfect protection Rv. Ifaultless action or j 145. 3. condition, absence of defect uninterruptedly, from first to last-COMP. wi. [**'] having a fault-

rrw

inr ' *'


1

"^

t^w<
'

Bg.

10.

3;

R- I0 2 4-~'r:I
of the
ar

The
sriatr^

<*.!:= wnsftw: q. v. Aries See N- of a Rudra ?: above. S: [ wnw Kjr>-f


i

iij: ,-^n?.-

&

unborn i' epithet


RfMnf
*

^TT>

Almighty
sr

fool

silly

like

the

goat

nrnr^v

Mb.

also a N- of Vishnu, Siva or

of the 5^0 plant ( the leaves of which are very dear to goats). WTJ

Ved. bleating like a goat. *nf [anfmTrin faNwrSi ?-foi^-ar^] I. a butcher. 2- N. of a country ( the modern Ajmeer, which, it is supin posed, for formerly abounded *T5: [aroft mst 5^ fnwt T^ butchers). of the place called Ajmcer.] i. N. 2. N. of the eldest son of Hast i, born in the family of Puru, son of Yayati- 3 -surname of YudhishthiraS a- goat-faced. (-*:) N-of a
a
:

Js;

N. of a sage [ 5frra<> TJT ] ived on the milk of goats (

who
fi]

fww: R. 8. 7&- m- [ Final beatitude, absolu-

R.
a.

18. 33-

young

Not

fit

she-goat.-2[*ftiTW

to be produced*

wF: gfre *n ] The fleshy protuberance on the neck, or its excredisease of the pupil of ment. -3

not

favourable
i

to

mankind

**

[ sftf^lr^firf 3r^r?t

3r\-f9pt..i^]

A por-

Prajapati (Daksha). When Daksha reviled Siva at his sacrificial session. V/rabhadra pulled out his face, and afterwards at the request of Siva himself he put up a goat's face in place of the original human one

the eye.-CoMP. rra: [ arar^r ana: ] the above disease) (OTT rgft*

tentous phenomenon, inauspicious to mankind, such as earth-quake-

A brahmana who
perly
)

does not repeat his prayers (

pro)
i

31414*

The bow
3T3T*

of Siva ( 35? 3T3T h flw agft SJTO.

Mb-i one who reads heretical

wrks.
i

^T

[
*!.

ff^f^w 3T31T arrrin^T-

(-!i)N ofaRakshas/'keptto watch over Si'ta in the Asoka garden at


,

3rtf

TV.)

^TT^aTmn;

ar* jfT^nftf^

N- of a very

useful

medicinal plant,

Common

Carroway t the species called Apium Involucratum or Ligusticum

Ajowan
mony.

MarAnti[

WR^.-w-'n
]

ararw

iffttz

atr

ZRT-WT ^T

gon Prurieus.

cowage, Carpo poirot: [arsreu w%1*^

Siva's bow.-2 [ are* *T-*R ] N. of the tree of which goats are said to be T* wr. very fond. -3 [ aww m nim<t IT-* ] sacrificial vessel of wood ( of the form of aramra ) Dedicated to Mitra and Varuna (-* in this sense ) ftiwvwi^. 4 disease of the pupil of the eye=3T3TOT3n?T q venomous kind of vermin v.-j
aii*fira:-i i
Rfarrfo
i

N. of a Man] which consists of a number of inhalations and exhalations ( wmjwwft: Tr^fr^HinnHiwn sraj'ff^
i*r>

tra called

H^

f*r:

w
n

a^maw
A

a-

[^rfttT irtff

t^t *rw

Tooth-

less.

*f:

Toothless

frog. -2 The sun.-3 state (of a child ).

] N. of a sage, or of a tribe sprung from him. mw:-ft /. [ ar3tsi JTWHT t%f$?iT ^mr: ^rra. a. ] one of

j
[

).

srn ft*g Tssfa 5i<r-i


T:
i

cible,
t:
[

r a. Invin] unsurpassed,[unconquerabler

the three divisions of the sputhern patt comprehending the three aste-

Siva's bow.
BTT,

[3?3f

ntffii

TH.-T,

risms "3?, ^MI^I and artrmrei a sort of heavenly passage tT>H&g, wn^r)j fq^pn^St^tCTTSJ l^^tflW "fft Y. 3.
j

shnu -2
]

[ W&T i^sf^ Fire.

H-n J

N. o f Vi
sni

T4V

aw

^w ^irft^ is twT: w ] N- of plant, f^mft or Odina Wodi^r, highly


medicinal,
(

184.

2-

goat's

path.

^"ft

[ ararw

See under
[

*nr.
41
]

aunil f^g;
2.

Mar.

HsRift

),

See

wi-i P. V. Pinaka[

Ho

{#H aiwow arSiva's bow,

r*rrr4r srirdefeat 3S.-2 N. of Agni ( ar** gr>1=T TTIW i m-iR ) or of Vishnu ( according to some )i of alexicographer. IT [ "Tret wft TT^R^R arwt] i Hemp or *rti.-2 -N- of a friend of Durga.-3 Miya or illusion. aMrcir a. [". tf. ] Invincible ^^5CT

=.

Bg;

2.

arart ftwj araft ar^-arq);

gasmen';: 5. 6- 2 R. 18. 8.-2 Not proper to be won at play; wi pntrT nn Bopadevai

ra

>,

below.

Siva's bow.-2. The southern portion of the path of the sun, moon and planets. -3 N. of a snake-priest.
aiiTCT
[ sirfia 3TZT

Moving, driv": Brahma j'^w: born from ing. Brahmft i. e. Daksha.


I
]

ar^ HT% rg< ]

fwr

^jwr; HI

of a plant "jfire^t or ^ifo^w

NSee
of

aw age or decay; ever young 15 * K. 103 of. r<SF* wwr WT R. I. 23. -2 Undecaying, imperishable; gnwnwc raj: R. 10- ig; awawrtw^r
i
;

si^rr a.

["*]

Not subject

to old

A
)

path, road.

a N, t stupid. the plants wrarer ft*^


;

IT
(

N.

Bh.

Ms.

3. 2.

76.
148.

H.
T:

Pr. 3,
I

Pt.
(

I-

I5L
is

god

who

to

t aroi* tsrJTT i ( According [ Sankhya philosophy prakn'ti or Mayas the verse which refers

sun

P V.
mine

not subject to old age ).-2 N- of a plant fijfT^ or sfWShft ( *<T also ) or ^5rr IN. of a plant >i^*<t
i

8 ] I N. of the yellow jasyfi*i,-2 A flock of goats


I.

WT Aloe
art
(

Perfoliata.-2 frw* ).t [ * ^'^


Spirit.

house-liz-

to snn, ( is interpreted by the Vedinties as referring to the tfift ci nsisting of ^S,. w^ and ar* See S. B--2 she-goat. -COMP. ^*nt: tee fleshy protuberance or nipple hanging down from the neck of goats an emblem of ^anything ) ( fig worthless or useless
i

-H See under ^. fl [ =t. v, ] Destitute of men,


.

The Supreme
a.
I.

desert. [ $ftitfn% ="90 A tenantiess, A bad or insign'ficant person.


Jr:

[f

3fr^r% 3r

^K

i(i

P- III.

sismi*:

_/.

Ill- 3. 112

],

^ Cessation
[

3ri..aTTaFt?t

arft

P.
2.

of existences
Si.

oi t

uftiiftf5i

nCTmifttufg wTisBift<: 45 may he not be born,


cease
to'

may

he

105 ] caying, imperishable, everlasting, perpetual. *5 ( with *frc? expressed or understood friendship! 9^?J<! R- 18. 7)

Not

digestible.-2 Not de-

exist!
fl .

g,.TO a.
a.

Br. S. 65. 3. a goat-herd. See ar^jfta

*m:
Sir

-":
nrsat-

Unborn, epithet of the


the Eternal being
i

rg-arin]

Ved. Not old. Not quick,

Unborn Being,

inactive.

23
are? g^ ftqrsl? [ "TW 53 3$ N. of a town, P. VI- I. 155g.

anm=:

f-irft?j

w A

Without a

wife; a widowerPi^i a.

closed space, arena; I 16 so OT


i

arfr-T

p.

III. 2.
.

l67i

Sk. ] Not ceasing, constant) perpetual; nfffw R. 3. 44. /W.^Ever, con^5q?i%stantly) perpetually; f"5
.

5TTv-]

goatherd.

4 Thejwind, air. -4 -5 I N..of a nver-2 N-

The-H-

frog

aw rai
ful,
;

3- 5; ?rw <i?if*?3ro

U. 426.
,

breed, powerfearless.undaunted (as a horse)-. horse of high breed. Se e

a-

Of high

anakereSt -

of

Durgf

3T$

=i.

"

kind of S^HT, in which


)

the primary or original sense of a

word which is used elliptically does not disappears asf?n:


(

N. of a sort of medicinal preparation of ghee, (used as a remedy against cough, asthma, consumption &c-) (
a- Ved. kin or related) Rv- 10- 10- lo
[=?.

also called

a.]

Not of
ight
l

K- P.

2-

Nir )-2 Not parallel or correct.

frog.- 2 fish corruption of *f*vg

and honest,

3.

5^
(

probably a

below).-CoMp

noun which does not change

its

original gender, .even when used like an adjective! e. g. or or (not


fi-sT.]

a-

anri

sni.?

Un.

4.

139]

Going, moving; as i^n%: walking on foot- ft: /. [Tfr-n] i Motion, going -2 Throwing &cInvincible, unconquer"ar go$...?: U. 5 27. -2 Not conquered or won (as restrained, not a country &c-)i curbed, controlled, <wfi% ?T5T of : I uncontrolled soul or passion. N. of Vishnu or Siva or of Buddha-2 N. of a powerful antidote, or a poisonous sort of rat- (pi-) class of deities in the first Manvana.

an arrow.
.] A frog(whichis supposed to have been deprived of its tongue by jhe curse of Agni whom frogs had offended )

H.

N.
able. irresistible!

of a

plant) Pruriens".
.

cowage,
|>. *.]

Carpopogon

Not

wakeluh
K:

not requiring keeping up. mcftft arm; ; armrt rwrfi ]

fjmn-

-* ] Siva's

bow.

plant,

Verbesina

Prostrata

[T**T ni^Rf >rS sjw] i (One that has a hole to go into ) a 2 N- of a Brihmana in serpent

aiiW:

the

family of >B

and father of

/.

Cumin

seed ( Nigella Indica;


Oppositifolia-

Ficus

.Unborn;
?ft

ni

Pt.

I.;

not

tara--COMP. wtr: having an invincible crown; N- of a King. ^T N- of a Jaina deity who acts under orders from the Arhai AjitamH: 'of unsubdued power' N. of Chandragupta II.
,

Not faded or wi[*r. n.] not faint. COMP .-g^M N. of a two-fold rite to be performed by Kshatriyas
a
.

thered,

oinff ftftt: ).

yet born, produced)

or

fully dei

veloped

^f:] having no enemy or adversary,notaneuemyofany one


(-ft:-3:)

epithet of YudhishthiraJ
jm'St
?ii-5friToiT

5i

ti!T'iJfi?n<:
r

Si- 2-

? Un. 2- 48, (hairy) skin of a tiger, lion, elephant &c-, especially of a black antelope (used as a seat, garment &c.); arm%^(^: Ku- 5. 30, 67; Ki. II. IS;
arJTTir

[wrftr

/.

Prosperity,

freedom

The

from decaya.

Undigested;
I

undecomanftSf
arjf>Si
,

rfrw

am

Indigestion;

^*H^r

102;
3- 131

iffy

iBpTO5f!fiimnfli:

Vesort
of

of Siva and various other persons- fyi.-\ m. () a young bull whose hump is not yet
also
fully developed. P. V. 4. 146. ?fl a- [T JlT^T ijtTT *IW !fftT^. 5Tf?T 5T] one without teeth, or (a state) in which one has got no teeth- "!?.

leather

bag

Asval- -2 or bellows.

H- 2. 57, Ms 4- 121 -2 Vigour, energy, absence of decayw -] Devoid of life; [** as jar or a dead person ':[ st a -l I Non-existence, death2 (With Jainas) All that is not the whole of w* a living soul, or inanimate ^and unsentient substance (opp- ^X)sisfra

-COMP-

q*T-=fi-nt!fiT

a-

a bat. i> N. of a plant


[arfwiWT
iftft:

lifeless,
-

TTO^; ]

a deer,

an ante-

'

having undeveloped or unfledged wings- <*nff a. having no distinctive marks or features us a oeard.) sre?N: a minor (who has not attained his majority).
a[=>.

lope-

clad

*nlre.a. [an^^ 5^1, g^-fotft] in an antelope hide- tfa:

a furrier-

a- [*T5l >rat i%TTTrra-T)T3:


!

Un.
T:

a- [=. w.] Devoid of livelihood.-1' Non-existence, death-

.]

Having no

caste.

race &c.-2 Eternal, not produced.


fif:

/.

Non-production-

A sort of mouse, hairy mole.-2 A kind of ceremony in pronouncing < A court-yard, an encurses
I

531 Quick, swift

?nw

P. HI. 3- 112] Death, non existence^ (used a w^inwi ?TS an imprecation )


;

24
5gjJTn.Sk.

may

death seize theeto live


;

rogue

mayest thou cease

[sf^-fn." ^n^:] Ved. Not subject to decay or oldage; strong, very swift or speedy-

aw? a3fc

oft- identified with Trzrr.nfrfa &c. See *rf^ T also. In compounds arsnrnay be translated by 'unawares,' 'inad-

ceful,
7.

handsome,
.

^i^ziftfnripiT

/.

Non-enjoyment;

feel-

inadvertently, unconsciously, unwillingly 'fl: reft?f jriffT: ?i?re R. 9. 77- committed unintentionally or
;

vertently,' 'unconsciously'; 'arerta, agfrw, &c-; "spr:,- ^, n^ unawares,


11

graced, adorned; "^rj watrV araawg Ku- i. ^ sportively handsome tmfrt i T- it R. 2 18, T*trn8
;

My.

Dk. 124, T5i *nj< n^ifn?if9K. 9. 24 of esteemed or adorable prowess Ki.<!5. S3--4 Sewn^or
;

ing of dissatisfaction or disappoint-

unconsciously.

m*n:

ment.

quered-* A sort of medicinal said to serve preparation of ghee ' Susas an antidote; f*raat <jff**sre
!

["

*] Not

fit

to be con-

aboveI
<HVJ^-W\
Ht*m,
-f

w^TrtfTT BfacwTWR. 7. 10 halfstrung or woven ( 5^3 Malli. ). COMP. v* [. ] a lotus with curved leaves. a woman having arched or

woven, arranged
(

rJi^rr

^farar;

A
;

handsome eyebrowscow."~whouse(? ).
best,
:

Career, passage; battle


a.

wn_.n^ *aft

arfS ]

i Wind.

a.

[=

Not

gratified or

Not the eldest or


;

2 Fire. -3

one who goes.

satisfied-

having no elder brothers *^T% not


courtezan (used
acting like the eldest brother; or acting like one who has no eldest
brotherto go] Ved. Agile, quick. field, plain, [cf. Lager; Gr. agros. ]
[ fr. 3*5.

arm TV-] A
only in dramas).
arrfiBT

The border or end (of a garment), f?i<nt*95skirt or hem (Mar. <T?T);

wi
a:

^^^sr^rzrr: Udbbata--2 Corner or outer angle (as of the eye);


'

[Said to be fr. *] N. of a plant ^TJT?!* Flacourtia CataphractaI

Mv.

6. 9.

shield.

A
I

live

a.

Ved.

fr.

] Quick,

( rarely A. 7 p. OTRT, wfirtifa-sniTfa,


,

(wr%
|

or

ati%f^r-3T T7'rr-

coal5JT-*, *.

agile, active.

smear with, bedaub. -2 To make


315 a[" ar^ma, a.]

srfirg,

a*^,

art'O I

To

anoint,

Not
I

U.

( a^g

)
,

knowing, unaware of, unconscious, devoid of knowledge or experience; anfi *rafn i ar: Ms. 2- 153; Sfrgr ?: wfa:) the knowing aod ( ?: $: supreme and ind unknowing,
vidual
soul--2

r^fitj

or aj^im,

3rtn

or

Ignorant,

unwise,

bend, incline, curli curve; r$i?n%?HT Bk. 9- 40. -2 To go, move, wnn ^JH^TO Bktend towards also in awr^ tending down4- 22 ward, f^i ^?\
;

To

foolish, silly, stupid (said of men as well as animals)) a?: -gOTrcnsn: Bh. 2- 3, Pt- 2. 3-3 Inanimate; not

endowed with the power of understanding


[

An

ignorant

woman.
a.

L 48 having ?;;.Tiim Bvgone, being reduced to&c-; ft ^^fa aw 46 art greedy a'^tf'<rT?T r I/.-3 To worship, honour, -reverence Hwrt r?rcwra Ve- 5- 27 saluv ee arf%n betes, to adorn, grace; low.^ To request, ask or call for,
;
; .

^w^wiTt: Bk- 9. 49-3 To To go.-4 To shine, be beautiful--5 honour, celebrate--6 Todecorate.Caus. I To smear with, ^forou ?t tt Ms. 4. 44--2 To speak or shine-3 To cause to go. [cf. Zend anj\ L. unctum, ungo.]-With ra to fit
RT *t3ft

clear.show, represent, characterise;

out,

to i. furnish. equip, anoint, smear. 2" tosmooth.polish, prepare. 3- to honour, respect.-t>

I to smear- 2. to conceal or hide nra I. to smear. 2- to oneself.

adorn; decorate.-H

i.

tosmear;2-to

desire.-5

To murmur,
, \

speak indi-

Unknown, unexpected,

unconscious, unaware! *>jm Ms- 5. 21 eaten unconsciously or unawares; ^tfiw* whose family and character are unknowns *vm fii!> <* R. 16. 72.-COMP.-*5 a. [*.] Ved. of secret designs. *TT,-*T: remaining incgnilt (said of the Pandavas); fi: wnflr
:

& to bend run away. ^nsroi sti^i^n 3TTf97* with bent knees3^ to draw or raise ( water ). vft to cause to revolve, whirl, twist. ra to draw or bend asunder to ex(,

Caus- or IO-U- to manifest, unfold g^rra Git. 10. [ cf. Zend anku Gr. ankules L. uncus.] With aft to put away, drive away
stinctly
;
;

nt out, equip, harness-3- to honourto consume, 4. to join together, devour; to adorn, decorate, beautify ( mostly Ved in these senses). 5to unite, to put together, compose.

jntr- ) to

kind of lizard. -2 N. of ***: i a tree or mountain. -3 N- of the guardian elephant ( of the west or * [afJ^ar^; w^-<"g5.] I s w. )
.

Mk.
.

5. 6.

a.]

Mot a kinsman.

H to crowd or tend, stretch out. drive together, to bend together, See nrnw also; to go properly.
3T?)?t

Anointing, smearing with ^flurarnnr ^rr^r,? >?f fara Ms- 4. 152 mixunfolding, manifesting.-2 ing Collyrium or black pigment used
; ; ;

a. [*, *.]
[*. ".]

Ignorant, unwise. Ignorance, unconsciousignorone confrom the

Curved, benti pp. i ( a ) Dk. 125 bent and raised;


:

*^!f

ness;

especially, spiritual

ance (amn) which makes

sider his self as distinct Supreme Spirit and the material world as a reality. According to the Vedantins, aj^rr* is not merely a negative principle (snm wvrw: ), but a distinct positive principle;

*rtfl<ft T~f^ftnt ?re 143 bent, or oblique look; ^t*fa*i^i!T 5?rwg: Mv. I. 5 benti 'ee^rirrg: R. 18. VT*: (iffc; ), 51, Bk. 2. 31, 9. 40; '**: ( I?: ) (6) Arched and hand9 some as eyebrows); *f?^jpm R._5- 76; crisped, curled (as hair);
1
(

to paint the eye-lashes; UTBTi'i ^01*re*r R. 7- 8. salve; WJIP Usalve; J5^ <>$wi 4. 19 ambrosial

pr^
(fig.

ftq;

H*^* Mk.

5.

8, I. 34;

also)
i

asn'itsrw

?rr^T

ngvfTT^t v*

^"I*CT
<rct

srritwroifoirt

T:
3.

wrefltreawsriTT

Mb. 2 Gone. 3 Honoured, adorned, graced, gra-

Sik. 45; qjarm^tfi^t Bh. ?mp q^tint i also cf. ) impurity, as in MrJif q( fig v. 3 Paint, a cosmetic ointmentspe5 4 Magic ointmentn

84

25
kind of material of the black pigment, such as antimony (used as collyrium, lamp-black &c.(tftfH) -6 Ink.-/ Fire.-8 Night. 9 :Mn ) (Rhet.) A suggested meaning; also the process by wh ch such meaning js suggested- It is the power of suggestion founded on srfirar or <*yon denotation or indication), by which something else is understood from a word which, though having more meanings than one, has been
cial
(
(

of the north-east quarter.-2 N- o a tree


cies
3T5T=n rm w. ] I [ speof lizjrd a small mouse. -2 N. of the mate of the elephant
...
;

?n?i Ms 2. 244. going straight on. done righily or justly.


i*ffi a.

8. IOI.-3 Directly quickly, instantly

(
)

H COMP. ? T a.

,- 4

Soon,

[5

restricted to a single meaning by relations of conjunetio i. disjunction &c. (Mm, ^^m, m?^, ftrrftm

A woman decoapplication of pigments, ointments, sandal &c., or one fit for such application. 2 [^rot-yjj ) N of two plants
i

[at^.w] Ved. Straightforwird, going straight on.

rated with the

and
[w^-srfe

&c.,) or, briefly, the use of a word of several meanings in a spscial

Un.

4.

2]

s&nse determined by thecontexts *. g. *'iW fit: the adjective restricts

Hari to mean 'Vishnu' alone, and not' a lion 'or 'monkey's so nni;wjn ^Tsroft, cf si?*nfc!f JTS^W
.

cavity formed by folding and joining the open hands together, the hollow of the hands; hence, a cavity-ful or anything (changed to sura or ffc after and fir in fjs
i

A com nander, sender &c.t>,-f/ I Anointmenti pigment.-2 Colour, hue.~3 The sexual organ (?). COMP. 3W a k having coloured thighs.
"|ii.Yaj. (Tflifln)-a
a-

!>. Ved. f^.^] Unctuous, slimy; lubricated; shi ling brilliant. I3T; i mark made with sandal &c- a Tilaka mark; tflfcrrnit-

nrr^
ii

mforofrftdt
ftirftit
i

&c

. ,

<TOi?%

tirfrnrir-

comp., P. V. 4 102) =T ntfjitlm N%H Ms. 4. 631 i&lfi ^rrotiTM: Pt. i.


i

Slippery,
2

smooth

(?).

unvqrt4|^pniiftori
23-6-1

K. P. 2., S. D. See STTRT also.-CoMP. wfar^r jwr?m<i ] a kind of lizard.


.

25; simCtsrtiTM^tircsnSfTr: Ku- 5. 151 irfrw: gtqimt ?ft^forift(3rrf'T Ve. I. I a cavity-ful of flowers* so ^afif-

^Un.
p/>.

The sun. Smeared over, bedaub4.


]

ed,

N. of a mountain, See
.

*uflrft.

-H

eye-water. '*?ft [ ajsraftw of a vegetable perfume !^LJ_ v_

fapft ffH<fmrf>,jrwTefhr ftf* ) (Mar. ira^r )._STM< a ] [< a swelling of the eye-lid, stye. wsiw a stick or pencil for the -application of collyrium.

tomrsfrntrii

105 10 cavity-fuls or libations of wa'er; ws 'itwfwqrtqr Ve. 1. 4 to be drunk by the cavity of the ear; swt* r^_, 5^, y or wsf fold the bands together and raise them to the head in supplication or salutation; 53{
5T3q><*3r
3.

Y.

anointed &c.; mostly as comp mnds f a, &s, &c. ffif Night.


part ot
;

latt .r

A
A
s

blessing,

auspicious ilesire.-2 machine ( Sfw<^ ),


*ft<:-i
[

pounding

Hence
tion; *:

mark

of respect or salutaR.

Persian word
fig-tr^e

wqrwrf o|^ perhaps a Jspecies of the

srifc 3!

f^^fi'faw/HRrti^^ g^.

and
P(

its fruit.

A portion of the Vedas containing the word ahr^. N. of a medicinal plant-

8 84;

arv5Uim?!j!nnifJTi?s:

by Punjikasthaliand was born on earth owing to a curse. One day while she was seated on the summit of a mountain, her garment was slightly displaced, and the god of Wind being enamoured of her beauty assumed a visible form, and asked her to yield to his desires. She requested him not to violate her chastity, to which he consented) but he told her that she would conceive a son equal to himself in strength and lustre by virtue of his amorous desire fixed on her, and then disappeared. In course of time Anjana conceived and brought forth a son who was called Maruti being the son of Maruta. ]
at**
fShfjt

WIT i N. of the female elephant of the nor.h.-2 N. of the mother fMaruti or Hanumat. [ She was the daughter of a monkey named Kunjara and wife of Kesarin, another monkey. She *as in a former birth a celestial name nymph

measure of corn=f?^ an-3 other msasure=n?T, or one-half of a irftsRT-COMP.-*^//. folding the hands, respectful salutation; gssr<fr 30^13 JB^ ^tfli9ioiT Chan 33.
;

n.

78.

*?
about

rarely A.

%TTT-M

the wifra

an earthen doll making Mi(?). 2. N- of a plant,

or roam with loc. ); roam o.er ( sometimes with ace. ); *I> li't di^iis * Sk- go to beg alms airi t.f".<w<TT? Bk. 4. I2i i&n'k Dk. &-d.sid. arft^, arfiff
(

TO wander

ftt-/,-^. arzrE^?t to

wander abjut

mosa Pud ica (rg). y.;-c the cavity formed by joining the hands together; hollowed palms of the
hand.

habitually ,as a religious mendicant-

** a- Wandering 30 a nigbt-roamer.

Bk. 2.

2^ TV.
5rL
T

small mous.-. one of Arjuna's arrows.


]
n.
j

A
(

[ a^felbl ^WfT

qsRTijT^

I-*

n:

N. of

w
-

Wandering, roaming;

wtV&c.
J_ ]

-i:

SMMJ

I'-sra ftwift
]

ST^H

w^;

nd

AMOT

STHI.

Speed,

velocity, strength; fitness, propri-

bow; g*Tt
flt

The notcned^ex remiiy of a


*fnia:ii 93:

N.

96;

ety* ointment,
ing.

CJMP. 3:
a.
[
;

preparation (?). 'u drinking Soma offerrapid preparation of


arJj-aTff^
]

R.
fc

II. 14.

r^]

The

habit of

Not crooked,

roaming about (aa

religious

men-

honest, upright. aJJfST aJ'. ( instr. of WJT^) i Straight on. -2 Truly, correctly, accurately, properly, justly, rightry^ Fgifft f g*ifSTtf!t ij^Rsrar ly Ku. 6- 22 we do not know you rightly or correctly fiw^ ?ra ^*T=TSSIstraight
; ;

dicant)! so *rn, aietsn

a^
solid-

a-

[".

s. ]

Firm, steady,

R.

19. 31,

if

15 -f,tVrn?>i:

r>uif.

N. of the female elephant

Subh^shita

5H<jt>HT

^ Ms.

shrub TW* Justicia A .hatoda, or Adhatoda Vasika (Mar

very useful

of a -*f: (E'y- doubtful) mexlicinal plant, thu

as

U.

To To

gcr.

%RraJ
forest,

ai

ra;

a^-ft,

91 3*9,]

A
3*f

N. of a metre.
aia^l P.

trine of atoms, atomic theory, the theory that all material sub-

woods arffrwa

2*"T

5.

2.

-5 P.
ai=rr5*:

To
I

ex'nt, attempt. pervade, attain (Ved.).


try.

A
I

forester=w?f%* q.
:

v.

A.

To

kill.-2
(fig.

To
also)

trans-

f
-3
tate.

P. I

To

join -2

To

attack.

gress,
I

go beyond
lessen,

diminish. -2 pise, condemn, disregard5


a- [ wprffr 9Mifi*ia
I

To

To

-Caus. des-

To

argue, infer, discern,

medi-

A shield.
(

See

FT'

w^. 1*1

?-

part of the plough.

stances are primarily atoms and secondarily aggregates,^ and that all atoms are eternal. 3?sro< [f. 5T.] iminufe observation, observation of very minute parts- 2. [wg: gs*ft ifn^r 9T^i ^<9t-55S.] an insftument, like the microscope, enabling one to di-cern the smallest objects. jftf$: [*.] a fine sort of grain, rice &c.
if&tsf tn

i^]

High, lofty

loud.^2 Fre-

constant comp ).-3 ( in quent, I An f:-$ [ roft ] Dried, dry apartment on the roof or upper turret, buttstory, a garret -2

^
1
;

P. sound .-2 breathe, live (for .).

To

4 A-

To

[ ^g-STfN.], s^cir

fflr

ress,

tower

^^* MSI

9-

marketf R. 6. 67, 16. II.-3 place, rr.arket ( probably for ?? ). fine linen cloth. -5 palace, -4 palatial building.-6 Killing, injurExcess, ing.^ superiority. i Food, boiled rice |3* r wii'j: Mb,

=^irrf5

temptible,

Very small, conmean, insignificant.


.

wretched;
54; oft. in

<?iiri^i

f?^:

smallness, thinness, leanness, fineness. -2 Atomic nature.^ The superhuman power of becoming as small as an atom, one of the 8 powers orSiddhis of Siva *
r

Minuteness,

P.

II. I

atn
) .

$-

cornp- in the sense of 9 deterioration or contempts fi: Sk. a contemptible potter- *: kind of bird-

a.

[ wTtf-^i;

Very small'

(*fi

*w COMP.
?rai

3SP

A* ^t 3 N/lakantha).
1*

atomic -2 Subtle, too fine. -3 Acute*: A small kind of grain. See *3aio^i

very loud laughter. w?ft 3rra. a. ] a place or country full of palaces &c. -?J:,-?nra,-?t*<? [ >*<> ] a loud or boisterous laughter, a horselaugh, cachinnution, usually of Siva ^wrq" Me. 58- ft Pis* Dk.
f?re:
[ 37f5MRT
,
i

A
[

field of

anu.

See

Ved.
d

finger

? )-

below.

wi V
ari:
I
i.

A fine hole
Soma
juice
MTOI& a-

the strain)-

-oft

v--?nw

[ srt

fHftj^flift
;

i.

of

point of a needle.-2 A linchpin, the pin or bolt at the end of. a pole of carriage -3 limit. -4 The corner of a house (used for

arorft JSTS^TT^ anr^-?-!.]

er for the

( ?

The

who laughs very loud%-n ] i. ?T )3>: [ arjfr^sj ^r^ ly. N. of a plant JO Jasminum MulSiva- 2- one
(

killing animals &c-)-Co.WP.-iti!*r: arn fV^dl trrscir; ] N- of a sage [ said to have been impaled on an

Smaller, smallest, very >mall; a Bg- 8. 9 very small 551"^ Dk. 142
)
i

I
.

P-

To become minute
(

or

florum or Hirsutum
).

wft or linch-pin.
)

atomic.
*5^
I

[3Tl,-Ti.]

Minute
fl

A
.

also

To

An
i

apartment on the roof


a palace also.
[

small,

little,

atomic
Bg.

<opp.
8. 9i

go,

move.
/>.

of a house
indfiTT

i?^

arofnonim,

^'3: Bh. 3-26


f^f

TV.

very loud

weapon shaped
)

cus ( arsFr*Tnw!<Tw Disregard.

like a'disr t^ f q* i

insignificantly small wo^fq rt Ms. 6. 40; sfosVq. ?iTrRpr: Pt. 4.26 asked but an atom, a very small quantity, Ms. 3. 51. 5: I An atom, a very small particle (an exceedingly small measure)) the mote in a sunbeam, the s nallest

Gone. -2 Rained.

we:-i

artrm frn^"i Tif^ ar^r j


i

Un. I III j scrotum -3

The

testicles.-^

The

perceptible

quantity)

egg; oft. used with reference to the world as having sprung from the primordial egg of Brahma; 3rr!s'5M^: L)k- I. -4 The musk bag. -5 Semen virile. -6 Nof
tion.

An

***^w

F5: [ wff^ =i q^q ] i Overbearing conduct, contempt, disdain.-2 Excess, superiority


*:-**:
.

*?

the roof,

apartment on an upper story a palace


;

An

Mv

<J&fif Bh. 2 78 to also make mountains ot molehills. '-2 An atom of time ( *ww*nrt a^S srg)i U is said to be 54,675'OOOth part of a Muhurla (48 minutes). 3 N. of Siva. 4 N. of very small grain such as <m, ^V^ & c ., sj^-j ^ait?f)s
wgli magnify; cf.

w^

Siva.

COMP.

wsW
[

castra-

To

Mrair.-Jiiffa

a-

sf

shaped, oval, elliptical


ellipse.

(-*:-nt: )
rsrrt

eggan

iwT?:,-5

art
r**

^erf-

fta

the shell of the

or

mun-

dane
j-it}

^ egs;. ii^Tjs'fl [atrfim ^rj? irwr : ] N- of a plant arsrW or *ra*t5i:-T:,-t*:

S5f.

[ ^. a.

the scro-

6.

^i^flts:
]

wi3

palace, a lufty mansion. -2 N. of a

A
a

the fourth part of a Maua.-CpMP. %: [wg: hair-splitting question;


n.
wfgf^iirartT:

Liia

tum. * a- [ f*ia; srr^i jrv? J born from an egg. (-ar: ) I. A bird, oviparous being; ^Rfi* ( Wfff ) Kua snake- 4-a -nr ) musk. <f. ct. [ ] N. of Siva. r^,-|Tj;: /swelling of the scrotum, hydrocelea- oviparous.
42lizard
3:

2-

fish.

country. -COMP. m: [sqq^ mason, a bricklayer (one builds royal mansions )-,
-

UM:

San-

3.
(

<!.]

who

i.

--

a kind of

S^ N. of a medicinal oil. kara). <n [sr^r Qjjirr vn TWI u^n OT] lightning inr a. [ 3?g; qr^Rtoi !TOT ^5of the size of an atom ^3:
(

5.

Brahma-

base or foundation
<**%: P. III. 4. 42.

in architecture;

[w.J atomic dust. frtfr '^araf^r] N. of a plant .Croton Polyandruin. *: t^e doc-

"^]

at*, wtif-sfii, ]

^ ]A

The scrotumsmall egg,

Si- 9. 9-

27
[ *rg-.

A fish*
rw 3^-5^. ] jfit: [ are: srfiri full-grown or full-developed man, iwa strong or powerful person;
;

--, a I Not excited, cool. -2 3 Unemployed Unostentatious vr. (pi.) N. of a class of deities among Buddhists.
[si.

2 wow I have nothing ( c ) afterwards-

more than thisswr'^'nfw wirTi V| more to say

an^r i^sfw

A- R.
SHT, I

w.]

One who

neglects

4-

P.

I To go, walk; wanderi to go constantly.-^ To obta'-n (mostly Ved.).

his religious austerities; WHMWVIMs. 4 190, an irreligious or Bg. impious man-, ?^


':

Un. 3 117]
soul--3
fibre of

*n?wi

Wind, air 2 The A garment made of the flax (* generally). -4 A


I-

weapon.
Ved. ing mendicant.
rar%
I

18. 67.

-3

To

biud.-4 (tefll)

To

bind.
.

wanderer, a passer-by, traveller.

Not heated &c -COMP. One whose body is not I. ang marked (with red mudras &c )--2
?TH a-

wander-

who has
am* [?I-^I3.] Going, wandering.
r:

not

fully
3

moitifiedhis

wanderer, a passer-by.

body by penance or mass is cool (?)

whose body
void

-3 Linseed.-4

Common flax -2 HempA thicket, copse (!)

Not wffj? a. I" aa; wiirRi] ing that (am i. e- Brahma ).


swiz a.

know-

*4

a-

I*.

"]
1

Illogical,

[. *]

Having no shore

or beach! precipitate, steep- z: I precipice, a steep crag.--2 N. of a hill -3 The lower part of the earth-COMp. OTT: a steep precipice; a fall headlo g from a precipice; a precipitate fall; whwifHHJrrra: S 6. 9 of n.y hopes there i&a precipitate fall (some read the line as *ranjn =tm frewa: and take it to mean 'verily our desires are like the crumblings of river

*: I Absence of of reasoning. bad logic. or reasoning, argument -2 An illogical reasoner-

prefix used art% ind. OKH] I meanwith adjectives and ad verbs, 'exceedingly ing 'very', 'too,
,

excessively',

'very

muc

.',

and
far

showing wri, Hfa!J no* very


from;

a. Unthought Tm^mr^nt fw snra^ n Ku- 4- 22; Bh.

very very lean; much; also with verbs or verbal

f*

W
!

pected;

3-

137'

"m^Mu.
-CoMP-

4.-* adv. Unexpectedly. a. occurring *i"m)-a i or befalling unexpectedly, quite suddens Vi=n$Trefl*raccidental,
t:i

nfmtwn &C.-2 (With verbs) Over, overstep; beyond; m-? go beyond,


wft a preposition or pro<TO* -3 (a) < With nouns surpassing, past, nouns) Beyond, respectable, superior to, eminent, above, (used distinguished, higher, as first with ace. as a whw^w, or Tat Cnnp.un or Bahof member the which last csue it has usually d sense of eminence or higher
is

forms; *ftraw*

"st

Sk.

0,,.,.regarded as

**m ^,1 Mai6-54a-

f 3;

w*

Ku.

banks'

).

aram ind. Wot so; 3f%?r a. not deserving that, not used to such things; ^iHiHilft(i: Ram.
ind.

Inconceivable; baffling

thought or reasoning.
a.
y?t

Bottomless."

[#

1-

Unjustly,

undeser-

vedly-

er',

(Rhet.) The non-borrowN. of a figure of speech in which the thing in question does not assume the quality of another though there is a reason lor it; 4'S<iiH3^iw<Hi <ifwi^a5roT: ;g. g. ^' 1 r% *raVt} g^T avrfo ran utr TrSrw 5^11.
:
i

'

5^ftsf5^ ] N- of a "rrara or lower region, one of the 7 Patalas; being the first among themN. of Sora-CoHP.
:

king; or 5i:,tw^8a excellent be undei *ft*ft must the sense of member stood with the latter

gree-

wfinrt,

rpir:

=^^'

'

*h"1

bottomless, very deep, unfathomable.


ra
]

which
sative

will

then stand in

case;

mw
is

so

a.

Ved. Not very strong.


[

wi^ftftft

5^1

5*11

ftf|<rt

a nfin%

ind-

ii

K.
.

P.

ICM or ^

from
N.
e.

this
I-

s^-aYSs,] I Than this; having a comparative


lf>
;

W
'

Kuval

COMP

W'T%PT:

of a
g.

tt Rv.
t

22.

ft>5

variety of Bahuvn'hi;

Bh.

3.

6;
,

3rarss*rot

"""^ ifafe Ms. 5. 31.

act power, i.e. a superhumana horse). past the whip (as '"P 38 unmanageable; him or them thnt

which

beyond

human

-2

From

cmsequently
TV.
a. [i. .] I Having no ropes or musical strings (as a musical instrument); ipnfr iroft SIT R^m2 Unrestrained; not necessarily binding; not being the objec of the rule under consideration; |f* 9f!*fa, S^'f' ** Sk -3 VVithout formulas or empirical actions.

this or that cause, hence, so, therefore ( corr.

of"*!,

derstood

f|. expressed or un; **** mifit f? %? ^a 2- 43 3- 5" viqi-niaindllHaT^ R. Ku. 2. 5 ""rcft mii'njKiT S. B. now therefore &c-J Hence, Irom this of time or p>c-place-- henceforth

nn.
)\_

or

ihat-.Mt.W!. thee, s< surpasses or surpass derived nouns With C *^&c (b) exaggefrom roots) Extravagant, extra.

^?

excessive, rated, inordinate,

>

ordinaryi *. Shope, reeard;"T5tiex ravagant rf"W ^n^: &c"If

'*':

'

wn
'

ce

(.qpr,.3:,tt)

afterwards.-^

Then

on this account, hence, for this rea; Tf for this very reason. -*>* son.
henceforth
;

Unfit, i e ever bad' of proper in the sense

or

* a Alert v unwearied,
careful, vigilant;
amrjfflT
t

wvn
H.

afterwards."^ (a) further on, any longej ( with abl ) f""TB5ifH iw* *w '*w hereafter
i

Sk.

The
senses of
i

**-

"rwwr Ku.
ft. 33-

14,

R.

17.

39,

b ) beyond ihu, further 10 than this! waKfiff: *t 3 4-

Bg. 12 8

exaggerated talea' -2 Idle or meaningless talkI Exaggerated, incredible ("f|f). -2 Unfit to be told --3 Past narration or mention, dead, lost.-4
i

An

9.

78

*w
,

arffH8m^ifl*i"<?r

wf: Mai.

is

speaking of the past)


3s

Swerving from one's caste


tions

tradi-

&o lawless.

N-ofa
tree

the event through excessive affection transgresses all due imits; ?mt K. 160, 181 -4 To exclude, pass by. neglect, set aside? leave; i**' qfi:mm3iT M. 4 troniJ^st HaaT=iM. I to the exclusion of.-.S To go or pass away, elapse, roll

Oh

3<mrq U.
'let

ft

^T*^tf

H.

i.

cf.

mw

bygones be bygones.

<^fn%* a.

with the

moon

in conjnuction.

-KI.W-.-M

Overstepping, spending
ft*n-

of time, excess; fault, offence;


-:

Mv.

3. 43.

on

*n fbn wmfl^m Pt as time tT iftsnufn^sim K- 59 fl"'


) ; ;

<fvi

pet.p.

To

be transgres;

an%*<ri a. Afflicting very excessive exertion.

much,

74
is

passing away
)
i

via^im.nm^,in'm ^m^ifttaSai 47 violat( is being


witreift ??IT$

ed or violated, to be disregarded, massed by, neglected or avoided


S.
2, 3, 6,

ed

trans,

wfren a [3f?37*E: <WIJT uw]._Of an *: extraordinary size, gigantic avana, N- of a Rakshasa, son of
.

Ms. allow to pass Dk. 100


;

5.

76

also
a.

H-.mj.n
.

7 1 4. 74a;: [

59 K.

'mr-iini'T

who was
*rwrf*g
ficult

killed

by Lakshmana.
H.] alarfSstf

power, seizes ^n*^ jwwri*n8nRiSa ?ii% Mv. 3. 31 by seizing or % falling upon, by main force
; i

Ram.; 266.-6 To overcome, _over-

Very angry.

w.
'

N. of a Mantra mentioned in Fantras 37?rfersnfft T <<%f?(5T^rrft


]
<

ft^rat Rf^i

rjnf^

Very

dif-

S.

6.-7

To

a.
I

lose
let

Very

cruel.

*:

w.

*3-g:
Ms.

f*9 WKfiJi] Ms.


23 allow to go.
9-

malignant planet such as Sa-

Extraordinary hardship, a kind of severe penance to be finished in


12 nights

To

turn,

pass,

Mars &c. ( |rn 3*rr sjftwTT^). -2 N. of a Mantra in Tantras (


9T
i

2134I Act of overstepping, going beyond &c.-2 ( a ) Breach fT wm^it: of decorum or duty Mai. 7- (b) Transgression, violation 3TH* M. 4. 5- (f Trespass
;
i > ;

Oyerdone.done too much,


excess*

a-

yond.

*
a

[ r^-w ] Thrown A kind of sprain

be6r

Ram.
Overdoing- 2 N- of a metre of 4 lines, each line con-

dislocation.
.

Without a bedstead,

wif":/-

disrespect, injury, opposition (wrgrw9 forffam*is>jjrt Mv. 2. 10 refrain-

taining 2$ syllables-

ing from
**]

all

trespass against Brah<|

manas; ^rf^'TT
N.
14.

m*RW:

Ki

9?
3.

of an aquatic plant Btpinosai

Trapa

Ms3
1
:

63

M
.

able to dispense with a bed-stead. wfnii, I P. I To pass, elapse^ ??ii^5Tn^i p iss away ( as time ) Ram. 2 To ovevcome, exceed, excel- See srftn.-3 To pass over, pass
i

by, neglect. -4

To

pass away, die-

561

160 ?iftpft =8iratransgression (passing


;
;

-5

To

escape.

*ft^f*f>i*ftmW

4 P. I (J) To step or pass beyondi get across, go over, cross; fwfarj mflWMfaiwJ 346 led far away
,

)i twTqiqn^nin*H ; 81 wrf5'rt^rn?fwft Mv- l violation ( of due limits or propriety ); Mv. 4. -3 Lapsf> passing away ( of

through

armi a. [ il ] ( in comp. ) Exceeding, going beyond, transcending, excelling, surpassing


;

25.

from

my
Ti

story,

rambled) made a
120;

time

>?wim^T\U _4i
;

great digression; Q2;

going so near< * ntwt foytn\ Me. 57. (ft) To pass over, pass by, walk past, go beyond ^>rifra^?iTOT5;*t Dk- 4, 10

fWT Wlff: Pt. I 8T%Wllfl 2; wsttRam.-4 Overcoming, conquering, surpassing

il

Mu. I. 2; fai4TWWIl'n'ilS f: Mu. .5 by diseases defying the powers of medicine, past the stage
R. 12 48 UTotgffifn^: their bodies piercing through 9 ^n> Ms 7. 1491 advanced in years, aged W'WIHITI: $<*%: Bh- 3- 132 15: UWOI afJII^f Ki- 3- 2.
of physicingi
; ;
;

M.

mostly with
i

7 wwrtFrq>jir*jiOT'^ passed or left behind; wr**nfpTW*n

Mv.

is

ij

5.

7.

31
3

S^i wtrrn^r^"!, w^i^tjnww: &c. -5 Neglect, omission, disregard Ms. II- I20.-6 vigorous attack, determined onset ( =arfiwT q. v ). -7 Excess -8 Abuse, misapplication. -9 Imposition

Ratn. bower;
i
:

beyond

*W *ram

the plantain %^T8fNT: K. 121


ITO
PJ>T

acfn*: I N- of a star of the 6th lunar asterism.-2 a large cheek or temple.~-3 One who has large cheeks.

-'!12fi'i''W*i*'' Tjifjru

Ram.

*m-fiiTt i'f

ing. surpass; exceec (in number, strength &c >t f<r*fr

K 85 is To excel,

"oing or depart

I Exceeded, surpassed gone beyond &c. srimitn: w^wm' Me. 103 B^Tm?F^T: K- 35 depart wmtw" 5^11 Mai- 10 beed, gone yond the reach even of desire
.

wm*a a. Having an excessive I Sulor overpowering smell. phur. -2 N- of various plants: ^


:

lemon-grass

&

55^-

M151;
*<\

1;

?TC3;=riM9iTKT
r:

<Nnt Ms. 8

Dk. 74; *mj 78 surpassing superior to; i w'W) vfewrflfai Sk 3 To transgress, violate, go beyond, overstep ii'TOHnrwt: w

the stage 4^past of thought *g q<riTrff^it(t5 ^%!" H. I -2 Past, gone by fT*rji K 5. past, former; 169 Pt. I 333' Pt 2, Bh. 3. 32; qif&ujori^ Mu I foimer kings. *f A past thing, ri a thing Of *he past, the past;
5; ;

nwrmRtn:

Mu

N- of the plant
a[

wifaitrit "i

Very

fool-

ish, quite

stupid.-2 Inexpressible,

indescribable.

a
penetrable-

Veiy

deep, im-

:,Ms

M-

$-,

your ladyship

29
a- I Having excellent or superior qualities. -2 Devoid of merits, worthless [ ipwiSsKtff: ] Excellent merits.

a-

Transgressing,

sur-

hungef

passing &cadv.

Bg-l j.
Very long
;*t TOI
ftrf

JS cross

beyond death.
ig.

Crossing, surmountl
<j.Crossing.

a Very heavy ( such as i: A very respectable personi such as a fathef, mothe &c- ( *r: g? TTffT Srmr&B ).
aringe

mer ury &c. )

K.atn.1
r?rrrt

" nwt

have been very

late jTrm-

overcoming
'

178 she had

not

long

left

when &cUn.
4.
2-,

//.

'

traveller

(ac-

atf^Mr-nr.-^raqiT

oi g^nfj ^in^M:

cording
5TT:

to^Manuwr* g
S.
c.

"fi^JA mushroom, anise, principally Anesum or Anethum Sowa;


N. of another
ngifolia(

^?r

of the p ant

plant', ^: is said

Barleria
,

Loto

be
9 p. TO take usual measureJT? ]

ararfori^:

M ar

by Amara

5- 6 dear or

welcome
e.

<jgiwirtiJT-

guest; st-

^TT^T

a nd Jn=

Dk. 2 the guests of


Indra's capital i. wnrninftrstft 121
winrt
2( ^* ) Ratn. guest of, i- e. goes to jr falls on the ears of the fortunate only; *?ift &

beyond the
Difficult to

Mar.

5fH| ).

a- [ smfaitfl:

s?:-? IT ]

F!5m

dead; so rarro 7 becomes a

be comprehended, incomprehensible ?: ,-sr?: i Object of an apprehensive organ, such as CTfr tou h


'

'

the object of f*r% TO of TT^T &c. Grahas are eight in number!

The
nm,

Free from worldly desires. -2 Exceeding thought or will--3 One who violates Vedic traditions of conduct.-^/. n. I N of two classes of
)-2 Fondness, inclination.

*X nrsfT, ^^, whr, w^, f*m & r*^,


the corresponding atigrahas being

gw mwr V<irEimnvti%A K.P.-2 Wrath. -3 N- of a son of Ku5a and Kumudavati and grandson of RAma. -COMP. flRiT-^irr, -Wfwri-sfciwf, _
^15T

hospitable reception of guests,

rite of hospitality, hospitality, at] N. of a class of metres belonging to the srranj'^cjass, with 13 letters in each line

-2 Right knowledge, correct apprehension- ~3Act of overtaking, surpassing &c. -4 One who seizes or takes to a very great extent.
a.

tention to the guests. 3* a. [ wftj* ij&fi rer ] treating the guest as a god. A: title or claim to hosfo?fif

HT

pitality

hosp
i
|

tali ty
rr"*

due to guests*

^5PTt *: Pt.

wi^tVigiiut qrfffi

To

Not tenantbe held in check, to


ed or inhabited.
a. Always wakefulThe black Curlew (tftw* ).
T:

WTwi?H Ms.

3- III

should

come

as

be controlled.
crifice.

|T: N. of three libations made at the Jyotishroma .sa-

a guest rffi^j. entitled to hospi< tality as a guest Ms. 3. 112.

the host or entertainer.


a-

A
]
(

weapon. -2 Worth.

srtfa JH* [ arfit*t!ft sria opp- anrora ) Superior to his

dering. m- (*t called g^r* and

Ved. Travelling, wan) N. ofaKing,also


,

wflrtw.

Very destructive. sfrfarRi %;ti ?n;.85 ] A happy state of complete oblivion which drowns
a.

parentage-

anwrV:
snWian^ i

P
i

all t Bought of whatever is disagreeable in the past) arirrefow^fr W?*T

live-^

To
)

survive, outsuroass (jn the mode


i.

To

whom

An epithet of Divodftsa the gods helped in overcoma.

of living

srrT*

i?rtT%wa

ing Sambara.

10-15.
burnt.--''*

Bri. Ar-

Up.
]

Surviving &cExtraordinary
birds).
ind.

flight ( of

A
:

Badly or excessively bad kind of burn,


Chan.
50.

wfiw^a. [ mjRfWa: over armies.


*f>r*^
I

Victorious

Munificence, liberality
_

transgress, violate; be unfaithful to, offend ( as a wife &c. ) ** wtrwuHftrqifty Dk.


P. I

To

more, high

r ( abl- ); ?

Violent inflammation.
P-l To assign, to make over, transfer. -2 To extend the application of, extend by analogy,
.6

1621

."TOT
,

neglect,

Mb -2To pas s by, To overtake, omit.-3


;

M. 2. 7. -2. Exceedingly, very much, excessive, great; 9 p:f: R. 3. 37; it *ti%nti?wf> MeAbove,
15 will attain great splendour. -3 higher in rank (ace. );

SBP.

w151

overcome
*T%*T
sient.
a.
*t

surpass, excel.

IV.

3.

loo Sk., IV.

i.

Very
ari>i*n<

cha igeable, tran-

Mbh.
gent.
wr
Jf":

wiw

*rftm >nwft

~]

N. of the shrub Hibiscus Mutab'Hs


( <4npft|

a- Very sharp, punN- of the plant sftut**

wwRHl

or 'WwWininiT.

dub

grass.

aifiwn Excessive practice,. overdoing.


:

Transgression.-2 Excel-

excessive Rapacity, wrffgGorr greed or desire; 6^T T f?farr Pt. 5 one should not be too greedy. KOT a- Rapacious, very greedy.
.

I Transfer, making over, 2 (Gram.) Extended assigningapplication, application by analogy, transference of one attribute to another, attraction of one. case or rule to another; arfi^n *nw
:

nft^ v^rirq arf^r;

ifttrrw
i

Overtaking &C--4 Accelerated motion of planets


ling. -3

or
i

3T-

qriiifiraT:

P.

To

fifwnn wft5(t:

w-

cross, pass

or get
i

over, surmount,

passage from one zodiacal sign to another.

H-4.
Dk-loj

vsatisfied or

overcome yfa'i.\ mUTriis gappeased


kinds:
?T

This
e

is

unrest*

&

of 5 fw.

30
Thus
in

Grammar

mi *w^flnQ(i(J: or S

4To make ineffectual H^fraf^mxrnnif^ Sujr.-*-4


away, drag away.

A
snatch
est,

very heinous

sin,

in-

To

^r*:& rm^>: are instances, or TTO: is an instance of ^rorfe^s^ analogy! tftij<JiywiTiii^i*-( pjrawTTR a^m Bhasha P. 80 srra^sr is generally expressed by words showing likeness or . :semblnnce, such a-

n./.

N. of a Vedic

[ grfasftn

$&>&

plant.

Plumbago Ro?ea %< a. Very


51

fwwTO )
;

far

"*,

"<ra,

(usually with * gen.) not far from-,

The Supreme
God;

or highest

of Siva_

Fjying past or beyond omission, neglect, missing, transgressing exceeding, going beyond due bounds. amrro: Passing away, lapse ( of time );3r^r*tss' ?T: Mai. 2. -2 Neglect, T ^^iomission transgression snnynini: S I if no Other duty be neglected thereby, if it should not interfere with ( the discharge of ) deviation from any other duty established laws or customs. 3 Befalling, occurrence jpwwraSN 4 gfiiWigfl wwmrtNW! 302 falling. ill-treatment, or usage--5Opposiajftrm*
\
;
>

Metre of

padas, the

number

of

.yllablesin each being respectivey 6, 8 and;.


i:

i:

R.

Great continuity! , 58 very rapidly or in

apid succession.
arnraV
ind.

Very

early in the

morning, in the 4.62.


555
9. 320. -2
a.

eajrly

dawn MsMs.

Overbearing

Grown very much


jfrftreF'TrrfT^t w?r.]

A ques-

tion, contrariety.
(

5'

Surpassing the two and ams^TTT ), L r having no second or equal, incomparable matchless;
]

tion about transcendental truths; a vexatious or extravagant question that is asked though a satis-

farr

M*5w%5tfT

<*JT

5.

m. [ wgff? a^w ] I An unrivalled archer or warrior. -2 or deThat which surpasses a

auma^

sert

['9M
:

arrfRrra: ].

pp. l Put off, delayed &C.-2 Quite or entirely broken anfijH .?i^ai>tWT?T ciira?iq Su5r.-a Complete fracture of a boneara^na'i.a. I Acute, running a rapid course. 2 Surpassing in speed, swifter than ( in comp. )
\
-

factory reply has already been given; e. g. V9. aki's question 4 to

YaJavalkya about

Brahma

in

/
'.:
i

N. of a class of metres belonging <o the wf^niKS, group, consisting of 4 lines with 19 syllables in each ( *3.Hftfc-).-2 Nineteen.
:

R-

3- 30.

wfttirr^

pot p.

To

be delayed or

5.

5.-

siFtiS: [ arrarnri

snjft

T^

zrcs ]

The
than

teak

treet or the fRa^^Rj:.

Ved. Out of dange.


)

wfttqfir.

m.
a

better road

common,
overgress. by. sim
1

T^/ N- of a Veaic metre

good road. wra<^4 A. I To go beyond; spring


2

>: / I Excessive attachment; TrmnHf p^rg ': Pt. I. 187; STOTRnretT??, Dk. lol. -2 Overrudeness, impertinence; afjrwrriiraf113 N. 5; "T *j?3*ira ^'jf^^fflH^n: Mv. 3. 16 indiscretion or imprudence; q^rrim: m't>nnfii'RB'r?j 35^ ?*rr^ Mv 5 an insult. 3 Extraordinary or unwarrantable stretch of a ( grammatical ) rule, or principle; also= 3rfn?*m% q, v-~4 very close con:

tact; wnnTiTT5f?flTt*ft
(

gj

Ki.

_8.

33

of 3 Padas, the
in 7i
(

number of

syllables
7,

each being^respectively
<*5

6 and

neglect, omit! transCaus- To allow to pass


[ arra^tct:

To

arf^tj^ffn ).-5 Prolixity; srswnriiH'W


I.

Mu-

^J

Having
foot.

afnHf*!t The time after tne ceiemony in which the ito Mantras are

no feet-2 Too long by one


Excessive sleeping. -J? a- I Given to excessive sleep. -2 Without sleep, sleepless-^ ind- Past sleeping time ( ft^t nsira T g*% ).
a.

used.
atrtrm'gr

A
.

girl

who has
a

attained a
girl.

Going beyond, pass

ing, lapse ^i^Tstmitfr^ ^i?9T 2 169. -2 ^Non-performance


;

marriageable age,

grown-up

w^ Y

failure
III. 3-

A^nWf
(

Very strong or powerful;

Very

attractive
);

(as

an attributive of smell

Ak.
a.

139 instead of the potential, when th< non-performance of an action implied ). 3 [ Tf% arr^ita: ] On surpassing a foot-soldier.
i

5^; ramrnqwr P the conditional isusec

*Ji B^Hoia ??ra*: 1\ im. eminent or matchless warriI Great strength or or ( *rram ) power -2 A powerful army. w I
:

An

R]
]

embarked, landed.
[ q
live.

/>/>.

Gone beyond,

of a medicinal plant, Sidonia, Cordifolia and Rhombifolia -2 N. of a powerful charm or lore taught

trans

by

Visvamit.a to

Rama:-^w

gressed, missed, past &c.

girl past
1

Excessive familiaritj
or intimacy ; Prov. Familiarity breeds
aI

^ 3=rtiw
u
i

pass over; negiect, omit, transgress 2 To fly by, beyond, or over; to cross Cam- I To delay, neglect; see WrTi be10w.-2 T disrespect, offend; f H^*f S^ftirewft Mu. 3. 34. transgress, violate; *f?T}Tf?tfTfirflffTam Ki. 242.-3 To cause to fly past or by.
i i
'

P.

To

smnfc^Tr^ contem >t.


'

One who has vanquish


\:

ed is enemies superior enemy.


? a.
I

great

HK^i
rr

iltj

Far, .out of sight, no

3ft

f%&
le

discernible;

2-rNot hidden, visible

^m obsolete (words

S3e R. 1 1.9 als3.-3 N. of o sha's daughters.

Dak-

31
a-

Childish,

puerile.

sive

i'*ri?5TriT

An

M.

l-

8;

in

COMP.
:

)
-

infant.
tst [
arfrl^itcrr
i

cow

very much, beyond measure; f H -^ 4- 3 Qui'e insupportable;

Great speed, precipitatespeed,


(

5^

ness, head-long
fsr;*f

rashness;
iraif^r

fiT^ai-isr i.

two years old

Over-continencei or abstinence ( opp. Mfiftf* ?-. [ ir(ftarrett wa^? ] One who has violated
)

Ku. 5 48measure, inordinately, excessively. =f(Tm a [ BPwflttrtT! J Immeasurable, very great or wide (as fame);
.

30; gma^ramTSsrnRijIint ^,-^1^: ind. beyond

*rt Bh. 2 99 K- 192 great hurry,


a)i%?6i
(

$$f

ous plants,
*i^"Hi.

Very juicy N. of vari>j^r, nwr and pfta^.


)

Anextraordinary or

the student's with womenarftn


(

life,

who

cohabit-;
a.

*n)
;

*:

Excessive burden.

itsftmt; Hi'/Ht Pt I. 22; ?ra flrrft TPrftiifttin: Ratn. 3. R. 14. 5. *u gffi^s sij^iH>TitfT flap,!;

great load

Maya

liberated, or illusion of the world_

ffmn^ta: Finally emancipated from the


[ ]

excellent king.-2One es a king

who surpass-

68 through excessive grief


*m"tf3t

%:<*rfrT-

*%:

HR>

a Very windy. ff:,-3m: strong hurricane, storm, violent gust of wind.

a. VedT[ Prepared over-night TI^:, acr: are^-ar^] i AH optional part of the Jyotish/oma sacrifice
^

Ki.

3.

33. -2

Speed.
senai

Dead

><Tia^wwiNiR^> quR3fr: of night-

HTJT^T^

-2

-3 Excessive obscurity ( of a tence ) -Comp. i [ srmurt I'ara ] a mule.


.

cessive.^

[ ar-ftfoir]

Over-measured, exNot wet.

To
(

3TWT;

Lightning! flash oflndra's thunderbolt


I

3 A great friend, epithet of a very friendly constellation.


wfog'fia. I Entirejy free from worldly desires, finally emancipated. -2 Barren, seedless. -3 Surpassing ( a necklace of ) pearlsi siftW:-Tfi<: Srfi^rffi'Ja'BawSi Mai- 5. 8 I A kind of creeper Titim, Mar- 5wt or wg^jftin ) represented as twisting itself round the mango tree and as the beloved of that
(

( Gen. used in pass- ) I surpass, excel, be superior to with abl- ); nr*


'

K^"n H.
'

4- 131 ?i%f<^i!t Pt. 4.

81

To
i

spring

forth,

arise; ?i;w

cffltsfiNgB

to surpass, excel subdue, overpower-

Mb. 2 To overcome,

example is better than precept ;' sometimes with ace. =r n tniwts^*^flmi<i?t K- 20Ji or used by iti

self in the sense of 'to


'

be supreme,'

'prevail,' 'triumph,' 'predominate,'

be mightier

'i

snjNs: Surpassing, defeating, con-

9.296 none
than another
ft&ft

is
i

T flH^fiiftwjf Ms. supreme or higher


12.

quering.
ia>i:

25, so ^*<mi%f}i. 17.

*a?t-CT<it$rfn'fbaflr

H.

*^5TTwi%,

a.

Surpassing

all,

epihet of

Vishnu":
I
i

tree; cf.
ttfSftirt

*R

R^

H^TctfT^oin^^TTi^n
5>tvr((ii

Excess, culmination

3'' nR'^^nn *nl f^m%TTra<rr?Rcf ?i% 13. -3

Hfft 5.

of great importance. 2 To be left with a surplus, be redundant or superfluous.

H- 2

is

M.4

N-of a
.

highest pitch 'ft i^-it to cess, to reach the climax;

goto ex
"ft

tre?,

DalbergiaOujeinensis

(frftsr)

I-

Mai.
7
; *T*

2;

"A >m
.

-3 ( *wii: ) Mountain a tree called fftw also ).

ebcny

N. of

R-

Surpassed, excelled J. 14 strength ex-

ceedmg

that of all creatures; S?PT-

widely known, become notorious, noised adroad nm?t int ^r 51?^ V"*frfot K 1561^ H5r>!rHmw>jfHm*rT*$Tn*rr 158; ^Hmifi^ar: Dk. 30; W T3T fii^aiV IJ I( SJ g -g, 10. 80..-2 Boldness, impropriety, violation
;

/.- *\y.
)

Final liberation

from death

a. Overcoming death. Final liberation from death

of due

limits

wrr^T
-3

);

rai!^

=>

>jT><Trft>jfq:

Si- 8. 20.

Eminence,

superiority. -4 Extensive land.

Up
Very great fragrance-2 N. of a plant ^^mg^T, Jasminum Heterophyllum or Arboreum.
i
.

K. 137 surpassing the birth of a son. -2 Redundant, superfluous, remaining over and above; ^ftjffcijj^irfiiftTfintRqi K. 66 not contained in the heart. -3 Excessive,exuberant. -4 Unequalled unsurpassed; supreme; elevated) HK35W..fl|aisfitiTrfwf Ki- 14. 33 being raised up or elevated. -5 Different ( generally =*n<frfti! in this sense,
'Tiftrftwr iftc^^T q. v- )--6

*'
(

a.

Quite empty.-COMP. having a redundant limb


)

self,

Voracity, surfeiting oneexcess in eating.


a-

a finger, toe &c. ). (-*

redun-

dant limb or member.


sift ($n ?<*:[ ftv*^ ] i Excess, exuberance, excellence, eminence nftS*: U- 6;so T?". 3"? &c2Redundancy, surplus.superfluity. -3 Difference.
;

N. of a

tree,

Very auspicious. (ft^ff ).

5t:

1':

kind of barley. Over-tlow, excess.


a.

.-Hi.?:

Haughtiness, too

Very
S.
I- 5.

fleet or

swift

&V

great pridei *ft<r> i ^KIT:

Chan

50.
a-

^
?i:

ig^
a-

a Superhuman. Exceeding due limits.

Very red or very much

Close contacta- [*ri^?rf9tt

-wr N- of one of th_ 7 tongues of Agni.

attached

m.

plump,

fat,

Tti *nr] Fles as tor, w^is &c,

hy

-^ft4 ] An unrivalled warrior, fighting from his car

TV- ] The kneevery beautiful woman.

f /.

ni ]

Exceeding the proinurdinate,

per measure,

exces.

Ve. 3, 26. Several Atirathas are mentioned in rata Udyogaparvan.

a. Very lovely. v N. ol two metres, the one a variety of and the other also called
,

32
a. I Very rough or barren; 2 Very devoid of affection. cruel affectionate [ *ft'fll *sj J. (?: N.

of a variety of grain.
a.
I

Wind -2 Very
beauty as
\

Wt

beauti'ul. -i: n.

Formless, such as 4 Great


[

Passing or conveying of the g$R?fm, the subtle principle of life, toother bodies at the expiry of good actions ( *TE? ) con'ributing to the enjoyment of worldly pleasures. -2 Carrying over.
".] I

simToravTT Mu. 3, Si. 6. 19 neglect, omit, let slip. ( d) Ty have no regard to, disregard, sligh'i offend ( especially bv uniK*r
(

To

faithfulness

),

Dk

injure)

?iM--4,oi^

62 disregarding; 3R5"

^ m m

to

the

Supreme Being.

0.

(fi-)

Exceeding one's

^$-"155, ] The deity or spirit appointed by God to help in the


;

(a) To surpass,
?i%9ng^i Ki.
3

Ram Ms 5
excel; ngs
40,
Si.

income, extravagant':

Consumption,
a wild

conveying of the the above manner-

^
;

or

1 4.

59;
)

QjjT^ifrr in

gts^j

Tr?^*r^isi%5W

Ks

41
(

40 to
b

outweigh,

preponderate.

To

overcome, sublue, vanquish, get


v: I

Very hairy.shaggy.
goat.
2
(

monkey.

wA
i

large

pot-herb

Convolvlus Argenteus.
Excessive Transgression
>

fasting-2

i Passing, sp noing.-2 Excessive toiling or enduring, bearing too much load too heavy burden) H. 3,-^3 despatching, sending away, ridding, oneself of) * *rftOTft Pt. 5 how shall I rid my-

WWT
Able

self of

him

the better of get over, escape or TOTCTnfiW$?| ntf get loose from Sufr.i f%q(fiT: 4VlM)t 5Bg 14. 21 transcend these three qualities 5* dn'w Mb., Dk. 73, Ks. 121 67-4 (Intrans ) To
; i

t
]

Ki. 14 9a.

anft'Ti? !

a. [ srt%cruffcfrw-5T.

toconvey
Erring,

to

other bodies. See

pass away, glide away, el .pse ( as time ); to be late or delay Ti *w: T Jflisrtfo^ H. I
; i

committing
R.

H
Mv.

2;

mistakes)
19. 14.

itfwirwiTwifMr:

An
world.

pp. -Spent,

inhabitant
ri (

of

passed. n: lower the


leave,

6; wr ^n^ii^srgr
.

38
(

is

-5

N. of a Prahnta Metre of four lines with 16 Mitras in each.


^s
a.

S'fl(tt)=37i^rf?, q. v.of)

abandon

To go away Jrom, T*t


abl
)
)

not late(*rfitt*r

i^i?:

Very harsh, abusive or


'-

frm Trfi^f^ fm^it^ Ram-

5^
I
j

Caus-

insulting language, repr


wr^tffert^w

To

Very
T$rer

talkative,

gar-

Ms)

slight, not to heed,

disregard

6.

4.

reprimand,
"t

rulous

correction
?ii%':

^ir^i5TT^

$'T)
;

Mb.
a-

Mb.-2 Exaggeration, exag(

gjKrfaTffaT: Dk. [36-2 To discharge ( as excrement ).


srraTff5*

let out,

gerated talk, hyperbole

wgflh

Very crooked.
five planets
(

pardonable offence or
i

N. of the
others
)
,

4ta and

it.

Br.

misdemeanour exemption from punishment ( ten cases are meni

TV.

Talkative, very eloquent exclusively establishing one's own assertion ) fawi.


a.
)

tioned in Ms.
.

8.

20o

"

a-

Very

old,

aged, ad:

Mund.
Fast on the day ceding a Sracldha.
a.

vanced in years.

m One who
castes and orders
(

pre"

is

beyond

3if?WWf(i. I Crossing, surpassing, excelling gzFriKwfifaT art*T Ki. 12 21 passing over, overstepping,
i
i

ft

transgressing, violating &C--2 Eicz;

Very

fierce.

cssive--3 Foremost.
3tfirfr?t:/. I Surpassing, violation. transgression. -2 Exaggeration, hyperbole^ Violent effusion ( as of blood excessive action.
)
i

vicious-elephant.
ftra
a-

Very round
(

* N. of
).

a,

Very poisonous.

a grain or pot-herb
i

%nRftT*

P.

ross.

Caus.
6. 13* 19-

To carry over or I To spend, pass


nnfj v
fihrwt

ac(

as
9.

2 Counteracting poison. ti N- of a poisonous yet highly medicinal arrtifa* or plant ( Mar. Aconitum Ferox.
:
.

time)if**r
Mai.
70)

ffoi.^^^
R.

Prolixity,

diifuseness

ffinniUgT

U.

I,

Mai
..,!

I.

Excessive growth, in. crease, ad ingto, increasing)Wg ft ) <*& jrijflTW <^?itSTU-TIH^SUI


(

47--2 To let pass over, get through successfully)

W3T

..

28 allowed to pass over my head, endured) H ?n<i3nri?taT%: Ks. 33. 9i;-3To rid oneself of, elude, avoid)

A. ( P. in epic poetry ). pass over or by, cross ( as a place &c- ). 2 (a.) To go beyond,
I

To

ms

Ratn.~4 Get out of his way, elude pursuit ( and thus cheat him ).
5

exceed (fig. also); ^rP^rfJrfff wtn$* Mai. i. 26 exceeding or transcending the powers of speech,indes?ribable 3J*iTf iHi%^3 ?t5*S
>

trHgr^mSiCT K. 289-- cf. '' Carry" To ing coals to New-castle ", or the to paint gild refined gold, lily, or with taper-light the eye of Heaven to garnish is wasteful and ridiculous excess "i See the other phrases on the same page.
'5^:

To

*fof

a.

transplant,
),

remove

to an-

other

J?lace

**miH*r$*ft <JS<?tKu. 6. To follow, tread as a path )


(

bring or carry oven 37-6


<i\w-

29 transcending praise ( b ) To offend, overstep, transgress, Terr^?j^ Dk- 167 Y.ila_te J *T*"T: 51 who can transgress , the decrees of
4.

Mv.

grown.

Very olds very much 5: N. of a Mantra in Tan-

trasi ^sj:3ra

HTKJ fra<w$$m_
tf$3Tfaj
(
gflrff:. n

srfa351

f 5: H ir^g grass &c.


).

very old cow

unable to

chew

33
g;

/.

Excessive or heavy
of
1

V.
'

rain, one of the six calamities the season. See fft.


a-

with nouns, meaning


fir?m

195 or 5. excellent ',

ximity

/.Close contact, great attachment


:

or proi

Moving

or

moved ntam:.
in

r excessive', 'very great'; VT, K. 80 the best of horses -,'^rft-

Si. g. 7.

with great velocity, quick

mo- one of

-3 Advantageous result, the supei human qualities attributed to Jaina saints -<; [rfir5TT: arcm ar^] Superior, pre-emi-

U.
i

To

deceive, overft'SfjsTi

reach, cheat^

Pn ^?tat i

a BHRirflr8f: 5. 31 *i OT: V- 2-2 To preinjure,

Close contact, N-- of the contact of ^3TT and W??n ( a


:
i

srfcftw

abunara:/ i. exaggerated or hyperbolical language, ex-

nent! excessive, very great,

iudice,

dant.-CoMP
treme

upon
Bri.

wrong, f5tt i
53. 82.
r
.

encroach

^;

TV-

assertion. 2. a figure of speech, ( corr. to hyperbole) said to be of 5 kinds in S. D-, but of 4 in K. P. i


lights,

Cheating, deception; <m5.

26) trick, fraud.

Exceeding the dde limits or boundary ( as the water of the sea ). -2 Excessive, extravagant) bound& adv. I Excessively.-2 Out less
of season, unseasonablyInfliction
of

after
.

The time about the twithe time just before and the morning and evening
Violent motion or moveof the child in the womb )
a-

of the

first

kind:
i

twilight.
HI

53;-

3.

verbosity.
]

ment

great
4. 6l.

a
ing,
(

[ ?ft Hf^-^g?;
)
i

Surpassi

pain;

r5r?T5m*
I

P V.

in

comp.
"i

great, eminent

abundant.

Excess, abundance,

rior to all,

Transcending or supeabove all- $ The Su-

unwarrantable stretch of a rule or principle. -2 Including what s not intended to be included in a proposition-, ( in Nyaya ) including or covering too much, .unwarranted extension of
a definition to things not intended to be defined by it, so that it in-

An

"ft N. of a metre of superfluity. four lines, also called ft^wi. *i%?irg a. Tending to excel or

preme

Being)3Tra*ra'T3raT<jMugdha.

A
penance
;

kind of very austere

surpass.

Vishnu Smr/ti
Excelled, surpassed &c. )*gngrq*iw U 5 4. -2 Excessive, exceeding, going beyond
.

p.

a.

<i

f-

Extending

over more than a yearof the plant "'fris,

Ms

8-153.

cludes such things as ought not to fall under iti one of the three
faults to

a?'%5ip>f, a- [ sn-^m ] Superior, excellent; pre-eminent


,
-

sweet juice of

which a definition

&&yt f^sjumw aTHamn:-, wr


sr: rft

open-, q^wJt sri-

is

10

25

the Bengal
jith-

Madder, Kubia Man-

K-

P.

V.
Excessive, abundant.
#1-^3^ J

5. 21. -2

P. Ved. To extend. I Cnus- 1 To extend -2 To extrt oneself to drive out; give out ( as

ft A class ( ft of metres containing4 lines.with 15 syllables in each- It has 18 varieties.


! )

Excellence,
15-,

superiority,
ftS'ft (

Mv.

4.

WI?I?ITI^
)

nn-

a fluid

).

superlative affixes
[ sfr-wift ]

P.

V.

a. I

One who goes beyond


1

3-55-

or exceeds.-2 Leade Effort or exertion:

foremost.

Ved. The dead of night.


Surpassing weapons R. 12. 73 the nail-wounds surpassed the wounds of swords
;

aHRTiiJt^ a.

surpassing
a-

sive.^
:

i Excelling, &c- -2 ExcesN. of a metre.

(*lw^

w%
T

fh

atft^W:]

^K: [ arfgnnifa *w <*.^f^, Dysentry, violent strain-

ing at stool.

Remainder, remnant
)*

as
*ffl

of time
2

a small

remainder.
ro:
]

A.

To

surpass,

excel;

sm
:

R
6. 32,

A man
excellent

The

m- \ ( St) mn, disease called arfaK.

a.

5.

14, *fi?rr
7.

Kl

superior

to the

most

..
try

Bk-

46,

woman.
Surpassing in sti ength a dog ( such as a boar &c. )--2 Worse than a dog. WT Service mnwrt?fl fitir-w: ? cf.
*r?r?* a. I

Affecied by, afflicted with, dysenTOrw-*flwwfc Aki

8.

I;

5T^5Hr

q*mi(riif

Mu*S

3.

-2

To

imft^iftg
sleeping)
act

precede

in

sfiH? 6 P.

I
i

To

give,

present,

<*t*Tfa?r*

as an incubus To excel
i

Mb. -3 To annoy,
Caws
(

bestow,' grant

Mu.

W Mu.
i

Mu.
V.
R.

2i.

3' I

3.

w:

N- of

a tribe.

15;
i

3. 17,

r [ 5TT-3TH ]
-

eminence, excdlL-ncei

Excess, pre-

IW'R

*. 53.-

sor

m. An excellent dog. n [fr- ?*^] transgresa very dissolute woman.

To To
fc

li. 48 nf^rn'SQSf 12. 27. dismiss, abandon, part with. -3 forpermit, allow. --4 To remit, as fine &c. ) -5 To leave as ive
(

-2

a remnant.
srnfp':
I

3: R. 6. Hi excellence, highest perfection of art. -2 Superiority

(in quality,
t

rank.quantity &c.)i>?fi%.

oT

Tn^-i n?(^(:

O.

II)

oft in

cofhp.with adjectives,

in the

sense of 1 ex-ceedingly.'Iexcessively;' *iJfnft$i%gr*ft5; R-I7. 25;


ft

smst i P. To excel, be over Ve.l )s H>JTF ftw^ ffVmfttfV^ Rv. 10 90. I was over and above by 10 Angulas. ?r [ WT is^-Tf Superiority, precede nce.-a., '5^. Surpassing, standing at the head
(

Granting
;

of a wish

);

giving
(

n5|9Tii'nHii' 5''JT

nw

^n?w;

K. 10- 42. -2 Granting permission g?t )Pto do what one Hke * III. 3-163, one of the senses of the

nw

of

all

Potential.-j Dismissal, discharge,

J4
parting with igiving
ratra
( <r

away

"rort

V
a.

2.
:

q. v-

q:

Nir.

Ram-

gwwwm
five
;

<>^

Hif

fsrra5KT?i: ]
(

Everlasting,

per-

12.

manent

Hf

)i

emancipated

90 oversteps the m^rfa Kull )

^ Ms. a- i Exceeded, surpassed elements 2 Violated, outraged.

?m

B?a4m^
>

37*riH<Z- [?-5.f5P.

III.

2-157

w/i i Giving, granting; consigning* fagrt sswrraawn; Ku 4

To
<wi

Bg. 8 28, 14-20-7 (Intrans.) ai&fil pass, elapse Oime )


Tf

Exceeding, surpassing.
the

BT T

wTiwaTO

Ram-;

*rf;^

32, consigning to theflames! rara aWnireaR Si- 14- 48; nrff

^011^
atarfl

&c.-8 To overflow, be r.edundant, be in excess -9 To diep. p.


[ ?--Tfi.

3wf3* a- [ aTntarfa ti%i ] cognizance ( reach

Beyond
)

ol
3.

the

senses;

swf^reswqqw^: R.
fTiTHi%:

41

<prm^*fTn Ki- 13 57 giving back. -2 Liberality, munificence.-3 Killing- -4 Deception- -5 Separation from, pariing with.
a.

Gone

be;

Very

fragrant.

Great fragrance.*:
tree.

$ The mango

yond, crossed-2 ( Used actively ) (a) exceeding, going beyond, avoiding, overstepping, having passed over or neglected &c-, with ace. or in comp. iiT*d?-itfta: Mai. I 30 bei

Si.

I.

II

T:

The

Soul

of Purusha, ( in Sankhya ) r Phil. ); the Supreme Soul I Pi adh ana or nature (in Sankhya
Phil.

S'uffing oneself with


foodi f

yond or past definitions $wat?r or 3?Tinnr beyond enumeration. innumerable iHwipT 1 *! fl Me. 295

^flwaff3*wi5r:
I-

)-2 The mind ( in Vedanla ) H^f ^5^^: **w. Ms.


1

7-

Kull. irj'maTfJT gart ^ft'4 IR;


[ aTfii-5^
]

).

rn(T*n Ms-

4.

62-

i5=T=;ma?T
Ki. it.
2
in

5^113

Si. 13-

*5tn:n:

aw"?? ,. Not liberal, niggardly' 1 mean-so'rited #: Slight contac orabs nre of contact of the tongue and palate in pronunciation! epithet of the semivowels and vowels;
wfw^tf: Over-affection ;?: V. 2 sees or finds what is to be done? "*?: <i?[q>T 5. 4 is apt to sus-

past youth,

advanced

Exceedingly, excessively, very, very much, quite, loo Surpass'Jifsa.'gg &c.


I
;

ind-

yearss

ing,

superior to
:

ace-

si?fhiT-

an

Bg.

14. 2$; 14. 21;

Mbliberal-

V. 5 gone beyond the reach of arrows, past bowshot wtfm'ftef'tg Ak. who has left the boat, i e. landed, disembarked--(6) Gone by, passed away, past ( as time &c. )i
i

*3^

a-

Not bulky, lean, lank.


Ved. Not rich or
'
]

wy
j

a.

a. [ t.

Unequalled,

un-

pect evil-

3Tni% flrwtw

Dk.
7.

II

mfifl*r

^mn^tf
i

DenI

P.

S- 6- 9; 'amiiRT^fnmT^t Pt.

i?fin

surpassed, matchless, peerless, incomparable, very greats *T*WJW jPt. 5- 31. so^usf, *CT &cThe sesamum seed and plant
; :

-To stretch out the hands <wr&).-z [ fT%n arfa^mra ] To overtake ( one ) on an elephant-

Bk.
179
i

18

"ftom Ms. 8-27;

fipj^
*I<**T

Ms-

7.

a.

Unequalled &c.

o go beyond, pass on, over or beyond, cross (time' or space ); *3TOinTwrf* S. I> rar?i't TWPf9Tg: K'. 14. 54 was gone to or reached CTiflo'r ft *>-&&wa ire^ra ^13: Me- 34 passes Out
[

wm

srfa-$

2 P.

182 of past gain si 5% x^fonrwihrift K. 46--( c ) Dead, deceaseds


Pt.
2fl

^ ?9wi4

Not
so

cold.
ii

Cotnp^.
rf?r,

t-

MS9.

5.

71

Sun; &c-

T
,

afjf?

"smr

196,

197. a

fl

The

past, past time.

a. [ *

gg.-ft

^Tif ]

Not
Ved.
injur-

donor or giver, not


.

of sights

1.

Ram-

after II days;

*m&*T?nt 3 iTR^wamWiwwrrsKim-

lapses

[ *r

5-sr^]i (a) Passing away,

Ms.

8.

145.

b )

End,

Not obstructed or stopped or


ed,

JR: Si. 13. 53 -2 To enter, step n %?w *r oven 3riT"i n iFfrmiT

am

conclusion, termination, absence, disappearance" vn^rfft Ku- 4. 44,


5.

unhurt.

?f

The

unlimited

tf Ms.

4.

73-1

To

excel, surpass,
thati^

23

i3ii$in?T(j?T
i.

gs'Tnff''!

3-

61

out-strip,

be more

a match
151
I;

imq R.

for? fJWTfl*':

uttV"?^ wwr_Ku 7
ftfs *tfw sipr*: S.
grot

Si. 2.

23-,

to

S2.-2 Complete disappearance, death, destruction, passing away, perishing ftsj*? itrj Dk64. -3 Danger, risk, harm, injury,
;

?f a- Ved. whose plans cannot be obstructed or are unhurt. im^ a Ved. whose path cannot be obstructed.
space,

sky.-Comp

^:

'

fpi

arm,

ar^-ar'j.

Not

beyond, transcend) fsr^nsifgnii <umi% Ms 8 151 does not exceedi warff m^t w^t * *rtt ftTflw Ki- 18. 41, Si 16 4S.-4 To overcome, subdue, vanquish, get the better ofi T H ?* *rg??*nr[ir R. 19. 53 did not overcome, outlive or survives to overtake; out-do. -5 To walk by, walk past, pass by, leave behind; wi^rerft qfa PTWIT*Tr?f s 6.l6;firf*pri^3fT:OTR. 15. 37. -6 To omit, neglect, disregard, violate, transgress, oversteps * 15Mb. avoids

exceed,^ go

evil

the

dy

anftfirfjTwqw: Ms. lo. 104 being in danger or jeoparHIOIRI^ *rrlT<f 5. 27 S HT nTr9'r *


s

eating grass', a new-born calf; *n fa Bn Ar. Up[

life

* .a.

small quantity

w'wiFY.

179.

urriiiiiH: ie.

Ms. 6. 68. 8,69s 3*?r 99 (Kull. V^Rn^mnf:).


misery,
,

of grass.
.

-4 Suffering,
distress. -5

Guilt,
^rftn
8.

difficulty, fault, offence,

Ved. Not assailable, immovable, solid, firm ( as a mountain


)

transgression
fjigmi

*nrft
15;

243 frt 8 400 should be made to pay as a tine for his offence--6 Attack, assault Y.2. 2. -7 Overcoming, mastering mentally, comprehending) 3ftf*fffftAfm*i Ram.-8 OverStepping; grw am frfSrat jirimt Ken. -9 A class, kinds
1

% ME.

w?HSLd.

[**]

Not

bright,

dim.-2 Weak, feeble--3

Insignifi-

cant; so *tcl3T^i, ar^jn^K.-^H. Dimness, shadow, darkness; absence of vigour, feebleness, dulness?*: [ araft

t'sfa naa

f%ffa,

wM

&c-

arnt.-'Rf.

T^^'Uri

3. 43] I

A
(

travel

ler.-2

limb or

member

of the

35
one of the three periods of time' or does not exist for all time Iw- I Contempt, blnme, censure nntRV^I P- V. I- 134 -2 Bigness T3^HH^rrai^ssreT9qYr>ra: ( This is conof some arr^ra: N. of the author of person, a very large body. sidered to be fr?*r or eternal and VisVedic hymns a descendant of different from the other kinds of vamitra. arm*! ). ir a going or walking too J Deviatmuch or too fast. *?t a. I. gone ing from established usages or aim [ arafa Hera or departed for ever, gone never customs, negligent. v. Performsisnra:] i. A mother -2 An elder to return ^n^rffnaT i nf ^j: R. 8. ance of works not sanctioned by ( rarely ) ter.-3 A mother-in-law; usage ( *rgf%3T=TW ) irreligious 56. 2. always applicable perfectly mother's sister. intimate or pertinent. TRT: /. I. conduct. has sense of' completely'; wrpiflsHrTrf^ra. Surpassing the (lustre ., of the ) sun vriv&i ffl*?5 ^t T<TI V2. &c. sister TT.raP. completion, 4. 4f%i.J An elder Me 43. See under accompl shment. info*, a. I. going fUgw*:
body). -3 (Ved-) Water, lightning garment, armour ? )
(
; ;
.

-,

&C.

ar^.

or waJking very
fast or

much,

_going

too

quickly

2. excessive,

much.

indifference to wr^r^^r Morbid the pleasures of sexual union.

battle, light.

s?3 [ aiafa e<ra TE^ra;


6.
1

*r?v

s'

Un.

3.

Wind.-2

The

sun. -3

traveller-

Written also as
steed.

A courser,
ar?^
a.

Ved. Emancipated from


fa:

sin or evilairfft a. Surpassing fire. Morbidly rapid digestion.

tlfi%:y. complete disappearance, 3ir^ra(*f i Laying on, imposition. absolute cessation.-^rffan; m. [^a.-2 Transgression. -3 Violation of mft] one who constantly stavs with not keeping the sacred fire. his preceptor, as a studentH'TTT: a [ | or w( Tsjj i Trans I close proximity, uninterrup'ed continuity wo5TCT fr<r'rsia^ P II. grossing -2 Past going time. i: I 29. 2- Inseparable co-existence- Transgression, violat ion- -2Ex cess. -qh:excessive sexual intercourse- -3 Great gain or profit ( sfasifoat gfiw a- very tender- (-':) a kind fTM; ). of grain. affif^H- I ajft-an-m-f 1 A kind Of
:

a. [ arf^a
I

T^sra;

aifia ?i,

sacrificial-vessel
]

Going too m;ich or too fast. Veiy near.-3Not near, distant.


ana* t*ai
]
i

Grown
u-n*T5:

to

excess;
12.

"stff

<?m

The

optional sec, nd part of

Close pro-

the Jyotishioma sacrifice.


*?<ij?F a. [ aJf5TT3:iia:
]

Past

the

goad, uncontrollable,
able; 'flfq^f
f*re*^ m.
'*

unmanage-

ximity, immediate neighboarhood or being in close proximity. -2 Great distancea[

e,. 33 is:/. very high position, r great elevation or rise;

R.

ftgT

5 4
.

v-

TrTT^:
[

10- 42.
aj.mli

Tst

Ram-

wni

a?fa5Tti

Hfian

long or wearisome

travelling; a long journey.


i'a a- [ wfasfita:

-& P. V. 2. II. J Going or walking too much, going too fast

Mra-37r-3T^.-ar^ ]

of a plant

?* Plumbago Rosea.
to Wrira: [arfa-am-H^J Allowing pass, oniy in ace- sing, as "igsj 5?i?TF)ie or ^sufmH ft: <rii<ift P. Ill 4- 57 after an interval of 2 days

aYa

H)RT HI?T

Bk.
acid or sour. *a: ] Very a tree, Spondias Mangifera. A species of citron

Excessive,
strongs "**<

much, very great or great enmity


;

*A

^iif?*UHw:

Kii.

5.

26-2 Comi
;

of

qraftfar jj^flra^wr
[

g,^:
ffi,

"^"Jra

).

ar*nn: absolute plete, perfect, absolute non-existence See beow- -3 Endless, perpetual, permanent, everlasting, unin term pted,

anw

anfl?

aTfiamtfti?!

Hl

^tqa rt?r^Tv-)

&c. See under


a.

calamity, danger or evil, tune, mishap: accident; i


ffa S.
i,

great misfor-

unbroken; fa
f<pt

*r

wrrwifirttiwfajn'frPt.

R. 14.65

*w?nrwa
5.
i ;

Beyond the proper worth or measure, excessive, very great, intense,

Bg. 46 <i Me. 109 ira i ?<mHto fo^ H. 4- 73. n i</. I Exceedingly, excessively, very much, to the highest degree; ^ifr-

Ms-

I.IJP 6- 28
;

Hmi^ft

U-

2;

""
i

V. 4

exorbitant; *mwT.M.

MMif^Vs^ffinlB Mv- 6; Very much.exceedingly.excessive- 4. evil or evil news ott. as an exalas t?f4 q^im^f^ ftw cJamation, 'Ah rae Mai. 3, alas ', how bad it is Mu. 2. 5; Tu^ ft fl
2. 13.
aii<' ' !
'

*J

'

mfa

1^1 Pr. I. 33 3j$i fir^i Mu. 4 14 very young.-2 For ever, to the end ( of life ), through
*TT*?T
;

ur

Bg 7. 17; oft. in comp-; *fr5f5 7. II excessively pinched;


a.

7;
(

V.

-2

jfTTTifqiy

w
;

A
)

rash or daring deed


-

fWTii.

Mv. 4 50 rash and demoniaVe2-

cal deed

life;

ftf'(WTrTO?T5jr!nsg*TTmn$'ift*?**rm

Ved. Passing over or


e sieve or strainer (epi)

S.
T

I.

27 for

all

time, in perpetuity;
2.
;

through
thet of

VR4ii*|<Ri suwitaiH V. 4
;

oft

Soma

at 3?fa^iar

comp.i Vit See below ftgn^fa Ku- 4. 2 for ever


in

inflri'(T-

of a class of metres ] of 4 lines, each of 2 syllables.

lost

to

Absolutely, perfectly, completely- -COMP. i *!*: absolute or complete nonexistence, absolute non-entity, a thing which does not exist at any
14.
1

view;

R.

49-3

metre of 4

lines,

wf^Mi:y;
bole,
;

Exaggeration, hyperover-drawn or coloured dei

each containing 17 syllables.

Exceeding
a

ml n 3?Fiwr scription * =f1 fl-n Sec UdbhataW4


i
i

day

in duration.

also

86
a.

Very

fierce.

* Asafoeafraid, fearless
r. 21.
(

a.

tida. wr^Ti* a- [ 3ft sria^ro; ] Above guiles, trustworthy, tried; WT?& ni-

R.

iir*ifst<J:

Then, afterwards (arr*a$) aw nwrnwra t=ri 9j gfi^ R. 2.1;


^l.,

[properly f?^, Un 4. 68, m^?i: S- 7; ar^ftrfta, w^-ftT. ] Devoureri Rv- 2 '%: N. of a celebrated 8- 5. sage aTr^R?iT ind. [swn^'M^ A particle P. in. 3. 9. Sk. -3 If, suppoand author of many Vedic hymns. of abuse, occurring in comp. with now if. incase, but if (^rar); in the Vedas in hy- sing, He appears [ 1, 9 or arg,. mns, addressed to Agni, Indra.the aisr ^g^tr3^iiw K- 144.^6'. 5. fijr iBrRT?T igar Tfs'r (fi: wf^w a, Ved. Overflowing or Asvins and the Visvedevas. In the Ve- 3- 4. aw ^ST?T S- 7; bubbling over. Svayambhuva Manvantara he appears as one of the ten Prajapatis Ku. 5. 455 Mu. 3. 25; Ki. I. 44i *" arr^s: f an?rtT%i 3^5: <r^; ] i Close or or mind-born sons of Brahma, be- iTm*rcnf4mqiT R. 8. 51 while, but, deep meditation or thinking) earning born from his eye. These sons on the other hand; oft followed by est reasoning.-2 [arfn?m* 3^^ having died by the curse of Siva, TO: or nwft, Bg. 12 9, Hi 2. 26; gallinule Brahma performed a sacrifice, at aw 5R--T\] ^n but if Bg. 2. 33-. 18. 58. -4 plant (imS^t ) Nyct- the beginning of the present Vai- And, so also, as also, likewise (Hanthes. Tristis, or Jasminum Vil- vasvata Manvantara, and Atri was nroi^RT ^t MlTO Mk- I, 3* losum. born from the flames of Agni. g^f ); Ms. 2. I. 315 ^rnirj'i: G. M- -5 Anasuya was his wife in both Used in ant ( arai Ved- ) ind- [ ariwit, IBasking or introducing qulives. In the first she bore him three interroestions ( ) oft. with the
wlf
a.

often as a correlative of TR; or

TV.

"]

In this place, here

Mfcnrs* j<rftr: S- I- ! ** ^5$ K- 119 here-here i. t just now --2 In this icspect, matter, or I'n the- Ramiyawa an account is case as to this, ( serving the pur- given of the visit paid by Kama in pose of wfon, ft** or of the forms- and Si'ta to Atri and Anaswysi wfw. or "wffrr*, amt &c.with a sub- theirhermitage, when they both -eceived them most kindly ! 5ee stantive or adjectival force Anaswyi. \s a R/shi or sage he qwt R 1?** H*>f4 H. I i ac ifcone of the seven sages who were HOT R- 3. 50i nfcm all sons of Brahma, and represents S- 51 ?* >ft*nt5 frr^r S. 6 informing in Astronomy one of the stars of him of this matter -3 There, in the Great Bear situated in the that direction. -4 Then, at that north. He is also the authorof a ra TK time I Ved ) who is code of litre known as arft^far" or there ? which of the servants is in 3Tn*a'f^m,,In the Purinas he is said attendance ? who waits there? to have produced the moon from ( used in calling put to one's ser- bis eye, while he was practising vants &c.i cf. Hindustani k hat austere penance, the moon being w'fft ad'j -r-C'OMP. in the meanin consequence called an^r.-sTra,while. meantime S- 3. IIq* a. POT, srf^n^jf. "-am, re &c. cf-also iti'd(Jh^ tff: R. 2- 75 and ( ST/. ) reaching so far upi as tall as this.-*r*j ( m wt) an honorific V. 5.21] (pi.) descendants epithet meaning' worthy'.' rever- of Atri. ed', 'honourable', aTfH m. A devoure'r,.a demonyour or his honour', and referring to a person ai?B?*: f'mtfni ] N. of a [ 'niw that is present or near the speak- sacrificial vessel.
i
-

sonsi Datta, Durv.isas and Soma in the second she had two additional children.a son by name Aryaman and a daughter called Amahi

gative word
:

itself;
rsft

aw

flsmm
ag
a*'JT-

S. 7; ai&m.

G. M-v

M- 5* Bg.
aii ni5OT

3.

36;
2i

S.

nm

(* ug^ S- 6
G

aw mav

in these two sentences mean 'but') -6 Totality, entirety ( i?^ )^ anv

4 oireitpn*: M-u'e shall explain the whole * (^ in all its details ) -7 Doubt, uncertainty ( wM. ?TT, <^*5q ); ?IS^Tfir'Il5Jtflf?'l; G. The senses of usually given by

W
(

lexicographers are:
I

wnintHifirwd'ia?^ Hfcnjnn nw?nFirtt'.fti H Some of these

R^

'

er^

opp. wro*n)i ""i* or her lady-ship ( 55$


'

f-

'your

ail Ved ajiri ind. [<-, T*T? ^f; TV ] A particle used at the
( ) ( of works) mostly as a sign of auspiciousness, and trans' ' lated by' here, now ( begins )

senses ar identical with those in I ), while some are not in general use. -COMP-- *Pr moreover, and again &c. =*w in most cases li** TO .what else, yes, likewise, also fr exactly so, quite so, certainly; ir (cf:>i|^r iarrai S I; "ft^wswI. or 3<WT; HfTf: a?-' ra Mu Iused like the English disjunctive conjunction 'or' and occupying the same place). *rofr'( qf'srii SOT: $">$(
i

);

S. 2\
i.

beginning

wtft^.H.

i.

S.

'

7 198; aw5is)jm either ors nw is often used in the same sense with
(

58;

BT5orr yif Ms.

arftfrt). ( Properly *M s>rm%<rrn % *r pt. 3. 38 Ms. 7. or *r auspiciousness I8.2i-inf'< art also used in the same Belonging to, or con- is not the sense of OT> but the i uvery sense <tff^* ?rct sjsrifiToinqrft nected with, this place utterance or hearing of the word 1181 8.287.2, or rather, or why, or (jrawf a inr?jt: wjif: JPTT: R. 15. 72. is considered to be indicative of perhaps; is it not so (correcting or -2 Produced or lound here, of this auspiciousness, as the word is modifying a previous statement )-, place, local. supposed to have emanated from why should there be any thought * a. Ved Not giving or enjoy- the throat of Brahn>4: w or hesitation about ^t, or it is no ing protection f: Ved. w^-ft.] wooden arfo srw yjnwff^ii^m^ysa*?An eater, devoifrer a demon. and therefore we find t S. I-, I. l6i T awit f* Rakshasa. j

(RIP!,

wrte,
'

'

speaking

ii

Food

in

SUnkara

Bhlshya

dent.

**i a [*.*.] Shanxless, immodesti/.

impuusually followed by 5^ end ?ra here ends &c- ).-2


(
,

The year

before

last(?).

wm;

* Pt. 2. at the

R.

I. 3-4;

8.

45'

6.

40;

aiqi^>

37
fl

Bh-

2-

10.
'

->UTi:

pi )

those

who have
Of the

Malli. ) be-

a.

Not deserving

Dakshina.

in

T
>JT

foot

most senses; .^zjw Ku. 5- j-Ms. 2. 240, 3. 202, Bg.


16, 6- 1-

come Atharvansi Narshis.


Qrc 53 wr

I2Mah-

4- 35- Ki.
aroft:-fr

f. finger; finger-like or pointed flame ( ? ) awria Den P- To go constantly

Ved m

a. Not burnt not burnt according to the rites. N.of anUpanishad dealing r$f a. ["*] Free .or. exempt with Brahmavidya from punishment.
i

*iw-f a. Ved. Moving constantly, tremulous ( nn^ra ) Rv. 1. 1- I; pointed like a lar.ce, lambent ( ? ).
"T.

below.
]

a- i Not deserving punish 3T TV. ] A ment Brahmana versed in this Veda* Or Y.2. -2 'Exempt or free from skilled in the performance of the punishment; n^*^tHm tif'iftw ^i Writes enjoined by it. -2 A family v^tiwsm Ms- 8. 335.
j

priest

(.

a-

Toothless-

mmember of the Siva2 N- of class of this name- -( pi. ) I Desthe Atharvaveda- See belowcendants of Atharvan and of Angiconnected with some ras- -2 N. of the hymns of the Athfsdm:
i

probably

word' like athar fire ] I priest who has to worship fire and Soma-2 A Brahmana -3 N. of the priest

arvaveda fll! Y. I- 3
5

a. i Not given- -i Unjustor improperly given- -3 Not given in marriage- 4 Not having An unmargiven, any thing.

ly

ried girl.

and void
a.

which is null having been given nn


gift
it

who is down
offered
[

said to have
fire

(m/-) Connected with


OEfice of this person

first

from

the

brought heaven,

-H
-t:

Soma and

recited prayers-

Hymns

of this Veda.

He is represented as the elder son of Brahma, sprung from his mouth as a Prajipati appointed
;

Ritual of the Atharvaveda- -">:> *R5.One studying or versed in this Veda or the ritual
a.

circumstances. revoca >le). -Cowfp. -3tT$i3n. a. The receiver of such a takes what has gift; one who not been ^iven away, such as a
particular

der

which make

thief;

^'mqil<i

<il

TOT

*&?*

spaiTjS^i a
:

muil
n

wi

by Brahma

tp create and protect subordinate beings, who first learnt then fro n Brahma and taught

Ved. [ TV. ] Not injuring or


pierced
( ? ).

affianced

or
^ji)

betrothed Mai. 4.

^rt Not -before;

the

Brahmavidya and

is

consider-

hurting, not destructive;

ed to be the author of the Veda called after him- His wife was of Santi, Kardama daughter Prajapati. He had also another wife called Chitti; he s also considered identical with Angiras and father of Agni. ] -4 Epithet of Siva, Vasish/ha. -( pi. ) Descendants of Atharvan; hymns of -this Veda; ft^ig rt(iafrr: R. 17. 13. -aY4 m.n. '%%: The Atharvaveda,regarded as the fourth Veda [ It contains forms of imprecations .many for the destruction of enemies and also contains a great number of prajers for safety and averting mishaps, evils, sins or calamities', and a number of hymns, as in the other Vedas, addressed to the gods with prayers to be used at religiousand solemn ritess^ cf. Mv.
2It

by

-a

lance

to be

a. [ *r^-iT e ten; ST^IT

am ]

Ved.

Fit

3*3 wfrM P.v

aw,

wr^t

See under *w.

5.49. 3(

a(Z2 P- [ TI%, arr^, araw, TOH5, ai^na, aw, 3T*-3Trm SOIS^T ] i To eat, devour. -2 To destroy. -3 =3??, q.v. Caus. To feed with, cause to Desid- rarceat; w^tww ^g'li Sk. To wish to eat. [ cf. L- edo, Gr edo, Germ- essen, Eng- eat; Lith- edmi. Sans, admi, Goth, at, Zend ad]. With *w to satisfy by food, get rid of with feeding! (fig-) wi to eat &c. stop the mouth of. H H to use consume, up, 18. 124< *fri*'* i"1 Bk. devour;
(
:

P. VIIL. 2.80-81 ] Going to tending to that.


aw. ] [ *r
i

that,

Toothless-

-2

Not yet having the teeth formed of grown ( said of young ones of

men

time

or animals before the teething -3 Ending in sflj or w. n: I leech. -2 N- of Pushan, one of the 12 ^4dityas, he having lost his

teeth,

ft

to

gnaw.
]

One who eats; TR Ms. 8. 309.


end of Comp)

at the destruction of Daksha's sacrifice by V/'rabhadraai^ft a- I Not dental. -2 Not fit for the teeth; injurious to them.
a.
[

n- ]

Ved.

Un

broken or
a.
(

at the

24. qja^fartutjul

ft'tff^UJ'SiiTT

finw;.

has nine Sakha i and five Kalpas, is comprised in 21 KandasThe ra&st important Brahmana belonging to this Veda is the

Eating, devouring; wai^ carnivorous. feeding on flesh; SOHF*I.


a.
[

unimpaired, unhurt, uninjured; pure, true; *$, or *rg: having uninjured or pure life; leaving uninjured the man who
sacrifices; *rfit,

and

"

Toothless.

?:

"w whose works or


unim-

Gopatha Brahmana and the


'

LJpa-

serpent without teeth? one whose fangs have been taken out,
-

religious observances are paired-

ar^v a-

^Sr^,, ' *

Not scanty

nishads pertaining to it are stated a. [ *. a. J I Not right, left to be 52, or, according to another -2 [ f. * ] Not bringing in DakshZend cf. atharvan, account, 31.] ( the priests; without any Pers. zturbait. ) -COM P. -an**: N. ina to #r iryw^ a sacrifice )'. as tfta: *ntrof 3 Mercury ( w>A'(ife'?t gifts ( -ihi <<<;< 14,). -ftft:> -flff tn. recepta- rfcor: Pt. 2. 94- -3 Simple, weak<ft|Wcle of the ( knowledge of ) Athar- minded, silly; vaveda. or conversant with it; R?^r"it Ram. -4 Not handy, skilR. 8. 4, I -59; ful or clever; awkward. -5 Unfavourable.

wt Kivy*
of."

plentiful, copious; ar^u^!*T<if4jrs't


I-

38i*wftifr Dk- 35Honest, undeceitful ^: I Honesty, absence of deceit- -2 N.


a[

*i WWft

'

'.

Merciless, unkind,

cruel.f
ly;

ind. Mercilessly; ardent-

ferventlyi closely ( as an
)

brace

em-

5- 9.

38
<J. I Not giving, miserly (/) Sp.ech mw^Tj: Ms. II. 15 not libeSankara ) ral. -2 Not giving (a daughter in () A co^. ( h) Milk wife (?). ?3H I Not seeing, non-vision ftni afar: Ms. 9. -v *rs?rat absence, not being seen; flmt?itrg- marriage (dual) .Heaven and earth. 4--3 Not liable to payment[si^fa literally means 'unbounded', Tm^iT R. 2. 73; *fl>fl PtT^?faw'?.i% 'the boundless Heaven,' or. accord*?rie? a. Having w<j,at *he head, P. J. 4 28 the person who-e sight one wishes to avoids"^ if:Pt. 2; a term used to mark roots of the ing to others) 'the visible infinite. the endless expanse beyond the Pt I become invisible! Wf second conjugation. *$yi?: earth, beyond the clouds, beyond r> nnrr Pt. 2 going out of his a. *?IT I Not [*.*.] sight, giving, the sky.' According to Yaska wf^beyond the reach of vision; *n u- miserly. -2 Without rut ( or not mr^Tsri ^mar, and the v^rse beginRTCTR^ TOvMvi V. 4. 2 lost to charitable 'H^H: IH^IOT: ?r^

31:

Day

of

new moon.

A
;

mirror

=WT^$I

).

view, become invisible. 2 Neglect, or failure to see; wi^rori^^ ^ Ms.


10.43. -3
eli
(

^
!

*frwf:

w?rT: <fTH^r^iT5 HST

t?;r

f|

Pt. 2 70.
.

16;

ning with of^lJT; &c. Rv he interprets by taking

Gram

In the A'gveda Aditi is frequently a. Ved. Not giving, mis-rly' implored for blessings on chilpoor irreligious, impious. dren and cattle, for protection and a. 1 Leafless. -2 Without for forgiveness'. She is called a. Ved i A plant ( tiara) Eugenia Faithful, trusty. pans. Devamata ' being strangely -2 Uninjured, unhurt. -3 Pure.unor Barringtonia Aoutangula t enough represented both as mother dtfiled. -4 Unapproachable. plant (v^ff'n) Aloe Indica and daughter of Daksha She had 8 Royie. a- [ ^mw ^ra"i ?WT ] Not en- sons; she approached the gods with titled to a share. 7 and cast away the 8th ( ;l/,;r/a</a, T pro n. a. [ the sun. ) [In another place Aditi ai^wr? a i Not entitled to be an is addressed as supporter of the heir gfli^nrTfis^im^r ff Ni. sky, sustainer of the earth, soveTV. ] ( H 5ts>a asm: ^4T?fT4T tfi^H reign of this world, wife of Vishnu', w./.. w?: H. ). That, referring to u Ms. 9. 160. -2 Desti a person or thing not present or TT^I^^IT: but in the .V/ahabharata, Rcimaynna ttite of heirs. near the speaker. ) ( fa^f y or q<^r ); an;l Puranas, Vishnu is said to be
ion, I. 60.

Disappearance,

omission; #%$i wi;

I.

.,.
I.

89.

3rf|r% to

'

'

'

..
<

.,

(-it/.)

ftnfg ^fePt w?i^ Ttsrofrmj si wnptfift N- i. 6.;


wrfff *a=rrR

'.

^.

*i
2-

That which

[irwgft is not claimed


;

ral
in

qTf*i?m
)
;

122
(

am

Ms.

i*

that person,

giving the
216;

name

so and so ajarepmlr

Y. I. 26. *su is, however, often used with reference to wrcr or Hftfi objects &c- in the sense of this here ', y< nder wflV WTO: wii;>p*mt R. 6. 21 ( HHT*?w. 130,
'

'

'

dwarf incarnation, and also of Inand she is called mother of 3KfK: [ T. f ] i One who has no dra, gods and the gods her sons, aditi wife, a widower or bachelor. -2 [* See nandanas'; Daksha and ] Not injuring or tearing. *:, -*$i: kasyapa also ]. CoMPA free man Ms. 10. 32. a god, divine being.
.

heir; destitute of heirs v?r4 nwiTiSr Katy. -2 Not relating to inheritance.

by an

the son of Aditii one of the sevedaughters of Daksha and given

marriage

to

Kasyapa by whom
i
i

she was mother of Vishnu

his

'

refa

rrfraftwi
I.

H^
'>

8.1

Malli.); 4 17,
.

fr

Incombustible- -2

Not
pile.

fit

to be burnt

on the funeral

often used in the sense of a<j as a correlative of ffwnsj ft fr;Tj K-

-3 Not capable epithet of

of being burnt,

3rm g*in$r Ms. 4. 170 he who &cBut when it immediately follows the relative pronoun (*Jf^, ^ WR>
&c. ) it conveys the sense of fo 'well-known', 'celebrated ', reno
'

"'^S a. Ved. Having no direction or region of the world for oneself banished from beneath the
;

afC^ a. Not low or depressed high spirited mighty, not poor rich, happy. -Cow p. w?^. -fi%,ST* a- not depressed in spirit, highspirited, high mettled. ^fre a- NoHong. -CoMPn*. -ofi* a. [ * $fa q$ g^ti nrerfh q^T ]
;

sky.
a. [

quick,
,

prompt
a-

in action-

wned
WITT-I:

'

?ro?t

'ftai^ifs'wijr:

^retit^strrfi-

[**.] Free from evil mft the prop! propitious. -CoMP.


mostly
tious 9th day in the bright half of 'TT^I when women worship Devi to avert evil for the ensuing year.
a r 5^J' a. Ved. Free propitious.
<T

Mu. 31 *t 'iff: Dk. 68 simetimes *^H used by_ its_elf conveys this unbroken, happy, pious
i

Ms- 1.71

qi^n

fiRif5^t IIR

P>ee, not tied t boundless, unlimited, inexhaustible, entire,


(

UI?T irfits^i that (so well-known to us all) moon too. See the word fj^ also and the quotations from K. P. ind. There, at that time, then, thus ever; correlative to some Pronominal forms; oer^:, 1^1^: whenever, wherever &c. By ^flsg^ir P i 4 has the force of a 7o (ift) preposition when no direction to another is implied i:?,ri
>

sense

ftgffa fiM^rii^

Ved.

WW
-.

in all nrtonrm

f.

ni

m armra
]
I

death

ra: senses ). ar^-s%^ ] i Devourer Tg>^r5Tua rifr^wnmTrT,


jS/-/.

these

from

evil,

-2An

B<^?f%%f*

yfr Up.
.

w:
2 [
A
) (

i(

"T^il g

^^i
5^
that

^: fiMr, 37^: 5,^


P.

To become

Ved. Unremitting, mother of zealous, cheerful. the Adityas, in mythology repre*r</. Ved. Not zealous, dilatory; sented as the mother of gods; see not worshipping. further on. (c) Freedom, security; boundlessness, immensity of space a. Not rijstant, nea'r (in time Copp. to the earth ). (d) Inexhau- or space ) ^mff ftilg TIJT? i5*rorarffstible abundance, perfection e ) f: R. I. 87 v>3fi?T?rafRg g^rlr' The lunar mansion called ISk. not far 40 t "fitor:
a.

epithet of God m:/ [ i ^rj Inability to give, poverty* ^ig &j aj^zn j ( rt ) The earth.

*5 " I Not inaccessible, not difficuU of access. -2 Destitute of an unfortified country


:

The goddess

Aditi,

39

i%5isTn^i%:

'WT if g e- nearly 30 K- 142 easily provoked * Proximity! vicinity irascible. R. 6- 34


from
30,
i;

the consequences are not yet visi-w ) the ( future ) result of ( good or bad actions; the result or consequence hidden in the futureble.
?^. a(

the gods or their action, not divine

247 ( Kull. l^^rsonli3T=TTf|<t). -3 Unfortunate,


*T,3i^fr.5
3.

*$*

Ms-

T:

Sk.

s^,-

destroying
?

poisonous
I

ill-faied.
a.

or abl. ) not far ( With gen from! at no gieat distance from ftr*nHiTii ft ni? V- 3 not far
.

vermin

).

Not exaoting
).

consi-

as^fs: /.

frsgr efg:

An

evil

or

derate

as a king
a.

distant,
wjiwar
rfi

very near.
a.

Not

vitiated)

uncor
>

malicious eye, evil look, an angry or envious look. -2 Not beingseen -a [*.*] Blind, sightless.

Ved.

Not

causing

inconvenience.
I

ruptedi unspotted, irreproachable

possessing anuncorruptedsoul ?H a. Not proud, not vain not proud-mind :-d, sober, calm.

"?i a. Not to be given what cannot o_r ought not to be given


i

The time when milking


17. 19.
a.

is

not practicable- -2 Not milking;

away

*3*mrir:ro^*
it

VPW
is

a*?t5

16

^^^ R
a-

#&ia. [ Sightless, blind -2 Not seeing, not perceiving. faitq H*H a. I Invisible
] I
;

*.

not right or necessary to give Wife, sonsdeposits, and a few other things,

* That which

I ] faults, demerits, vices,


i
;

wffii

Free from

belong

to this class

wmf

Ku

4. 45.

-2 Not capable

ol

being seen, epithet of <IT>W -CoMp. *iT<A rendering invisible) a part of a conjurer's legerdemain.
Invisible! not seen. not seen before. -2 Not known or
TES aI

or defects &c. innocent armm^'y HrT^ift R- 14- 34- -2 Free from the faults of composition, such as ram, ymrcii &c., See fN; w^r^ ^is^m K. P. I. a^nr smn^ ^ts* Sur- K. I*:

-COMP.

Not

a fault

unlawful

gift.

5 * Ki.
1

14- ii

though not
3Ti--wim

lftf^r^^ftn rat'iai at fault.


n-t

experienced, not felt -i%:?5r*i H.I !45.-3Uuforeseen, not observed or thought of? unknown, unobserved -4 Not permitted or sanctioned. ( illegal i inrst yg ) 51?** Ms s: N. of some venomous 8- 153. substance or vermin. * i The invisible one.-2 Destiny, famd luck tjsfafir ( goo.l or bad )
i
s i

?J a. [=>.*.] I Not god-like or divine, not pertaining to a deity. -2 Godless, impious, irreligious. *: [=r. er ] One who is not a god-COMP. i a- [ i %*n: aw?t ^raa af^w, ^ *T5t SB ] not gratifying the gods, such as food "t^ a. [ * ^rt WY nm figwr^i: Ttr ] not rained upon ( lit. ) not having the god of rain as mother to suckle or water hence ( artificially ) supplied with the w..ter of rive_rs, canals &c .irri.

ai^: [ arafr ^1:,

Un.

I.

!20i=3?>*T?T

called

gftersr,

A sacrificial q v
^ ead
] I

oblation

ind-

aTPJSr artj

rtpi

frr*

surely,

truly, clearly, undoubtedly, In truth,


;

Tv.

really, certainly, indeed si^t fw*f qTfi??ri?rj nr^w-^nT R. 13. 65. -2

w55T Bv-

Manifestly, clearly
i.

s^rwm i faH

Virtue or vice as the eventual cause of pleasure or pain- (Fate is supposed to be the result of good
or bad actions done in one state of existence and experienced in another, the performance of good

gated

izwn%
-5
a.
(

ijrin^WTgqiTfsTrcr
I-

w-

thusi^smfT?!;.

95. -3 In this way, g^r:

COMP

Ki.

17.
nftr

" $3

snftft

Not

reaching the gc.ds by impiousi irreligious.


:

prajers,

r3*rr: right or true man. ( pi. ) N. of a school of the Sukla Yajur veda. ciJ(j*S a. having ear clearly or quite red:

Ved.
a
[

wise man, seer.


5- I arff
'

deeds being rewarded with residence in Heaven, and of bad deeds,


visited with

[ f. n. ] I

wrong

placei

Un.

<pt ^q,.;

condemnation

to Helli

not one's proper place or strong position *wt r? ftvi w^rtiirpt |?Ti

according to Nir- " *$


I

H. 4 45
i

The

?B: Bhasria. P. l6l-2. Vedantins do not recognize or lucks fhf im:


rfrr

358 ft^t country- The Smn'tis several places of this description


,

trJ*r

%n w?r^f?r ^n^ &c.

i:

-2

Ms. 8. A bad mention


:

the like of which did not take place before-']


;

Wonderful, marvellous ^n*OI wonderful deeds "ra having. wonderful smell 5$*,'** prodigious,
;
;

TV. ). 4 unforeseen calamity or danger such as from fire, wa'er &c. ). -CoMP.-aro a. [ *. ] having a metaphysical or occult meaning, meta-

An
(

&c. -COMP. *ira: wrong w^?r*i^ Tfnwqisplace and time isi fw% a. [H a.] Bg. 17- 22. in the wrong place, out of place absent from one's country.
i i

>

extraordinary, transcendental, su-2 Ved. Unobserved, pernaturalinvisible (opp- F!f). fr I wonder! a wonderful thing o)^ occurrence, a prodigy, miracle; ?* 5?Jff w^ H^rf S- 5 a wonderful or un-

expected occurrence

wiiTfiwii'WTW

physical i having an object not evident lo the senses. -*k\ a-/ one whohas had no practice or practical experience, noi practical, inexperienced;

" ^j 'ff: ] I Not [ 5t to be ordered, advised, indicated or pointed out ar^ * f^?if?T Ms. J. S3--.2 Not on the spot or pertaining to the place or occasion referred toa.
i;

ftoir^Xli^ " Ms.


prise,

4.

Il8 -2 Sur-

astonishment, wonder (m-)


3^ttT^!ng*rfa
f%f,trTnnrnr^

also

U.

?rigim fitajf. a. Ved. Invisible ( wew ) m H. 3. 54. -*v, -$n: one of the Involving no humili20 ways of peace-making, in which no third person is seer, said of a ation or self-degradation Bh. 3-144. treaty concluded by the parties a. ( flr /. ) I Not predestin" ., themselves without a mediator ed or predetermined ( by gods or H. 4- 119.-** a. [*.]that of which >y Fate ). -2 Not connected with
:

<wwe?Wr

6 lost in wonder- tt: One of the 8 or 9 Rasas, the marvellous sentiment ^"rS Mftnr*$3prre: U. 3. 44-2 N. of the Indra of the 9th Man;

vantara.-COMP11-3 a. Ved. in r whom no sin is visible *$: a *<$!"' N. of system of prodigies


a portion of a
to the

Brahmanabelonging
rt*f?r

Saniavedabling a marvel so
;

'^w

resemHK: the

40
wonderful resin ( of the WT^* or Catechu plant ) Mimosa Catechu a- having a wonderful sound. ( -*: ) N. of Siva.
f
*

?TfT9S^

'T.

?T

Not
i

obtained
got.
?*r

by gambling, honestly

Unlucky gambling

the

*rr-3'?,] producing water from clo" uds. ( ^jraftn^j ) having a mountain for the mother (?)*&: forest
;

watch

just before the


.

dawn

(?).

conflagration.
i

STCT;

Ved. Eating,
).

meal

3)3* a. [ *

f.

Not
a

house

the nature a liquid.

of

liquid) *:Not liquid.

mountain not of Siva cf.


tain

^m for his *?$,


*?5-

having the bed ) N- ot

^"Tj-wtg

moun-

peak. gi CS^), ?n a. prepared or expressed by means


of stones. ere: [ ar^: HK jj ^. w. ] ' the essence of mountains ', iron. a ) hard like a mountain ; ''i ( made of iron or very hard

Un.
2.

104

s^na.

Fire.

worthless thing, an object which is good for nothing;


3r?En
[

T. a,

Voracious, gluttonous.
*tr a- Eatable. thing eatable ind.

Pr. 43

hence,

worthless

or

bad pupil or recipient of instruction


;

fi^j'sjoTJnjrf "?f ^fafwra'i H*Tjjra jj^^'TrA

Food, any[

srfilt

M. iRwfpr

^fr

Mu.

Ved Armed with, or having, stones or thunderboltsa< C " s ] Ved. Free


.
-

M4era
i

?w
Nir.

from malice.
[

fttffir: WH*-'!'';
]

arftsre,

To-day, this day n% ^reor: fnfor: Mai. 5 25


I

%
;

Un.
Nirfr.

4.

65

accord-

a.

Ved.
;

to-nighti

this

night;

ing
this

to

? to tear or

nral5

very morringi oft. in comp. with fy, T^ntf, &c. 'fia^jfrt of this day, *zro this very day. 2 to-day's Now ara i^ >rm TU>: Ks. 4. 68 3 At present, now-a-days. [ cf. Li

mountain. -2 stone, especially one for pounding Soma with or grinding it on.-3 thunderbolt ( siTrmfr *) Nir. ).~4 tree.
eat..] I

false, free from malice Misspeaking the truth i'af'%3 guarding from malice.-^ ind. Without

True, not

malice or falsehood5i?: Absence 01

-5

ho-die.

].

COMP.

ft

still,

yet,

even now, to this day, down to the present time or moment w.


i

sun. -6 mass of clouds ( probably so ca'led from its resemblance to a mountain ); a cloud nwfa trcft a^riJ Nir. ) v arT^nmait

The

ing,

?5

malice or ill-feelderation, mildness; Ms-4.2. a- Without duality or en-

mity, <H*m*?fq^rra-fm *&5t


a.
[

131.

nfo

ft

R^gfiiTO: (J. 3

watfq il^

mostly Ved. -7
sure. -8

kind
7.

ibid, i ** nut yet) TO $$ fet *n Tinift TO Ve- I- II; ( every one of the 50 stanzas of Ch. P. begins wnv> i. from to-day; w.ith woifo ) *w^fi war? Ve. I- 2^ til t(!-day. *f before now \ *H$*ii%ma &c

The number

win

iwrf.

from
:

to

day,
;

this

day

forward, henceforth

IP:, ^m:, iw: &c. mountains, the Himalaya- 2- Nlord of Kailasa ) of Siva ( vfi a plant ( squfsmr ) Clitoria Ternat^ a Lin. ww [ w^: gra^ai: *ai: 31^3 55 wn; ] the earth ( -* ) N. of the mountain ra*iw. jf?: a

-2 Without a second, unique; sole r: Ved. Swtra the lord of

of mea-

^nla

5^

vw

Not two.
;

-COMP.

N. of Buddhaduality,

[ *.

a.] Non-

Ku
2.

5.

86.

P.

V.

13] likely toh:ippen


;

* to-day or tomorrow, imminent i i%u1>i: Sk. j<oi, ( =wra ). ( -n ) a female near delivery WIHWRH^I);
: (

mountain cave, mountain side R.2w: fl. laT^onq^i 3T^] produced 38. from or found among mountains, mountain-born- ( -TT ) I a plant
(

especiunity, identity, the of Brahma ally, identity and the universe, or of spirit and matter the highest truth.-COMPa* ) *ii'^:=a7^w^: q. v. T ( =*ft one who propounds the identity of spirit and matter or of Brahma and the universe ( i*ra ?*<$ facwwi
1

srr^q^at fgaiinfta

^m

5:

nfctq^irar

).

2.

^Mt

).
(

2.-<K^n,

?prer,

WIT

Sic.

Buddha^^^-wjpis; a Veil. Having no <?f w%vi #'S?<T. Rv- I. 187. second free from 3 (5"djifT]< duplicity,
;

*TU>HRra?s} arenfrar a?wi

are wt 5T ftqrraa P Sk.-gfm extraction and consecration of Soma juice on the same day
;

Parvatz

wn
born
the

a.

-* ) red d-alk mountain-born2.

( tjiBrorg ). (-" ) I'

forest conflagration
',

hamsa or swanSupreme Being.

the sun3 form. 4.


5^1-5"='

true, sincere (?)

Ved. [?".] expressed or extra*onT a. ( fi /. ) [ are ust;-. am -ya cted by means of stones -fmT.-sn^fT JTIRW] i Pertaining or referring I. N- of Parvat/. 2 N- ofamrtre r ft5, to, extending over, to-day of 4 lines, each having 23 syllables "*M &c.-2 Curient now-a-days, fgj,-fa^ m. \ wf^ gfg w*ii% m, f^qprevalent r\t present, modern. *:
*

^ra:

Not having two ways


159. 3
a.

Rv.
]

1.

The current

or this day, period of the current day ( Kavi. on P I. 2. 57 )i See OTSPI* also. rr (sal ?%:) A name given to the Aorist tense, as it denotes an action done today or on the s;ime day ( ='qf )
:

m^-^q,] the enemy or splitter of the Free from duplicity, mountains (o. clouds personified), same internally or externally ("of
epithet
its

Indra.
a

mountain
rise in

valley.

5Tfou<m 2 river

/.

i.

;i

Sff^fa^q

).

taking

Of to-day

'&

mountain, ira:,-*nr: &c. See p|fl ^|q a Ved. [ w|w$ j^ ft ?rf ] as s'rong or hard as a mountain mountain high (?).

Pt. 3. --'

Modern.

I*

a- [ S5 j^t nw ] rooted in a mou.itain or rock as hard as a


;

^3

*sn Not a duor, any passage or entrance which is not intended to serve as a regular door; *ff"?oi q n? 5ri i^R sr Ms. 4. 73= jr * tn Y.I. 140.
a[

<.

Ved
Not

Blunt.
bright.

stone or mountain
3Ti<r^

[ ar-ft
)

vi^fa

^'^a

fitwWr

JRJT

a.

J'mountain-born (-^: a plant ( angftfti or sdrrriicir Ved. [ a?^: zm

N- of

Without
peerles.s.f

second,
;

matchless,

u^

*i
2
fiwt?fi

M.

41
V.
2-

alone.

-2 Without a companion, -3 Sole, only, unique, sutf

preme.

Brahma

?fi
t

<*

w^j.

aif^Vosf [^. <T. ] N not to be disliked-

malevolent,

a [* * 1 Free from hatred or malevolence- *: Freedom from hatred.


.

"^

". ff.]

Friendly,

not hating.
*tft a.

8 U., swr;% Den- P To ^5^, era; surpass, excel, beat down, worst debtor ( opp T\JT: ) ( fit. reducec stai PRf^?Tffir Dk. 6 lessening, to a low position by his incurring forgetting; to defeat* vanquish; wdebt ). -i?t: a porter jn^i: [ *KR. ] wr ^iwiisaCrfW: Ki. 2- 40, 6- 21 i groom, a servant of the lowest ^Sfrm<!T5rgr*f^: Ki. 6. 24 excelclass; one of the 3 kinds of ser- ling aranfefflSSfT srqrmri:^! K- 25.
[ arw; ajwrerwt

OT awith the lower part. T*m <?. [ ] of the vilest conduct. ( -t: ) [*<*<>] the meanest conduct. -3RT:, -

body

below the navel

).

[awns ww:] connected

lower part of the body. -IT* kissing' drinking the lower lip.-*is, the nectar of the UpS.-WfMi the
lit.

w^

nadir.

w:

>

[*..] I Not
;

or uniform nature,

dual; of one equable, un:

vantsi

changing

"n

swf :wft U- 1-39-2


(

I P- To be worsted ( in a law-suit);to be invalidated Y.2-I7.

.ar^, st.n-

] i

Lower
)
i

sole, peerless, only, n [*. cr.] i Non-duality, unique identity! especially that of Brahma with the universe or with the soul, or of soul and matter See arjf also .-2 The supreme or highest truth or Brahma itself -3 N.
i

Matchless,

opp. 3^rr ), ( Ht. not held up under, netending downwards


i

downwards **ra: under-garment Ki 4. 38; cf. Si. I. 6


ther,
ails
i

w a. [ wft JTST; arar Lower.-2 Traduced, vilified, proached arafiai; Tftuiw'S AR;

reI. I

ind-

[arit f^j 3T^T-'W'^]


i

of an Upanishad ai^i solely, without any duplicity. -COMP.


;

lower or nether lip, see below. ( In this sense partakes of the character of a pronoun ). -2 Low, mean, vile 'awr see below lower

previous day. -2 The day be fore yesterday the other day.


a.

Dn

(argjfo) i. the joy arising from a knowledge of the identity of the universe and the supreme spirit. 2. N. of an author who, according to Golgbrooke, flourished at the close of the 15th century ^M'= ^oT^^"'T^ x Q. v sbovtj 5 i
"Tf^:
1

in quality,

Below,
regions.

beneath,

in

the

lower

inferior.

-3 .Silenced,
i

worsted, not able to speak See fn, fRarif^^.-4 Pievious, preceding as in anttw; q. -T: The nether

Southward

Vedantin*, aiar ind.

or sometimes the upper) lip ; a lip in general i"'* Ku- 5. 27 leaflike lower lips iiiwrarfi*: N- 3. 5
(

to the nadir or

tending downwards, lower region itend-

<ft the southing to the south. ern direction vind- Beneath.

Ved. Used like am

as an inceptive particle in the sense of 'now', 'then', 'afterwards', " and ', 'partly', 'so moreover, much the more &c.
1 '

isfiwawiigt Me- 82 ftam t S. I. 2\\ i. 21, 3. 241 of.


i

-<ff

r^ 31

Tending

downwards

situated in the region belowi being

^
-n The nadir
i

(Ww^L)
i

N-2.24or the

downwards.
fl.

a ( i. f. 1 i Without wealth poor.-2 Not entitled or competent to possess independent property (in law
. )

Ms. 8.416.
a Unhappy, wretched, serablei fn ft? unwr U. I. 42.
_ :

w
(
)

n,i

southern direction. -^ I The lowest part (of the body ) gwna"? PT< Ak. -2 Pudendum Muliebre ( also m- ).-3 Address, speech (opp. <Ja()-, statement, sometimes used for reply also- -CoMp.-afrc a. I. higher and lower, inferior and superior, worse and betters Us?: smsift?'*nfi:

a.

irreligion, impiousness, ness, injustice *$w _Msi

Unrighteousness, wicked8.

127

unjust punishment,

Sia^or unjustly,
;

55i%>ff^OTi%

M.
i

I ;

5T??j9

^oit
;

aij gjnpvihrt Yprior and later

arsr;

Un. 5. 54] 'The lowest, vilest, meanest very bad, or low, or


;

quality, worth, position (opp. 3'<W);aTH.iiCTqltTn- or a*wwCT3r: & Ci oft at the end of

vile

in

&C-

comp.
10. 12

=H'r^Jr ,j *t*Tw9<?t ?<ni Ms. lowest in position the vilest of the vile, the meanest wretch. R: i An unblushing sen
(
i

sualist

(
:

Sabda

K.)\

and awA See Tarka K P. 19iwiafr.nrnraiTjljTfniirragCTBf Ms- 8. 53. and wisf are two of the 24 3- in a contrary way, topsy-turvy qualities mentioned in Nyayai and upside down (the natural order of they pei tain only to the soul -They are the peculiar causes of pleasure _lhings being inverted); wt *rargwThey are (ixr'( S. 5 you have (certainly) and pain respectively learnt in a contrary way i. e. to imperceptible, but inferred from consider good as bad and vice versa; reasoning and from transmigraor of it might perhaps also mean tion )--2 N- of a Praj^pati n " have of the sun. an attendant ithe members of e. you. $ . urighteousness personified this court, heard mean the king's " *w an of Devoid of attributes, epithet r base reply
i i

I. 96. 2. former sooner and later

in an improper way TMMfi 2*ra Ms. 2. Ill; an unjust act; a guilty or wicked deed, sin; wifi?' committing unjust or unrighteous deeds so **iifi^ of an irreligious spirit; vin!: 5. 5"; '^f full of wickedrt'.r %v
i

ness or sin

for definitions &c. of

-2 A sort if or conjunction of qf planets (grtfttrsTTirrf^j *r^TF3r^; ^m%3^t: Tfviaf5r^^qt

K-

P-i.

y\-

COMP.-wtt*t:
>

the category

Ms-7
iini

of 3T&
,

See
a-

mistress 2*)-Icf. L"*{*.] the foot (opp 3-TTTtn). ** [ *. ] the lower half of the

Abad

n")n3^:

TV.)-

(: RfVK*tRrt Mb-4- nearfurther. 5- question and answer. ^fte: the lower lip; *gfrtffl *S. 3. 25! Me- 82- ( -a ) the lower and upper lip,-*?: the lower part of the neck- -wi: [ awe STOW J the

er

and

Impious, wicked.
I

a-

Wicked, impious-, -2
I'^Ti 3-

illegal,

unlawful;

3 i*
25

Ms

tuft

urn

2-

widov/.
,

n.

one who goes downwards. ^13 the lower part of the knee fSr^sT (-ind-) below- the kneefsr^en

( 11 )

ind,

Very lowadv. or prep. [ aw P. V. 3. 39-40. ]

aw;
p.

V.

down wraf am
i

3. 39.

Below,

rmift ofo: 51- I2s in the lower region, to the infernal regions or hell WH^rais^r ?ftwnf*rc*Hn ^[; Ms- 7. 53. ( According to the context, *re: may have the sense of the nominative, 3TJ5T: &c.; ablative, arat fZjrnj. infttj or locative, war ^f 5fir).-2 Beneath, under, used like a preposition with
;

RT^fg^iT,wi fsf^f^r ] the ?T the lower part or surface H&ff, TJT*. f- the lower region, the nadiri the south: rn direction. ffsa casting a downward look! a posture in Yoga i wmT*'mTf tfw wr^^a^Tfi^i:

uvula (Mar. <wfnT).


i

^5T:

Down-

\^

below,under, beneath, underneath &c. ( with gen. )See i^rnf Ms. 4. 54 ^HI^TC^^OT Sankhya Ki
j

wn

Pt- 3.

a**ntmjmfq fir^
i

gen.iawrt'S

I-

145

rarely with abl-

also;*;iTiFJg?Tnta>r:
\

Hemachandra;
lower,

(Pimpinella Anisum) and Scaber ). ( Elephantopus H- 2. 2s TOft: a seat of grass for persons r: H. 2. in mourning to sit upon. *rei 48; Bli. 2. 10) from under, a dose of water, [ swt VTTB uwrq ] just below ( with ace )< wnatem medicine &c. to be taken after fin: wwii* Si. l 4- In comp. with meals &c. [ HbrTi^ cfi'MHR srarf^; ]. nouns w:_has the sense of ( a -;TW: i. the lower part ( of the body )i lower, under, as'gs'f, Vi*; the lower SrTTWi 3*: Hiwrsrnr*g Trmt Su^r. world "mn: or s%* an undergar- 2. the lower part of any thing, the ment or ( b ) the lower part ^era; region below, down below^waT^ra the lower part of the body foRr Pt i. situated down *<*:$ means to surpass, eclipse, over- below, See <rrcm*. ^ /. lower come, vanquish^ despise, scorn ground, land at the foot of a hill)
:
;

( when repeated ) lower and and down down ~

*THm~m-a^re: n cf. also Ku- 3. 47- (-fg: ) a downward look. i? [smt|T% q^, qi^na;*rm ^r] the place under the foot, a lower place- iw;=wfor q. v. above. -55^7 5?rOi iwr;]N.of twoplalits
rrqfi

U- 2. 25 gone to

TW ^W^I8f'^
[
=

K.

289

hell.

TV.
*.
;

=37tTTi?T1T
[si.

q. V.

fl .

n.]

Not

profitable*

n
[ i

Pt. 2.
arrar

3TIWJ5T <|:*m=fr?

1%

an ?.

:-2

A woman
).

Mental pain or agony- See


in
(

her courses.
a prefix
to

ind-

As

verbs ) Over,abovet ( rfaw, )\ fcn to stand over to place over or at the head of %^ to grow over or above! over and above.'besides,
s

in addition ( srrfSwn ) ; fully, pletely ( arm?if rfNta ), to get


,

come som
*wful-

thing
ly,

in-

addition

to another)

-,

ffr aTTrTarw^
ft
i

having obtained

*n Ku.

g-^f
5.

a.

i.

having the

face

.Snyg*rg

du'wnwards<*ai mHi%!*li; m?(t'5r: R. 3. 57. 2. head-long, precipitate, *w: Si. 16- 8 dispelled.-COMP. flyingdownwards. 3 upside do<vn, si^r a- situated below the axle or topsyturvy. ( -w; ) N. of Vishnu. car. HP ) adv below the car, under N- of a
179; Si.
i.

intensifying the meaning of the root vtm*fi*s f^ ?c?t

wr

35, 3. 525

"f-

qnnn^i9
CF*R

Rv

I-

6. los

wm| anw-

(-WT-T

IT^TR^ ).-2 (As a separable adverb ) Over, above, from above W&sTntft *n$ W5 ( mostly Vedic )
;

the
if*
r

axle.

w$nr

w:

TV.
].

ara:$

Esculenta. ( w I. ( **& ) flying downwards, having a downward motion .these nakshatras


)

mna
a re

plant

ifti^j^r p're-

a preposi( As a ) Above, over, w upon, in ( 3*?ft )i * gffn9wnnt ^nsafm Sujr. re^i^ just abovei ft-

Rv-

7. 18- 14.
)

-3

tion

with ace.

"m

Malli.

N. of Vishnu

mologies of the
( I
(
)
)

name

aw

other etyare also found


i
i

ir

jfqa ang

qmiTiwr^fojJT:
i

*tg'^m^sat5als^ia ^ HB: Bopadevas wilh gen. also; f irawiwrVi- N. of a hell. n? a still. -iwftn Wnf^ft Rv. i. 19. 6 above the sum discharge of blood from the anus "foft-i-7411 "wfr 52
r;

^,

Jyotisha-

tftaj

gfWr ^Tuw&pfwT^raa

&
See

ftrarKfrr aa> satjjir

^%

3Jpf:_,

above.
.

aqwr sexual intercourse


the anusi Pudendum T: the lower part of
STJT

iian^

and urethra.. ur a. [ ar^mnt n?: Ei%aqWT5 aw nn^ ] having a white colour or white marks on
(

excelling, defeating, degradation K- 2021 so i*Tf-, *Tfa T nftscra:r^rt Ki. 2. 47


-,

Muliebre. the hand (WOT).

the lower part of the body of a goat ) s'f: i. a

said
2.

) With reference to, concerning, in. the case of, on the subject of ( artSfiw ) (mostly in adverbial compounds in this sense )i

at night.

355^7.

plummet.

degradation,

dis!

onour.

m*i
i.

undermining

"TO:/, ->mr-qnT:

a downward fall or motion, descent ) going downwards. 2 degradation, downfall, going to oerdielli S? * *^ /u ^r has both where ^u
1

11

^:

iv.

41

Io sinks

senses)iw mnft
(feels

perpendicular. 3. the lower world-7*'^ a. strong in the lower reSI' gions whose lustre penetrates "t'w treating of stars &c downwards. w. Pudendum Mu- 6. 32 in the case of women. ( c ) ( With abl. ) Just over, more than liebre. urg: [ ytfmft *rg; sn. a. arw* ); ^mri^ft wfiTimr Kath.? ri( breaking wind, flatulency. af^n?ft Ken. d) ( With loc-)Over, sleeping on the ground ( on or upon, above ( showing lordHeeping on the ground ship or sovereignty over something ) (3*tf )i*f^faft P. 1-4. 971 art* *: Ms. 2. 108 a gft HIT: P. II. 3. 9 Sk. Rama rules .-. ) N. of a hell. 4ff over the earth ; the country ruled a. sUuated below. the over may be used with loc. of
I
i

V*

ii

nadir.

go to hell w one who downwards, a mouse. n^er TO wwm^nwjii^T


.

-^

rf

>wi
L

d^

Ved.5exual intercourse.
J .

TV.

*(3 ^: ibid; wfiwnirt* Dk. 77 subject to, under <%^r the government of become the property or possession of ( *ft
i

'

ruler

'

iifrmi

WTO*)

wer, situated beneath. 2^ z rrior. previous.

denoting wrc jn this case)) under 1% |*V go: ( Boinferior to ( $* )


i

padeva

the gods are under Hari

-4 ( As first member of Tatpurusha compounds) ( a ) Chief, supree me, principal, presiding ^ir
;

sequent, further than


:

(of time

)i

liking, not mere intimacy.-2 To place at the head of, appoint, set
i

presiding deity ;^^: supreme or "%: supreme lord sovereign ruler &c. ( b ) Redundant, superfluous
Llq
i

MS- 2. 65, 2 years later i. e. in the 24th year i sometimes with gen. TtriaRBi sr RimJ^^T
,

(growing over another


*g:
(

); <,f<T:=3re*n-

2o superior orjun- set on, incite or appoint* as their awf % chief. or beauty -3 To aim at, allude or refer high censure- According to G. M. r H- Pr. 255 to, make the subject ww has these senses: ww ^ Hf P. IV;jt. 87; e. g(tar n Y- I. Il8i sometimes l*nrtl#mT Sk.l used in the comparative in the 5. I should be made thj subject of above senses; ^5rh^RT(^n i Bg. 12- representation, should be reprewST ) srM ( arfir* ) j n ( V. wa^rr; 5.225 sented on the stage--4 To be used the Veda wft is supposed by B. ^ S. 7. -6 Re- as the head or governing rule and R. to have the senses of out dundant, superfluous* rorri sjmn?r P. IV. i. 82 o*'^ having f? i?of from,' 'of, 'among,' 'before,' a redundant limbi tTjj^rffost qp^t JwftT^^ Sk. 5 To superintend, 'beforehand,' 'for,' 'in favour of,' jrif^tnt ^ frTtWT MS- 3. 8. -7 Interbe at the head. 6 ( A- ) To bear, in, 'at'. calated, intercalary ( as a month endure or overpower, be superior &c- ) -8 Inferior, secondary.-^ to arfa^% T ^ ft: i'STyrfSij^ skwntrsws Bka- [ abbreviation" of wwrI Surplus, excess, more 8. 20 -7 To feel, enjoy ^3 sreqr^$]5=T(^ ^T. 3rTTcr?<?tqa P. V- "s?s Ak-2 Abundance, redundancy, 2- 73 ] I More, additional, greater superfluity. -3 A figure of speech Ki. i. 8 To refrain or desist 43. sa or HI ); n^THiSr* P. V. equivalent to hyperbole ( opp. from. 2. 45. ( In comp. with numerals * arstftra ?I?T 100 ar^ra plus, greater by C f "'35. 1 I Placing at the iT 3iTri)wiiQ*i head of, appointing &c- 2 Replus8=I08 ^TOTrt?TcTrsfiraiT: = ^?mfisTr: more than 40 imftrart t^rra lation, reference, connection *mtfS^itotT: ^rt: RamR. 3- 691 <mra% &*xw: Ms. 9. 117. referring to 3 -2 ( a ) Surpassing in quantity, S:H S- . ( In gram. ) Agreement, concord, more numerous.copions, excessive, aTW^TJfff^OT ^TffT cf^efSt-Tpfa ^ government or grammatical relation ( as of subject and predicate abundant in comp. or with instr n K. P. 10 -advl More, in a wr: Jwroiifos; S- i. 30 more than greater degree *f ni" 55tf ^f'r nfirthe usual measure. InordiT R 4. i shone tb.3 more; I. 2- 42 having the members ( of ( b )
2.

^wmfr

3TRT;

?ct:

P.

VI-

2.

UTRT^S Bh-

humble the proud ftinraifSrsfafnuncommon, special, y?fm^ Ki 6 30 set or appointed 5 Eminent, peculiar ( arnr-JKOT ) iftwr *i* *vt* to duty ^arr: Hflgr wnaj^: Mv. 2
; s i

<rt*%T^5T5 iqniii^ffr:

mn

ar%-cgf*f:n:

R. 9

62

EHappointed to
i

yr Mb.

18

8.

(c) Over, excessive

'sifti^t:

common form
:

'

'

>

the compound ) in the same relagrown, increased, become greater, abounding in, full ofj Pt. I. 243 oft in comp $*iiT&wii- tion or apposition ^mHTTH^tfoTfr or strong in i"aRii R. 12. 90; Jrarsi%*: 5T 5. I- 20; t'gTr*t Me 2I.-2 ExceedMs. 4 141 senior in years; >%?jf- ingly, too much. COMP -afa a. -4 receptacle or subject, technifowwi: 5HiT*w'r wrr old, advanced in 3. ft 30 redundant limb. cally substratum a ~f. ) having Ve^ ( years *ra^j rflritftn qjf S. 7- 20 -^ ) [ srMsmij ] a sash, girdle T-'S. the soul is the substratum ( of knowledge -5 Location, place, or belt worn over the mail coat. K. 2 the sense of the locative case; *w amore and out-doing .Si. jmore, 17. 89 abounding in.^3 w*f a. one another. exaggerated; < a ) More, greater stronger, t mightier, more violent or intense! *v exaggeration, an exaggerated n Hari as statement or assertion ( whether re wr r K. 62 ^ft .-6 A topic, subject section; of censure R. 2 14 the stronger of praise or a complets article or paragraph = animal did not prey on the weaker! <?iTfrr<ii p. n. i. 33 (* of one
nate.
i
; ;

owm
fr

g*rrsgisfa*i
3.

5*

*rj?jjwi

fsrar:
;

Ms.

ft* 49 ; atia* ftt TTOJ Ramft* Pt. 2; n^mrj^oimsra^i: Ms. n. 186, 9 154. (b) Superior to, better

so light and

weak WS^TT *$ so
;

than
in

higher than
)
;

with

3RT?5 a. abundant, deep and full ) R. 19 5wBK/-,prosperous an intercalated day.

subject, argument treating the Siitias of Vyasa and Jaimini are divided into Adhyayas, the Adhyayas into Padas and the Padas into Adhikaranas or sections.
(

abl.^or
i:/. exaggeration.hyperbole. or a- containing i-HtHftT*

According

to the

M/mam-

twiT^ftqifiift *fTT^TfTT: Ft- I. 3275 TT:jmvmsftqir 5/^: MuI- 25 surpassing, more than a match for &c. w5tifor*m: R. 15
:

comp.

sakas a complete Adhikarana concosting more than 60


or 70.

62 more than what was sanctioned

by

rules

flMi*ir5i3rai

Wt
I.

461 w^j J^iSrvTfhft*

Y.

212

Bg. 6. WVT;

vehement
lustful.

desires,

": [

^w "rt H.
f Muy^:
4.

3-84 strong in cavalry, wrats*mwt ^r: H. 4. 21 excejs in. araii^rifi is superior by reason of
i

wiaf 8 U.
lify

impassioned, J concerning it. ^m or <WTO ft5ia w-] Strong desirethe answer or demonstrated co.iTo authorize, qua- clusion, and nnfir pertinency or I
relevancy, or (according to others raw the final conclusion )
;

T%M the members subject or matter to be explained, fg?m or ?rf the doubt or question arising upon that matter, 'JfWT the first side or prirna facie argumf nt
sists of five
:

lo superior -4

to

somesub-

duty
to
i

times with gen.;

the discharge of some be entitled to, have a right T Bk. 2 34; IhHWWRB'^
for
;

q'^jiitt wrgoimra-

TOIT:

nrar^rV^rn ^

^^
??ra:

j?anfTT?

Ki.
to

4-

25

K. 136.

Later,

merits are calculated

produce

ni n The Vedantins a put Hura in the 3rd place, and mgt

ftfadft ft^m;

44
last
fcirft:
>

?&#:

T%;gTcT. Generally

speak-

ing,"

the five
raster

members may be
?w. 3*<fi
).

taken to be frw,

and

or ngta

-7
i

w^ Court

wite.-5 ( a ) Right, authority, privilege, claim, title (as to wealth, property &c- ); right of ownership at a*TT: <5* wiw*<raOr possession
j

authorised qualification, &c. i55ir sifj^Ms. 8- II


i

w.
:

An

officer, official,

of

*iO

n?n^: S.

D- 296
it

f8sftK:
to

justice, court, tribunal *.j7n% ^rfiwft Mk. 9 3i

fti^r:

Mv-

4-

38

now belongs

Dk. 40. 8 Stuff, material


^i=rr%rn?nT
P.
1 1

4.

13

W5ren%

)-,

mriTf* as ^r

Sk.-Q A claim.-lO Supremacy.-"** One who superintends.-COMP. ^m: a judge,


^argi:

15 fixed

number of things.

the child. ( b ) Qualification or authority to perform certain spesacrificial, cified duties, civil, religious &c- as the wftrc of a king to rule and protect, of a Brahmana to sacrifice) of a
i

unctionary, superintendent, head, one in charge of any thing 'ff^rai^?f nilft nn: Ki- 6- 46
i i

Mu.
I.

Pt.

i.

424

^'

337/.

Right,

privilege,

ownership- See
ind.

court or hall of jui%*n: [ sftwi'iw t%. stice Mk 9JTB: 3j-wi*'oT ] changing the quantity of any thing, increasing or decreasing it so many times*
9-

Mk

Vaisya to

till

**i:

Y-

or trade &c. g?^with loc. > f*r3. 262


i

With reference
i

to,

regarding,
*if^;?it ifiunt

concerning
S.
I
>

rftEna^w
rfdli*)

?TSKiTiT(%jifu

Ms.
2.

S. 2 I refer
talas 3. 4
i

to,

p.

V.

3.

43

Sk. fa^tff: a conclusion involves others81. ] I

which

A
A

judge,

magistrate

Mk.

16 wrapferwr^^ sm wf?t yi^ (repeated in Sriddha ceremonies) -6 Prerogative of a king--7 Effort, exertion *<o^^iraiTOt n <^5 ?f^f Bg. 2. 47 your business is with action alone &c 8 Relation, refe^WT r>flRT: ^wnw^rn: Mb--c ence Place = srft'iiT'Ti |r<fis
i

R.

speakof, SakunII62- See *w?

above.

upon.-2
sion-

U- To ascend, monht To attack, scale WJT An attack, invaania^w:


I
,

9.

government
wr%*

official.

Authority, power
n. [
>p5 ] i

higher

wW?i: M. 1. -lo topic, paragraph or section) Hiiftw Mit. ! See wfe wt. -II Counting i en xrneration wr occasion for counting)

m.

TV- ] Decay or one that causes decay a lord or ruler (J).


i

^^g

P- I

To
>i

insult,

abuse,
i

or superior act- 2 Superintendm- One who is charged ence. *with superintendence. -COMP r.-w. a sort of servant, overseer of workmen. ?w: [ wftfc fi* %t witJTW
qn*jra: ] one appointed to superintend an institution or establishment wf*aiv>f,(it r
i

gwrf^Btt Ki. 3 51 (IWHIHWI^ ).-i head or governing ( In gram. ) rule, which exerts a directing or governing Influence over other P. VIII. I. n rules? e.g. IV. 1. 82-3! ars^w: II. i. 22i Sk. ( This wfo*rc is of three

asperse, vilify, traduce)


ft
rt
< 1 ^gweittrf%n(r T S-

censure

heap ac-

*w&

cusations on Si- 15. 44 f


.

me

kinds : rapwrf%?i %w Rf^jrnihr *

To throw or lay upon, To superinduce bespatter, 4 disease 4 To surpassM.


(

I.

-2

iwr^w^^ift yft^K^i^THff: tf)-COMP-

In families he
familias.

is

the head or pater

ww: determination
i

or statement

3Ti?r<T:

The overseer

whose duty it is duties from the traders:

of a market to recover toll or

of qualifications to do particular acts as nwr tnnjJt* vfcti;. a. possessed of authority, investec with office.
,

mr9 Dk. 52 insult to, reflection on, wmrR te unerstanng the wmrijR ?*T3understanding
i

Abuse, insulting,

insult,

srwf Ki- I. 2S.-2 Laying upon fixing throwing--3 Dismissal.


i

*r

ufli,

a,

I
i

Superintendence, watch-

p ossessed of authority,

P.

a
i

To
i

acquire,
s

<iHfl<Jt

ing over n^i

#m *?mwK:

V.

3- 1
I

i:

*<rifnift

rcjTTi:

intendence of religious -2 Daly, office, charge

su permatters.

having power ft:wjt B ram? m 3 Pt. 1 164"


i
.

"Trw*rf) CTT

-2 Entitled

power,

mr*

DOS' of authority) authority) THnfar- wiff^oi' &c. niwrrewTTTrST^ R. 15 W*!T> M. I I say this in the SI not qualified or authorised- ~i capacity of a j"dge i *i%nit^ wro- Belonging to, owned by- 4 Fil nsiff *rr: S. 5 zflrmwili^siwrorff ^w: for. m. ( ft-5i\ ) i An official Pt. I ,V 2- 1 wSadministration of T ftsa^rw* aff^crfJrw: ugm officer
i
>
.

& ^ftwrftw:

3 to, having right to so awni^iifb, heir


,

^M" H.

obtain i get, attain, secure ftrw V- 3- 19 arft'rew ttr fSr^rtq^eif: M. I. 13

Ms-

9. 91
g.. 5.

with*, fall in
(c)

34. (b) To find, meet with, see, discover.


;
i

marry

&rtT%

i<^*j

**f ifm^ injfrram M- i- 9 T * fi3F**rmi%T5grn Mu- 5 is not able to de-

To accomplish

cide

for (a) see, also


64,

Ms-

2.

218,

pecuniary" matters

Me-

1 i

^iftmn5t nTffi: M.
H.
2;

?THiiT

M.

fi:

to be

initiated

into the fine

arts. -3
, i

government

jurisdiction wn S- 7 seat of government or jurisdiction i 9 ^ S. 5. -4 Position, dignity, rank jn/Wu if^rt Y. 1-70 deprived of the

Sovereignty, or administration, rule srnmrojtft mi-

nj^?t Mu- 3 a functionary, superintendent, head, director.governor -2 rightful claimant, proprietor, master, owner 3 One qualified to sacrifice or perform sacred works 4 Man as the lord of creation
s

R. 2. 66.-2 To approach, gonsreach, go towards or near


Bg.
2.
i

jfrcirazinft

nwt* smwiW^ does not reach or go to the end. 3^ To study, learn)

^frwn%Tnt

Pt.

I.

384!

know frwirsin'a Snrnterraiit U- 2. 3 wnwwi^rw Ki. 2. 41 6. 38 Ms.


i

One

well

versed

in

the

7.

39

VedantaAuthority, claim, qualification &c.


p.
p.
[
i

37.

109 Y. I- 99, 4 To cohabit with12.


i

Bk.

7.

^w

srre'TfT

rightfu

&c17

obtainet P P- Acquired, Bh. 2. "** nrrW[<aiMnfeqT: 2 studied, known, learnd.


)

posi.

tion or rights or

privileges of a

appointed &c.

f-w ] Authorised, mastered ftPwra one possessed of ?^U..6. 30.

45
wfrw*t:-OT I Acquisition, obtain"
ing, getting, finding &c grfaTW: <wr: Pt. 5. 34! *5iTf%<fin^ V. 5. i. ji2 marriage -2 155 ?miaTfl:f Mastery, study, knowledges wfr^sii

presiding or tutelary deity;

MS

wifawi Ms. 11-66. -3 Mercantile


return, profit; acquiring property; ftsrr^: mfir: Mil. or iwirffr:; p!iiT!n% g it fr% Hr awi^Ttf ufa Ms. 8- IS7--4 Acceptance. -5 Intercourse.
pal
t>.

U- 68; 16 9; Bv 3 3; W*na$wn v Mai. 1.21 (The eleven


organs of sense are said to have each a presiding deity } wr=tw
-

master, superior; foremost; mrHwmrirgra Mv. 6. 47 ^mpnj^


i

*rnm^3:

3j.o

56.

or
]

^im.
;

bupreme

3?%:,

The highest being the Spirit or its all pervading influence; the whole inanimate
arra^ *
8.
fife

creation-,

imp Bg 8
'WIHTJJH
is

At-

^. -2

afiar^n ^rfr mar:


[
,

4.

a 'i

perishable things'. or
,

tainable &c.

The supreme
Almighty.

highest

god,
for

One who
or acquires.
a.

attains

aft^-f Gambling table, board gambling arft 3qft ^rezf^ zr^.


( )

T.

or adv. [ ] Found in or derived


i

wm^-tw
from
j

The presiding god or


Bg.
8i^,

[ arrigT^

t*-t^

51 J

[ ] i Excess in 2 [srra^ msra g^ eating. ,^-1 Very costly or valuable; ??nwrm" 3m Rv a supplemen^'. 47- 23' tary or additional gift

nrotwr

STM*

iftirt

^j ^

(?).

deity fi
I

cow

wifirai

4; 7. 30;

wf^s TO,!, 3^,. tn^Sf Severe ophthalmia;


wi%<ti: (

wf>njor a- [

wfw jurr

^Rzr

Pos-

w mrai^ ;m

w*Tn

sessing sCperior qualities, worthy, meritorious; *rn&r nsr *nnrt>r nta* Me. 6. -2 [ arftn^ jtifi JTI Spi] well strung ( as a bow );"fKttPf wn Ki. 12. 14. ii: A superior or
:

K. 109-2 The supreme deity or the divine agent operating


in material objects.
[

srfWt

w
,

Rub .
bing together for producing fire suitable for such friction(as wood)
*rarffm
a[ sifttmrsBr
;

The supreme

lord-

eminent merit.

n
I P.

To walk
of

or

or on something.

move over enhance,


over
s.

P. To lead increase.

away from;

to

Ham

Suffering from eye-disease.


fsmtff:
[

srf**

tjtjf !T?r ]

sort of

RWDT Act
something.
*fajwt Birth
169.
i

walking

Fragrance, odour.
a Veiled.
.

disease in the white of the eye, a sort of cancer or protuberance of


flesh
;

irgdhftiwif \f

miir
:

th-

wrmTRin: nrm R. 2. I mostly in pent ( who has a forked tongue ). comp.i *nfa<!.: lord of men., king This arose from the attempt of " a lordly elephant &c.
T]

-- ^ --->. \ii wn- H-TI j ruler, king, sovereign,


i

j\

lord)

head;

*w
;

ser-

[ ura* nt* w ] sort of cancer in the back of the gumsi

serpents to lick the nectir a bed of Kusa grass, the sharp points of which pricked the tongue' and split it intotwo. *ST

pkced on

Siur.

head whxpre the wound proves immediately 'fatal; (


part. of the

W] Beyond
measure,
tf

uvula.

sort

of swelling of the
Ved.
mistress
(
,

On

excessive, inordinate. the subject of prosody-

tongue or
a.
.

epiglottis.

female

ruler
:

An

inter-

calary

lunar
:

month.

"t *r] Having the stretched, well strung

bow-string as a bow).

Ved
king, ruler, lorda.

A
r:

Trust, confidence.
in

-Comp.

bow

w**T.-tg^ a. having the strung ?rft wrww*igi S-I.6


;

Dusty from above.


:

'[

Sw; g-g^:

].

The

N. of Buddha his 34 former births.

one of

The

strung

*?Tt*t

state of being to string R. n. 14.1


;

Supreme Being,
Pounding or
grinding upon, serving to pound

w**j
fice
i

a.

Pertaining to a sacri-

Tj

p.
land, highland *rt Ku. 3. 17
;

v.

2.

Sk. ]
i

34- or grind
a. [ sri^ir

.table

vm

*rw

Having

cipal ing or causing such sacrifice; fhj fcwr* ^i^nt ur Bg. 8. 4 the wftmst

rjr wqx Ms. 6.83.?: Prin sacrifice* tne agency effect

many
&c,

children (as a mani


*r

R.

2. 29.

m. N. of

Yama.

adv. [ nwTtrf^fjf ] Regard) ing creation ( of the world ) as a means of preserving th'e world.
r%n'ffcg4 [

myself woman Kmhna ); wniw*^


is

in

this

body

i.

e.

ahimfiifltH

advfices,

On

the subject of sacriq. v.

[*a ?n^t?a:] A redundan tooth growing over another.


a.

H#

ftf^.fit ]

so

yoke
!TiT:

Wooden.
a.

Of superior or tran
I.

cendental lustres Si.

24.

or foremost of the three horses, used on certain sai: The fourth crificial occasions horse thus attached(?) witta* An interlocution of high words in mutual defiance; S.D-526
laid
tffc

on the

[ arte^t ntn: ]

Aa

Auspici-

ous conjunction of stars fen departure, expedition &c.; (

3<v

T'itT: )\
:

mit

Muhiirta

46
aifarntr:

The
flt

foremost hero or warrior


)
i
i

< in

fighting

p. I Mounted, ascended &C.-2 Increased; "HfirWt*: engaged in profound meditation.


.

anSftour

Act of

raising,

exalting
Si.

: Application of perfumes or fragrant cosmetics! scenting, perfuming fragrance, scent, fragrant odour iiself arfferarewf^
j i

Rima-

or causing to mount.

"TOT:

8.

34

Si.

2.

2o,

5.

"42

Ved

wflffrf:

An

K.

elephant-rider!

183[

with perfumes or odormounting* Scenting TfW an] Being ous substances { viHiifi ir^trrymfc: rtTO a [65TR?t rftrn wn, ft R. wm" 8. 57. [ Ak. ). 2 [^-iSm-^J Prelimion or over a car 4?: I A charioteer) ftft vyz. ] A ladder, flight ^ of driver. -2 N. of a charioteer who nary consecration ( JT^BT ) of an steps ( of wood &c- )( Mar. fiir ). was king of Anga and foster-father image, its invocation and worship wSKtf^a. Ascending, mounting, * Ved. A cart-load of Kama. t arftffrf nrepf- by suitable Mantras &c. before above &c-

Fastenh.,:, fettering.

11.7.

a^-m^ or

ft*!,

wwftp* Ascending,

rising

*r
7*. <n
]

arecJiwr:

ladder, flight of
in

the

commencement
making
in
.

of a sacrifice)

ruler,

A sovereign _or supreme an emperor; inSrqftjr *>TT*ITTrz (Vrf Bhag.iii'W^d S^^w:

stepsfif^r 2 Pof,

To speak
I

favour

:)i

a divinity assumei'.s

abode

advocate, side with.


m-

an image.

~U. 6. 165 king, head, lord ff^ro^r ^m ( of men, animals &c. ) 9 9


r:

aiSra^i

One who advocates


ra> ),

a particular

Ku-

I.

so ^n

fm

&c.

cause ( cr$r cn?'i' an advocate.-2 An oratori (

SRWTIBI; a i Inhabiting, dwelling or sitting in. -2 Scenting &c-

A
A
r-

comforter-^ [ stfajti rmf


rtf *rr ]
i

awrrlw/). p. i Invested or clothed with.-2 Scented, perfumed.


wiVw^i Taking uo.carrving over' conveying.
asfafarafrT

Advocacy, speaking
iy<Jrtii

in

Imperial or sovereign, sway,

su- favour of

iip-ar^*

.name, epithet, appellation. premacy, sole sovereignty, impe2 N.of a rial dignity, an empire[ ^.-^w ] Advocacy SwiQ^i*ni fit Rv- 8. country.
a.

The

act

of cutting

off

or cutting through.
3rf9ft^6
to

16-

UTo marry in addition,


(

^
(

I
(

P.
(

To

inhabit, fix one's

supersede

as a
!

wife

said

Having ornaments
i

of gold

abode or residence
or reside in

&c.)
P. I

in, settle, dwell with ace. of place );


:

also of wives

wf^fir^T
nvrat

RTW

A superseded [ fanj-w ] one whose husband has marto, sit in ( ried again according to Hindu 63 II. 6l 13. 79! 3. 59; Bk.5. Si2. To settle, alight Sastras a wife may be superseded qr^Tftf l^rMII ^3fNftft<ft 6 I. 3'- 8. on for any 46, gnra^:?: ST* ^^iwi Ki. l- 3& or perch on.-3 (2A-) To put one^of these 8 defects: 5lying On 3wri%i R.7- 37 riding (clothes). -Catis- l To cause to rrqr qrfa?rr tjjft ar JTOT Y. stay over-night. -2 To consecrate, I. 73, a horse 12- 104) 4<i44ini*l&Mt ?|: 74) set up ( as an image ). MS. I}; 80-83. Ku. 7- 52 mounted or seated ont www m. A hus[ ft^-^wft 3-* ] wrftwsr a [ WWT^T 5*' ?>H ] Clad, u"iiufaT: R.l3.52.engagedorlost in band who supersedes his first wr: it- veiled Rv- 8- 26. 13. contemplation so Pt. I wife. rfonfl: i Abode, residences dwelyrcgarewUgt fr R- 5- 68 bear or Marrying an additional Maienter on 8 ling flnH5<niTf5*raT*: 5. acquire HTWSt nwrft *r ^f f<rfar3nTff: K- 137 <^t- wife. t (^.concerning the Ve'da. Si- 2. 52, K 158 mounted on the ?m<?if^t2TfwieTT Si. 3. 71 situated 2 An summit or pinnacle ?rt ^ni- pm settlement, habitation. 2 A. To lie or sleep upon, flnffinraT Ki- 3. 50 this responsibiinhabitant, neighbour3 Obstior recline upon ini rest sleep 2 To nate pertinacity in making a lity lies on your shoulders. with ace- of place); nrtni R. 19. |^ Ki. 13. demand, sitting without food be- ( stringi w%fr?flr nttW 16. 49 32; *H 13- 6 forqrftRTI6.-3 ( Intran- ) to rise or grow fore a person's house till he ceases wr5. Bk. 15. 114 3iodftffl *t<fi ) over or above. -Catis- [frf (ft^)rm] to oppose or refuse it ( Mar. *lp<ft: wwwftftnt* K. 99, 2061 -4 [ *rft(iw<<ft ^*<rt si^st, *fti?r m^] Ki-i. I To raise, place, seat, cause to mo38Dk. 112) to dwell, inof Consecration an T: image especiunt or ascend. titfwtftrfrcn R. habit Bk. lo. 35 to sit in mibefore the of commencement ally 19. 44 having placed or seated-, Si. flrffr^ w*r: nr> *t R. 5. 28 Cans. a sacrificial rite see srftarra^ also. 12- 462 To restore,, give back To cause to sleep on< 5 5 A garment, mantle ( wsfara; ; R. 16. 42 gnor*finTiitftm'rt ( Dk. 105 placing onalso ) restored to its former grandeur r^4 -3 To string ( as a bow )i p. p Reclining upon, p. Inhabited, resorted used for reclining uponwflnnrjr^i^npj R 11. 8l4 To give, to confer &c ^K< *ft wmfk i U. i To sleep on, ascend, Bh. 2. 70 **wf*mwni R. 4 4 6 mount, resort to iaw'm'fr fow^foftaDk. 50. FffR' K. 9- 25; 14. 301 48. Si; I 24 possessed of beautyi 10 P- To scent, perfume a- ( At the end of ffi'Tw<TT: 12. comp- ) 50.-2 To place rn!iTf4r K. 184; Growing on wrf^Hi^^ wnmr: Siover-~3 ( srfSwft also ) To put on 7-46. V- 4- 35fire, make hot.
a throne, find access
hill

To

ascendi
)

&c

mount go up to, or on ace. )*

Me. 25 U. 3.

"nfr

^r. Hsruqftqfiff R. 18. 53i

srfsftwT

^^^ Si.

R-

5-

wifei

792

^*

*m

47
swwr: '[ fsr-m* ar^ ] i A recep -2 [ wr-sr^ ] Boiling, making hot ( by putting on fire )
tacle.
-

Directing, presiding over


^irrafsig^-: Pt.
I.

ri?m
)

to

-2

(Passively

-7

[ fw-*rt-vti%-^g^
fires

Placsmart

ing a kettle on
ing.
"ft

warming.boil-

[ srfasfrafc

T^S^,

An

oven, a fire-place.
]

wrarfl a. [ wft^iT srT^r

Of exalted

dignity, supremei very rich, sovereign, lords ?*i T?5ii*rm^%TW^5f^'frKu- 5- 53i R. J. 2C).

(a) Inhabited or resorted to by, occupied, possessed by; ?fg5i?irai5nNt^wrKmm: U- 1 Ms- 5- 97 * nftrre^iw: rj: M. I- 8 an enemy who has newly ( not long ago ) ascended the throne, a rfewly established king aiftt* an*rc Dk. so flVr 9 64 newly established possessed by *$t K. 97 *g?i*inrt K. 10, 130, 147, 152. (b) Full of, seized with, taken possession of.
1
) i

which forms the medium between the subtle and the gross body.

precedent, prescribed rule.-9 A benediction.-CoMP. wfH A body

truth-6 Government, dominion. A wheel ( of a car &c- ).-8 A

*i^%

cerning a

ind. [ f&<trr%if<i ] or wife.

Conr [

woman

w.

it] A
r
]

ed woman-

superior or distinguish[

WI%OT^ ind.

sn%B: w^t

tift

wi wr50.

More quickly

Si. 17.

Soma

I A contrivance a 194 ^wTfafsnSam H. i Si. 13. 39] ( like hand-press ) of leather &c. to (c) Watched over, ^guarded, suextract and strain the Soma juice, perintended TSjigmftrrgft nri^ Pt. or (a. ) used for the act of strain- 1 atrirwStaf&gTftfBfrf ^ifa^i^is U. ing &c- -2 [vnt g^] Straining 2 wgT(&*!T 3-tii ftiw^fitftn Ms. 8.
i

smitten, affected, overpowered 3wtrfafBm!t <wfo$irt K- 236, 161,


i

atfr [ wftI To study, ] 2 A. learn ( by heart ), read! (with ablof person ) learn from i aTisqnrmSft Sk- 1 ^iwg I. 2.-2 (P.) (a) To remember, think of, long or care for, mind (with regret) (with gen. )i UJCT 5*HTrnrsnre?fH *srin:

^Bk.

juice[

34- (d) Led, conducted,

command*

_J8. 38 i *3crfra srahr^: Ki. II.


i

Bk.

8. 119

an%q=iu*j|

wf^ramm f^n, T^

The

by,

'~

presided K. 40
i 1

over

board or wooden plank (**) used


in the act of extracting
I P-

Soma juice-

43, 44, 228i "T?IT: U- I. 3

H- 4 aided or supported
nmrnft
!

(used with ace-, P. I. 4. 46) I (a) To stand on Or upon, to sit in or upon, occupy (as a seat
&c.), resort toiwara* "fmirfisraaB^ R.
6-

73 ?m%FT
i
i

*f^OT

jragi9!F'!]f&fitetT*:<T<jff?i

31 Ki-I0- 16 prac;

Bk-

15.

Ve. 3 H. 3. 136. ( e ) Ridden, mounted upon i?n%fKi {mr?f Pt. 2 with the mouse seated upon himt frTTi rwn Ku- 5- 70.
sstsrt
i

me only. (6) To heart, study, learn ^w*ff ijfiirT^ Mb- (c) To teach, declare, (d) To notice, observe, understand. (e) To meet with, obtain ?pr^w?wTOT3: Si 14. 31 Caus. [ araimft ] To teach, instruct ( in) i ( with ace. of the agent ot the verb in
i
\

^^r^fjr ,^. 74 thinks of know or learn by

the primitive

snse)i (&)
33
>

W*
ftarut

tsnw R.
21, 7-

tising

iinrgHw Ram depending on me. (b) To stand, be; II%B*-

frt ^...aremfq^ triW(fr


[

_1S-

ftorn>^

wr-j^
over,

Superintending,
presiding
i

34

wnfcw'WWwA

JTU^ Bk- 2. =ffin Ku.

gl>r?ra

HI Mb. (c)To
:

stand over,
;

watching
guiding,
i

over,

3-6.
/>

mount-frf)
in,

To

governing

tutelary,
p.

iiwiwf?f$n3?5Rwrffsis

stand by, be near u. 4-2 To be


reside, stay
i \ i

dwell

in, inhabit,

guardian as "ift ^*nr a guardian or presiding deity m) A m.


(

Learnl, studied, read,

remembered, attained &C.-COMP. -far a. who has studied the Vedas


or finished his studies.
:

ims^mmgiJT R. i. 80 Bk. 8. 79 wnro^w*saftifti!T Git. ii- -3 To make oneself master of, seize, take possession of, overpower, conquer^ai^ miresrwi. Bk- 9- 725 ?*nfw5r?Tfo fs*:
1 6.

superintendent.head.chief! protector,

controller,

regulator, ruler
P.
i

H!ift*m%ST?iT

Bhasha

especially
sal
i

/.

[ \-fiff, ] i

Study, peruI.

with reference to the Almighty who is the ruler of the universeSee aii^f* also.
i ] Standing being at hand, flftft )i wftretfi* take ( a seat here.-2 Resting upon, occupying, inhabiting, dwelling in,

"iwri lorjT^nol: N.

4-2 Re-

membrance,

recollection.

49;

g;t

tjiawtTss'ff

nwt
i

*4 Bte5!nreT?refrt Ki- 2
2.

31 obtains

in (with Well-read^ proficient


ft

loc.)

or

38

">?:

Dk- 18- -4 (a) To lead, conduct as head or chief BT"ni%srt fan HTCJ w%B: urn: Ulocating oneself in 4, See *itef?[ also. &c- -3 A position, site, basis, seati (b) To be at the head of, govern, rijpmor *% direct, preside over, rule, superin- ?^<^8Wt!i ^fji: Ms. 12. 4 tendjH^fci wnragi*! Bg.4 6 govern- g^*rrftrsT*gwi Bg. 3. 40, 1 8. 14 the seat ( of that desire ). wt* -4 ing, controlling ^PTIIHHP* Pt. Residence, abode so r5" a place, locality, town) 1. 15. 9 presiding over and thus T*ftt K- 106 <f?turning to use. -5 To use, employ- WlfT'imfoST'Wt
i i
' i

being approach

near,

&c.

?rsfHf'H?fl?'ftiWr

Ku.

5.

:6

muttering

[aged in
:

holy prayers, enrepeating sacred texls.


/>.

/>/.

who goes over


:

student, the Vedas.

one

/>.

[37Mgr-ffi]

(Used

actively) (a) Standing, being! ^ Ms. 5. 1411 (oft with dropped fiff 5-1 gpiniq 5

nftM
Mv(b)

fJ^wai> in a certain place. -5 Authority, power, power of controli presiding over awRgrt H. 3. 90 loss of posicion. dismissal from a irVrmim ^gpost ( of authority )i
i

[ J-?T w?. J I Learning, remembrance.-2=9T'Tf q. v, [ !-^K] Learning, study. teading especially the Vedas); one of the six duties of a Bra)

hmana- The study of the Vedas is allowed to the first 3 classes, but
not to a Sudra Ms:

I.

8C-9I.
is

ffw* Be5

gone to

13. 17- )s *T'B!T*Tp%f8'H^m: Pt. i be;

the

u*nw^

latter
i

view

obvi

ously correct
ftt

cf.

ing in or enjoying

royal favour.
(c)

Possessed of,dependent on.

Gaurfapftda i t?r&m K- 346 appeal or reference

or better

still,

Yaska's Nirukta:

48
Kui

4.
fl:

I0i

wnjr

n
[

R.

i.

(
ii

-*** a. Withoat self [*. f.] IKissession, courage &c-, swayed

See also under

Dk.
consigned to your -care.

Wifff.

5 by excitement. courage, firmness

Absence
or

of control
;

excitability. teaart^-fort-f^ ] q. vcher, preceptori instructor \ esSee under pecially of the Vedasi wnsW', *nu* a. I Not bold, timid. -2 Conr professor >i teacher of grammar. self-command, excita hired teacher, fused, lacking logic &c. t wi* d ed, excitable. -3 Fitful) capricious. e a. [armt; arj mercenary teachen ST^?i: styled a Unsteady, not fixed, tremulous, I Perceptible to the senses> visible; professor. According to Vishnu- -4 rolling *.%tlf%aRmeT^n Ku I. 46; n<i^i ft3T Smr/ti an adhyapaka is of 2 kinds; wr^ng: Bv. 4. *hw: Si. i. 53i 6. 25.-$ Querulous, -2 One who exercises supervihe is either an Acharya \. e. One foolish,weak-minded. n I Lightn- 17sion. presiding over. who invests a boy with the sacred I JJ: sucapricious or quarreling -2 thread and initiates him into the perintendent, president, head, lord, some mistress see under nmrai. master, controller, ruler *wt2W$<n Vedas, or he is an [fpdhy<iya i. ear^ima: [3^1 an^sr^^ ^Br-^r^] one who teaches for livelihood Bg. 9. 10; 'J^t'^'ir coat or mantle covering the long See Ms. 2. 140-141 and Ku. 6 17; oft in ( fr^S ) whole person (fWftfl^Wrti <*ra: ). the two words. comp. it*', fcn, ?rr> j[i'.-2 An 3)9151: [aria*: i?r: ] Lord, supreme eye-witness (Ved). -3 N. of a ' lord or master, sovereign ruler ( i-0n(,, vnt-yj^ ] Teachplant (jrft*fiT) Mimusops Kauki. 3TT. fl, BfH' 8C; ing, instructing) lecturing, espei ?T: ] supreme [*njra: ind- On the cially on sacred knowledge i one subject of lord or an employer -2 An Arhat of the six duties of a Brahmana syllables; above all syllables. t ( among Jainas ) The mystic syllable According to Indian law-givers. warm* is of three kinds: ( ) unsiire d.[wrej-3\%nVffr] Honorary, z'a" [*r wfirairftr ^r] Over, dertaken for charity, ( 2 ) for T. solicited. [w^-m] Honorary wages and ( 3 ) in consideration of office or dutj' one of the cases in by or near the nuptial fire n.(%) One of the six kinds of TSR services rendered i cf- Han'ta: which f&s- or the Potential be
-,

w?

**:

used; P.
ftft-i

ill. 3-

161

w?i?
j

may = ?

woman's property
Ms9.

mentioned

m
instructor.
arwrnr a.
(

[s-OntH.]
P.

A
A

teacher,
3.

^t^i WTTIT: Sk. ) *! /</. [ WTWI ^i^ 5? HK^aTr^wgrr^ii: ?wt3 argflm^jtr:

in

woman

194 t a gift made to a at the time of marriage:


n

[ *-*?r

III.

21 ]

V.

3. 17

Sk.
a.
(

wr^ p. Now, at this time;

So

the end of comp. ) jeader, student, o ic who studies) r^romT: a student of the Vedasi so *W. i:
i

At

m^mRipT
sg^ifn
55,^
]

nrt^rr

Ku.
)

HT /.

sr^

4. 12nqfii

j^r^

[a7f5r-ar^.%] i Tending Vedas TOtms*ro*r?wiT superior, eminent. -2 3< a. [ =1116? ^: ftrrtuft m uw ] upwards Ram.-2 Proper time for Not la'ien, free from the burden of One who obtains or acquires. ( *ift C ^T: mzj^ cares &creading or for a lesson [". a.].. Absence of ^iT [ 3TmiTfJfW ^V# JTHTII HT Ms 4. 102, see awrra also. -3 A burden or caresN. lesson, lecture aw'rasfow WCTHJ: * ST. ] 'So'mkeless' of two plants .sni^pr iCarpopogon [ ar^ni: P. III. 3. 122 so WTttntft SB'S (TOT; Pruriens, and (^rmwii) Flacourtia burning or blazing fire.
cially of the
)
i
i

Reading) learning) study, espe-

Belonging to the times, modern.

present

'-j:

4
a

A chapter,

large division

of

Cataphracta-

work =uch as of the Ramayana,


Pa-

*T
&c.

a
n:
(

Not

Mahabharata> Manu-Smn'ti.
nini's

One
:

held or controlled of the /OOO names of


ija:

s .re i/i</.

On

high

with ace.

Sutras &c.
of the

are

some

The following Vishnu names used by


denote chapof

H?TT -!H^p%=t ^sifq H


).

*gq-

ai* Sk.
;

Sanskrit writers to
ters or divisions

srfSfJjq;

Exces-

works
i

HrT

rf: crf<fift^jjTmkni<ji%iT$T:

of firmness or :/. i control, looseness-2 Incontinence. -3 Unhappiness.

WaM

sive abuse or censure.gross abusei Y. 3. 228JTOTtn anfw^fl smtH; a. [


]

Completely subject or dependent,


as a slave
i

iwetpfl *
8.

irmsqi

[iforft

.,-*!/,

Studying.

modest, shy. -2 Invincible, irresistible; unhurt; gr: R v 6. 50- 4


I

Not bold

(Nrffgl Ms.

66

Kull.
.

&c
war.

See
]

under

student, learner.
]

f-'

q. v.

f
s.

= Ku

a. I Invincible, unassailable wan:<T^ Ku 3. 51 unassail. able even in thought umapproach.


i

OT*

a. [

wftwtf

nw

Having an
|>73qg:

additional half; <in>


;

n.
.

64.
3

able(opp
P.

aTT~Mr*ii)i
i.

w^OTHnferav
-2 Modest,

Subject to, subservient, dependent on usually in comp. wni: srtVt M. 3. 14 ijfqsft'n:


]
i

s*

"3

^-^

'n^MR^n'ig: R.
V.
4. 7

16.

shy. -3 Proud
i

g:

=f.

a.

cow not yielding

noun Amounting to or worth one and a half r *a amounting to one and a half Kamsa. so "
)
;

CTS niiisjsn: Ms. 9. 117 ?ijnwrsf%ni Mb., i. e. 150; flVwiwrin pt 2 18. ( In coinp. with a following

ts .

milk.

49
3T-5TT
STTOt,

mtvu, <-5p, ^H^f,

<^3wt

&c
(

nature of one thing to another; wff f


falsely, attribute the
16.

P.

To

ascend, mounts

$?Ti<mrRO^
28
i

WVAH
;

.R.
i

V.

I.

2835.

).

at:

Wind
3*
)

v
S.

5? frf arwrrwrij
tras; fft

arftHinqtiqfl

B.

mm*? Bn. Up.

p.p.

[*(,

w]
&c.

Placed

ascendancy over, domineer or lord it over K. 105


( fig.
)

to gain

tumouri goitre

ly ascribed or supposed) as
=

upon or over. -2 Attributed, wrpng3^1


TST-

5tra^r|*^: Susr.
:

4 resolve '%n ?%=r


171
i
;

P.

j To
g?%:

determine,

bution,
*;<?:

i False attri[ arn-^ ] fonwrong supposition


(

Dk. 154. Cans. [-Tfjtijft ] i cause to ascend, mount or sit in, 2 ( -fltrirfj* ) ( a. ) To place one in, entrust or appoint tos to cause, produce, bring about jnfTgw

To

^r-iffl^w
sr|<5>7

TJ. i;

K.

tm y*nwr&:
5

jj
)
-,

nir3Trs*rm'nftft

K
(

148;

*w

^r^"K.

for. full

expla-

OTid^n
falsely
\

foKWifift

Ve
i

nation see S. B. 8-22

and arwfirq

_^202.
^rft'ift

>

To

attribute

lOTrom * ftn Si. 9. 76 resolve Of also--2 An appendage -3 Putting 108 ( falsely ) representing even mean to do.-2 To attempt] exert, down upon TT?IOTT& stii %*: Y- 2. vices as virtues. ( c ) To overdo
undertake *rr HT?M are^^r: DkTO f^^bJiaita H- I. -3 123 To grapple with --4 To conceive, apprehend, think Dk. 86.
i ;

jraiq^wenrfrcnrr^r:

217affci I
H. I

exaggerate-

U-

To

fix

upon, to

/>-/>.

Mounted, ascend3

occupy. -2
arerreitfr a-

To

attack.
of,

ed.

2 Raised above, elevated.

Taken possession
^efoTgrr 5.
2- 14.

wr ] Belcnging to self or person) and anifKT ) in such a manner concerning an individual. f* ind- up armsthat the one is completely absorbed fr fZT] Concerning self. into the other ftiffaftTj^Hwr g Hfn*T The i Raising, elevating &c. supreme spirit (manifested as <rcT 'TO K. P. IO-, on such identificathe individual sel f )orthe relation -2 ( In Vedftnta phil. ) Act of tion is founded the gure called between the supreme and the indi- attributing talsely or through wffarorftn, and the 3$nn called mistake attributerroneously vidual SOul 3I T". See K. P. 2ing the properties of one thing Pg. 8. 3 ( **&* mm
('tfiw
;
:

WT^-I^ ] Effort, determination &c See *rei3wr.-2 (in Rhet.) Identification of two things
[

occupied

i*flr

Above, superior to, more than (with iustr. )? below; inferior* Mu. 5.
12 of those in

a.

high office! sf nia^wireet frf": U. 6 my insolence went the length of taking

>

to another!

An
H-

attempt,

effort.
<frfft

Sr/-

mistake a

considering through rope ( which is not

exert. on r

i*i

?a^m:?<OTWflnmm:
I-v. I

ftf(iHri9jjoi fj

tion,

Dk. i6i--2 Determination, resolumenial effort or apprehension,


q:

'Brahma is the supreme, the its manifestation indestructible self ) is arwrfR' ( as an individual
(ihara)"
;

really a serpent ) to be a serpent, or considering Brahma ( which is not really the niateiial world ) to

VI. 2. 21-3 Perseverance, diligence, energy> *% ^pfaCTTOre: constancy rr?4fti U. 4 absence of energy or resolution, drooping of spirits', ( with ife!j-jTU: as the reading, the meaning would be way this eltort on your part i- e. to determine whether you should go or nut, hesitation-' ).
p.
.

Telang's Bhagavadg/ta ^nsr 3. 30.-cOmp. gpf-i%or knowledge of


,

be the
.

material world

>

the

supreme spirit or an?*re;, thecsophical or metaphysical knowledge ( the d9ctrines taught by the Upanisha. s 8zc-); itfi fnr

*nrerTTT3rs*TiTft:

Vec^ntasara.

Erroneous knowledge.
I

Raising &c.

Hi u K-

M-

1.

14; ftn

finnit

'

222. 108-2 Sowing ( seed ). 3iOTii)ft/. p. Falsely attributed or supposed hyperbolical.


,

aCTi^rn:

ajft-sn-w-snr

Act

>ensi%

a. [^-faft]

Attempting;
,

resolute, persevering) energeticiviii3T%iT/. p.

of sowing or scattering (seed &c.)field wherein seed -2 [swr* sisr] &c- is sown.

ally

Attempted, mentapprehended, ue ermined


fa

rr%

i]

one proficient in this

att^iN [ again what


peeled

is

jqfiJrgiw] Beating being thre&hed and

Excessive

eating, tating again betpre the last

meal

is

digested n SasrI

t^v n.

9rf^kgtif?i

knowledge, * jpCTiwfl?*!^ ii<j;**!T!3S Ms. 6-82- M": [ wifm^rr^m; ] concentration of the ?^ftfifn mind on the .dtman drawing it off from all objects of sense- iflf a. w. ] one who delights in the contemplation of the supreme rmmw N. of a spiriti Ms- 6. 49. Ramayana which treats of the relation between the supreme and
.

Bis" s ] One of .,.-,the six kinds of tfw or woman's property, the property which shereceives when leaving her father's

^i

house
Hrfi

for

her husband's

i )

m
i

3*arewr

im

WHIT g
I

Mg*ifi ( ^rfT?i

*i4i^i 2 A. settle upon i

() To
*

lie

down,

bone

growing over another.


I To place upon 4 Panother, add or append to. -2 ( In Phil- ) To attribute or ascribe

the individual soul, while rates Rama's story.

it

n..i-

occupy, dwell in ( as a seat or habitation ; seatoreself in or upon, enter upon, get into &c. ) ( with ace, of ( as a path
K. 28' 36, 40, q&3iT*Ttt!?*i R.
Airrffc^

?w a,

ft/.

Relating to

I-95i

wnr:

V.

5!

S'^W-

WOT!"!

See under

*'

3 is waiting at the door;

R.
76

Bk. I. 51 Ms. 793; Me- 761 betelnut 9vs: Mu. 3' V" 4 ffiftiCTTCT 77, ccupy wt jmsi*'??"irn% i5f M.
15T"
;

2. 17; 4- 74' 6-

'

l2 8 5

'

J 3-

22

Agni.-* a. making irresistibleplant.

[*
Not

the

*WK [ *. a 3 *rix: a travellermeasure of length applicable to Vart. *t roads


-

ti
)

the seat of judge, accept the office of judge. ( b ) To take possession * of, grasp, seize tremulous i<n R. 2. 52 with eyes on account of her being seized by
i

i^r*iB5^HOT: art* 1 A plant ( ifn: I. the sun^(


TTlft

a- I

held, not to be

iW^mt S?^

W^fmvm(c)

-2 got hold ofs not forthcoming.

Not surviving, dead.


ws* a. I Uncertain, doubtful 2 or Unsteady> moving, not fixed permanent wttsift P- III. 4. 54 j separable which can be severed or detached without fatal or dis) (

him

wwm?W*PW*
;

).

To

re-

or are*": w?nRt Tfil: )-2. inspector rt ""* of the road. I t: ?n%. n. ] i. a travelling coach. 2 ar&* nft I*T ] a messenger skilled

W "^
mn
(

%
)

'-

v-t-qtfwmff^fms ffl* H^t Ku 6- 56 -2 To live in with. conjugal relation'; cohabit -3 ti be directed or fixed upon. -A To rule, govern, influence affect, concern ( mostly Ved. ) Caus. Tocause one -to sit down
sort to, inhabit
'
;

?t ^i: in travelling ( waft siroffo srwtfrft {

rw:
]

%l:\Tv.
atwnwt

N. of a tree

aroup^)

cns-

astrous effects

1"

*"

"fa*
*>
,

Sk.

An
;

uncertainty

"r
STT,

a. .

an._^i-ni
16
]

cupying, presiding over.-2


place
:

upon *wrCTmwrtif Bk 2- 46. wa* >rew reTO* I Sitting down upon, oc- 'A bird in A seat,
in the

cf.

the English phrase

the
1
.

hand

is

worth

two

V- 2. journeyspeeding on a journey; WH nnrsw,


P.

arw^t

ff^

Able

to

undertake

bush.

^9{mm'i Bk. 2. 44. ":> **: traveller going fast, way-farer.

See under
I

n: -fT*
lipsis
(

Supplying an elaiil^ifttw^yrw).-2Argui
i

Quinsy a kind of disease attended with fever arising from the affection of blood; *ta: <^fi-

*f

AMICI;

'

ing; inferring

new supposition inference or conjecture.


Se a
(

Susr-

Nir.3

Not crooked, not broken, uninterrupted ili 5Wii4K3t *: Yv.


i

Ety 5l a snake Un. 4. US'. perhaps from and a half times !** road passage. * ] A sacrifice, a religious cereforming a ring coiled upthree also] I (a) A way, g^wpr % mony also a Soma sacrifice; wand a half times* w*iw ?rf g|* W- orbit ( of planets &c^ fihffatfw R. 5. !.*:< I Sky or -Distance, A. L. 10- miftswfa Me- 54. ( b
? )
\

Coiled up three

27. 17 c srt=?f ft* ?n^rni ).-2 Intent, attentive.-3, Durable, sound.

*}?: [

riage

WWTH *? ai^f^H 3 A cardrawn or borne by camels.

space versed
119,

(
)

traversed
i

or to be
*n

tra-

air

^g^iwiiiaigg^: **W K-

(WT3t).-2 The second of the 8 an optional Vasus. COMP.

*w

120;

wmwwfo

SWWT

207;

** ] I Raised, wji a. [ "t^ exalted, elevated, hanging over -2 Abundant, increased, c.^p'ious.-S ' wife Siva Rich, affluent whose husband has married an:

^^

R- I. 47; isp^nswr Me. 45* Tf*rtW5r &c- ( c ) Journey,

*re$ttravel,
i

*t (w^Jft). [V w. ] part of the srawwnmt which^treats wwt iwTi 3 inof sacrifices. [


sacrifice

other wife and thus her (=MWtai q- v. )

superseded

course, march' i: in%mi ' Ms. 4. 60 undertake a journey ;a"5Tg<frl isg^fmi: R. II- 57 after three marches; "rfft: fiwwn Ki- 1 1way-worn; U I 34; Me- 17. 38

fat udders body) above the udder or above the scrotum perhaps urethra ( ? ) nmi U. I To overlay, place on or upon. -2 To raise above.
I

A cow with -2The vessel

full
(

and

tended for a sacrifice <V"irti I H. a. 3 consecration connected with an Adhvara; so tnn%ftt: an expiWrmi [ t. er. ] N- of ation &cfi: Jaimini's Purvamimansa. [^ wea. 3 glory of the Adhvara S: n. N of an aggregate of libations connected with a sacrifice.

in the

A recension of the VeUas and the school upholding it ( 5rmr, swwr )-,
ii:
i

-3

Time

Kala

),

m aitarim, Den. P. To dehave a sacrifice performed: OP to perform one. time'


sire to

*re^j*

Putting of a
).

layer

of

ashes

&C

pecsonified, ( being the eater o/ all ). ^ 4 Airi sky, atmosphere Place- -6 Means, resourceimethod
arfitaswtriT
t

Nir.i
r

TV- ]

Any

offici-

one

to

Causing -7 Attack ( [ ariw-ninS!-^ do a thing, especially a changed to


]

).

wi

Is

after prepositionsi

preceptor duty- "it [ww*! <?WT tion, entreaty.

&c.>

as

an

honorific
Solicita-

w*n3

niw:, iwnft,

iar:

&c

COMP

Mil.-l ] i.

a traveller-

**: (MW2. an .in-

"%

f>i:,-&i: [*...] telligent person. an officer in charge of the public

technically distinguished from ?t?. $T5 and w^-His duty was "to measure the ground, build the altan prepare sacrificial vessels, to fetch wood and water, light the fire,bring the animal and

ating priest,

a.

irresistible.
"H.-f-'^T

**-iW " 1 of irresistible motion or course ( w^'l*"'5' ), impetuous Rv- 8 22 ii (-J: ) N. of a heavenly killer of sacrificial victims, or _the name of the formula itself ending witn an invocation of

[-?-:] Not COMP.

restrained,

roads

*H

wsBrt

jouroey,
;

immolate

it,"

and while doing this

J-H

d.

Wa-

*: I travel one who travels a traveller, vvay-farer; WTWJWW*WT-

gT?(tfiHnwt Ku. 6 46 f 'Tiftn. ). jg. a camel. 3. a mule. 4- the sun; 'sfi^:

to repeajt the Yajurvedaiftar wmirWi% HwewJ: TrVi$irfl Sk. See ^wr pi also.-2 The Yajurveda itself Adherents of that Veda.-COMP.

N. of a

tree,

Spondias Mangitera %^: Yajurveda


Ganges. VI.
in
*.
in.

(-r

the

40

perishable! bright

1 ).

51
I

*. s.

Twilight,
!t:

gloomi
[

slight darkness, shade-

*. a.

*inr [* other than


*Iir.-2

a.

Non-fire, subsiancj
w^-fraaftsrra

firei

End
[

of the journey.-CoMP

?rnr:

of Bignonia Indica (blossoming in shade


Pi

snsria^r WTtfiwrar: sir** \* TV". ] plant ( staT* ) Cassia Fistula

Absence of fire.

.1.

Not

Ku. I. 7 N- of an erotic work describ ing the several postures ( pertaining to sexual intercourse
letter; -iwifti^fufi* ( ^wft)
<T:

ww

requiring fire, dispensing with fire, without the use of fire; fite* firfanrrq
**flrfk: rirniftnTfirft?r R 8 255 said of a sacrifice also ( Wf5r^owrf|fft *: ).-2 Not^maintaining the sacred
ire; awrfcrft^r:

^i:, -"WH &c N of SivaN. of a metre of four lines, with 15 Iambic feet-

^'

each

* The mind
a.

To breathe

*$* Rv. 10 I29.2.-2


about, lives
*m=*T T

To move, go
*ir<r

nrngi^jpswsw:
impious.

Ms.
-3
fingers

[*.!

Destitute

of

25, 43; irreligious-,

pant wroft; desid. y^i^^ilive.


to,

*' JtTW"<l pmi Taitt. Up--J with thirst ( Ved


(

sn^ijr

To
).

gasp, Cans.
)

4 A.

To

Dyspeptic -4 Unmarried. -GMp-^r <j. Ved. not maintaining the sacred fire, sinful, irreligious Rv. I. 189. 3 -^ra. Not burnt with Ire or on the funeral pile, Rv. IO15. 14
(

*i*>

a.

Not

clear.dirty.

nifjTWwif'Mn [ jmror miserable or small goat.


riiw #.
[ ] i

on

.]

Without

colly-

?iin5'** *
3

wr

a class of

fo^l

The sou lifter *

Manes; Ms.

199.

Rv.

4. 30. 3.
i;-3T^]

rium, pigment, or paint; ^n*w S. D--2 Faultless) taintless. -3 With<r i out any connection ( M:Wa ). The sky, atmosphere. -2 The u-

Breath, respiration:
Hfr^ls":
StSjartfS
[

EUH 33^:
5/7 Up.
.

a- 1". *.] I

Sinless, innocent;

preme

spirit

vm

),

Vishnu or

cf-

L- animus, Gr.

ifTw%w R. 14. 40. -2 Free From blame, faultless, handsome: S. 2. I0i fW ?W^T/fCiIW^rT.

Ndrayana.

awr

an rgs
*.

Act of breathing,

Ak.^wiwmDk.

123 -3

With-

I".,

T' "l?nrf-&c.
t

) I

living &c.
a.
[ =f. ]

Not

entitled

to

out mishap or accident, free from danger, calamity &c.; safe, unhurt-, Dk. ip8
5

-2

The

sign Taurus-

An ox. p or

but

A cow.-Comp.
oxen.
a.
:

a share in the inheritance;


n

7-

ww

si.jta-

fuls. 9.

201-

Other

S. 4 safely delivered or brought to bed* "w^t: R. 14. 75. 4 Without grief Or sorrow; ^wrgw*Ffc R. 10.

ijfli [ wj^fitf*" TWT: HT ] a plant ( >flfin<ii ) ( * zv. ) ; a. [ ] a giver of


.

Having oxen.

persons are also mentioned by Devala, Baudhayana, Katyayana and Narada. -2 Without parts, undivided, portionless an epithet of the sky or the Supreme Being
;

19-5

Free

from

dirt,

impurities
6$;

&c., pure, spotless; R. 13 80; Si. 5. 31. *: I White

10

mustard.

r<s1 'frinft -2 N. of Vishu; JNt| also of Siva and of several other

N. of a sage. or ^. ] Not small a- [ " minute or fine, coarse -?: Coarse grain, peas &c-

persons, a Gandharva,
]

Sadhya
i

&c'.

The

olantain tree.
a
,

wmr ind: Not very much! compounds beginning with w*i% may be analysed by referring to arifrie.-g.
:

w$3w

sf^i!?;

Unli-

moderation; *i<8Hifl

not

a.

Mean, base
"

See
si-ht, blind.

governable, unruly. cense ( as a poet ).

Taking

Without

to be transgressed, inviolable; ffirn" opaque; ^iffi^ga unsurpassed, <Hfilnrw invulreal, true, proper; nerable; ir?TO*ra sense of diminu-

a. 1

Without an

axle-tre*.

2 Sightless, blind.

</.

ST.

<r.

Not causeor
acci-

lessly,

not

suddenly
i

dentally.

**5" a. [*. .] Unable to speak, mute, dumb, unlettered gwsjf iuif?t: Bh. 2. 56. -2 Unfit to be
;

uttered-

sni^rear^MJrtSr

n?

Abusive language,

words, censure. use of words, not expressed by Kwords, mutely, dumbly; >* 219, 143! "wftrn^^w R. i 4 26

foul or abusive adv. Without the

"n* a [ i. ^. J imperishable, Bodiless, with- tive words; out a body; formless, incorporeal! unrlecaying &c-i wrftn?* not to be sPtftfWf^m absence ?artr: *im$r?r t% KU 4 9.-2 Dif- asked to excess; ferent from the body. -3 Without of delay; fluency as a speakers a supplement or auxiliary.": qualification, one of the 35 Vagguas, q v. Cupid ( the bodiless one; so called from his having been reduced to Ved- Not truly *irap ind ashes by Siva with the fire of his or clearly, not certainly or definithird eye when he -tried to seduce tely.-COMP- -sw: not a true man? the god's mind towards Parvat/ one who is not of use, either to for the birth of a deliverer of the gods, men or the Manes. gods from TSraka ). * I Skyair,
i :

aww

[*]

ether. -2

The mind
COMP.

White Mustard. sprcra* a.(*i/.)[


2.

".

fl

Not per-

w%
A

if?WT

?f^]

bad eye,
i:

weak eye *f*T a-

["]

Houseless
-state

N. of a metre of two lines, the first with 16 long, and second with 32 short, syllables. ? a- [ ?<?. H. ] inspiring love* *? 22o ( also without IS"*?* g**Jr
sports.

Amorous

taining, to this or the current day;

Paini- to denote a term used by the sense of the Imperfect or the Periphrastic future- P. III. 2. Hi, "* mVirft 95III. 3. 15; *8* ^-*ra^a,s
trw;
itreji^wH^
cla>
;

vagrant ascetic.
of a

Angada) wqptrt*w??5wt% ftjjrr* 5


;

*-"ii/tVw The houseless vagrant ascetic.

Bhar. Ch. N- of the 83rd gr^ft chapter of Hftwrtflt^ioij'i^i^^nH*, see under w. 5Ni: ( *^w**r ) a love

current

wSraTT:

^ wr. ^i

*: Not the <wvJf <nTSk.,

52
a. [". a ] I Not more or excessive. -2 Boundless; perfect. 3 Not capable of being enlarged or
!

wf?hl

r&r

fan

COMP.
i

WW^OT.
a2.

the

surpassed
T:

Supreme Spirit.-(
[
*.

rity

right,

Absence of authoclaim &c. -COMP- *nfi moving


x
]

to

any extent

P. Ill

magnifying * a21

for ever.
i

SOT a.

intermeddling, officiousnessw a- Not entitled to.


a.
[

of endless merits
infiniie

possessed of counties- or

Contiguous, neighbouring, ad" aWTii wg?iraiH'^i *$$*i ?qr 'T'tfftn. R. 8. 19; *w**JH*i *n "^fw "Jf K- 136-. immediately adjoining K'. 2 53, R. 7 21; not anwtdistant from ( withabl. )
3

ining

Wtwnfjqi

number
]

cwrtfT"<ing oi%9n

Mv.
1

OTW

Not obtained, TWT ^j^n the I4th day of the imff mn ?rf: Ak who is an immeft- bright half of acquired or studied. -COMPShadrapada when diate neighbour -4 Immediately wa- foiled in one's expectations Ananta is worshipped. i^H (SR- before or after *ri^ raunw^nt *"
f. H. ]

6.55. HT

^st,-*'"'

[wnw

3rm=i

4; wt^ttrii<^?n: Ms 2. 19 ( Kull. a^BT: f^ft'j;'!: ) aft: 3T*Sf f*r* 7. 158 or in com p. ft^urffci:
;
;

Mu

the Sa- mft ^rarft firn^n;.) i. N. of Vasudeva, the conqueror of all 2- N. of an mt a. of endless a. [f n. ] Independent.-*: Arhat deity. width, extensive- -m^pt m. I. one 5imi *^] An independent who visits many places of pilgricarpenter working on his own mage. 2- a Jaina deity.-srftai the account third day of the bright half of or
a.

who has

not learnt

fli

^WJTTirapH'

Ku. 4 32 soon
;

after,

stras.

just afterwards
qr^>

^.v^ftfkftaRfOTMl hav^raryrantwm: C*hand.

ing characteristics mentioned just bef >re.-5 Following, coining close

a. i Not percep[ =. a. ] tible or observable, invisible! nft sft t fliigim,-.itq$i a^r vrfca Bhasha

upon in comp. ) 5iwwnTi'myf'% ^RoCif S. I the Ku. I. 23 2 53 next du y, what should be done
(
\ ; .

P
ler

&c

N..of Siva, or of Indra Without controller or ru53 ] i. the serpent [ asR^r Sesha. 2. fjawrt ^wira; %-amJ N.
U?JT
:

awswr

*. a.

Not study;

of
'i

intermission of study the time When there is or ought to be such intermission, a holiday (*f?*: ) mrftremCTiv: U. 4 a holiday ( given ) in honor of distinguish d guests See Ms. 2. 105-65 4- 1034. 105-8'. 117-8, 126 &c.
ing,
i

Narayana who sleeps on Sesha TO </-of endless width, boundless!

Belonging to the caste immediately following 3*1 %S*SCrfiwr: Ms io- 14 -7 Uninterrupted, unbroken, continuous. -i [H w. ] I Contiguity, proximity artiRiWjn iiiWT6=( K. 93. 2 Brahma.the supreme soul ( as being of one entire
=1
; :

next

"^"'S* a. Unable
hend
s

*BT

comprenon-comprehension,

to

unintelligibility.

awjmiTO i Not repeating a statement or proposition -2 Tacit


assent.

Endless, infinite, eternal, boundless, inex[

w
:

ft r.-im a. of essence ). t ind [ Strictly it is sts^jini Pt. ace. of time ^awflt-wti: irfta jfaTT'ir endless tricks, endlessly deceitful wm'T ] i Immediately after, after*Jf: a medicinal plant ( 5iiT<**t ).With a prepositional 2 <* wards TII%- an infinite quantitya. of innumerable forms or shapes! force ) After ( with abl. ) jwnrw: a disease TTiint^'T epithet of VishnuR.J 7 ?mret'nwrt Bgthe of head, resembling tetanus12- 12^I'nw'trai R. 3. 33, 36 re*t: [ OTCTPI. ftsf^ tTftjrn sft* ] N. 'Fmwi'Hit Trn: Pt. I. rarely 2- 71 of Yudhish^hira'sconch shell Bg I. with SI'T^ %(i%5isg *s?oT'iS'r gen. iftn: N of the23rd 16 w*f Jaina Arhat i Rain. or in cOmpof a future age. an see wra^jfsft R 4 2. Ms. n^im <w: S- 7 31 above- ?tr?fc a- of boundless power, *w*<a* K- 78 3 252, Y. 2. 41 omni|x>tenti epithet of the Supreme after those words
; i
( ; i

>

f li;

'

w^:
;

a.

iffef

sJnt'TCf]

haustible
I

*fi"nrWi
of

iw
i

N.

Vishnu

Ku- I. 3 "wfomF:
( TTii
j

ftrjft:

fw'li'i^iwt: =>W gurwt nrfift

wlnMWi-oft ) B"THnYsirg"i^ also o' Vishnu's conchi the serpent Sesha; of Krishna and his brother; of Siva, the I4th Arhat; VSsuki, the
J serpentS' 2 Talc --4 N. of a plant
lord of

Being. flf* TravancoresSriiangapa//ana ( ? )-#i* N- of Vishnu or the Supreme Being. (-<tf ) N. i'f the wife of VSsuki Ved. pos^?JOT a. sessing endless strength; endhssly blowing.-wr a- of boundless magnificence, an epithet of the Supreme Being.
***<

immediately COMp.-T: or

1 [*R?TTWT sriaTsorra of a Kshatriyi or Valsyft motheri by a father belonging to the caste immediately above the mother's, Ms. 10 4- 2 born immediately before or after a younger or elder brother, (-ft ) a younger or elder sister

fi

*n%: ^rf^ ] i the child

R.

7. 32.

so'im.

cloud.
(fltprc

}
)

&c.
(

Vitex Trifolia.-5 The 23rd asterism *WT 6 A silken cord with 14 knots tied round the right arm on the rt<njj4fli day -7 The letter " w I The earth ( the endless ). 2 The number one 3 N. of various females' of Parvati 4 N of various plants TH*T, *Hflij*! ( a very medicinal plant ). frft, arrow*}, 3T* wficw, <m, atnrft, ^rpw, ffftrtft, Jnrrn3r, Tni"!m, ftrowr -rft A small silken cord tied round the left arm of a woman i The sky, atmos2 Infinity, etfirnity -3 Abphere
i

% The Eternal among the Jainas ).


a.
[

a [ri%

i]

Endless, eternal or Infinite

a Next

in

succession.
t

w%w f^-m
I

^.

Not

Endless,

finity.^

f* eternal, infinite The foot of

leaving, non-abandonment-

Eternity, in-

artjmn a. without a break.


tfTMl,
.

["]
[

Uninterrupted,

[ *wft tigir,] Endless, eternal. m. One of Brahma's four feet ! eaith, intermediate
.

/;;.

JfiJTi

tW

<f-

N.

of

Kula grass used

region.

heaven, and ocean.

for the

TWW

q- v.

solution, final

beatitude
(
)

<Rt?rrr
(

WJi
spirit,

Pt,

72-4 The supreme Brahma <rcww w*


2.

interior limitless X$m, ff ( *y 2 Having no 3)^151. interval or interstice or pause ( of space or time ) i compact, close;
jj.

"TJI:

&c fw

Having no

Or interior space,

w^t
:

cheerless.^: N- of a purgatory. fi Not food, that which is undeserving of being eatenii.l

Not

different, identical
self
; ,

*rent: P.

I. i. 7,

See

same,

not

other than,

53
,

N Identity,
a.
(

?ft

/.

>

sameness Not like refusing


-2

of a cow

Not

to

be milked.

Sold unique, without a, second.-3 [smmw^: foinft rw ] Undivided, undistracted ( mind &c )i having no other object or person to think
3?=T^msa!wt rt a SI*T: qfqnfflr Bg. 9. 22 In cump. sw** may be translated by not by another, '
of &c, ' '

directed or devoted to no one ' having no other Object *4 a. not subservient to -COMP.
else,'
'

I Free from loss or decay. Imperishable, undiminished, f ff. J I Want of con- undecayin,* nwttfprtirqgTfm ( w$ f nection- -2 ( Rhet. ) A figure of Ki- 2. li.-t: i Imperishable nature, speech in which a thing is com- freedom from decay or wear and pared to itself, the object being to tear* permanence. -2 N- of 5ivashow that it is matchless and can a. Imperishable, firm, have no other S^TM-. eqHtfnrtarqq^. constant, dura-

others, singular.

steady, unfailing,

ble, not transient

any other object, principala.

sm*m
esfSTe

\\

stfrn^qrmr
wrqimfiT
4. 3ii

R.

17.

Ri?rrfcg* 46-1 8-

flitn-

17

HWTJ&

TJTVI^

q^nr
*
i

5g5ft

Ku-

independent, not
)

resorting to

T$wrs gwnr
Ki. 14- 37

another.(
(

unencumbered
.

in

law ).-*TW:/. sole resort or re-

*in* a. [ =. ] having no other resource or help, having no other resource left wr*wwfti **ftninm% irafc Udb. 35 a than which nothing is greater Si. I. 35
i

source.

a ] I Unconnected. -2 Irregular, desultory! irrelevant, incoherent. -3 Not attended with,

fj.

Mu-

5. 145

2.

>?i:wrqu3w 43 Si. 8i

50, 14. 65, 17. 26.

devoid of

as

3**,

*n*fi

&c.

sfTfH [ f. * ] Not returning or coming back, non-recurrent ( s*uffriyw)


)i

unremitting

? )

Destitute of

much water
i**n
i

as a

puddle
a.

).

or

giving one's undivided thought attention to, with undivided


i

IIH^HUI

pn
i

*f^j-i%^.rt. [H. a.] i Regardless. -2 Careless, not minding or heeding, indifferent.-3 Independent or
,

ing -2 Non-delivery. -3/In law

mind

wftrtift

qm^nnm
m.
[

5.

4.

u
or

Non-payment
41 ^TTPT or
:

Not injur- irrespective ( of another ) not re) quiring any other thing.-4 Imparfrrwmw * Ms- 8. tial. -5 Irrelevant, unconnected,
unconcerned.
ference)
?r Disregard, indifadv. carrlessness- v
to,

K- 75--":, -w*r*

214 Harmlessness.-a., a Harmless, innocent-

Without regard
>

independently

^(wnryJTt Mai
TB:

Cupid, the god of love: HI


i.

32.

%n

a
i

gazing intently or steadfastly at ifcm(srff Ku 5. 20. |* a. having no other ( superior ) god, epithet of the Supreme Being. IWT exclusive devotion or attachI ts'r'i''r Mai. menti2'$tM'^?3 in*m a devoted to no oiher 6. 15.

Ved. Whose victorious character cannot be reversed.


*T'T?^
(i

or irrepectively of i carelessly, accidentally *nm^ since it has no, reference to.

Without

issue, child-

woman S. 3. 19. 33 *w having no other wifet


)

(-ST
(

[ * ***;

ijjf JIWT;

a I Not gone offi not pas t without heir; THI faa wu?fr S. 61 K 59, 63 2 Not propiti- us nit^^: Ki- 6. 30 withor favourable to children) causing out loss of time, without delay. -2 fall ( craremiT ) Rv- 3. 54. to, 18wr,- Not deviating from, faithful (* Childlessness ^<n?mrwnT nt 5. not leaving ( with abl. ) arnV irtf *$ Sk. srfriw^^iTt^r^r P. S. 7. IV- 4. 92- See aftfl also--3 No^t devoid of, possessed of ^mi^%q a Impudent, shameless, Mu. I- 14i*s5ir. a Ved. Not mutilated a. Ved. [" arm:, 'f^ ^ ?r:] or curtailed.
less
,

^r

wlro never before

a virgin belonged to
]

Not seized Not a corrupt word properly formed word.


i:
;

or

overcome by the

another), a

woman having noother


R.
4.

husband
sT^ri
rr

7.

*TJT%

] not
i

3?nr HI* a. [ devoted to any

person .swmnf qfiimcgfif Ku. 3 63--ftw a. not applicable or belonging 1o ;my one else, exV. I- Iclusively applicable Mv. I. 2$ fi a. I. of the same nature. 2. having no-other means
other
i ,

ind- Very early ( before the sun starts on his journey ).

not watery (?). ( ^rgropmr ); awr^r a. [ i"^i "Hi ^rt JW ] VedDestitute of form or shape, shapeless, actionless ( ^w^H ).

enemy

aiicBT^r /. Not an Apsaras, un-

&mt
cond
,

n-

Having no other
*

or

se;

worthy of a

celestial

having no follower, sole


S. Bj

n%

nymph

aur-

2.

raw a. Innocent, guiltless,


a:

particular configuration of planets Tfotfif ^I^HCI^


;

of livelihood. 3. closely attentive. ?n=t. a. not ruled over by any one else R- I 305 Dk 2;
.

harmless.

Innocence.

not

common

to

any one

else,

uncommon, exclusively deablevoted, applicable or belonging toi=Tr*iftffraTwft ^rwR^wrr: -^w. one V- 3. 18 \ittK**: R. 6. 38* M. 'not capable of being passage 5 4. 10
i i
i ;

Impossible to a. Ved. be talked away or wishe away. ss'nOTT'j a. Ved. Not letting go
i
i

ed

with,

, _, Ignorant of, unacquaintto, ( usually unused


J
i

with gen. ) 5rmn$3pft'

ir:

luiww S. 236 "f:


i

Mv.

2;

Ku.

6.

a.

Having no egress
of,
i

43.

or

peiformcd by anyone
19-

HW

c se,

a.

?ft f. )

Ku. 3. having no

equal, matchless,

peerless;
I.

Pt

out creep inexcusable ><: Ms. 8 198 ( *ro -K: An usurper. a. Not obstinate
to
justifiable,

una.

[T.
((

n-

Not

faded.

-CoMP.

*S'

Ved. of unfaded or
impostor.

undiminished
:

lustre, resplendent.

An

if*
aI

54

Free from desire.

a.

[*.]
I

Ved. Not wound.

a-

of appetite or Non-relish-

Want

awi
hostile
i.
(

desire. -2

ed, healthy,
a.
".

sound]

Free from bar ,-w a Ved. Blaor obstruction, free to move, un ?r%fl leading to meless, faultless restrained, unhampered perfection or to heaven. R- 3 39 -2 Unlocked. awfirawR Absence of design or so awfWaft: *fw done purpose a. \ undesignedly. Invaluable, inestimable;
I
;
;

Not inimical, not or to be hated ^f ); Rv. 5_-2 Having no horse1.


]

136.

jiTr.

ff ]
:

in

a cart to fetch fuel


,

One who &c-3

". a.]

art aw nft ft5i/S, f%g; One who is not able to reach

wftoT^n a- I Not named or asserted i see arfWI'' underwent. 2 Not w: N- of the fastened (Ved ) chief of aGotra.

priceless,
14.

the destination-

R.

5 2)

Si.

884:

I ". ". ]

does not give to ] N. of a drama in 7 acts by sinful persons, a sinless donor. Murari MLjra also called Muriri w*f a I Not deserving, not fit Nataka after its author and sup/. Non-repetition with gen. or in not worthy of w: $r* Si. posed to have been written bePt. 4. wn tween the I2th and the Uth century 2.43Ms. 3.150CTCTW, - a. Not neari distant Pricelessness, invalu- -2 Inadequate, unsuitable -3 UnSic-iM*?* a. to de shunned fronv able nature H Pr- 4deserving of reward or punishafar Sk aws<f a. Invaluable; unsurpassed ment. s"rwr f ft: in reverence due from am* a. Cloudless othersihighshower from a ly respected; ^irs^sfn Tiilfitv: K U this is ( like ) a TV.-, cfcloudless sky) i. e- something quite 1.58 said by some to be from *ra. to or suddenunexpected breathe]. I Fire -2 Agni or the a- [*.*.] I Useless, worthgod of fire. See *rfo. -3 Digestive a. Ved. Epithet of rainvwfts*i?: power, gastric juice ? no shovel water requiring ) ( -6 One ft- 3- 97-~ 2 Unfortunate.unhappy. W: Susr. -4 Wind. -5 Bile -3 Harmful, disastrous, bad wrw- of the 8 Vasus, the fifth. -7 N. of i tm* *:
i

Wronger improper value.-COMP- iw One who

Vftsudeva- -SN.of various plants one who does not bow down "to wicked ( opp. ?i%i ). -4 Not hav- ftr, ?TO%^* Plumbago Zeylanica others and returns salutations ing that ?TcTfi the marking nut meaning ( but another )< and Rosea made to him by others with a having no meaning, nonsensical, tree. -9 The letter t .-to The numblessing ). Astr ) The 50th meaningless.-5 Poor- *: [*. 3 ] I ber three. -II Non-use or value.-2 A worthless year of Brihaspati's cycle. -12 or useless object.-3 A reverse, evil, The third lunar mansio'n niggardly. fiW. calamity^misfortune; R. 18. 14 13 A variety ofPitndeva or Manes a. Having no enemies. 5Wfr5*: t: ) -14 ( A state of -having no enemies?m% irnr^-, ] The soul &c MS4.I93, H. 4.925 harmN of Vishnu ( **fti na a. Ved- [ ful object, danger ; t**ii TIW i>rr ". Well ] happy, free from Moha M- 2. -4 Nonsense, want of *r?aT**.-aFr<i,).-i6 The Supreme disease comfortable, salubrious, sense. Being. -COMP ? a. [ w* B^r ] I. N- of Vishnu ( -5 sinless.* Good or comfortable or destroying hezt or removing a*!?* ).-CoMp. state, happiness, prosperity. arnt fire; ftir^Hr^(Srii^i:Ki. 5 25. **** a- Wearing no garment. sameness or identity .-^c a. (ft/.) 2.=rfJt^ q. v. ?fat a. [ ^tpn%] I useless or doing unprofitable T: A Buddhist mendicant. promoting digestion, stomachic. 2things. mischievous, harmful; ww ] N. of a HHI [ RC!W u5r unprofitable, productive of evil. Helicacabum a. Not humble, plant ( wWawrfr ) haughty Tifc* w. N. of Siva ( ftft N-67Agni's .lestroyer of Cardiospermum. proud WTHTwt ggrj: R. 4 35. F a- malicious. ww: [*rmn#r*w:J i Bad man calamities,). wifen?i V?: loss of appetite, a [ fpir wgn; ] lot devoid of dyspepsia agement or conduct injustice the apparent meaning, free from w a. 1 Not lazy, active, diliunfairness w^fcrwiffcrvrra Pt. i. all that is worthlessTOW [wnfanft gent, watchful, R. 9- I5.-2 Unable, 169 vBh. 2. 42,-z Bad policy or *w: yi*. m. ] I. a great evil, hazard- incompetent. course of conduct, evil course ous adventure* *t -w**?*) t;nnmif% Pt. 3. 184-3 M4I. 5. 2. [ i. . ] not a risk of Adversity, calamity, distress N. of a tree (M^r Sesbana Gran?* nww *rfisjwwt w : M^. IQ. 95 one's moneys safety of one's wealth. diflora ( rf^if?f<rf a^jfiitw. reduced to straits ^frt 4iqTwnwixiiif4 TV. I02.-A [ wv ). I U$elessi meaningftftwirw: ] Misfortune, wiw fl i Numerous -2 Not a *nOifl^n&* Ve. n ^WTH K. adversity ill-luck.-s A variety of lesn 108; not significant, as a particle little; not small, liberal, noble ( as dice-play, gambling ( wrmt *rn*S mind &c. ); Ki. 14. 18; much) used expletively.-2 Nonsensical. ) i Pt.i. N. of a king of the solar 3 Unprofitable,^ Unfortunate 136) profusely, in many Nonsensical or incoherent talk. words; fir*ftwr;irm*un 3m Bvrace, a descendant of Ikshvaku and king of *t a very a- Ved Not lax or loose loot 2. 138. COMP. Ayodhya, whow ) RV i jg^ 2 free un . clarr.oious or noisy. -^i a. greatly overthrown by Havana enraged obstructed, permanent
i ;

3T*qr^

A Brahmana

ww

'

a^^t

Vm*

w.

>

se
r

a-

[".*.]

Having no
for.

scope or occasion, uncalled

tunity or space- -V: [ T w sen ce of room or scope.

-2 Inapplicable.-3 Having no oppor]

TV- ] A sort of purificatory ceremony to be performed Ab- in the case of a pregnant woman in
tr :

tween, in one breath, without pause, HMO tenere


a.
=

the third

month

after conception-

*.] Without terrupted, unyielding.

unin
of; careless,

v^^tni a- [ i 3. ] Irresistible, uncontrolled. impetuous, resistless* Mil( wmjtffr ) efni'.<M<)Hqgj:

w*3*ra
r.
,

a-

Regardless

.]

W:

some
Ry.
thfe

Ved. HavTng no

whole(

indifferent.

I. 39i Not bounded or not separated or cut.-2 excessive. Unlimited, immoderate, <>

6. 66. 7;

food to eat ( qCTi$mrt^i ) not stopping to eat-by


(?)

WISRJOT

way

of supervision. Busy, having no leisure or interval of repose-2 Ill-timed, Not altogether [it. ] -3 Undefined; <^wn^ Bh. 2. Ii 3-*> inopportune.-3 put of place, base- destitute of holy or ascetic perform undiscriminated, unmodified.-4Un- less; "a* rcm?: H. ances.-ff: AJaina devotee who isso3.-*: i Absence nterrupted, continuousof leisure -2 Ill-timedness, unseaFasting, abstinence from sonablenessi food, fasting oneself to death * ^ *i a- [T *<3: fto: ] Faultless^ MSI 9- 30 Dk. 156 making hiin fast blameless, unobjectionable, irre a. [ *. Pt. 4--a. Without food, ] Endless, having proachable; Bh. i, 21; R. 7- 7 no settings free from death. fasting &cN. of a damsel. -COMP a*',-*" <zamffen a. [". n. ] Not ended or fia- Ved. Not hungry. having faultless limbs or form, exm N- of a quisitely handsome; <CTW wtsam M. nished! not determined a. Not eating "sWw: the *r ) a woman with a faultless, kind of Trishtubh metre, consist- sacrificial fire in the sabha which 2. ( form. ing of foar lines with n feet in is approached before eating or

a.

r%r

n^ ?n*:
.

Carelessness, inattention
Pi.
I.

I6Q.-.2

Want

marked

off,

each.
f

breakfast.

a-

Not sleepy.
[ 1. 1]

aww
a-

a-

Careless, inattentive. -* Inadvertence, inattention; carelessness, remissness


i

a-

Free from

dirt,

pure.

clear-

m
i

horses- w: a horse.
a.
.

Having no horse or Something that is not


ft

in

duty
ilR*n

( ntii<t )s

^nwi

iirwssfn
n

*n
ViY
not
[

re]Unsteady;
unsettled,

f-

Imperishable.
*T-aig^
8. ] I

WT

risq^ fjjn^

?R qini^rs^a'iWn
infinite.

ftwwn/j.

Ok-

1355

nxeds

"*?) ?tg: Si.

n.

28.

arftfa 3i*?[rofr

Unlimited,
[f.

*] Affording no help

or protection.
I a- Not lowered or bent down; **<m: a Buddhist term for a future universe lithaving banners unlowered )
(

* n. ] I Instability, unsettled condition, disorder, confusion2 Loose or unsteady conduct, incontinence.^ ( In phil- ) Absence of finality or conclusion, an endless se
ries of
feels,
I

statements orcauses and efone of the faults of reasoning


>

ramih'4Mi34i<ii<imtft. )

'

UWMMB

awqpor a. Ved. Spreading around, not closely united#** wv


(

iwfrrasrrM K. P- 2-. i**S. B. 4 Not being 10 days old

2095 Y. 1.18^,3-269,51. 12. 26.-2 [wftft tfrqtifi* ] Food, boiled rice. -3 Birthkitchen. living being. -5 -4 -6 parent ( father or mother )( in these two said to be /. senses. At the end of Avyay/bhava Comp. *T^ is changed to ** ; as CTW &c- also at the end of Tat
cart
i

<3?!fli

^iww:

a>Jf

Ms.

A A

Comp.
lice,

*FTO &c
[*
.

all

*m^ji-i* a
a-.

]Free from ma" "


;

a.

[
)
5

*<-\ " wfcw.


,

i. ". ]

Irreproa^habl
arq^T^iTrw
tively.

not open to censure speaking authorita-

ckle.*: Wind.

Unstable, unsteady, fi* I Instability


JIT^TI

uncertainty, unsettled nature;

qM4twni. Dk- l6l--2 Looseness


conduct, incontinence.

of

not envious, not spiteful i *Tf wi=rhsn3jrsr Ms. 4. 158 Bg. 18. 71ur[f. a. ] i Absence of envy, charity of disposition, freedom from spite or ill-will ;

JT

a [ w?ijt r. TV. ] Undiminished.undecayjng, durable, last.

ing

having undiminished wealth.


or inferior; high, exalted, superior; gw<V*r nf R 17. 27. 9- U.

infem^

.ITW^

RV

i.

166. 7

**H(I a-

Not low

w^wfe"* 0-^1 Unsteady, fickle: U. 3 unsettled; ftwftwjjZ'jom'm: 2 with unsteady eyes Ku 4. 28 t*!ft Jjfti%5 Changed, altered U. 2 -3 Faithlessi loose in morals or moral conduct, dissolute ( **A.
;

Incessant, continuous,

uninterrupted; g5frMWfTi* S. 2* adv Incessantly, 'continu4ously.


a.

vi(H)t ^tftifaisinrfhint: Ms- II. 139. 4 Unable to stay or remain; ufwf wwn%ni ftrwT: R. 19. 3^'^ of twra: looseness instability, conduct.

friend wlfi?aT.-2 N. of a Sakuntala.-3 N. of Atri's wife, the highest type of chastity and wifely devotion, [She was very pious and given to austere devotion by virtue of which she had obtained miraculous powers. Several stories

of

are told to illustrate them the earth was devastated


terrible drought

When

by a which lasted for 10

Chief, best, excellent.

Not crooked, straightforward downa- N0t tending

wwH

a [ i. J Having no prop or support; not dependent-*: Independence.


T
.

wards, looking up-

Without breathing be-

powers and saved many lives- On one occasion when the sage M<btdavya was about to be impaled, the wife of a sage happened to touch the stake'as she passed by, whereupon MaWavya cursed her that she would become a widow at

years, Ana saya created water, fruits, roots &c.-by means of her ascetic

66
She, however, prevented the sun from rising, and all actions of men beingconsequently stopped, the gods, sages &c. went to AnasyC her friend, who, by the force of her penance, made the sun rise without, at the same time, bringAning widowhood on her friend other legend is also told in which
sunrise.

Prickly Jacquini srin^i


irm:

nightshade,
(

Solanum

*z*rfif9

).

dTTnr a.

Ved Not staying. * an SWt. T^aft *tf [ TV- ] Sinless awft: *


a.
. ;

behaviour, unprincipled, regardless of custom, law or propriety &c- nlso wnftftwjn this sense- -'-' wm^<rf Absence of due observances
i

Rv
N-

or

customary

duties,
i

improper

10- 12.

aTfl = awn*

*T

of a river.

conduct, departure from established usage or principle of two kinds

a. (* wmn: * n.] I Not come Anasayi changed Brahma, Vishnu or Arrived; (im^s^t-^ ^n4fl ^Tq^****iT*i?i and Mah&sa into infants, when, at H I 57- -2 Not got 01 obtained

a I Unknown, not properso ly known-2 Surpassing all that has *~Si. 5the instigation of their wives, they been knownattempted to test her chastity, but wfa.-S Future, to come see com- yet learnt or restored them to their former sha- pounds below -4 Not I Free' from or devoid pes at the importunities of their attained, unknown. * The future bumbled consorts- She is also said time future_ ;*rf *: f?t *to^ Pt- of heat or the blaze of the sun, not to have caused the three-streamed 3. iftA he shines (thrives prospers) e xposed to heat) cool, shady; rt^wm- ?i>TRn ftpw^iifliflw ij& *w: Hh- 2 90Ganges to flow down on the earth who provides forthe future near the hermitage of her husband ainft ftjiiMne<l *<iifl v; Pt- 5- 7l-~ -i: Coolness, shade. for the ablutions of sages ; see R. CowP JHRrsi looking to the future, is a- 1 Not eager, indifferent i 13. $1. In the Romdyana she provident thought, foresight. wU v- 1. f^r ami^f M- 3 15. future wtT<T: WWN: represented as having been very iw: [ ] %& kind and attentive to Sit 4 whom (physical) trouble or calamities, 2 Not fatigued, unwearied ^* she favoured with sound motherly illness &c, affecting the body in c^nna'.: R. i 21-3 Not ill or diseasadvice on the virtues of chastity times to come 'aftWW N. of ed, well, healthy, in gO'.d health* her deand at the time of *mrar. ^jfn^w^^'nSmw ^Tn. Ms 2. 187 chapter 24 of the parture gave her an unguent ( See Suiruta4. 144 R- 12 27, 14 14') which was to wn: ] a maiden who has to keep her beautiful for ever an r?n. a. [*..] I Destitute of not yet arrived at puberty. fw$ 2 Not spiritual, guard her person from the attempts one who pro- spirit or mind. beasts, demons vices for the future, provident, corporeal- -3 One who ha^ not reof rapacious &c- She was the mother of the prudent ( used as the name of a strained his self i <H1!rW$ ?If f^ afSirascible sage Dur\ asas Jnrf5 51515 Bg. 6. 6m. [ OTI^TOTT fish in Pt. I 318-, H. 4 %m wih rr *n?m i. a ] Not self, another; u (where Dr. Petersomething different from wTrtj^spison translates the three names by ritor soul) i. e- the perishable bodyanrwi fare [ *, * ] Boneless Mr Prcvider-against.-a-futureI boneless limb or memb?r--2 evil ', Mr. Cool-head, and Mr Without parts, epithet of of COMP. -5What-will-be-wiil-be ';. the Sankhyas or SV.T. of
<

'

O<

w
A

'

'

'

a.

I-

devoid

spiritual
2-

knowledge

"Wft n. [ * ?: auwww?: ] or unlucky day.

bad
in

ind<

Ved. Thus, hereby,


.

deed.

wfWR
WTWW;

Formless,

shapeless,

epithet of the

Supreme Beingff.

[.

Aqift

In

Non-arrival, non-attainment, no-access3T<rtii a I. Not come, not present. -2 [ i. i. ] ( In law ) Without the title-deed or document o possession ( such as purchase deed &c. ), anything po-sessed from time imvnrflr: /.

or true .wisdom.

not
;

know ing one*

self, foolish, silly

n ma?siifi% S. 6. "i *%: M. I


15.

2Z-Kfyi
spirit or

reflection that there is

no

soul

Budcihists ). toolish, destitute of qualities the soul), rot self-possessed


(

with

*w

a(
:

of

opportune time.

[an wnjf wsti^H <n:T:3nw: H.n.Tv.] Famine (perhaps an irregular form for arawT. -COMP. in: one who, to save ) himself trorn starvation in a lamine, voluntarily becomes a slave o: another.
-2

memorial and without any documentary Proof 'ai'ft'T: enjoyment


of property
i: i

Pt. I. 49.

without such a deedNon-arrival -2 Non-attain-

ment.
/.

Un;
I

proachablear-

u.

Not coming, not


future,

Opaque, no transparent. -2 Having no transparent atmosphere differing from it v.-v Not an atmosphere, one undeserving of its name. *irf* a i Not perplexed or cona.
I.
i .

[*..]

not likely to return -m. An epithet of the thiid among the 4 Buddhist orderso.
<

riving. -2 not

iiTw *rf"T iran us ] Unof an unenduring character, an epithet ( with Buddhists) for the worldwrtftirtT a- Not adapted to, or for the benefit of, sell; disinteresteda. [

real, transitory,

Not self-possessed
trol
:

having nocon;

Not likely to return. Not smeUi (fig_) not

over the sensts


Susr.
a.

fused, calm, collected, self-possessed.^ Regular, consistent


'

"'

^ ot

touched or affected; H^rr^nrfta sji%Sankarad. I Innocents blameless;


*:

Impersonal,
?*<i

incorporeal
of afftction for one's

Want
family.

Prevented
nr

wft-

?HB ^

unreclaimed-.

n^gmii^

S.

I-

II.

own

-2 Conferring bliss or happiness.


[

si'nrtfn* a

Not constant or
2

per,

Unassailed.

an*

wiiwn a. Devoid of customary observances or duties, improper in

pet nali not final recurrent.

Intermittent

5?
a.

[**.]

Helpless,

poor,

forlorn, parentless, orphan ( as a child) i-widowed (as a wifeh having no master or natural protector, without a protector in general! f'"rfn*?)jin

epithet applicable, according to the Naiyayikas, to eternal objects only ( such as sky ), or to Brahma according to the Vedantins.

in

also
n

Subhash.
wTim:
Tpft
*(*! ]

12

w*Tfr^wiriT ftpir*d U- I. 43-,12 -v Ved. Helplessness.


'

a I Without or anxiety; R. 9. 54.

mental pain

wtww

d.

TTIW

CoMP.-ffe^.-raf?*: giver of food merchant in to the poor," N. of a

whose garden Buddha Gautama ^i used to instruct his pupilsa poor-house.


*r=r^T a. [**.]

not being checked. i *rng?-OT a Invincible,


.

ai=n^a.

Ved. Not checking or


un-

Free from disease, healthy, sound; rrfranni Bg 2. 5T?i?*araftijT!ii: *f% 51 where there is no unhappiness.
-i:-i

indifferent,
15.
*:
[

Showing no respect, calm, regardless! M. 3] I

checked, irresistible unimpairedi Ved. snrrgfjrzr aunparalleled.


?
:

Good or sound health; health, well-being, welfare


5;

Perfect,

fWrtf S

'fT

Inimitable,
;

K.192 inquired health i wawnrt u? does the king do ?

about

her

Mv

how

^nrft p n. 3- 38, iwwtffoi s^rft ft*n*rsm2 Ease, facility (one of faj 17. ' effort or the senses of *n^ being card see the word ) *ii*fl3W3m' without w: U- I ( perhaps also any respect for the how of the
'
-,

Disregard, spect. disdain, contempt;


i.

disre-

a Ved.
.

[ *3 ^rfa Unsurpassed in

?n* *. w.,

giving

* MsN- or
to

2.

127.
(

J:

Vishu
)i

of Siva
'

according

some

'

great god
14. 36.

);

wfi^ftiTtngttay ii*

Ki.

of the of compounds by the intervention of others--2 Not coming in regular orderi

Separation

different

members

Disrespectful,
neglect.
a.

conduct,
irre-

wij^:/. Ved. Neglect, absence of experience or observation, inattention. (pi.) Neglectful people.
; f.

a- Ved. Not causing pain Health (?). or hurt, not hurting S^TTFT?? a- \ Not injuring or

paining

gwr* 'nWT!*i?3'*'it Rv:

10.

137- 7--2 Salubrious, curativeanrrrr^ n.

Absence of calamity
2.

or

Without

flesh or

any

Disrespectful,
wii?:

misfortune; Ms- 4

bait; bootless, profitless


3f*rno:

verent.
a[

ii

Ti fi*Tt

ft

Having no beginning, eter-

swift a. [ artwvarnj **ur $H aTift: wnfr a'<j* *. m. TV. ] Without friends or kindreds.

^
a-

r din^uiTfa

1^*1 if n

afr*?

^-

"

*. ]

nal, existing from eternity, epithet Of *T?Tf^=Tli^?tf Ku- 2. 9i

enemy

injurer or an that can injure ( nj*?nn ).

Having no
o

WWi

WT"i^r<*i also <>t fj<mni4.-COMP. wm.-siH if. wilhout beginning and end eternal.! fl:) N. of Siva. a having neither beginning nor end, elernal- "OT-T a. having no beginning, middle or end; eternal.
aniif^^n^nfi^:
i

obtained. -2 Not reaching or attaining, unsuccessful in the attempt to get. 3Unfit-- not
.-

a.

Not

wrr^n
w=raqi

Immortal.

Without

leader,

disorderly

PW

apt, unskilful-

g>r?jr:

HtwVsirft

?f

*wt:

Hi

?T!T

Ms.

8.

294.

H:

strange..
':/. Non-attainment. HHRJ a Not getting &c wrij*rSi. 16. 38 not touched by sfn.
. ;

wtvxa. i Unrestrained, uncheckor supported -2 Not propped ed -1 Not Jo'pg. of short duration K. Continuous, close, unseparated.
i

State of having no be-

ginning.
"Tt5iiirt.

ed, having

Not produced or no beginning.


Faultless
Si. 2- 22;

effect-

snrwfru a. Ved. [ ^ifwiRrfl autw-g-ini -SR, aun'm *, *. ] Not at alUfra'ul,


fearless, Rv 8. 2
-

undoubted
I.

an^rvrftTufinT

a-

"
i. n.

vmn'ti a Not dependent *W fiw " K- 45 n^t swayed by unconqaraa^iHTq!trolled independent 5^ i^infrfirrnT 222 freedom. independent livelihood, independence of life
! ;

H
*

Ved. [ Not praising or worship(

a^roTif a.

*WR

^i=i

variable

<*
a.

r^ ]

In

a. i Disrespected, despised* 234;flr*M* not accepting the hospitality. -2 Not careful, regardless of, indifferent toi i*wn"q Ki. 14. 10. Disrespect,

ping, irreligious

wtfltgi

not

Ms.

2-

coming

in front.

im
difficult,

Not
;

wwrnw'un-

easy

contempt.
aii^t acceptable
a.

Not
i

fit

to be taken,
?j,

Nameless -2lnlamous. f^m ^,^if viwasij m. I The nameless month, an ease, absence of difficulty or exermonth--2 The ring- tion fiO( $Ta ^V^i^g^T intercalary Hfia aw fifia aTTiqia: w?i n -2 nfinger; see *WIWT below
a
I >*i
;

troublesome or wir*iT6n.H tnf" S. 2--: 1 Facility,


1

inadmissible; atff^w Ms. 8 171.

TV.

Piles
a. [

r.

'f

W
wa

]
;

Name-

Absence of direction or

less,

infamous.

:-*sswnw aboveaj^qfjr.ajj
i

command.
what
is

COMP-

*<:

a-

doing

not commanded; or (w^-annot -doing what is ordered.

sriiwr, wirm^it [ >nf*?

"^f easily, neglect without difficulty, readily. -COMP. f?f a. done easily or readily. (-n> an mtusion prepared without effort or exertion ( prepared extemporaneously) Ak. See tz.
Idleness,
;
.

ablei

a. I =*nrrft q. v--2 Not eatwhat ought not to be eaten. a. Without support, an

so "Wi:, *n,] The ring-finger called because it has no name like cf TV. <w i% the other fingers
;

w>

[ angii

rfji i.

n. ]

Not

nwr:

i?n<

giving long life, fatal to long life such as excessive foodt sexual union &c- ); *
i
-'I

fnl

Ms.

2.

57, 4

134.

68
a. I Not ceasing or stopping. continuous, uninterrupted. -2 Eternal-* I Continuity. -2 Absolute non-entily ( *?t?ui5) advContinuously, always i eternally
;

able people. ftw ii. !t. ] N. ofthe

Br/

plant Gentiana

Ar. U-p. Y.

3- 154-

Cherayta

l<ox.

Mar- fwisn).
]

40 Non-comn encement] not undertaking fwsrt wg iwu


I- 15,
,

ft*

<rfa*ri: Ki

chum

i [ annifltr or aloe wood.

The

state of

Agallo-

S-

*tfi

ft

qnufoit

a Unfit to be commenced or undertaken itid- Without comw'nhout reference to mencing any particular thing e. g- *v^:
. i

a. l Not belonging to Minis, not Vedic not belonging to the text of a Vedic Ch. Up. hymn as fftr used in the ^adapa/ha with certain fasting as a penance words not followed in the -Samhitl by y $rcr ) H5Tc sra^w'^t vij^ p j a. Not
\
;

unmarried or student's life, devoied to contemplation and knowle i the dge of the soul
i

a cot rse

of

( ? ).

'

i.

(s**|%Sk. ^z'shi's name


i.

16

).-2

Not added as an affix );

praised.

to P.

detached remark
&c.
vt^;,
)i

IV.

ftfVrFw'Riew
>

m^

upon sacrifices ij^r tfrnvtartffl

78-

* njm% or * Y. n.3 Imperishable, indestructible, as the Soul or Supreme Beinz, "wnnjrc. a- [

Mbi-

n-om^:,

COMP

a.

[ i, ar<r fSrtV^fm:] studied or taught or read withe ut reference to any particular subject ( not as part of a regular or authoritative work ); learnt as a detached subject nt
5

With out ^support or


s nfiu

"rt

m rerO^i

stays
S2,
a. [ i^-ior,
st. (i.

?r

Si-

2*

of supporti despondency5iva's lutei

] i

Imperi-

""*! ( g ) menstruation

wnro
taciturn,
*irrt*n>r
(

i:

wtiwSww. One who dtes not Reserved- belong to, or follow, any ofthe 4 Reserve, taciturnity orders of
[

TOW r
w.

A woman
).

during

2 [ i^-aw, shable, indestructible. ". ".] Not pervading or occupying. -3 I f "'5 1 Not quick, slow.

n.

a.

Having
)j

no support

for sirTH*f

also written

T.fr%a a. Unseen, unheededunconsidered, not unexpected, well considered or examined, rash.

not

dwelling in

Auama-

Unwholesome, not conducive


good health,
fatal to

to
HT-

SITWII a- Ved.

health

Not

yielding
to birth

or

Lefenceless, unpro'ectt: Self-dependence, ed. isolated isolation, absence of st pport.


a.

wiwa.

gcumrtVjnmtjjn ifn*5rsir Ms. 2. 57 Sickness, indisposition i 'w unhealtl y, unwholesome-

desisting.

"

mmm:
final

/. Non-return emancipation-

),

Not listening

to>
tos

obstiainr-

nate,
re-

turning a deaf ear

Crooked dishonest Crookedness (moral also ) fraud


a.

wrraRr^a^Not
turning Bh- 3. 115.

recurring or

rmT^Dk. 57
R.
19. 42.

K. 350";

insincerity Si. 8-

*ri

II.-2 [ *TT% SIT** gi nil** ] Disease.

Not connected with, or


i

*Tf*5
i

a.

Not pierced br wound


2.

(**/) Unseasonable
inopportune, premature ( as flower blossoming out of season ,. i A girl who has not attained t puberty(the menstruation period)

ed unperforated 1*5 *<* S-2 Unhurt, uninjured.,


I

dependent on, independent, ched, noil-inherent.


a
wsr

deta-

lo

Not turbid or mud- P. Ill- 2109 1 Not having eaten or 2 Not marshy, dy, pure, clear enjoyed, fasting- >pwn^<wi5*: Ki.
;

w*(

3iQ

tra: ^.

a.

no deserving to be styled ww ). no polite or decent: vulgar! no belonging to an Hrya, unwoithy vile, base, mean, wretched ~ Ms. 9. 260 *rr
(
i

rro a-

Not respectable,

wholesome, salubrious, as a country Ms. 7. 69 ( ?nitTO'TiWrji )wrfTT


a.

12. 2? 5i- 14.

49-

returning, not repeated, being for the first time-

Not

a C gw, amiw Hiwrrai arw ] Without mouth or faeei without the power of speech (
WT;
T

0- 66:

H wNir v

I.

^ tne king has behaved basely or unworthily towards Sakuntalai


I one who is not an Arya.-2 A country not inhabited by the Aryas. -3 A Sdra--4 A Mlechchi.j.-s An ignoble person-Cor.ip. *nh. a doing work unbecoming an ^4rya or becoming only a non-vJrya. * i. or base origin. <* )
.

pir<JHrtf?ff

25 void of * fijr 5.
4.

Non-return, absence
a.

Aryas

or repetition recurrence. 2 Non-return ( to birth ), final emancipation.


.

)f

Not

obtained, not

found

orrr.et withi not

encountered

Drought,

one

of the

kinds of

?f% q. v.

or attacked* nottoccurredor having happened not existent- COMP. mm; a. unused to war, having had no occasion to fight.
i

Uninjured condition.
a. [

^
2
[

iopele-s,
T?TT

despondent. Imperishable, ndestroyedre


]

cern,

a. I Indifference, unconwant of consideration)

living,

Ku-6. 6 R- 2 S7> i
is

[ 3?wro<*<jt wtrt ]

ofyile

produced in the country of the V r w. wi, ] rr, Mlechchhas & c ).-3?a. aiscarded void of full fi^3indestructi- of devotednessi disrespect! enjoyment, by -the good, not practised or ble, not hurtful.-* ncwnw Mv. 2. 39. diffifast, abstaining observed by the Xryas or respect- from dence. a ( ] Indifferent. eating even to death; n>r ^w
.

agallochum( being

T:

Ku. 6.12. a male or female no co- sideration &c-i Ki.4. 34-2 De- Want of faith or confidence, want
ar-

59
a.
I

Having no fixd

seat or site.-2 Having or yielding no basis or fulcrum, unfit for a fixed seat (as water)! Rv. I- 116. 5.

ainw a [ tr s ' 1 ] Not gone with' of destitute unattended, having no splendour nHhuj: R. 9 38; Si- 6 60-

uae,
aI

Not

fall,

continuance of
1

_"

life.

wH?5
"uaTfti.

,7.

Not bound, incoherent'


(

prattling
)

talking

incohe-

rently

wrroi^
?:

a-

Without
a-

taste, insipid
;

Not eternal or everlanon-eternal, periI

Insipidity.

sting, transient, S. 2. 10-

a-

Unobstructed*

Rv.

^a
r

Untasted

3.

shable

T
i

(opp

II

a:

a.

Without injury or hurt


r

sftw ^ T-_SSee Wff;


1

Liberty.
.

9
[ Not private or reserved, public, open, not hidden 2 Immodest, bold -3 Unsteady, not firm, tremulous) <*farii' i?s "' !I5 Me. __68HKi. 3- 60, 13 66; firnTi% Mai. 2 12 not hidden, loud; Si. lo. 66. See
:

a. I Unbeaten,, un wounded, in tact. -2 [ 3"f n &CT *** v nwtftfl unbleached ( as ] New and cloth ) ( Mar. *? ). -3 Not produced by beating ( as sound )-~4 Not multiplied. *-: The 4?h of the mystical Chakras in the body,

^'Vn a *^? trsr 5 ra H. I. 48; Ms- 6. 77 gsr^^WT'T?^ aft^ s rfit fsj Mo. -2 Occasional, temporary, casual not peremptory or obligaUntory as a rule &c-, special--;?
i

T3r:

it

*i

usual, extraordinary

**nW
127

P.

also.

V-

4.

30

Rmnra.ii

See VI. I- 147 ~4 Unsteady, fickle, not permanent) an^f irraii


Sk.
)

Unobstructed unimpaired, unabated-, Rv. 2- 25- 4. ie. 116 6'

H.
Abstaining from food, I Abstinence from fasting. y: **m%food, fasting imi(Ttai7<iri ftwrft H. I.-2 Non-production. 4 Non-seizure3T>rifn?l. a< Fasting
arsn^K a.
i

4. 68)

'^
Pt.

w:

Ram. -5
;

ajflvi a.

Not wealthy

f>"t).

Uncertain,

rt. ET"!^ nEf qflt<<fqifl

lf

doubtful) srft^r ^^nit tmqfc Ms- 7. 199 r*r-

*"Vi f| Occasionally, ffr retrn. Ms. 3. IO2--COMP. *wfipn an occasional act, such as a sacrifice for a special purpose, a ^c. 3T$r* a. I Not artificial, natural, voluntary and occasional act. not producible. -2 Not eatable5^TC-;^n?: a son given by his parents to another temporarily (for annjft: /. Not eacrificing) a satemporary or preliminary adopcrifice not worthy of that name tion ) Jfft^rr ( with Buddhists ) also an improper oblation the consciousness that every thing is passing away. awyi a. Not called, uninvit- is perishable and transient *nw: transitoriness, ed.-ComP -*<wrt><* an uncalled for speaker or boaster- wffa a- state, limited nature or existence) instabiso arftrnu-r* frailty, seated as an uninvited guest. *: a sophism or fallacious ari*%n aHouseless, vagrant lity. having no fixed abode ( as a re- reasoning which generalizes what *w: is exceptional ( as *ftfinl ) cluse Ms. 6- 25, 43. " IJ: HTT^ wrrww* TT **r ] a compound which" it is not obli*rf*V- [ Not ( true ) sugarcane, a sort of gatory to form in every case ( the long grass or reed producing sense of which may be equally coarse sugar Saccharum Sponta- expressed by resolving it into its constituent membeis ) neunv
i

22 casually
3-

f*

arfn.

TV,

A frog
-3

-2A cuckoo
Med.

bee

5T5i*^>r iran?ifWfKT^).-4

The filament

of a lotus, >I%?K

N. of the tree

Unboundedr immense
3:

>

Kv.

27. II.

a. Causeless, uroundless; casual, incidentali an<^^flfrtHft17) tf ^f* disinterfiraff^: S- 7.

ested,

Dk- 255 n*t M- 3. 9. * I Absence of an adequate cause or

occasion, causelessness,
lessness. -^2
TOi
r?
3-

groundbad omen, ill-oment

).

Mk9. 10*
.

61

Ve. 2
lessly,

adv.,

-%

Ground-

without any adequate causei


i8(

M.
ftwi

I-

Ms

4. 144.

-COMP-

a.
(

i.

In Rhet.

Not swallowed -2 Not hidden or con-

cealed, present, not to be supplied ( *"^3ro ) i e g. in w the %ww of the horse is not

vigilant, watchful. ness. vigilancea-

Sleepless, awake; ( fig- ) sleepless-

averting ill-omens. i***W: a kind of ophthalmic disease ending in total darkness,

Unchecked, unsubdued.
Ved. Having no master

,_ .* ind-

Ved- Without

or hidden.
a-

Unrestrained, invincible, unconquerable, -f: I Nonrestraint.^ Non-refutation--3 Not admitting one'sdefeat in argument) occasion of non-refutationr*|fr a. Not divisible, a word not divisible.
a-

or lord

winking, vigilantly) incessantly. winkaftPf (&) * a. [* .] I Not or intelly fix. steadfastly ing,
3. 43? K. 20 fixed and twinkleless glances- -2 Vigilanti watchful. *: "I -3 Open ( as eyes, flowers ). A god ( for the eyes of gods do fishnot twinkle )) Si- 5 27. -2 of Mahakala, 3 Vishu -4

(*").
a.

w*

Dispensing with or his or disregarding Indra worship) ( f^taw^F*' )) nn^rgt: fwRv. 5. 2- 3.


wff?

["*]

13

1)

5%w^imi3^fmi^: R

^nmtf>:

* -*l,-'6 f*,-'*H
>

a-

Not

desirous, unwilling, averse, reluct ant wft^Hifa against my will-

which is not the senses ). -2 Not an organ of sense, the mind.


q
i

Reason

that

COMP-

^cft,

jnH,-'*'

a.

Booking

steadjastly or with

a fixed gaze,

*rwt

ji

Unwillingness,

indiffer-

v*<wwr
sleep
),

a.

Not

falling

down

to

gazing intently.
a.

nce, reluctance.

untiring.

Relating to the gods.

60
a. I Uncontrolled, unrestricted--^ Indefinite, uncertain, not fixedi irregular ^ forms also ); w* snwtssim S 2 at irreular hour irregular hours. -3 Causeless, casual, incidental, occasional! 'w^nfert ( ^STOWS* ) U aro: an 4 41 M41- 10. 2 -COMP.

iruddha had been carried, Krishna, Balarama and Kama went to rescue him and a great battle was fought. Bana, though aided by Siva and Skanda, was vanquished, but his life was spared at the intercession of Siva, and Anirud-

reliance.

"

plucking
^

up courage!
heart never

Ram.,
'

V.

4. cf'

Faint

won

fair

lady
I

indeterminate digit ( in Math. ) nift^a. not self-possessed, whose soul is not properly controlled. <j**t a woman loo=e in conduct, unchaste ^r% a. I having no regular or fixed employment or application
(

dha was carried home

to

as a

word

having

no

regular income.
ini*i a. Unrestrained, trolled, free S. I.
;
:

uncon-

with Usha as his wife. He had also another wife Rochana, grand dauhter of king Rukmin of Vidarbha, who bore him a son named Vajra ]. 3 Also N of Vishnu and of Siva, Buddha. 5 A core or roCOMP<rt pe ( for fasten inj; ). cmr *. ] i. unobstructed [ ". ftgj 2. the sky, atmosphere path (!ff **nft TrfR^wr^rarvi ). mifiw Aniru ddha's wife Ushl
i

Dvaraka discomposed, unhappy.

uneasy. 2 Unaccomplished, unfulfilled (ftffl also in this sense ).


%:
;

a.

III

at

ease,

/.

i
"

anxiety, disquietude. destitution

Uneasiness, 2 Poverty,

wt Udb.
a- Destitute of employment, wretched, miserable-

rule, control, order no regulation or fixed *w* <*3 settled rule or direction im iy*g.fai: sir* ws <ri> gs ?ri ?ftI
;
;
i

Absence of

3Tt>: [Ki^m
i

afl^fir
;

54
(

1
',

Wind
H

UH. w^i, wi, iroiHiiri^ y%r?r^at


jsrPrTf5:

j^

Uncertainty,

indeci-

S. 7. 12 30.

t effq

Ku.
is 7:

4.

sion-

The number

of winds

wmqRi
ty,

nj; n Ch. -2 Irregulariuncertainty, indefinituness, vagueness, doubt.^3 Improper conduct. a., *<famn a. Irregular.

who has

assessor at a court not been formally appointed and who is not entitled to vote
wrjCR:
*fn*, f -* ?o=5?!r.] That cannot be propelled or driven alongt srawr Miqiftn Rv. 8. 48II v i Want of ( mtgwpj ) foodt utter destitution (nn%^ififr)
. s

An

Within the lOdays of impurity caused either by childbirtn or deal hi ft>m ^ m^?i*'i55nw> $$ji Ms. 5- 75. wfefmqt rt:trt 5. 81 5. 79i 4.
212, 217; not ten

days oldi

3ii%f?Tr?t

Ms- 8 242.
.

i i<"rg

Undefined, not specified! V- 2 without a definite

n and these are again subdivided into 7 divisions, the total number being 49 )2 The god of wind- -3 One of the subordinate deities, 49 of whom form the class of winds. -4 N- of one of the 8 Vasus, i.e. thefifth.-5 The wind in the body, one of the hu-

aim.
vfiifa Absence of positive or directionwffi^ipr a.

mours; *?i.'W?r -6 Rheumatism or any disease referred to disorder of the wind 8 Sym7 The letter?
bolical expression for the number 49. 9 N- of the lunar asterism wft. moiTfqm *10 N- of Vishnu- (

rule

Rv.
<i.

7. 71.
]

2.

2-

Undefinabl?, ineffable,
*: fldf

calamity
or ward-

indescribable, inexplicable, incom-

^uRoiiij

such as *
n

parable;'g:
3
18.

An

mvnrftvrfli V-

Not obstructing

ing

off-

rly

Not articulated on cleatpoken.-2 Not clearly slated or


a1

Beingarft^fm a Not determined or ascertained.


fw aDirty, foul.

me

epithet of the Supre-

** way or course of the wind. *r?ir,-anfji5 a[arfti=wwtm^] i feeding on the wind, fasting -2- a serpent. -a?n*.
).

nnr*

-COMP

(wind-(iestroying)N. of a plant (In5 an?n3r son of the gud/) or si'rTT5 i. wind, epithet of Bh/'ma and Hanuwm: [*rt*if5fr 3nre: w*. a ] mat.
:

explained,

vague, not plain or well-defined iwwit:a: HJJ: Katy.i

I-

flatulence- -2
H,-8t,-5!l
a-

rheumatism

(ain?t-

^Httuwf vvCTrriisfroti Ait. Br.-coMP-nw indistinct singing or humming a particular mode of chant ing
the
<j

Unobstructed,

free,

un-

Unuttei .ble, indescribable, undefinable, ei ithet of the supreme Being.-2 Improper to be mentioned * ( In Vedanta ) 1 May3 or illusion, ignorance2 The world. COMP fliw N. of a work by Srfharsha, also called
.
i

w).

controlled, self-willed, unruly, ungovernable .-: I spy, secret emisf ary.-2 N. of a son of Pradyumna. I Aniruddha was the son of and grandson of Krishna. Ushd the daughter of a demon nr ied Bana. fell in love with him and had him

eyelids and outer parts of the eye -n^ra a. of a windy nature- (-^:) N. of the plawife: derangement of net Saturn. the bodily ( internal ) wind. <s: fire (the triend of wind); so Mf:a. a.

from wind. Terminalia and swelling of the

curing disorders ra: alargetree(rWm*) Belerica- '"ft": pain

Unwashed
?f?ti:

unbaihed

Kma

brought by magic influence to her apartments in her father's city of 5: witapura Bana sent some guards to seize him, but the brave youth slew his assailants with only an iron club. At last, however, he was secuted b> means of magic powers. On discover inn where- An-

R. 1.71. t?: I Norr-completion ! nonaccomplishment. -2 Inconclusiveness. -3 Insufficiency of income, be ing straitened in means^

tiiqHT'n?r

Inexperienced.

Not well

considered;
2. 27.

fit Si
-

Not turning
no

away,
tfit

a Not fatigued or tired ^d f^rm Si. 3- 34.

firm, steadfast.-2 Right,


i

to

be abandoned.

a- Not depressed or fatigued; an epithet of Vishnu. wftv?: Non-depression, absence of dejection or despondency; self-

..1
ing; alto

Brave,

not

retreat-

an epithet of Vishnu and the Almighty God. -2 Not returning; irrwwtfafif nrr 3 K- P 10.

61
a?fiieis?TT a. Not sitting down or retiring to rest, ever goingi rest-

notcleaied himself of a charge


(

Vishnu
?tt

f| ^:

less i ^HI taBApmt: Rv. 7. 49. i. wi'tts^a. Ved- Having no place

by refuting

it ).

Helplessness

HJI%

?^

Mud.
a. i

of rest.

d Ved.

Night

less.

/'.

e.

uninterrupted, incessant (ftjrvntsS'r iriw upr ) 2. Ever afraid- * jrf Incessantly, ceaselessly, wmjtwfij R
fetaTq^ius ^niTafltji:

16-17 ] I Army, forces t troop, hosti-r?sn a tfiaT'fi* Bg. i. 2* <j?mrw 80 -2 ifiiw: gfts*r*j ffpr^i 3 collection, group, mass =w*53. 53. -3 Battle, Srfagynats*
4-

S
a-

4;

Bv. 2 162.

H^i*|ift i^Hwi^ Bv. 2. 182- -3 Not relating to Gods En>. R m4tan. S "". ?^ff. Ms- 6- 72-, 4 Not fight, combat. 4 A row, line, God, atheistical- -< marching column. -5 Front, heads acknowledging The godless one (with 5ankhyas) =its*i*r3iOT: 20. chief 5 Rv.^8. epithet of the world-, fi?ifw~mnii

uncontrolledra^r/!Hi'H<i

Having no superior, 2 Unable srftim \

Ved. Not resting or

re-

posing, incessant! 'HIT incessantly flowing! Rv. 10 89. 4-

^^MTfliini Sat. ( wj<?5 ) Br- wmffi* ?rW. -6 Face, countenance, ibid. IS*) WWW^HBWBJJ * )i splendours brilliance! form

I2i

*fifr

COMP.

^i^:

atheism,

not

ac-

(W

Rv.
ly

7. 2. 23, 3-

Ved. a. Unforbidunchecked, unopposed


a.

Ved

in these

two >enses

knowledging God as the Supreme Ruler. wfyi. m. one who maintains the doctrine of no god or atheism, 6 (mostan atheist.
).

Edge, point. -COMP.


rior,
(

-W
a

wara. Indifferent, [listless-

Unfinished, not settled.

combatant armed watch


)

2
3.

sentinel,
4-

an elephanta

COMP.

vm-mq having
i.

not settledi
I.

the guilt unexpiated.

drum

driver, or its trainer or trumpet.


sign.
a.

war-

S-

signal,

N- of a king-of Ayodhya. p Disregard, apathy, indifference, disinapftn Ki- 2. 10- careclination


;

mark,

lessly.

Unwished, undesirable-,
disagreeablei
ill

wn'upn

unfavourable,

or front rank

(with gen-)i OTiffiflj ifr^fipquoiar?w>(iu Ms. 9. 21 whatever ill she thinks of her husband. -2 Evil, for-

Ved. forming the face occupying the forei

a.

Undesired,

disagree-

most rank
:

able, unplcasant.-n Displeasure-

bidden. -3 Bad, unluck , ominous. -4 Not honoured with a sacrifice. -K An evil, mishap, misfourtune, calamity, disadvantage: a crime,
offence,

adv In rows or columns. vtfn, 55 umarrant [


;
i

3Tffijl

srn *T, ararc-tft ]

An

army, host, forces. -2 Three chamus or (>ne-ienth of a complete

5 ind. { Either used with nouns form adverbial compounds, or as a prefix to verbs and verbal deto rivatives, or as a separable preposition with ace- and regarded as a

wrong, unwelcome things m g;. l. 8- !2. ***Agiqft


.

army

( atrJfcfti

10935

foot,

6561

inqrafTOfi
f
-

Ku-

421

ill-omen ;md* %fawix H. I.-Covp. 5^f)i. a followed by or attended with calamities; m^qviYns 'firs i: *Tqi%: /.,K. 155 getting what is not desired, an undesired occurrence.-anfrfa 1! u. V *!**) indicating or boding ill. a?: an evil or malignant planet.-feaT

horse, 2187 elephants and as many chaiiots -3 lotus. *"ft^a. I Not low or vile, decent, 2 Not pronounced respectable. with the ws^m accent -COMP. nsicfa a not associating with low or vile persons. ( m. ) a faithful

WB*w*'m
after
(

After, behind, along,

9>ffl! ):
:

wf

in?w
?t
!t

s^fw^ifii

V.5i
721

5jnr yrfft:

ws.

R.

8.

I- 14)

*>

%q<%5

a?q?TOt?reT

Mu-

fT<warrginn: R. 6. 78: Ku. 3.231 W*r R. 2-

husband.
a. Having no abode (body), incorporeal, epithet of Agni.
.

24; 3j^55=iwiit: q*ni, P.

n.

having an evil and corrupt mind. q*: I. an un>lesired occurrence-^. connection with a wrong object, argument or rule an
a.
"

Mai. 9.26 2 Along, along side, afterwards by the side of, lengthwise (
i

Sk

^5 wrtuWranwwt
R.
ft^ri.
i

4.

j8

Improprietyi

immorira:)

13. 6l\

ality

injustice,

wrong

acti indis-

nrnorvi*.

evil result. an evil omen.

fear ot

evil.

13;

One who

Mb- w Freedom from calamity. -COMP-( >tnfCTw$OTf*i|Rn ) ?,-ia^a. impolite, not discreet, not alongside the Ganges P
cretion, foolish conduct. -2 (*
i

situated
II- I-

16

has not sacri-

conversant with policy.


a Not blue, white &c. i**t 'white-horsed' N-of Arjuna'
21
1

Me.
ffimfo 3T3na^fw>ffi*rwft: V. 3. 3 along the sides or slopes.-3 After. m consequence of, being indicated

ficed

Ved. Unhurt /. Non-accomplisliment, non-completion.

fiti.

i.

Ki- 14. 26, 42.


a.
I

by!

*w

nW(P.

II- 3-

S Sk.

Having no

perior,

paramount,

lord or susupreme, with-

^jTqftrsii^t aioi)! so
i

f?"3 ftatanfton
(

that the arrow ( the feathery portion of it ) does no.t come out on the other side- i e. no with
n<
J

So

great force.

*mnri^
ed,

a.

aside or got rid

un refuted
'':

Not crossed, set 2 Unanswerof. a charge ) ( as

a defendant

who has

tiout a controller, uncontrolled jj^sfurww R 10. 20- -2 Not a master or lord, having no mastery or with control over, not master of gen.) powerless* iTTOiwrfisftsfti 1: 5- 2i swlw'! vftm fl*i w'f srnj in V. 2 19! Ms 9 104. 3 Not one's own master, not independent N- of
( i

con?T^ ) -4 With, along with nected with *fi* wafifflr &)! p. I.


4. 85-

Sk-

IB'

rgt )i

a^nws'r^-

^"3 "?5: Ku. 7. 24 along with, contemporaneously) Si. 8 561 ^^miiraiRTjfw 9. i/.-j Inferior or subordinate to ( ft-i ) f*r^iTO5 wvniq^: Ki. 13. 52 inferior, lower in value or importance! wj ?flf gn;=<CliHr: P. 1.4. 86 Sk6 In a particular

62
relation or state
(

$fJ5jprrt*
(

10

P To
},

relate after

(some as wind,
subse4. IDs

fate &c.

;
.

luprvro

*m> firegsrg Sk. ftfairftelse one an ardent devo- quently. ^ji:. HwaSiHgw: tee of Vishwui rewt fcft w rt f's
)
(

mention

inr rwt M e WjfWw<nmi

4jf H^ g^ra
9. sito" 7i

<w-

BqHM
3.

favourably
.

inclined or devoted to. 7 Having a part or shar-, participition or one that claims a share of ( ~
n:
)

Subsequent mention on Pi5?rt3>ii'!rr Kasi


i

^TT 2 Friendly, kind,

V.
or

well

20 S kindly
j

II. 4. 32.-2 Relation, narration discourse, conversation-

Conformable to disposed.-3 pleasing, agreeable or favourable to, conduciug to, capable of olt
i

The
Sk-,
in a

f?nf*nKvim?rHjftj:

-g A-

next youngest.

in comp_. i ?tj?iw|;T $9 gp^'wr: S- 27\ Kig^BTsilwnr^ir K. 42 not inclined

distributive sense, mostly in com p. ( ffiw7, ftwmrt )i ^Rp** day by day, every day 'fa every *>Hrot every moment time, frequently \ fj l^rag Rroft

Repetition,

To

take pity or com-

Sk waters

tree

after

tree,

e.

every tree ( ramiwT<*: SIR ).-o, Towardsi in the direction ofi near, to, at ( sig*rwnrt P. H. I. 15 ), wgw*im*faSK.|*3 5i. 7. 24 near the riven vfa*m *nwg 5^rar: g. 55 to

on or in, with the force of the locativei ^er^ngra ft*n% 4. 39,


(

ufir

ir*iiS*i<3Wifs ^wrrrwunrotf (wiprn Me. 50.-IO In orderly succession, according tOiigP in regular order i in J3*5>$=AJRrrgijifoi order of seniority! "tf; *%*i= <s<rct "i"JSk. -II Corresponding with, like, in imitation of $ mgft fit7. 1;

'Favourable to all', epithet N ^ of Vishnu at i N. if a tree ( ??ft ) ioc- also! Hrj^T ait \tmt\ ^^r n?rg*R?i Croton Polyandrum.-2 N. of a>nmi Cans. To pity &c. siixi a i Favour, kind ness fifrmetre Ku 4. 39oim^f iiyi3 ^5 K- P. 9.-2 ( Rhet. ) A figure in which unfavourableness a- Pitying, taking compasturns into kindness w^f* Jrftri*r. sion on, sympathizing with D. f nflrw u^r na- One who pities, kindlearted, compassionate -4 Compas.-2
.

passion on, sympathize with, pity in*i with ace. )* ffifiii^^wtti *^ wijrm Mai. 10 nigMk Vi *7^ stig^iTO 4. 8, with
i .

to pride ?arwf SUJRW * irft 197; j 5iiSfr>?iTg%5iT R. 5. 76 befitting, suitable *: I A faithful or kind husband, ("^wfi: S- D or i^fttfr:
i

afR:

variety of

**rt

sion, pity, tenderness,


[ *?

sympathy.

-w ] Compassion, comi

-p* I

Favoui,
;

conformity

rr%t?art F*

irr

m3r: V-

4.

25150

wffrf to roar after

or in imitation

miseration, pitys with gen- JHrqingBg. 10. in or with [oc.; Hwn nj^q^t w R. 2- 63(orin comp T. n R. 2 48 i 3WTTt P. V-3 76
.

kindness, good will laRprrg^swn R. I- 42 the wind being favourable-2 Prosperity

Den.
propitiate, act

P.

To

conciliate,

in

a friendly
13

way

oi.-ia Following, conformab'e to


a

Pitied i**rrfPT having


spiriu(

towards!

w^sHnflgfrsft fp

compassionate
,

5*: Ku7. II.

2-

39-,

"Ru

71

K-

4. 12.

wgrffi5if rea ).-i3

With

Pitying

in

comp.

regardtOj towards; in respect oft


Ji<ug reason of
.

sympathizing with.
p#f. p. Pitiable,

8.
i

U.

14
(

On

account
)-,

of,

by

with abl.

it

adverb aw is and means after, afterwards, later on, now, .at this time, again, once more, then, and further. ( The senses of w; as given by G- M.
are:

Ram. Asa separable used only in the Vtdas

worthy of wards follow especially to imisympathy ifiinw^rm mrg*wt R. tate,, do after or in imitation of, ^rfmnj*wm5TT^! srwn Ku. r semble, equal, copy (with gen 14. 74 A courier, express ^swifij^Hj ei*or: ......ft^aw Ku- I. I 3 76. 2 An ascetic messenger 4 4 i1jt!Riir ^fwmjam K 10-, j'sufa
i ;

To

be after

or

after-

)-,

Desire, wish-

lrnt "iiriww 6, 282i 13

<*.mito
)

g^qHi

wg
et

3;qi an ] i Agreeable to desire, according t one's desire. 2 [ g*ini^ %^-3=?. [ At will, Dtsirous, lustful. accoiding to desire or wish, as dea- [

*i*w

?s:

M. 5=^ also with ace. wrtn^qiiT: K>

ai-

76*

*/f
r:

sired, at pleasure-

[ag^ *:
1

w: ]

^ff Bk- 2. 8 *$** V. -5i Ms. 2- 199. 2 To requite, recoiipense.-3 To try on, adjust, adapt
;

Susr-

Proper or worthy desire i desire "fil fulfilling one's desiies.


fr: ;. The senses of arg be thus expressed in verse:

a Imitatingant

*:

An

assist-

may

3"w
]

"f 'm f?^:

P-

V*iot,-fifn : /. i
<i>t

2- II

Sk.
'

Going

sure

one who Bk.

at will or pleaacts as he pleasesi

Imitation
f*^nn.

w
7.

Mu-

-2

Copy,
1
:

resemblance,
P. VI.

similarity,

1*

a- [ ^iiwJ 'f> ]Opportu:ietimely, adapted or suite. I to the time- w ind- Opportunely! on a proper occasion.

$m
62;
Taitt.

onamatwpreia' wsfwijvtI, 98; V. 4 57 1. 4. 69-3 *&t9KTfi%*y*r. .Me.


i

Compliance
w js i performer

art1ftrtn?gfi?t?r

Act
publishing.
'TJ'Wfm w*!^; ^iAnr o QV r /* j A 1 \j rgg Q y j i j . de S irous.-2 Libidinous, lustful (as
**n
.

ot

proclaiming or

"5* a

[m-n *.*. P V >


^

Up M An

imitatar.-2 Actor,

7-1

/4

a|over )-3 Sloping.

I Favourable, ( lit- fo|. agreeable lowing the .bank or slope, accord

^ imitation

ing to the current, with the grcaia)-

VA

subsequent

rite.

63
R:

blance

Imitation, resem[ f-*i.] g^nr-piK: "3w T^ra ^w^r i^-

a,

U. 4 P
also
)

I
;

To

go

after.

-5

To answer

follow
i

fig-

HsnffttsjJKM
i

respond

with,

or respond to, corbe suitable to


;

frnHftt^T:

Mai.

9.

^qtjRqiffcja: self to
;

Rim.j

to betake one-

ar^Tfti, a. Imitating, resembling iwgSitm tft ?Tfh*rt*i* Ram. -2 To R. 16 13; " ftnTr: with gen- or in comp. ) count upi enumerate, stale or go K, 203. -6 To farairHrnft S. 6; firnswifoftj nrg Eft i^TORfr n^i**- go or die out, be extinguished) through in order auwftflr ^hl ^wvjfw^ reft S. 2- 16; wt Mbh. on P. I. I. 72 give a Tinr gyfisfjna*^ Sat- Br.-7 To i. 2is R. I. 43. 3- 5table of contents, used frequently enter into. Caus- [-wiflft] To in the Niruktacause to follow, follow Fit to aw^ft.-^iofm.-wfw^f.^. iftnw gs^^fir M. i. 21 followed or a- [3*a: aw] In due orderbe imitated- -,-ai"rniiiT A subsein soundI '"Succession, se- accompanied order, quent rite or ceremony. quence, arrangement, method, due *gr* a. [ wgreaarft, T^-* ] ( In TV.] order fffatf 5Wia*<?p R. 6- 70; comp.) Following, going after kind of sacrificial rite called wgJH <B$nyw**i4. 60i Y. 2-41. corresponding or tallying with, -2 A table of contents, index, to H?T ys\&: W- Pt- Isuch as that of the Vedic Sam- adequate Den. A. Tosympathize 59i "ftrngii mfr 9^ima 1<. 16- 645 Mehitas. or condole withMs- 2. 214* rrinKfaw?trg* 471 ftfji-s*! f?w: 9. 142 governed or rei. Proceeding in order. 3fw I P- To drag after one- -2 follower, Following. iV-flwit [wnfw] gulated by 8. 239. *: self, to attract ( in gram- )i A table of contents, an index ( obedient ) servant, companion *fr belowCaus. To subject. showing the successive contents n^Hwigr R. 2. 58, 9-82; *" followed by an army, being the head of of a work. ^:-*T I Dragging after, drawan army. ing alongi attraction in general. wifSf I P. To shout at or after. -2 Summoning Or invoking ( by Caus. To join in lamenting, con3t**xp. p- I. ( Used passively ) means of spells ).-3 Grammatical dole with, show sympathy. Followed (lit. &. fig.), attend( a attraction, application or attracswwiaT; I. compassion, ed s J>nwft!i*fo*fti3if R. 12. Pity, tion of a word in a preceding rule 102 3. 9! Ms. IT. 71. ( b ) Full tenderness with loc.-) to a subsequent rule, word &cof, filled with '^m^'mnnsjnT f^r. S. 3i Me. 115;
(
:

aWmrwgwT Mb

wi-

imitate, resemble Ki- 4- 361

nmowrbiT4kK: Mbh. on 4 see alsoSk. on P. VI


-,

PI.

II. 2-

tree

or bottom of a carriage--5 has gone over a ( ) Delayed performance of a dutyEvery instant, conm- The bottom of a
staiftly, frequently.

jyp6in

ww^

127. -4

made
ft

to relent S.

w Mk-

4;

4.

Si

9**W*w<ra'>

^ifri ]

The

axle- i

it

nfti

37JWI3I-.

S.

3-2 One who up kro.va 2 miles


2
(

K. 159 consisting or
of",

made

T^nwTjre^rmT. Mb- (c) Covered, as by a cress hanging tamwoir Ki- 5 behind


;

ft^^i^

carriage.
syfojtj
i A To follow duly -Caus. cause oihers to follow duly-

m. ( ) The attendant of a dooi-keeper or charioteer


*MS$rfr

miT^E^m ) ( d ) Extinguished &c. ( e Acquired; obtained -2 Used actively ) ( o ) Following. wm"g^T: obeying, observing
(
)
i

To

wg^i Stipend given

to

certain

Mu28
!

%5^ ] I A cometoi Ms- 9. 267, K. 166-, Mu. 6. 51 H. 2 56-, R 15.9. (MCor secondary direction or precept, from a distance. a substitute or alternative to be responding or tallying with, adaused in times of necessity when agwft:/. I Descrying--2 Re- pted or^ answering to, in harmony withi qjrunw^ff ^raS. B. m^'tBi the primary one ( rm<wj ) is not porting, revealing <?wmw?T: M* 2- 9, in accompaniment possible as the direction to use m discoverer mA 3T3iT$ ( to the musical tunes '&*'' w: w<rat^|Wi or ^l in the absence of "i aSH Ms- II- reporter. wy: Ratn. li "Kb: SI II. 10- J, c ) Hij: UWTOCTW fli'S'j**^ Adequate or suitable to, fit fon 30i 3- I47.-2 A "work connected 5T1 I P, I To go after, ~ JoHow Pt- 5- (_ a ) Imitating with kalpa ( one of the six auxili- attend, accompany M-5- 1 am aries of the Vedas ). ft i Pt. i. 73 *j&fyrcft glad that the boy takes after his S. 4t <i Moderate time in music, father. OTTK a- 1 Unaltered, unsaid ( in *T* w* a. having a cor?: KComp. 841 under v. *fir. )=*nni(nffT q. gram. -2 Unheard of, extraordinary. 3 wfifti5 *qi?rtfli'*n R. 2, 2! responding or easily discoverable

temple-worshippers inOris^a ( ?.) 2 P. Ved. To descry, see

ft*rT?j>mr HU'T f^ft^^qntfitHHIini ijl^fSwt


5.

iQt

Mk;
K.

3
IJ>i

igw

i.

Not told
3-21.

OTT^ifrsft

?m

<?

Ku.

w* 'jtiftn'^w^wj
5.

6 Ms,
. i

12.

115

Ki.

senseW:
f. I

2 -2

To follow, practise,
Ram3-

obterve,

Without hymns wg*i songs of praise; Rv- 5. 2. 3.


a.

or

*iRi5T^ obe,y,-act up to mi <Bfti aufi iiiii, K. 104,


JTHT

Following
i

w^W^
the sound
:

a.

[W^WH:

Serrated.

uii"fsg*in

following, imitating
^ift

dentated like a saw3*t,I P.


j

^haii5'^ft H.

To cry

wander through;
after, reply to

V*

44--3

To&

seek, n it
[*r

-2 Consent, approval* consent*'

see under 1"*!: *iM e forced

M41
5*

q. 7-

cry in reply

quest of. -4 To come, arrive, approach, present oneself ( as time)i* 1*3*% BhSg
'W</.

^n

go

in

Following! R: I. g8
2

S.
,

B,
(

Comprehending,
)

grasping

as a sonse

TOin^im: 5.

64
D- 3 Following in death, postcremation, self-immolation of a widow on her husband's funeral pile. 4 Imitating approaching. 5 Conformity, accordances ;"i

a Sinking
Ratn.'l- 19.
/.

in

response to

TT9 ISTfrWRTfT 26, 2 4! WTfWig^W $2; Me. 3< Ms. 12. 47. In comp.

N. of a metre of two

ines, the first having 27 and the second 32 matras a species of

5.

B.
a-

he /Irya metreTollowing. m.

fol-

io wer=**i.

3ig
*V%.
I

<j;

Habitually or const-

antly followingPof.

To

roar

after or

in

imitation

p, p.

ing echo.

Ku

Roared. HT 6 40.

roar-

avour, oblige, treat with kindness* ur *>"*": 5- 3 OIT 3isi?r*i?5T'3^ 3 riend will be so good as to, or the stone kindly, take a seat on rt fireftsg^rt V- 5. be pleased to "ft* 55"!*? " 1 V. ,it down &cthe 3 favoured ( by modifying that curse ) * with instr. or
i 1 i

~4-^y

P.

Ved.-S* 01 "'*

To

or followed by; *tm &c.-2 Following a spy ( ^TH3111: ).-0,-u i A female attendant. 2 A logical or due stropheag^fts p. p. Followed &c- (t Walki walk in life, conduct.

attended
!,j

follower, servant &cwg^TTO: fir A female servant.


:

/.

Ved. Repeating
I

in a

chorus

).

VVrongi improper -2

Unusual;

unfit.

abl_-_of

loP.
of,

To

consider,
i

think

which
Suiting
(

is

an obligation
mi S.
j

*""
;

call
a*rr :

wgftrt ind-

the length of ) the Oxen. By the mountain side


ibfiged To

6i

*3H

to mind wiyigpnrgftfn S. 2- 91 Bg. 8. 8; Ms.


I Calling to mind, meditating upon. 2

R. 13- 49aR: mora:

V. 4- I an> much you &c- ( *3^T3 is oft


itself

ijjj

4.92-

3ftm,-WP
thinking
of,

3*33

a
]

p. V.

2 15

used by

in
' '

the sense

of

Sk. ]

cowherd.
a[

Repeating, following in speaking, echoing. See under


?-i5n%

a?3n^

obliged,' I- thank you', favour ).-2 To


'

much

many

thanks,
it

a I esteem foster, cherish, *'Drotect, maintain ( as fire )


i

Recalling, recollecting. 2 Constant thinking, anxiety. wgw?: The part of a man's

^firg^n: win ^5val--3 welcome. 4 Te hold up* support,

To receive,

undergarment which is allowed down in front from to hang the waist to feet ( Mar. w=v ).
wgfrcm: /., *$'%?: Non-extirpaindenon-destructiom
i

a [ 3*' soil i*f ] Having similar qualites, of the same nature; ttwiwraifau. asinigjoiT wa'i Susr. conformable to, favourable or agreeaple to, suitable- accordi^r ri 3tsn ing to i n^rtiwi350T Mv. 7. obedient to the will 710. .?8 * goi^M^a "!* "i%: Ki.6. 33 13 * congeniali suitable, fit*
3S<
i *
i

6 To keep seizing or depriving. conform or correspond to, to,


follow, take after "***3J** *?w<i U. Son: Vb. 2 5"^HiT5^fTdi To cause favour, or to
;

uphold-

To

follow in robbing,

tion

structibilitya- Not rejected pure, Dk 112 holy, fresh, unused*


i

3^?
or

fi.-Caus.
4-

to_

*Ml

Mu-

jjj^-^oi
ol)ligation
t

A
I.

favour, kindness,

wigs^^Roi* Dk. 1-30 not having wives worthy of themselves ( fror a?<fsa?i 5^"'gwoir TOW? Mk. 3. 3 agreeable or

*"m

Dk.

64, 94!

showing favour, &s ), obliging, rewarding ( opp>t!H!35?R^ Ptf.

35>

a '3f

sm>a"5 "
i

?\% m&T3!nj^5i?g

S.

.1,

R. wgwj

To be born after' be produced- after, to follow in being born, arising &c. ^ra^urt faroi g "fa gsigima Ms. *5- 9 1345 *" al *nnww *"*H3Jitiin Mb. -2 To take after (one's parents )i to be born similar to.
argw?.i

arise

tfiWntTr Ku.

3.

3- -2

Assistance,

shown to the poor in aigai-win p. p. Burn after, later, Ill: 4- 72' 3 younger-, *nm3iTrf: P. "ceding them &c. ^fts'^'ft'"*! ). mean ?Wgwifan itself )* *r* ms$- Facilitating by spells. 4 Accept- *V fnnwHJhsfHm: R. 6. 781 irenrHnrrira t srimgwoft R. G. WSS""- ance. 5 Rear-guard. CoMp. so w^r. grcn qrim ytgwt Sk. nrnfn S. D. i** m* a. anxious to please or for f:,-tia: I A younger brother* Ms HflfrwnBm.U- I
pleasing to the heart, exactly after the heart ( TV. here takes *>" to
i

help

": nt aural peculiarity. 39 adv- I Favourably- conformably to one's desires ftfargsoi Hlwrufni%<JTHrgT Bk 8- 95- 2 Agreeably or conformably to ( in cOmp. ) n^' II.-3 ^rrjgof <fl^ttHn^ Dk.
'i
-,

favour. trf: creation of feelings or mental conditions.

5.

after

58--2 born,

cadet

born again,
later-3

WjS ptor

p.

Fit to be favoured
na:
i

younger,

obliged;

Taking

K.

134
I

Naturallya Favourableness-

Den- P. To make favourable conciliate bring about


i

havouring, furthering, promoting--2 Gracious, kind. the A mouthful W3OTH*: equivalent of a mouthful.
;

again, sacred the with invested A younger thread. w.-wm i sister. -2 N- of a plant ( n'finw ).,,, )._* N. of a plant (
after.-4

Born

wmTthe

^ OMP

aw

a-

lower

than

securei
18- 44.
a-

<^S33i"l

gir*bit

Ki.

Linking together
t"i>

v.

ith

K. 240.

younger, youngest. *** m. iigwwrc, fwit younger brother

l3
;

ow

rtnr3Jr?n=<

Ki.

2.

17' Si. "3

2, 14-

Covered, sheltered.
P.
I

t-l.

To sing

after
\
;

a per-

son ), sing to ( a-tune follow ii *gmrni singing Ti%^;ftiaq*iw Gt. I; w-j^atif^w 55mmwra': Ki back, echoed. -2 To 3. 60. sent to celebrate in song. sing
;

pursue, go aften to serve, attend or wait ftit; K- 368 m<tii3*^ upon serving. -2 To traverse, seek after,
i

.,P-l To

follow,

wg^X 1
or

P-

To depend upon
hang
on.
)
*
-

for subsistence,

upon

something

live by * f*i*-

go through, wander. -3 oneself, behave.


:

To conduct qim

I A companion, follower attendant, servant-, friia^"*^: R

Dki- 122 .hang or depend on, live (submissively) -2 under, live as a subordinate to To see without envy rt nt ftti*

66

wo
Mb. -3 To
live for

m?gafnrm:

any One.-4

To

tin distress a R. 8. 89
;

a.

=Tfttr TrTrr

***HT

Prii

follow or imitate in livings R. 19. 15 v- 1-5 To survive-

p
I

P.

Hented.-2 Filled

with regret, repentantaryrra:

a Dependent, living on or upon -m. A dependent, servant,


follower Ki. I. 4,
s

Be 5 *) excellent 162 unsurargrRTTSr raaTHHH"! DkWithout passed. -3 imcT 3TTc ^" a reply, silent, unable to answer
ncip;il. chief.

-2

art^=rNrT:

10

Pt. I. 69.
a.

To be
To

served

as a

master

Repentance, remorse, W5f<T55T n 5rTiitTnfT Na' s hadha--4 contrition, subequent regret or Fixed.firm ( * mfS -erafn ) 5 Low, inferior, base, mean, -6 Southern. sorrow aiTmyn^ni HI V. 4. 38 stung with remorse Ms. II. 228- '[X 3. ] No reply, a-rply which, being evasive, is considerd to be -2 heat. no reply. -n:( pi- ) A class of gods Or a/ distress wgrnqf Causing among Jainas ( "atremrs n
i ;
.

).

regret or sorrow-

The

south.
sorry.

^ a-. Repentant,
See )ander
'-

permit, allow or thing ) assent or ( a person consent to, approve authorisei sanction w?g^wi% nt rnn^ U. 3. sn let me go fcs "rft ?Tf<Tr ^%^ tfSrgsnoaf 5, 4. 8- permitted to go Dk. i^ 23 M. I ; IQ, Ms- 2. Il6
9
I
;
; ;

U-

3^I

waves
desire

a Steady, not ruffled (by


.

3rqifiT5Ta!TTgwnt f u . 3. 48.

*p*i*n mftr'mrsgfrra

agreed-tp.-2

To

S. 5 approved, betroth, affiance


forgive.-,

Dk. 50.-3 Tp excuse,

Mb-~4 To repent, be sorry

To
r

for. -5 requsest, entreat, beg wrt nfgiTFnfa i nao!jfatft z* Ram. -6 To


;

treat or
snfoj

behave kindly, favour ;^


JJ3THT.
.

.arsfajTOT'^jTrm

Mb. -7

To

dimiss, bid farewell (usually Caus. ( firmf^ ), i To ), ask or beg for, repuest.-2 To ask take permission, ask for leave leave of, bid adieu to
in caus.
i s :

3T5?<% /"Failure, non-production. a., ffra a Not yet ?nq^ produced.-Comp. 2 Wish, desire-3 Drinking spirit- "rtfrtW; preparation for a future uous liquors. -4 drinking vessel state, acquiescence in the state and moral condition which is yet ( used in drinking spirituous liquto ors ).5 Lipuor itself. cpme.-HR:-qr a method of arguing against a thing by attempting to and 3 4. 3^<Tvf*r=Tj(T^ prove that noting exists from which it could spring. wgfwB a. Following f?ra ( as a &ind Grain after grain field ) a. Not produced or e. by grains or very minutelyborn, unborn, unproduced &cor a VedreDepressed srjgsi Not coming into existpressed ( in sound ), unruffled. ence, not taking effect.. Comp. P To rub ( as the Densrjjairm point or end of gfass) with cottons P III- i. 25. -a^n, a Destitute of energy or in this mannerdetermination.-*: Want of deteraryjBsf Rubbing mination, energy &c.!listlessness, or I across P. I To
to

dink

[^-^1]
i

Thirst,

wgwrf' Absence of exertion.

^r^TC3<nrt?if^wiT aigwrogSi. 10. 2 ( thirst and liquor).

'

Pt.44.
inrt

5,

Ms.

122
e;^

,
i

9.

82

3753 to the'end. wise.

go

To

languor, indifference.
a.

stretch lengthger, retiring,

Moderate, no calm-

overea-

Mb.
nT [ srT-wy-pg^rr ] I Permission, consent, sanction 3<jTgirunwF?! mn: R. 2. 66.-Permission or leave to depart--3 Excusing, forgiving, allowance made for faAn Order, command. ults.-4 Comp. ^fon-Wir requesting permission, taking leave.
;

\] Fare,
freight

wj?^ a. Not over- anxious, no self-comrepentant or regretful


i

-# K a Not deviating from the Swtra (of Panini or of morality ) not anomalous or irregular, e'^rt-

<

~ H5iw;

Hfasra^t Si. 2. 112.

placent.

Permitted, allowed, assented to, granted, honoured, favoured, authorised, dismiasedSWSTT^: One who commands or
fgsftn/i. p.

Absence of haughtiness Ved. [^w*. a. ] _i Not or pride i* <fl wpqt Bh- 2- 63 *: wg T^awra^jtt: V- J moistened or wet g>Tm3 fgitsffr modesty is the handmaid of Rv. I- 83. 7.~2 Not set driven forth cf.' Modesty " heroism. or urged ( w<lftfl ) invincible (?) a- Net puffed up, not -= a [ f 3rTflt rwr^ ] i Than proud or arrogant wnr; *rfra Swhich there is noting better, 4.17unsurhaving no superior or better,
373?%-*:
3T3rr a.
i

l.

orders$rTf:
f.

Authorsing-2

Issuing an order or command. *g' 5 8 a. [ wjrnt ->Hs ] Next to the eldeU.-s adv. According to
seniority.
wg^rj, I P.
(

To

passed, the very best or highest, incomparably or pre-eminently the best a^S ft&* z&t*f$*3ri HPr. 4 TSJ* JimRgfurf MS- 2. 242 Y. I. 8; w?w*n gjn3^i nf: Si. I. 27 all- pervadiugs Bg- 7-I8i Ms- 2.Q; 8 8I.-2 Not the best s-j 5. 158 used in the a^TT ( in gram. ) Not of Siva or first person. f:
i s , s s

d-\_

*f

g^TcT

or

3ng^^Ti?T

grt ^ffti

-;i-i>]

Ved. Kot urging or driving onwards or, emulating others in


giving
(

351*1^
aI

)-,

see

amg?.

Waterless ( as a dearg* sert ). -2 Having very little water ( as a puddle ).~3 Devoid of the libations of water ( a sort of wtt^ ).
^gTtf.rt

heats vex,

A. or pass ) To repent, grieve, be sorry for, be stung with vfit'^v remorses ^vfit'^v^n 3- 5, ( v- I. for ftjjfc'jq^ift &c.
fig.

annoy

).-2 (4

K;. 17. 40,

Caus.

To

pain, afflict,

or Vishnu. - Comp. -^?T-HT%* a term in Sankhya philosophy, indifference to and said.t* mean abstinence from sensual enjoyment, as fatiguing or involving injury to external objects,
'

tender
3T

I Not lofty, low weak, not sharp.


I

2 Soft

3^
s ,

Having

waist

thin, lank

see

a slender "f^nKrff Sk. (

66
or referring ba- words ( the words being not utier sir ed with a view to a particular being the object of an sense h i%*u?ftsjai3ft S'\- 16. agnT I P- To survey, behold follows his own will. -2 To run 44 in see or view in mind, prto female keep A -I i Restoration wy*m wjunrr- up to, approach. 3 To cleanse, ospect " * Wis^^r* ?wr companion Cans. To v. ash. * Bg I. 31 Bh 3- 3I Going or show, tell, inform as followsrunning after, 9?m a. Grave ( accent ) not <m: gwjftfini vi&Fn wpfrif!T M- S following, -pursuing! g<r <ft<T5r: elevated or raised ( not pronounS- 2- -2 Close pursuit of an object writes or informs as follows. ced ) with the Udatta accent ) & ( for the knowledge of truth )i rehaving accentlass, ^m: ,fi%^m: Inspection, survey; search, investigation. -3 Seeking ^mthe neutral, general tone consideRamWRTRJ^^ a mistress, though unattainable rg<rmM .wriwB W: *n:.i utterep ration, regard JiwwrgsniOTiMj:^4 Cleansing, purification. with the grave accent ( as a vowel; 5^13^1* Bg 13. 8 perception Twftftm jra*?"***!* wm?n's *y^ I P. I To think of, muse, a. Having a favourable consider rfn 2 To wish attentively. ft: /;-A favourable look. look* well of, to bless, favours wpriistft* is term 33? WH^OT a- [ ^^"3^: ] Longitudi" wft stfrort aifUgt-rnii?! ^afcfa R- 14. used by Panini for the grave accent nal,*lengthwise 60 bleSs arg^^gEiW ^iw>: ufnwhich immediately precedes the "': I/. 36 favoured. sw3;n a Not raised or puffed up the for general Udatta, and also humS- 5. 12 *<n: tjfiw: flW%rH: wgsar [ OT-a] Thinking or wishaccent less tone neither high nor ble modest' unsurpassed. ing well of, favouring, attachmentlow, termed lwi%, the one moI Not removing or taknotonous intonation belonging to aT^sofr Not offering, esta-" 2 the generality of syllables in a ing awayMused, thought of &c *. sentence ). w: The grave aceent.- Wishing or proving. *l^] I Thought) K. 2621 meditation, not takComp *nf^: a nominal base of awjfT': I Non-partition which the first syllable is W3irfr ing a share ( fisftgtfgf^t I%HIW: ). -2 religious contemplation--^ Thinka verbal root having for its wg ing of, remembrance! IT f: tfrrarlNon removal. *a the grave -accent (denoting vmff ra^irwnrHviai Ku. 6- 21. 3 a- Undivided; unremoved, that it takes the Atm- terminatWishing*well of^ affectionate soliunharmed, undestroy- citude fon sTwr'jre^fl** ions only ). s^ a syllable fdl- uninjured, srfBmi5rg &cor established uuofifered *: U. 7. lowed ( immediatey ) by the grave ed, ii; HT f^j Fg^iarwwrTre

give back, restore. 3 U. to yield, grant, remit-

To

ck

w*

"

*wg

accent.
still

a*

a.

more

than,

wpm
/

comp.

graver accent, that which immediately precedes


e-

lower or

arwnw. -taking place of sunset while the wr^i fire continues to be unrsmoved from the
a
argon,
^
I

(J. i.

One who
wishes well
of.

a syllable having the a?Trr or n*t accent and is thus more depressed than the ordinary wgT1^' accent-

Not bold
a.

soft, mild.

2 Not exalted or lofty.

To be favoured or gt>qw a. wished well of,g?s5Tg> R. 17 36.


P. To sound towards or with ace. ) Caus, To cause to sound, make resonant, fill with

niggardly i not high or noble. -2 H.aving none more liberal, very liberal, or great 3 (wwm^riu.) Adhering to or followed by a wife IT^H'HHI^51: fWj'TtsijsiWl K- P. 4 ( used in sense I also ) --4 Having a suit a ble or worthy wife W- * ).
l
i

wg^K

a-

Not

liberal,

gai

Not

diligent, idle,

inactive.

"S^I
(

Repeated playing Or gambling! N. of a part of the Sabhaparvan


wgip
*:

at

echo,

argnnr a Lazy, not industrious Idleness, inactivity.

Mb. made musical or


resonant.
wgrt^:
[

35
38
59
(

P. I

To

run
i

after,

follow,

aig^
a

="r] Sound, noisei

jf^n a. 2

Unsaid, not uttered forth-

accompany,
12.

g*

tw^rtjl*

R.
t

3
5

Si. 7. 18* reverberation, echo-

67

Not risen or appeared


r-fi;>w

To

si- 1 16 25 52 chase, pursue,

T3>rif^

Ecnoing,

sounding,

ind Daily,
'

day

after

day
3:

Udb.

3.

6
:

P.

To

point outi assign


i

Pointing back
i

3tg5/> p I Followed pursued 2 sometimes used actively ). sound back (as or brought Sent n A measufe of time in music= half druta or one fourth of a Matra ( or of the time taken to utter a short vowel )
?:
r

resonant.

See under
a. [ i 3ia> iirlwt Napronounced through the noses
]

sal,

Sk.; 5jw=irfW9^=iisg!ir%*:
I.
t

P.

I.
g=iT-

a rule

or direction wliich refers or points back to a previous rule iji**g<iPTT p. [ *^T: 3 jo subsequent rnentiou of things ( words, suffixes &c- ) in the order of things previously mentioned, respective enumeration or statement, first for first, second for second as in
.
i

Non-marriage, celibacy. a. Easy in mind, secure.


or

wglif a. Free from anxiety ": Security or freeapprehension dom from fear-

3 *T*.
jrwioit
I.

P-

To run
seuse

after,

follow

4 -2 Direction, order, injunction.

s^onmt
the

m^Tofsg'Jiarff

U.
the

10.

follows

name for the 5 nasal consonants,, the vowels or the consonants ^, <f 3, ( under certain circumstances ); i. e the letters included in the frSi?T<- attj except 5 and ^ 2 The sign u.ed to mark the nasalisation in the case of i* The nasal twang _ ^ or B Comp- wTi?: a conjunct conso-' nant beginning with a nasal.
,

81 9"ftsg*"%uiT being a

=^ Sikshas

67
Description or relation following the previous order or sequence i^Hrgqf^Eurt fifcuwmi **$<nrn n S. Di

level

TO

a.

neither raised nor lowered)' having limbs not stout or

To go
)j

A.

P.

in

epic poetry

prominent.
a Not frantic, sober, calm, sane.

be fond
wife
.

Subsequent
(

libation

w3'm?,-w^nT
q.

mad

after, follow, attend. -2 ofi be attached to ( as a aciCTRr n?iit?g pRWw^qBii

To

or

with clarified butter

Mb. -3 To enter, go to or To fall down, come down


earth
)i

into. ( to

4 the

argfWfwr A ceremony connected with this libation.

Mb.
Not obliging, un-

agnrR^qfem ^mg^Traa j*r To enter upon, betake

I.

angn I P. I To conciliate, win over.induce, persuade, prevailupon, request, supplicate, entreat, propitiate, pacify, appease (anger &c.)i
qstft
"

grateful, not making a return tor benefits received. 2. Worthless,

useless
arjqfVtT

p-

Not injured or de).

5.

545 fa.
5

stroyed

waq^ui
a-

19

38.

43i

Bk

6. 137;

V. 3. pacified, made favourable or agreeables Ki- 13. 6;; M. 5". K. 168. 178) Dk. .?. 4 7.-2 To cherish lovei nAtiHgn Bh. 2. 771 cf. Shakespeare '.Cherish those heaits that hate thee '.-3 To bring near to ( with dat. of person ).~4 To train, discipline. -5 To honour.
afrrgfqigSm

rw?iR* tm

46' 20-

praised. n indSo that no oth?r person accompa- of( Ved.

waiWT

Ndt

oneself toi fJraiwr^? aw^tsgTlnT?^qaa, CTRir;jim- Ram-i JSTT 5551 wtar !n-!fqzTcT rti^if Mb did not do 6 To ^find.^ disanything else cover, notice) frsr ^e^r ...... see, fti^rT ^s^qnw Bhag. 7 To lose ( with abl. )i fj?5trT^qmt Mb. -8 To handle. 9 To fall to the share
).

nies in singingw3<?atn:

Absence of damage or
iifStfl

detriment; any detriment


estate
).

obtained without
(

arjqito pass

<j.

q?-fg;q

J
(

Ved. Coming
got everyday)

/-

Food
).

to the- paternal

^gqsfiaifq

a.

granting livelihood,
livelihood.
i

Not yielding or the having no


(

a
feet

[ <J$TMrg>T(i: ] i

Following

closely.

2 Following

every word; "55


of a
text

P.

To

say after, repeat.

a commentary Brahmnna ) explaining the word for word. 5|:N-ofa

Kind, conciliatory, pacifying (as words-). T: i

wgf 1'

a. [ ifi-M* ]

p- p

Read through,

re-

man

or tribe.

A chorus, bur-

Conciliation, propitiation, pacification ( of anger 1. friendly^p?rsuawintamTsioni * 3 srrtft's'w iir R. 2 54*


:

in imitation cher's instruction.

peated

of the tea-

den of a song,

or

words, sung

wgqfsms.

a.

Who

has

read

through, proficient.
I To fly to or towardsor run after, follow ( fig. " also )-, pursue, chases I. S. wg< ?wefe 71 i tHSrofm: Bftr: S- I

H-4!

Hf^'flf*:

^rqju

S. 4. -2 Courtesy, civility, courteous or polite behaviour) modesty^ rr.odesi or respectful de-

3igM!l

P.

-2

To
:

fly

again at regular intervals.-znrf- [ *near feet, ^isft qaigi ] i Along the 2 the feet) wgq^ifr arjqfRi Sk. Step by step, at every steps Si. 9. 78. 3 Word for word -4 On the heels of, close behind or after, immedia'ely after (of time or space))

Sk
,

portmenticonciliatory act (such as


salutation); guest, deity
f:

showing respect
&c.)s

to a
?f<4

HI

ftfr%?gacja
5;
T

V.

3.

^ ft as* 2-

22i

S.D
.

Mai. 9 8. does ^T H"W ( ) not run after (cherish) hope or ta: leave its tw* frg^fi%Rgq[trii:

S. 3
6

i*aat 3<> *wm I shall be


i

close behind yon just follow you! ?g*5f?i <?5 K. 263, 2641 oft with, in this sensegen. or in comp.
Ki- 12. c*tffim"i5i?<T*i ^Bi"T 54] t H-?5iii. qifomi ( at ) *tr?irttgq?

458. -3 An or entreaty,

humble

Mv.

I;

Si.

II-

40.

To

fall

supplication a request in generals


f^rvTmmqTfgi'itaHBrs R. 6 2; <*** 2;
;

H5

iii* T:

ig

TRm^gw Mu.
conciliatory
ducti

Mai. 8.9. upon, attack; *lAnq Caus- I To fly to. 2 To throw another down along with oneself-

II.
I.

3iiarffrai: qrlr^s;aim^fTgq^Trf5i'? 44,. 14. 8li Si. 14. 48.


[

sr-ftffS'SHrifjjrflt.jim

'annTO <ag Ak. address. 4 Discipline, training, regulation of confl*fo.

aigwvqtn:
alighting

upon

in

Falling upon succession 2

wgqfi;^ a-

wyi^ww

^f^t,

ST.

Following, gone after-

Fitly, suitably.

following.^going
aprn^Tgqtncfif.'

after, pursuit! sw-

a
3^u

Courteous,

polite,

proceeding

Si. 7- 27. -3 Going or in order or as a con-

humble, supplicating.
v q. Bk. 8. 75. adopting a conciliatory tone; Si. 16. 55.
,

4 [ *g*N: ^nftr^f qm: ] sequence. 5 Rule of three. -6 Proportion. degree of latitude, opposite to one given. n ind. ( regarded as a na-

5"^%- [ ^q^-si* P- V. 2. 90] Following, seeking after or for, a searcher, inquirers


jrarirgqfi

Sk-i

^WpW

Si. 9- 70-

mul from

<?5

Following

in

suc-

TTT: an v$\ *3 ]

3*roK Submissive, humble, supplicating.


a-

a-

cession, going after; waigqia fgflrfT-

Conciliating*
6.

Si.

female

Wwtl, Bk- 2- II (ntnmgrT?r going to creeper after creeper, or after bending the creepers ). 3? jmm^ a- Following as a result

A shoe ( boct, buskin, or slipaers ) of the length o the foot ( wgq? t?tr awq^iiT sqf^l Pf
-

V.

2-

9Skf

).

A
,

way, road.
a'qwr

character subordinate to the NayikS or lea:ding character, such as a frind. nurse, maid-servant &c.j

m
Dk.

followers ^gqiranfR-? 4m:

'
:

168.

Having no
a letter or
bya.

ltimate
:

'

or penusyllable not

a.

Not raised or elevated,


up.

wgqT a- [ 4tjw?gna: J Following road, favourable the roadroadi wireqm wgqii: Rv. 5 52- 10 * adv. Along the ( aigswwfT: ).

preceded
wgqft

another.
[

T.

Guileless,

ot

lifted

Comp.

road,

without frauds U. ;>. 2-

^?

68
aigqsare:
i

Not

mentioning

that

is,

that

-2 Uncertainty, non-statement. doubt, failure of proof.


argwft:/.
,

winch

Failure,

failing to

srcmflwHiaifqiTgqtrrfrfT: be qri Bhasha, p. 82 ( m"w* being the

every thing in the 1? and thus prevents the corrobration of a general rule of causation by illustrations, posi* TO?" tive or negative ;as

includes

known

so nftt^t, serve;

&c

keep, preKi. 2. 10

watching.
wgqraif Preserving,

keeping up,

obeying.
atgqrfa a. Not rendered fit for or consecrated for sacrificial purposes

failure of the meaning aimed at, Oi of yny connected meaning) -2

Inapplicability, not being applicable3 In conclusive reasoning absence of reasonable grounds


;

that
of,

is

particle &c ) force not, or has nut the


i:
i

word

Comp. *rr flesh of an animal not prepared for sacrifice.


Vi.

an Upasarga- -2 That which Gift has no Upasarga. -3 That which i|*?TTj needs no additions ( as a divine q alsoPenury, being )see 4 adversity. atgq^t a- Having no 3q*T i. e. aigqq* a Improper, impossible, some condiment, sauce, curds &c. inapplicable, impractioable.incon- to moisten food with
)-,

see under

a.

Not

clearly visible or

discernible-

heinous crime such as theft, murder, adult.-ry &c. 35 such sins are

clusive, irrelevant.

wgi
cellent.

a-

[**.] Incomparable

matchless,
of the

peerless,:best,-most ex-

The female elephant


(

I *!jifa Unpolished ( as silver ) -2 Genuine, blameless -3 Not cooked or dressed ( as food ). 4 Not requiring any evident
.

enumerated in Vishnusmr/tiiManu mentions 30 kinds; See n. 54~58wgqtw


a.

the side.-(pl.
a.

Lateral, along or by ) N.ot a people.

south-west

mate of f3?

object.
a)

Ved- Westernajgitf:
a? F "

agq^T-foti a-

Matchless,

incom"
of a cha-

Not

elliptical

WCTT?!-

parable.
agqt^sr Non-refutation rge.
*1iltfi a.
I

Ki. 11-38-

2^ 3 ^
']

follower-

Absencd
hand.

uot

being a 1

ai^yq
of reed

ai^a:
).

kind

as food )-2 Unsuitedi unfit, improper, useless, unserviceable S. 7.

Not used

argnmtqii Not placing, offering or producing, not having ready or


at

3Wf

hand.

wgiqrn a. Useless. ness, not being used

*:
(

17. 50- ( wg<wfj\d. Not present, absent, nmg^miVMTS: *^ 3l*f* Dk 131; '" w? Malli-h 2 Not dead. 1 Not a. ajg<fl distant. atgw gi|an /ft/rf.-, ^nt who has regustopped, uninterrupted. ;g<iTf!3 a. Not present, absent, lar hair; *"^ having regularly not at hand or near not current.a. Unobserved, unperceshaped limbs; so 'e?, ini -*W. n A word that is notwffcw q. v. ^ -2 ived. Orderly, successive, in due orwgm^m: A. I Absence "r *T? der or succession; coming in the aigqftfin/. Non-recognition, non will be order, following. 3 The lowest ran: your honour $rrat perception WF^JTHI^IB Jjiiffcr sJ absence.-2 to excuse SCH Kity.-Comp. pleased my the knowledge of 5ro*jre is jM** ( i%f?qnT<ii ); arg'sm to 'remember. -K a- descended in a regular linepossiljle because the ura'Ti'T or co- Inability Not injured, un'mi a cow that calves regularly. *rgq??T a unter-entity is not found with the that is, there paired,unvitiated.-2 Not used, unnon-entity or_wms ^af<n adv. In regular orbeing no ?qr** or knowledge of bleached, new as cloth ) i* 3$?*one, successively, from one by t f der, the K- 110, 229. See TT?*T. one of the instruments )i from the bedownwards; above of knowledge according tp the Mia a?g^t i P. i To drink after Ms 8 mamsakas, but not according to person or thing ). drink along ginning r first' talnmafK 7- 3539 the Naiy^yikas. 3142; ?: a !ti"with ( "J ^IFST )... Comp. gqrtm%
\

Uselessas food ).

ajgiwftn a- Not ready or at hand, not offered or produced-

v] a. [ wgia: q? qfiqifS: Regular, having suitable measure, regularly shaped, symmetriKu. I. 35, cal' fTttS^V fl a
I

"W^

Ki-

""S**'

<t

:,

fallacy, trying to establish a say, the eternity of sound )


(

fact

from
the

^S
wi^

aiatnift

R.

8.
i

68, *Ti*rs*(rr-

3*3^5

rf.

Regular.orderly.succesl

the

impossibility of seeing non-perception of it.

To
''W.-

Bri- S. 76- 6.-2 ^Tsjft5. Su^r follow in drink-3 ( 2 P- )=wgq. v.


1

sive.-*t=*rTg

iS't

q- v.

w^wvr: Want of non-perception;//,

apprehension

'

drink taken with or wgST* 1 after medicine ( 3"J MIST* g qatgr

One who does


thread
).
(

m f%ft*H|fiTrf^
not

^nj^r

?rj),

fluid

wear the sacred


ing to his caste

belong-

vehicle in medicine. -2 close at hand-

drink

Fastened A rope, cord &c. along the back, tied lengthwise. 2 atgqa a- I Not endowed with. with tlie sacred invested Not thread (
)

Any

thing or circum-

stance that aggravates a malady.

a Serving as a liquid vehicle of medicine. --<* An afterdrink, what is fit to be drunk after.
a?gqt 2 P.
i I

a-

Not sown (as seed)'

fallow,
H^IC-JH
(j.

meadow ground &c.) Grown without being


(

^.Following with his looks,

'-ITS!

lo P-

To

guard,

sown.
I

keeping

in view.

or fallacy subdivision of the

in

kind NyJya,

watch over, protect, defend; ara^r'JTT^* ft?4 mnswijtTiwa Ms- 8. 27 of keep in custody, 2 To conform
a
,

to,
i'.

-,

obey, observe ^"m^'^qt*K. 21 wwpnftHinrrt H, 4 23


;
i i

Tracing, tracking2 A I A gift, donation. sort of external effort of the vocal organs giving rise to particular

^w

69
letters
( :/. Getting arriving &c.

to,

reaching,

ga Sk.

W-^

ind-

Going

in succes-

sion, "f? "-?, wKfr 'i?ng ^ P. III. 4. 56. Sk.

f 31
]

Allilet-

I Bound, attached Following in the train coming as a consequence wg^st jm%TB5WR ft^rt Dk. 41-3 Con_

p. p-

tied to.-2

nected with, related


;

to,

teration, repetition of similar

relating, or

7 A.

To employ,

apply,

ters, syllables
:

or sounds;
HKtten^
.

sfan'^rH-

employ
1

in addition.
':

K. P.

Q;

Additional use, repsti3. 63, III-

is of 5 kinds; ( a )*' or single alli*gB3^*i Repetiton or reproclug-. teration; 3jfai5cgrf5^ ^KTJrfrerRqran'.tion of what has been said by the <wr:i tCTigsTifTTifiwunw &c. K. P- 7teacher; "? a class of words ( /> ) fi?f or harmonious. ( c )ft* or melodious / ; W'T or final; as given in P. V. I. III.
(

tion; P. I

^mr: D. 633

belonging to -4 Constantly sticking to, being in continued, continuous fcmjwsyeritr: Ve. i i%ofv?* Wfl^ffW U. 3 K 66
;

V.
i
;

4-4-5-

-5 Fixed upon, directed towards


-

flsfcrgft: 135 constantly flowing.

Uk.
i

33.

ifa:

Binding or fastening on,


attachment,
tie
( lit.

wgnrag 6
-

P.I
also

To

enter

into'

*%
srift

?H?T:

H* a?3::

connection,
&.fig.
)

at?"

^tfnffcr-

w^^imirnflHgw^?'ftw^i sStflwir: ); HwinTOgwflfa Mv. I enter into familiar talk or conversation. -2 To accommodate or adapt oneself tw "w if *ft >ii^?sw a?T ff n T<: to
join;

ifireaTtf
(

M.

fig

wmaft. For definitions and examples see S D. 633-38 and K. P. gth UllasaTCH ft
I

A To
njfir

run
3J

after,

follows

aTgni%5ir fcaiar

l%qllfRq5T =157 Pt. I. 68- ^iw ^ii^^ f^tjfq Tr5ii^iWHT9ftsr% A. R- I you too share in his opi-

A. R.
:

5.

follower,
8?m<jT*mTt

low

nion.or think with him. -3 To folin entering; sleep with- -4 To attacki:

servant; nrgR. 13. 75


i

Mv.

2, 7. 19. P.
i

To binder
^mj Ram.*

U. 3. state 'of K. 257. -2 Uninterrupted succession, unbroken sequence, continuous flow, continuity; series, chain *i K q f? mHcrar T>fargfci s. 4. 14 "m" K 236 following up death, desire for dying wgwsrri^sr K. 280 ^prr3TR|r>gig3ti 309 ( persistence in ) following me. 317 tT. WB^i Dk. 63, 161 3'i'mt ^ra 2STt*ig*: K. ^63 continuous sorrow;
feeling
;

,-

fasten

g&ujTSTHT'Hr'

Ratn.

4.

16;
i.
;

Entrance into, f'5 |ft?^tA8<5wf<^" at%STi: R. 3


i
i

to,

attach, tie, connect; tftT?i MUg*\5fm wwrt Si. 8. 69 forming,


an^irftt
)

Hig^c
64 con-

WfiiJia^t^ftwBr: R.
tinuous, uninterrupted

iftfg<rm-

22 10- 5I.-2*Adaritin? oneself to the will of gmfvj>j;iw I%S?TIRVI a^;


;

arranging!
eqat
(

%farrg*wfrjrmg-

?5fmjrf3

g*aimt R. ment w^
;

Dk- 1 1. 4 connected with. -2 To have in the train (fig. also); tipnfvi fjia: Si. 9. 48. -3 Descendants, posterity Higafar ^ar * f5TWT=Tgawrm Bhag. ( b ) To Imitation. bring 5n% Rim. 4 Consequence result lead about, cause, to.result in, proA subsequent question duce good or bad ) anffl^Tg as a consequence; *nj*ym% K- 319 in consequence of (having reference to what the fwa Mb % nrr
"fift:

Pt. I.

HT>

m^ttfaw

agr ( a )

rf

69 continuous enjoywtS'JTSisri'g^: Hfrr: V. 5 giving rise to a chain of evils. -3


9.
;

teacher has previously said

$ fw?

fii%qls?g

).

T*U fiHTwg*iTrlT

*igTOT%: /. i very close attachment. -2 Very close logical connec-

tion

of words

VI. i. 141 Comp.-jTo press,impartune,urge, K. 69. request; gt: HHwgwJirr To attend or 133, 207, 233 -4 ( a
P.
)

'.

18.
i:

39.

2S

Ram.-5 Intencause
;

tiin, design, motive,


fit

wgi^C^iw. To
ciliate Tin*
Jigger?!)

propitiate,

con-

of,

3.

follow closely, follow at the heels it g ^s^Rgiisjmwfu follow*


B;

s5

qraiJq

Ms.

8.

I26;qTq"of
adjunct of a
(

evil designs. -6

An

S.

Propitiation,
=t

concilia-

7;

r-

<ffi

tion

IHT
.

iiw 3

V-

K194, 319' 347


i

139
Ki.
6.

r^rsrr

?ti!T}?r-

3.

*T?wg*f6=rrKT

K.
i

gmw,

thing, a secondary member MINT* ) a -secondary


;

5<?*n-

symp-

Latitudinal, the breadth or latitude


or

following

Mv

158, 7. tf;
;

tom, symptomatic affection, attendant on the principal disease


(

breathe after-Caus, To animate, support, feed; help, mostly used in the statement of Alankftras in a sentence
2

P.

To

26 ( a^rgaCTm*
Si. 5.

)To
120;

chase; pursue
g^e=ritrr

sraf-iTTri^nTOTTfwaT'ir

i^f-j^'sr

<j(>r.

or stick giafn-gT 132 ( *f ft^a^ri TTRgssima to, cling to ^iflHr^: K- 221. ( d ) To continue, take up ^i^-i^J ?n: 372; ?ri=^iT
c')
;

To adhere

ftiTT^TT :

Susr -7 Connecting link or adjunct of a subject or topic matter of theme, discussion


;

introductory reasons

( !%Tndi3TftT-

f'KlflTlfll'WTf'JT
*I

Tt5g9f:frrT

NWKW-J:
(

3 V.

3Tg%-j: )

an indispenVedant.-i ).-8

Breathing

after,

anima-

for

^ig^in
(

sable element of ihe

tion.

K. 262.

35\<mini*m*i?,mtmT^i'&i To follow, succeed,


;

Gram.

An

indicatory

syllable

come
obtain. -2 5 P. I To get, reach, go -to, overtake; nfriflfT"wtwriiiagunn: Mb. 3 To mutate wguTOHi^5rT f?T*i fVaw R. 4. 32. 4 To arrive, come ( intrans. )i *4fii-

close

upon

H^ftsv srinsi^i
;

or letter intended to

To

tfr^jq?igasiirnrm K. 73 see wgsffai. below. -5 To foster, cherishi entertain, harbour ^5 ft 5: wfuggwrra HPT Mark. P. -6
*7Tcrfjjq^
;
I

denote some leculiarity in the inflection, accent &c. of the word to which it is attached as the c? in 'T*^, or in sor
;

nt

^fan^Hm: K- 132 get back.

Ve.

6.

To To Not
1

bear, endure
to burst or

Ks.

49. 47. -7

break

loose,

hold

or keep together ;-wsrr

K^TH:
obtained.

/>.

/).

Reached,

got,

$ ijimsw"rggwia aar: H- i- 95. pass. To be related to or connected with.

Ki. 13- I9--9 Offence, fault, -10 An obstacle, impediment) also the clog or encumbrance of a family domestic ties or atuichment.-ll child or pupil who follows the
;

70
example
set by his parent or teacher ( gwigwfT ft^: )commencement. 13 Beginning, Repeated application or devotion wftmsT ) -14 Course, ( It'irgjanf small bit or part, a .-1 5 pursuit a fractrifle.-l6 The junction of *wi tion ( with an integer ), as *Wr*:-I7 Base, stem ( tfia)rriw? ""wt J I wftuffc*

Brahmana
.62Sk.).

P.

IV-

S. 34-

The Naiyayikas recognise aqnw andsn^ as the


\

'

[wgv?fa
i

Thirst.-2- Hiccup.
a.

Connected, related,
succession,

the bur sources of knowledge Vedantins and Mimamsakas add pnf*ra:] the wo more aro'rqf^ and agqai Vaiseshikas and Bauddhas admit &c- See under 31he first two -only, the Sankhyas T i Repetition of an asser- exclude aqn, while the Charvakas 2 Repeating dmit ufi? only. Other sections of icfute it. ion to schools add three what has been said 3 Conversa- philosophical nore to the six sources Of know? **rw ). ion, dialogue ( g edge recognised by the Mimamsawg>rif*5 a. Speaking in reply, R>T5 cas equivalence srnST 6.86.
a[

One who

learns or

knows

'

'

Connection, series &ccgfti.


a.
( (

A
7.

kind of crow.

oft
)

wft HW=attached or related to I having oiimgirfWT ifpi'Wf Mai. for its contents or subject matter &c-i <w aqTg*3t Dk- 101 continuing. or blended with ( b ) Mixed
;
:

comp

end of Connected with, ence


at

the

good or bad things as the due consequences


(

A. To enjoy, experi),

suffer

of one's

testimony, and ^ei gesure.g*rf m) -2 ExperieJice N.4.I05 -3 VnderstandLo4 Result, con.sequene. mp. 1%3? a. established by expefallible
'
' i
.

'

ience.

R.

19. 39i

^T

ii i n s

iOTTs*3iw

iHg^H:
stre,

Dignity,

consequence

Ku-

7. 5-

ordignitycf person,

Followed by, accompanied with having in its train, resulting in, having as a consequence Dk- 60 n.^flHmrHMaarsTtfrgafafr
g.-2
i i

1 I Enjoyment- -2 grant of land in perpetuity- forservice done.

majestic lusplendour, might, power, authority ( <rRarg<:flfV ) W t(itiqRfTTlfer R. I. 37


i

im: 5- 7.

wmJrsrf3Wt 67
i

ST* ?n<sta?rgfo :* $:i3*fo V- 4 one mis156 fortune closely follows another, or misfortunes never come single \ 3" Bg- 15. 2 K. 34Q-, Ki- I, 20 22 gorrgifrfaiTtW *THflW S* R. Ibeing associated with.-3 Lasting, growing prosperous! thriving, apace, continuous, uninterrupted^
i

- ta~^

exjerience, feel, have experience or cnowledge of, notice, perceive(by the senses &c. ), to suffer, bear, undergo ( as misery &c- ); ws^xrt

"u-il P-

To

ejijoy! taste,

U. I. 3 K. 108, 240 V.
:

113 29, "

Mv.
S.
srft

6-

power
R.
nity
)

3. 3T

20, 41, 4 22. Ki. I. 6 i Dk. 53; 3Ti i4igum wiuiol great might or
i

6(

^i^tarag*iieiti<[*4i

-5RUrwi5gWH Dk.
nj,n,R.
I

12 1,
45-,

2ii_Ku,

2.

*a
^>-,.
-,

K. I2H
5.

g^a ft
Ku. 4
;

greatness ( digvalour Ki. 6- 28 T?Iift na nartia^nr Mai- I very noble or dignified--2( In Rhet. ) An external manifestation or
75
&c.,
;
i

10. 38.

2.

M ^.M.gK'i S.

4!)

indication of a feeling

m*

by

" Ku. 5, 34; *5 R. 6. 77 continuous, uninterrupted or all-pervading K. 246, 303


"
i

mary

Principal, chief, primay receive an adjunct, as a root, a disease &c. ). 2 [OTTO *a: 375*3; w?6t 0115 ] To be killed ( as a bull ), one of the
I (

wg*CT a

which

H^flWT'f irertiraig'j^ M. 5 undergo^8iging the state of a servant ^ K. 77 being in the sixth year, six years old.-2 To learn, hear, understands "*?mrgH*i% Ch. Up.-3 To try, test, put to the test
>jar

appropriate symptoms, such as by look, gesture &c.> called be some ensuant

i:

thiee principal sacrificial animals at the TOtpietw sacrifice


;

K. P.

2.

3 <wnft?m * ] guard, an auxiliary army


a
[

rearfollow-

Bk. 5 .-4 To com arise include, grasps 9TT% stgw^Ia Ch. Up-~5 To come lip with, arrive at.get, obtain (mo Caus stly Ved. in these senses ) I To cause.to enjo, feel, or expea*?

w ^IT

**nAv4

162. 163- &c.\ ^gi!fflrairJ Mai. 9. 35. -3 Firm opinion or resolution, determination, belfef
: i

n S.

13- 15.
arg*rnrai(j.

Causing

to understsnd,

rience!

ing another.

Mu.

6. I5i
i

making one apprehend, indicatives ai understadning, knowledge;


j??^r \wn P. 84.
srgviiaii

Dk. 125

iwifgmm *rafi

Bhflsha.

lect

To awake, to recollearn, obtain information of, know, be aware of * 5zjsg^8


"31*. 4
i ;

*TPIT Bv.

To "reflect on I. meditate, think of "f' a^ friia T'g*H5^ K. 176, 279. -3 To infer


1 20. -2
'

Indication of feelings by

signs, gestures &c.


,

K. 104 does not perceive or recognise. Caus I To remind, put in

H-

a. I

4. 101.
:

Perceiving, knowing,
;

mind

mg5fiwa"hiw s- I well reminded. -2 To advise, inform sfa iV^oi f^at^jjstwjiti R. g


;
;

of

wi

showing signs of
Direct perception or cog

eye-witness

feeling. -2 373*^51 g. s: ^iiaffqi8-

An

niton,

knowledge derived

from

wi^i msif^Ht MS.

69. -3

Being or

75-

An
lection. -2

after-thought, jcecol

Reviving the scent o faded perfumes, replacing them when removed by bathing.
Recollection, reminding

observation or experi personal ment, notion, apprehension.the im pression on the mind not derives from memory, one of the kinds o

coming

after.
a-

[^.-%l]
J.:

Perceiving,
i

understanding.
direct

knowledge
wia:
i

knowledge
:

Experience, or perception
/.

Bri-

Up-

work resembling

ni^-

|Tfitrg*T5:

which again

is

right and sreum wrong, see T.

sion)

/ I Perception, apprehenexperience. -2 ( In Nyaya )


:

71
four Knowledge derived from sources: namely direct perception,
inference, comparison, and verbal P. 51-52knowledge! see Bhasha 3 Dignity consequence .-Comp.
t.

Br-i

Ms.

3.

86-87.

-Comp.
assent

-"Ht

deed

expressing
sufferance. -2

a ( raw/. ) Causing an inference as an effect, being the ground of an inference.

TOW:

phrase of shads by Mddhavachiirya.

of the gloss or parathe principal Upani-

i Assent Independence-

Inference from given premises; the knowledge obtained lo^M-ii jrpiby means of SJ^JTW
i

a-

Consenting

lo,

agy

I.

3 P.

To

praise conform-

ably! to throw or

commit

into.

ting! allowing, suffering ( active agent ) f Bg. 13- 22; Ms. 51 adviser*r<5*nf

permitopp. to
5.

the knowledge that arises deduction or syllogistic from reasoning.


1?:

Desire of inferringpet-

a-r^ij m- Praising

conformably,

imitating.

10 A- To consecrate or accompany with sacred hymns or

younger brother

magical formulas; to dismiss with


words) sacred and auspicious dismiss with a blessing! f*^Hntt.
:

ferred

to be inft- Inferable, TOTT^JT: mtvit: R. i. 20-

^i
gladden.
.

P-

Ved- To rejoice over,


Intoxicated with joy.

U- 2

v. I. for

*T^m*crr

)-,

adv. Along the way? according to a ( particular ) way' on or in the way atgu*TT<mT Ktoo come by this way.
i

p.

consecration

by hymns

i?!

pat- p.

To
be

succession, .to
praise.

be praised in granted with

and prayers.
See under
:

W3<n^ adv- Like or in it.


:

a kidney bean

[ wgiat mn: ] The following month- -H ind- Every month,

consent to, comply 'with, approve, sanction, granti^tD permit, allow! vn

W5 ri,4 A.
i

To agree or

country next to a desert


,

month aftemonth.

Ii.

39; M. t. 12; R.'4- 87; 14. 20? Ku. i. 59. 3. 60. .5- 68; nR: Qfjt 5. 5. 2oi strt
i

85- be refuse;

wr*usrro?jjf wa ftgf;^i Mb. Caus. I- To ask for leave or permission; ask the consent of; ^gsi'tnt turn*: V. 2 ask for^leave to go; take counsel
to;

t f gsaf pleased Bh- 3. have recourse

=iT|rH

irjirg R. 16.

222

not

to reject or To follow,

I A. (P. in epic poetry ) 3 A- 2 P. I To infer, ( as I To rejoice with, join in rejoicing from some signis, premises &c- )j or sympathising with yfsdwyh^fl arf&Jit H$fn rargta^cgmHTi^ Mb. con- Bhag-2 To express approval clude, guess, conjecture n?ftrr?ty< <i4nigfiiTgn^?t U. 2 approve, T. S. 41 second, applaud H^^H mT^g^^g ^r R. 15. 77, 17. II 3fra?t Ku- 2. 25 K. 14- 43 to allow ^rith pleasure, n^irajwgront ^*TT 2. 7, 68 5 12 airlljmfifanT^T* K 77 permit Ki. To
;

5-

47-~2

Caus. (-imft ) fer or guess, bespeak,

reconcile, equal To lead one to in-

5*fc!?n

Hm
:

160. -Caus.

To

gladden,

K.
[

indicate 132, 202-

delight, favour, permit.


I The feeling of pleasure arising from sympathy,subsequent pleasure- -2= srgRi^i see below. i

ir-3i5

sion-

from
a.

] Inference, conclusee given premises


i

with;
2.

^jjnsfq

request or beg; Y- I- 240. 3 To honour- 4 To put to account.


for,

To

wnwi^mnn^nA

S-

3-

Approval,

assent,

ask

One who

scondi:ig,acceptance, complianceinfers
j

-2 Causing pleasure-

6 A.
i

To

follow in

p.
to,

Approved, consented

agreed to, granted &c.;

Ve
e^

f*5m

permitted, allowed,
""T*T

3.

22;

4. 9. allo-

Inferring as the instrument of an aigmff, conclusion from 8._85. followed in given premises an inference, conclusion i one of the four means of ( used actively ).
i

death R.
i

death by

you
58

to depart; 3?gttfT JT^TT R. 5. 101 a HT?JI Y. 2. 72 admitted by


:

both parties &c-

Liked, belo-

ved, pleasant, loved, agreeable desired by, dear to; ?'"? * qfoRani! 3*crt 'rf?r Bn. S. $, 72 -3 Being of one opinion, agreeing or concuring with. ft: A lover; sfwnr

obtaining knowledge according to Following in death the NySya system ( srgfsrra^BTRgwTi n5mwti% * ffT: H35 fl a^fteinw ?ft 5Jm%5TFi. It is of post-cremation of a widow two kinds wftg^nf & quMnw)
t (

snsr

f%ft\pri

ITO gfir
ii

im

gwit

Prai:

Si- 6.

65.*

Consent

approval, permission; -^ V- 3. 17.


Permission, consenl approval, assent.-2 The isthday of the moon's age on which she rises one digit less than full, where the gods and Manes receive obla tion with favour; personified as a
i

a: f.

goddess or worshipped jasuya sacrifice


(

in the

'll MS- I2.I05-This is allowed to guess, conjecture, sign to other woknow 3t'tt*g ("TO wrr %IT HI%GTM Kshatriya, Vaiiya and but not to BrAhmana women men, anRim. -3 Analogy, similarity H T%m wgnf & Baafont wft if^n^Ti^r SsjH 5- 5 you judge severely condemns this practice by the analogy of see K ( of others ) 1734. your own heart go after K. 305- 4 ( In Rhet. ) A figure argsr 2 P- I To follow, which consists in a notion, expr - ( fig. also ) ajirijf Higq^fi' Bh- 2. 77; miwrnw sed in a peculiarly striking mari- jmqTt'FgPnTi'rt S. I. 29 ner, of a thing established by proof; niaft Ku.. 4, 21. 2 To imitate, equal sr ftsrgg'jviw frame f* S. D. 711 <i%g<J3r: R 1-27; wgirmtfa: 16 715 Si. (2 3 fol9- 6 lowed and imitated. -3 To attend, K. P. iO.-Comp-"% / reasoning! accompany *t g?siT;j*mft ^rfei jf'<TT Mu-i.4- *fgnmwft*t ^f%5: U. 348logical inference-

3^

*mw

72
a.

Following

w:

Ved.
attached

U.

To

be red'

anklets &c- -2

Food.
aryu^ ;.

A
;

follower;

Si. 9. 7 : ( became rerl or )--2 To_be delighted, fine

called wflsr q. v.; the

The power of words meaning sugis"

gested by what

actually stated;

aryrrt-^T Retinue, train


i
I

attend?T

Wffi^lTw ance upon following H IPTT. 9* ^STff Jtfaa: T* ^Tzin^lJjT Rim. * aa"t;. In or after a
procession.

f Bg

II-

devoted
(

be fond with ace, or loc- )


to,

36.-3.To be attached
of,
i

01

love, like
37g*'-*n [

Love, attachment.
Titiii'mna ft^m ]

* Ram;
Pt.
I-

foot-

path, a by-road,

301;
3. 173.

follower, attendant

S-

I, 2.

i""j: I

MsSi;

Cans
8,

street,

margin of a path along the margin

the

To make
68
;

of A

red ^redder.. dye, colour


7.

road

);

-<i
JV1

wgmH

Following.
[

H<Ht^H9iiT'HTJr*T3T

78 ] I Following; attending, consequent. -2 Like, sirnilar--3 Following a teacher principal person as a

wgrnftpi. a.

P.

HI.

2.

Ki- 12- 23- 4- 27 -2 To attach oneself to, please gratify, conciliate, keep contentec or satisfied smw: JPTTTOS JJSTHJTCT
12;

Dt

64

17

168

Ram
a!W3j

Sounding,
SSSK?;
.

echoing!
1
.

21

ac-

A follow). ( igmv wgifaT i%^j er ( lit. & fig. ) Hijiiijin<w: followers of the doctrines of R. a dependent or attendant
;

companied
.'3

in

sound-

U.

I-

14!

t^TOTgoirgujraiiH

Pt.

pleased, gratifiedanjfffi

^:i-'firq Echo, reverberation) magnified by echo; U. 2. 215 Mai- 9. 6; Mv. 5. 41.

4 jg. jraums: p.
;i.
,

p. p.

Reddened,

dyed
loved

3.

62

A
(

JHT-JTST,

VII.
cere-

part of
ijji*

sa

ifici.il

I7o.

2 Pleasedi contentec'
<^

mony

secondary
q. v-

or
;

beloved

loyal,

loyally, devoted

.supplementary
7 A.
I

sacrificial

rite

usually written *giT*

ircrpw: Ki. I-

3f having
9
; i

No

ask. question

R.
II-

favourable to him loved by people devoted ;p, fond of


ace)
t

all*meani 3i*: be attached or with loc or

anj'.a: [ signer TO ] i A secondary feeling ( in Khet. ). 2 A zrot secondary flavour! saltish taste! if<TgtH 5^01157^ ^j 4 Susr.

s:

litary,

a [ agutT ^: ] Secret, soprivate.-H adv. In secret.


.

5-

18

STII

62! Si. 13 68. -2 To examine ( as an accused t put on triahMs. 8. 79' -?50.-3 i'o impart or "give as instruction. -4 To order, en join. -5 To select as husband.
)

Ss
-

0-

fwwfwi: y^n?j:JT$a*T.' Muj^\ Mk.-l <vw


I
;

apart, privately! Si.


a.

7. 50-

lo

.,
i

<H^VyM^<"fli^T^

^T

~*

T4?

Following the night * aaV. In the night; every night, night after night.
a. I Causing welfare; also written as t'ytan i gzw^jta ^wrol Av. 2 Born under the asterism *rgn^r p. IV. 3. 34. -wr [ 3T3"nr imt T%?ir<at ] N. of the I7th of the 27 lunar mansions or asterisms(so called because it follows TP*T or i%?iri). It consists of four stars-Comp owr:-5< the ancient capital of Lanka or Ceylon; also called wgrretgT.described by Raja.sekhar-a as full of curiosities It is a lar^.e town in the north of Ceylon '' wjtii 1600 square granite pillars which supported the floor of an enormous monastery

i* Mu.
:/.

6.

gw

P.p. I Asked, questioned, examined, ordered &c -2 Censured, reproached.

Love,

attachment, de-

votion, affection.
a.

Gratifying, pleasing.

?M ] One who has ordered, examined cf.


[ amir*
;

*5fWT a-

interrogator) inquirer! a teacher, especially hired or mercenary (


"TjwtTirtHi).

;/.

A n examiner,

Conciliating, satisfying gratifying, pleasing, keeping con tented Sifi: H^Hmgiaiif rr: U-i- li.
i

rarir

^""i':
5.
1
;

m.

A
i

p pleased, conciliated, kept contented &c.


a. Become red, reddened. Redness. 2 Devotion, attachment, contentment, loyalty awrn: ( opp. love, affection,

question,

inquiry,

exaimjj^tion

TT

atftvTOrgvrireiqrn**i^lii'Jpf P. VIII.. 2 94 * *TTT R. I3 71. Hginfwsrr 2


.

T:I

Censure, reproof.-3 Solicitation--* Exertion, effort *g> i*nfcjii%i

called snid to

'

The Great Brazen Palace have been buiUin 161 B.C."

'

Rlrtitam*

Religious spiritual union. -6 Comment. -Comp- fj i. a n interrogator. -2 a teacher, spiritual


meditation
,

Pt. 2.140.

-5

passion

with
i:

loc.

Mu. 4
.

or in comp.
21
j

!,

?ft^pf
.

nv;

preceptor

wg*m
.

viT^r 3. I5 , R 3. Io a gesture or external sign expressive of love tmnrcj ?is^: wrz.


jT
;
:

^2 P. To \veep along with, condole with, sympathise; gs$ii?iT "a Ku. 4- 15 r w^fTf^am w-

it

Si. 4. 47-

Ak.
I

&

Condolence, sympathy.
(

m
f ed,

or les connected with, situated or on. 2 Examining, que-tion;

What combines

Attached, enamoured, impassioned, inspired with love *T (swronnmramt H.


i

,-fasked
:
s

Fit

be question-

servant

humble servant

asked with a reproof. obedient and


i

"J? ihid--2 Causing or inspiring love.-f< Personification of a musical note.

^. .-NV J. I. To obstruct, block to, surup; nmBIFWl *iiii3pjra Mb round, hem in; ^I^^^R'ST tfjn,... ^^re^T Bhag.-2 To bind, fasten. 3 To stick or adhere to follow closely, observe, practise; aigrcrrf* "f? Ms- 5- 63 should observe impurity (be in mourning ); S^'HW.

5.n

Ms.

8. 31.

question, inquiry.

"a""* i Sounding conformably toi a continuous tinkling echo produced by the sounds of bells,

srrm P. III. 2100 Sk. jorn immediately aiter a male. -4 To love, be fond of, or devoted to, attach oneself to; Trg*?> fa-

ywn

73
Rani.
:
,

2 follow or adopt TTft*'* Ki. II. 78 TT Bk- 16. 23 love, like.-5 To conform to, obey, follow, adapt r MTf?f oneself to, act up to swiv&& Ki- 2- 12 fa m^isiq
i >

Mv.

5. 2I\ ^r<wg(?;<mqr 5g<fl 5?*a S. I WHwrnnTj^i: li^nrl: ibidBg. 17. $ I ReseR- i. 33 Me. 13 3 mblance, likeness, conformity. 2
i i

tion.-2 ( In medicine ) Carrying off by the regular channels, sucn as purging, alleviation.
3ig*tR^ra Den. P. [ To stroke or rub with tjie hair or with the *r* uRigrain, go with the grain 3inTghi^^ Susr. -2 To evacuate,
i

n&i* v vwr K- 181, 298 3t?7^>*3$r& T?rf*: Mv. 6 feel the force of compassion forfa o*9r R~ri3TCJ ej9^rci Mv- 5. 35 following up Mv 3 regard with zji^ gwssgwr^ respect, obey srgwrM *m<ft wrfcg*3iti<i Q. 5. -6 To n?it U- 4 coax, gratify, flatter, soothe SPUi ; ( ,
i i

qft^rttrgre^ U. 3. cherish ( act up to

remember
it
)
;

or

13^1*3-

i: 26 antistrophe, having the same mi?tre as the ^fM%r or strophes the second of the three verses ($w) recited together, the other two being

Suitability, fitness

U.

6,

The

purge, carry off by the channels.


aigpfuT
aI

regular

Not
less

excessive,
(

neither
:-^ar,-ci5T:

more nor
i

awftftw,

adv.
to.

Conform-

ably or agreeably

Attached to, intent on, "H wwTseeking or pursuing after;

a^ff

smoothed, free from W'^rt/%* ) disturbing circumstances ( l).-2 Not clear or manifest.
t

a-

t:

ifwmr
;

ffgrjwff

Mk-

4 intently

genealogical table

26 wwsnfo*wi*sft -*wg?i^ K- 207 please by carefully attending to &c. show regard for 24S--7 To urge, anwnrro press', entreat, request (TO ^Tftg^wTTW2/7 ^rpm. MSI. I wr * HTB?sT Dk. 122 courtedi wooed. 8 To assent or agree to, approve like, comply with n?\j,

r>:

Mf5Wgw gr<rt
s

fixed.

xn$&wstmi

sfft
,

Repetition, tautology5f:
[

race or species

Mo- -2 Modern new family.

a^-^S^-fj^ J

peacock.
apoint, besmear (with perfuflWBB&c- after bathing)i smear, daub, cover over; ^gr^jr " *% S'\. 9. 51, 9 151 Tfv?rgf?w wr^ffl

tg*^ a. [ 315*^ w. Ja ] Relating to a genealogical table.


wtj^sfi

3^6P. To

a.
i

crooked
i

R.

10.

10 covered with
.

irorar-

*<ft

S>

TH=rTOn!l

Dk. I06s

m^ m:

131

fftftfrnnrar^wm
in

Mv. 4 agree with me.


,

S.

7.

so wranjftsH.') fltf*rn-

envebped
!ts

Dk.

a.

[S'i-iiK'U

one who

darkness 71 besmeared
i

obeys, conforms-to &C.-2 Obeyed, observed, pi actised, wanted ( are^ra ), written ar !?[ Rv. 3. 55. 5.

with perfumes &c.

Compliance, gratification, fulfilling one's wishes &c. 2 Conformity, accordance, obe3jgTw;->4


i

""T. dience, regard,.-onsideration *r* figfi* K, 160, 180. 192 Mu.7 pleasnre or gratifications Mu. i. 2 out of regard tor *ftwiTgflat5T Ve. I in consideration of Mv. 5. 3. 28 ft^gtfaTfj*r accordingly, in accordance
i
.

:-^* i Unction, anointing smearing. -2 Ointment, unguent such as sandal juice, oil &c. any emollient or oily application-, "wjK- 28 rubbed with pastel 5fn% K- 324. One who anoints ( the body ) with unguents &c.
;

oblique obliquely or retrogressively (said of planets ) aign^ 2 P. I To say or speak after or for One ftpnil wfiVrfr rrj^n ^wfirft Ms. II- 191. -2 To 5nmicwrepeat, recitei reiterate Ait. Br. learn, study Sat. Br. wr^rsg^?S4y., see tjn* below-3 To concede the point, assent
\

3*<* ro>: ] Very [ somewhat crooked or ** Moving somewhat

W
;

To

4 To name, call.-Caasto read to cause to recite oneself ( 6efoie reading aloud ) 3^ iw oft used in dramas
to,

yield

.-a.
a.
i

S.

vrS'&f

Hidden, clinging
i

V- 2
lT<<

to,

attached Si. 5. 46 JfsnjjBw; Dk- r 104 concealed from the people*te P. V. 4. 75.] f wgT?: I With the hair, regular, in natural order, successive (opp- nffrt )i ( hence ), favourable, agreeablei '6^r ^tfrgt^i?P5 t Ram. 5at- Br?* |r* Sk. ploughed in the 2 Mixed as a regular direction. TT woman of the lower tribe caste than that of the man's whom adv. In she marriesi Y. 2. 288. regular or natural order Hfo>wa.
' ' ! i

Mu.
I

a^J-

.-

ij^Miiii*

Repeating, reciting (3replying &c)


t

with

it!

a^Ta^tr^HtgOxtfi.
i

Ft
,

I.

100

after great consideration

humo-

2. 103 reference ( of a rule ).-3 Pressing, urging, coaxingi entreaty, solictatlon, request!

uring H.

* f*mg r >.: K. 209 retai3<wrrw$ta* Bearing of a rule.

r^rwn
Si. 20.

135
8l.

I Repetition, recitationi .31 teaching, instruction, lecture. 190 2 A chapter, section, lesson, division--3 Repetition of Mantrasor texts in conformity with 9* or injunction said by other priests-

wrara:
II- 4*

wye^

?'%,

'T

29. Vart- ] I citing, reading- 2

Repeating, reA subdivision

^ f*
COmP

P-

t, -a* a. Campliant, complying with, obeying or conforming to, having -regard to, caring ifttWHt fwngfiftift Ram for
i

f5$Tg*W

Su-sr-

r:

pi- )

Mixed Chapter or
sw^iflift

Like, resenruling, corresponding


to
!

5I1tg^I
of
i

<Jfr5Kfj,-

vn%(T6!j Pt. I
*'t

castes.-COMP. w* a. having for&$-a- speaking tune favourable. in favour of wsT^fg^w At: .^i. 2 25- w, born in due gradation, offspring of a mother inferior in caste to the
,
'

3 of the Vedas, section, chapter. section, referring to a from the J?>veda o r

campilation

Yajurveda ( 3R'ia-*^ N. of a table attributed toSaunaka^^efpfjfT

of contents

[ T^-tnT!i-5ff9 ]

verse

recited

worthy w K.
or in

wT?rtgsq

S-

*qrgfit,

192,
to,

203-2 Suitable or
according
i

father; said of the mixed Ms 10 25? Y. I- 95.


i

tribes

by the Hotri priest, in which the god is invoked to^accept the offering prepared for him, or
a sort of priest, Si- 14. 20
(

adapted
1581
*ra

to;

comp.

^?3<?rt

*W; K.
slfe|tt:

with gen
146,

Regular gradation,

se-

ftg<3*W(i

V-

nding or putting

in the right direc-

Malli.)

1Q

74
/.

[ T?-<3r\-T3i\]

Repeti-

nd y<*
sra

Susr.i
)
(

ii:

tion^ recitation &c. See lecture.

rtw.-i'

gufiWrTRt

see wrar^

also.

Recitation of passages wjari"** of the ffigveda by the Hotri priest in obedience to the injunction (iK) of the *! priest.-^Causing to instructing. -3 recite, teaching, Reading to oneself see abovei
i

confirmation. orroboration, 5 6A<islander, abuse, reviling. report, ruertisement, notice mour. -/Commencement of speech
i

art

sfir

Explanatorycorroborative, repeating with comI

i. i Fumingated, perfumed. -2 Administered as an

enema

treate

by

this operation.

s*l

w ?-

afters
<m,

recited Repeated, Poccurring in the text studied.


\

ment, explanation or illustration am<ui m?igar^t Dk. 95 bespeaks.


;

3T3ft^6 Usee, obtain. -2

To find, To deem,

discover, consider.

Subsequent mention by way of explanation or illustration. -2 Study of the


-i%: /. I

repetition

with,

Conformable to. in harmony -like gfsfwr^n^T Ram


;
:

-3

To

Vedas.
j-

P. Ill- 2.

or ": 109
,

i m. R- 9. 30, N- of any one of the three notes of the gamut-

marry. / Finding, obtaining. See under

to devoted ] I One learned especially one well-versed in the Vedas wuh their Angas so as to be able to and teach them; repeat, read *t *fi?w. Ms- 2. 154 ^rvUFi: 5. 82-. Y. 3- 24 $?SS<35Wt: Ku 6. humble, Modest, unassuming well-behaved.

<H^m Sk.
study,

be explained vyatspet. p. >r illustrated -2 (In gram-) To be


I

To

152

the subject of an assertion sentence ), opposed to fiftJ which affirms or denies something about the subject. In a sentence the 5*Tn or subject which is sup-

made
[

in a

3 U. I To lay down a rule, regulate- -2 To obey, act up to, see *r3i%arm follow, conform to ^*3rat*i n ifni Bh, 2. 28 the footsteps of the great have to^>e trodi

den

in.

-3

To

resemble,
trained

pass. To be rules; obey.


arjikunr
i

imitateto follow

*grw:
i

g|.
i

2 I he 4th year in the "A year. or the 5th of 5 years' cycle cycles of 12 years in the Bn'has5

posed to be already known is repeated to mark its connection with the ft* or predicate and should placed first; atg^to^j'wN i TTOI-

Obedience
(
I.

-2

Acting
).

in

conformity to
wjftaift*. a-

orders &c-

TOV in ff^f. i^S. shou Id have been placed first, though the construction is defended by Patanjali.
sRn.
a.
[

pati cycle3^5.1 P.
ing,

I
(

To

imitate in speak
)

mock
;

with ace.
i

\ftt

*-....

&c see 3?n;. 3flg3: ] Subject

Obedient, submissive) compliant, conforming to orHI wi imfSsrftfT H 2- 141 ders *!%osrwrfNT*fifTf5Wot V. 3 -2 Resembling*; Hfl^iHmsnHirafo Si. 6.
;

to

23, 15- 69.


p.

(P- &. A.) repeat awigw^ra Sk to resound, echo wjw^Ta rftwt P. I, 3 .49 Sk. 3TJ'?% <ra: wiqw ibid;

obedient. ?t: Subjection, obedience ( to the will of another )


the will of another,
i

To

disappear, va

nish or perish after or along with another:

P.

To
(

echoed; and approved also; 3tvcn^mf&z *T gjiF<ft. 3T: Bk. 8. 29- 2 To repeat or say again by way ol explanation, illustration or corroboration see Kull. on Ms. I 74 2.6- -3 To repeat, tell, say ( gene
;

along with a
resident.

dwell near to or with ace. ).

Perishing after.
P.

To

enter

or go after,

One who
]

dwells near;
I

follow.
a?3fta:-*rt I

Following, entering
is

Dressed, clothed) wrapped up--2 Fastened, or bound to, attached ton. [ nH.-rfi

after-

Marriage uf a younger
marri) i

brother betore the elder

ed

jftgna^oi
f| s'Tgw

<KHg**r ftar^:

w-

t g )t i5nf"^TJ '5 ^f<tT Dk. 21 abuse, rail at Cans- To cause to resound or echo.

*3f One
:

of the

tongues of

fti%iq*

Mb.

rally

To

fire:

a. [ arjwftw
[

flSTHf'ft, ^n. ]

wg*r?: I Repetition (in general) 2 Repetition by way y* K. 206of exalanation, illustration or cor roboration awjr^ ^iift P. II. 4.
; ;

ft?j;wt'J'i!&

Sk-

Explana

tory

repetition

or

reference to

rf5: ( pi. N of a people in the wind which ward direction blows from the pupil to the pre- the north-east. ^ ^rwia gtr Being obstructed in ceptor &c- H ftwwrs -j) wjiSs*?: HS Ms. 2- 203. consequence of *gw ind- Time after time, re- *5?H,I A- sometimes P. also) a ) To go I ( Transitively used peatedly, frequently.
] )
i
i

3gtat

w.

The wind

next-door neighbour.

it!

what is already mentioned such a paraphrase or free translation


particularly,

or
scent: per2 To use the oily enema fume. (see the next word) treat by using
I
;

roll after, follow,

pursue

(fig.)

10

P:

To

to follow,
ing.to,

conform

to,

any portion of th< Brahmanas which comments on


illustrates, or

i bey, adapt guided byj humour

act accor.ioneself to, be


;

*?

explains a Vidh or direction previou: / laid down and which does not itself lay dowr

such enema

*nr^

niwm

115-

Sujr.
r i

any directions

a supplemental repetition, opp. to ftft authoi ftf tajive or direct injunction


;
;.

Perfuming o rstent)

'

ing

in

general

with incense &c.

fTtfftT'5fli^ 5- 2. ftsft K- 289 ra5f MIW 11 wg?ran S. 3. approve of her chossfamnf TJ rf;NtI ice U. 1. 10 words conform to the sense
i i

wmS^

Nyaya
it is

sutra
.4

2 Perfuming clothes by dipping the ends. -3 (* also ) A syringe, clyster-pipe (Mar. ft^srft )i an oily enema or the operation
itself
i

K. 104 follow;*!

fjftf:

ftm
3-

^3TiTO!TTrf:

Ku,

of

kinds

^*

36 followed his mate in drinkBh- 2. no ing* drank after her 126 Bg. 3- 23. Dk. 80, 69.
;

75

Mu 3 following Hrc q path of graiitudc HjjWrrM f?- "ffsgana Si 15. 41 Mai- 3.. 2. ( l>) To imitate, resemble equal ^1 =* Mb. ( c )
; ; ,

"<T-

Assenting to appro*gi?^ Ku- 5. 65. conformity, following, continuance in (opp. TJ.

I.

i:

R. 6 63, 14

val raigfiTTT ^ 2 Obedience,


s

Si. 4- 49.

3i3%:,-5n;

Hurting, piercing.
'reHOTi5*t
??5iw

"

To
i>

Dk. gratify, humour- please 2 ( Intransitively used ) (a) 65. To follow, coma after '5I 5?"3*i ;

*%w), taking up i continuity 5*f*iri2 R. 13. 78 by following the


f=Ft
t

perforating! f t%
'iif 3fi$iT: S2.

D-

I. -2

Contact,
,

example of
16-

-j?T*jt

unrfjMHifl:

Dk.

100 Fervicei aaif

ar^ft:

4^-ti^T^T Ki.

Blending, fusion. -4 Obstructing.

20. -3

mixture

H-

(b)

To
)

(<:)
(

To

act towards,

In gram. supplied from a preceding rulei Stra or assertion ( said of a word or rule which continues to exercise influence on what follows); e g. in P. IV 3- 95 *rf^>: tsw ( occurring in Sutra 80 before ) |W3P$I Sk. Caus.l To cause to revolve, turn round *$ sarS'a ^* HTgaaiaif n:
;

continue, endure. behave, (d) To be repeated or

of. 3 consequence Acting according or suitably tp> graticompliance, acquiescence

52

in

fying, pleasing

*rai

9F&* U- 3. 55; K. 265

Mai.

"tTgtufa i5ir% Dk. 9s Si- 9. 58


i

(In Nyaya ) Conin sciousness of the perception Vedanta phil. ) perception of a sentiment or judgment.
,

M.

2- 9;

"5* T?*tw MI

n qTw gqciB^sfra^H Mu- 3 who the to conforms to or is true duties of kings ( previous ) compliant or obedient spirit, previous U- 7- 5-~4 of conduct Remembrance Ki. 18. 18- 5 (Gram.) Being supplied or repeated in a following, rule'- continued on a a preceding influence of

That a,gE5Hnif [ wg^q^m^nw which comments on and explains **fwn ) Mantras, Swtr: s Ac.
j
(
i

course

a portion of Brahmawa which explains difficult Stras, texts &c. occurring in

especially,

that

Bg
,4,%:

3. 16i

To

act

up

to, follow,

another place

obey

ajrfa

tf&mwyifaiii

Mv.
>

7i

ftfffi

367-3
with

K. wragiiwggfafoi: Ve. 3 To favour, oblige; comply


one's
i

request iJTifmg3nsfo in'igmaaT: K- 73 ifata: Mai. 7. 4 To put in, carry out. -5 To repeat or supply from a 5 ftarwn ?fa srf preceding Sutra
i
-,

W__

following

Imitating, resembling &C--7 Repetition wfa.

rule.-6

i. Repetition, mentioning repeated utterance else.--' something along mith A curse, imprecation.
i

Ved-

Increasing

iu

a.
I

Cursing; execrating-

Ttagfafa P.

V.

2. 13.

Sk-6 To

regular ratio.
3?gsf?5

at

use,

ind.

employ. -7 To lead one to, attach to.-8 To speak in favour of, speak
for to approve--9To imitate, dp after one OTf*Rwl!fllffei ft "fi^STm
i
,

stHiitly, 5ra Si Si. 3- 79-

w ^Bfqa^ssiTgn:
;

Ever and anon, conR.


3.

follow, go afters K- 132, 210 attend especially a departing guest ( as


I

To

awtagaaiw

far as the bank of water; lake, &c.i as a mark of respect Y-I.H3)

K. 298-

5^af Following ( fig. also )i attending, compliance, obedience, conformity, wfawrg*#i Ak ?^nsjI
i

Bent in ^3^%^ a- [ ^s-Tfi ] bent under-conformity with Securing with bandages, baiidaging, a sort of bandage ( ar<prtone of the 14 kinds mention^?: ed by SusHita.
)

* wmii ^w^tniff:

^jfgjrmtri fj^^w^fli visit in order, seek--3

Ku.

7.

Ram--2 To

38

'

"*or

Togo
,

to

JtRum

mtoGwym

Mv.

7.

4; sTfyog*

a.

sigsinira
(
)
-,

argi^af?* &t
:

betake oneself to T>T *T: sEpmgasrfn Pt. I deer herd or associate with deer -4 To obey, to do
near
i

homage

to-

Dk3

161.

2 Grat ifying, obliging.


i

Following
'

Approval of, concurrence in. result, conse4 Continuance Supplying from a quence. 5
preceding Sutra
arg^Tffi,

arg^a HIBT 55 ).

=qft*Tg Katy-

ii

secondary token-

after, especially a

going Following, departing guest;


followed as person

4 P-

To

Ms

3.

107.
/>.

hit

or

a.

conforming

to,

Following, obeying, in with aceor^

Ms- 9. ^wsmgrf^: To wound, pierce &c. -3 To fill or mix with, blend see wgftgbelow--4 To with,
again
i

ftsgt3CTn:

pierce 43m ~2

rggiTO/>0r

To be
a

by the relatives of to the cemetery-

dead

comp
Ht.
I

psri*nft ^jjft ftff ^ig^ram: Tuftqt Sr^Ttg'smsr: i. 69-,


2

impel, urgesrgfag/i.
qftzTgisngrfT

383.

Guided
i

advice of

by, following the obedient, faithful,

p.

Pierced,

f^amn"^ wsuar
ofi

Si

bored D.-2
1 ,

compliant
worthy.

3T3<rfaw "W& Pt. I. 101298-3 Like, resembling; suitable,


i

Overspread, rounded, full

intertwined

surre-

pervaded by,

plete or filled with, abounding in, mixed or blended with, intermixed)

faithful to, attached to or acewith gen. )i ftmu *Twg=rar ( Bh- 2- 103 IWT: !?f3am: Ram--2 Duly performing the vows or wra ). ( oppduties prescribed a: A class of Jaina ascetics-

Devoted or

3rgs?T.a. [*3nft *?R] Following, attending.


*f3?ra

*? S-

1-

20

with, a. Accompanied .. srifij: a or bought for, a hundred class of words of TO mentioned in P. VII. 3- 20- where both members
.. i

&c-

interwoven with, R. 13 54 p.p. I. Obeying, following ?& *i"16. 48, 6. 18 conti- emeralds, Uninterrupted) arrw* Mk. i Me- 65 3nuously kept dp, continued Ku. 3f^Ht nOT\Mu. 3 Uirar^; 7. 3 ijiiwzii onfao^fc Dk. 1 12, 137; ^tai%: qtjiiigiir^ 35 Rounded off taperingly round with, relating ww. q^i*K ) fragprttainpi K. Mai. i. -3 Connected to adhering to 179. 4 Supplied from a preceding to the Dk- 117, 124 i rule &c2 Conforming tt Obe- 5 Si. 5. 25 chased, closely folcharacter ( snrajain ). lowed or pursued--4 Set, inlaiil dience, conformity, compliance variegated ) 33. n, ) Chawi

undergo Vriddhi&c.
[
g-3jo"fa,

See
J

under

g-ar^

sor

of evil-spirit, Rakshasa.

Anything used

(for the time being) instead of a regular instrument, a secondary such as a finger-nail weapon or instrument.
i

76

To advise, P. I ( a ) persuade, prevail upon, address


Ku.
R.
act
6. 59.
i

Intense enmity or

angers
i l

\
|

55?w %^a

q'f >ia:

Si. 16. 2

f * kind

of Sftma

mi?t

^iftMal.6.
;

I.

Hatred
a

5. 5
(r>)

4 Close
direct,
tell,
(

connection,

as with

To

enjoin
)i

to teachi instruct
13.

order, how to
i

q*rwmtgr%!: R.

75

**f%

S
gifrnf

Bk. 20. 17
af,33iiifa

*
i

V.
fg
i

4. leys, directs

IWM

og

clofe attachment consequence ( to any object ). 5 ( In Vedanta phil- ) The result or consequence of bad deeds which very closely clings to them and makes the soul enter other bodies after enjoying temporary freedom from recurring
births
i

V.

5 tells,

fliaf. sfi?ni? Sk Ms. directs 6. S6.-2 To rule, govern. -3 To SOBS chastise, punish, correct
,

nj,*mg3,i$ifaT Ve- 2
3, ><3if,jJ 5S!t II. IOC, 9.

TV.

6.

Regret
i

in

adhere or pass (-'<**3l ) I To stick, cling, adhere to, be attached to ( fig- also ) w'ja i w% ij*ria ^ caig ?wts3^siS Uk. 43 sometimes occurring as aigfsfa (from f^ also i^i/f fligai^j a Aagsjw Bg 6 4; 18. io. -2 To be supplied frcm a preceding rule or statement Cnus- I To fasten or attach something ) to. -2 To supthe case of pjy ( as an elliptical expression);
I

()

P.

To

cling to, follow closely.

extol.

To

2334

To

praise

accomplish, perfoim,

called purchases, technically rescission Ms 8- 222', see rfraig??. tfr disease of the feet, a sort of boil cr abscess en the

sm

dvIn continuous or close ore er, one after another.

execute,

upper partor $UIH^


a.

One who directs,


or punishes; wft
8tfin:

instructs, gcyei ns g*.w3?n^i?iit Bg.


ni<|r<<-

9 ruler, v* V. 4.

'firas.Rii *i3in

wgsm!* a- Regi etting&c. i! A variety of heroine (tHWRiiSwS^: ohe who is tad and dejected, being appiehensive of the loss of her lever ( SBitffliftnTanKafft )
)
.
;

3^W p.p- I Connected with, closely rejated or attached to;fow>-IK: tf.fs^m: Mv- 2 constant, everarising -2 Clinging or aohering to
(

^*j.BTior

actively used )>??gsM ^ ezjn%j > Mb. fcgtiTfi v.\


i

|;<a

51^

w-

WSJSITO*

Advice, persuasion,
;

di-

rection, order, command instruction laying down rules or precepts; a law, rule, treatment precept ( of a subject ), (with the object! in comp. or with gen., the agent,
;

a
1

to, faithful. -2

Devotedly attached Repentant, penitent,


3

fiiavw flmnpt^i nw?j U. 2 4. constantly pieyingon the heait;


!

Mv.

4.

regretful, tensely. -4

sorry.

Hating

inI Close adherence or attendconnection, conjunction, association ig*irfo! ^5znorrr% U. 7 good thirgs closely follow one an other ( come close upon one another ).- 2 Coalition, cirrmixtuie -3 Connection of word with word-4 A word r woids repeated fromthe context to supply an ellipsis. 5 Necessary consequence, inevitable result 6 Connection of a subsequent with a previous act, 7 Incidental mention orrelation tfltf8 Yearning, eager longing. 9 *). 10 Compassion, pity, tenderness (In Nyaya) Connecting together the 3ii" or application and Rtw or conclusion by the use of the pro:

consequence.

Connected as with a the 5 Enjoyirg


assiduous ap|

ance

if

expressed, being put inlhemstr.


);

fruiis of deeds; epithet of the soul.


35Tte* Intent or

or gen.

igf"iar%ci

rfrgsrifw Ki.
;

I.
j

28 words of advice wi7?g5itOT Ms. 8, 130.; 6. 50 2. 159 fa* K. 146 IT*I?:H laying down rules on the gender of nouns, explanation of gender &c. 51*^13511^ Sk;
;

plication; constant
cise, constant or

ursuit or exer-

repeated practice
Ki-

<>

or study 16 28.
-

ftftWHlti^fiftSji

66-

Sk.-Comp-

P.

II.

3-

obedient

?$i

Assiduously practised, repeatedly done, carfully attended


to or studied.
I

N. of the 13 th book of the Mahabharata ( sp called because it lays down precepts of advice
)

P.
,

To

bewail,

mourn

over, regret

Mk.
8: f.

3 ;*
I.

Instruction, teaching
a.

orderi
ing.

command.
Practising,
sigijn fsgii

aigTifi^H

learn-

/-

An

animal followed by its young one. *53H 2 A. I To lie 01 sleep with, lie sleep along with upon, close or along to lay oneself down adhere to or follow closely, cling
; , i

333 itrw* n Ve 5 4 condole with, K. 333 Caus. To mourn over, weep with deplore, grieve for, regret goifwr 5> ^jSr futfT a giragjTtftfTi U- 3. 32 nor was ^he ( her loss ) regretted.
Pt.
'

noun

7Tiret<Riwjw
)

3T"ftria

Amnwv^ *treM

A
(

ceremony enjoined
?

by the Vedas
^-};!
a

).

nasals with connected certain roots ending in consonants P. VII. I. 59 Sk wgmr* a. I-olIowing as a necessary result, consequent concomi;

^^f

The

Sorrow,

or stick to

$mir
2

same
Subhasliita
for
i

nee, rt-gret sense.

wg^
a

^ir

ftff

repent" in the

tant,

connected with. *gwi a. I Connected with adhering or sticking o SWKS? \^adhering


to,
\

To
j

re

Aift imAra
i

repent,
:

gritve 5j. j 4 .g
,

Regretful, penitent -2 Causing regret.


_

gwrgtmiiw 5'i. 17. 57. 2 Following as a nev essary consequence; irtfa Bh. Related or applicable to, prevailing ( atj^rui HHW )
3. 76.

w^*r%w |% iftwr^WT

remorse
3

Repentan

,w wan
why

regret M;l 8 should


,

sorrow sp= f. fa sg ,,,,r M you be sor v

hear (=" ) 113aiinran Ms. 9. 100 aaorgsjiS Pt. I heard, related. -2 to hear reas from a sacred peatedly authority hand ('own as by Vedic

gR

P.

To

common,
j

g^w HWttgwte: MS.

7. 52;

ao

,s\

7.

25

%0\

tradition.
:

!wfa ipr Ki 6.35. connected with, natural to, greatness. 4 Addicted attached to, fond to, devoted or
of.

V. 4rSi.

2.

"14-2

Vedic or sacred

tradition.

77
Concord, grammatical connection or agreement.
ajg^-.-^^H Rewatering, ing over again.
:/. Praise
I P.
( (

5:

$5ii fNst sz Pt.

2.

Continued surcessioni

951
OT

sprinkl"

Commencing, 103-3 undertaking, engaging im "i?^ltI. <*i5 Pt. I--3 Comor course of conduct, *w procedure, course of action nrrowgBPi wn? ?T: nfn^ag U- 5. 21-4 Practice of religious rites or ceremonies, any religious rite or ceremony fi^agsi^facir^ ^a.fl? ^^^^-

H.

continuiiy
into or 3 U. I To search look after, inquire into, in.
i

troggrt

mencement
).

after,

in
)

due order

fg*?

To

praise

after ,* follow in praising.

vestigate, explore, examine, ascernflwVi vjisigwiiat H- 3 tain Ms 12- lo6.-2 To calm, compose,
i

quiet

fa

U.

I.

8'

Mv.

4.
'

33
i

*'

Perform-

aromsm^Sffc snwtf ^ v^\ To think of, aim at, refer or allude to, consider, deliberate)
i

4 ~3

at* ]*i Following in praise; speech-2~Sarasvat/'.-3 N. of a class of metres consisting, of four Padas tf 8 syllables each, iho whole stanza syllables ( so consisting of 32 called because it follows with its gayatn, praise i. e. *gE^fa the

ance, doing &c. body of action

'the to the doctrine ) the Sankhya intermediate body between the S$w or subtle and the "?<* or gross

Ccmp.
(

*w

niwnEmg*qinnt H.

3;

according

Mv.

^gaw
3
i

irffi

6 because

afier
I

aimed

deliberation^, at its wtwmcfinrlet us.

or

wtti

j,*gnHgW?!at H.

body.
a.

which has

Padas

),

3Etvmi?ggq.
.

Causing
to

to perform-

In later metrical systems it stands as a general name for all metres which- have 8 syllables in.each foot ( the highest possible number being computed to be 256 ) <^l sg a^
i

Causirg

do an

act.

ui

nn:

ii

which rule

is

sometimes

violated.
I Uform or carry

(n
:

To

do, per-

Doing, perfoming. p. p. Dene, perfoimed, acfolpiactised, complished &c. wS: q| ": F^gTim: Ku. 6- 29 ssitiHTii: Mu- 6. wf wglowed, &c. K(T ^ iwgflire: Mk. brought about ?.>:3is?t ihat being sraig Mk. i done, thereupon begun, underta- 2 are after me -6 To take upfollow, continue; ^esmifsa^rwsgflken i *jw f? ;iw nagiEa Ram, ^aw; K- 240 following, making up ( used actively ) following, practisthe unfinished portion &c. ing Ms. 10. 127.
i i

consider what is before us, ( turn to the matter in hand ) nr...|ft Si?'3<iiigsBW MalH. on Ku. I. 21 should be sought or referred to. 4 To plan, arrange prepare, set nr gtogtidvf, gfsrraiin order Hgt.mrcq H: 3-5 To follow, go *! alter, attend, accompany wg<

WH

>

out, execute,
)

10

order, duty &c.

attend bring about,


)
i

effect,

accomplish ( KU.
r

bi.siness

ftai-

M I orde rs wgi%8tair*=?t Sil* look or attend to yo'ur own duty, do your business. -2 To follow, aa &c. ) ot serve ( practise, commit ( a sin ) -3 To rule, go'vi-fn, appoint -4 To stand superintend by or near ( with loc- ) M s II.
i
.

7. 1, i- 17 ft.jS. 7 Siig^qg a,m " % *mi5 S- I. i; Bg. 331 follow V. 5 do as your papa
i : ;

*g<8:-|:/ [ "-g> ] Proper order, succession ( used only in instr- ) ^B, wgstn a^l"' in proper order, imduly, immediately, properly mediate, direct. s,ggi,-gm E o pvt- p- To be effected, performed; followed, done con
i \

r I Inquiry, investigation close insi ection or scrutiny, exai

formably to*i5'$W3WM, to do with.

5.

what
i

mination Mv- 7-2 Aiming at H.-3 Planning, arranging, getting ifg*^ *t iSgsjjnt H- 3. ready &c. equipping with the necessary materials--4 A plan, scheme.~5 Suitable connection. -6 ( In the Vaii- phil. )
i
i

The 4th
-

^gsm

a.

Not hot,

cold,

chilly

step in a syllogism, or application.

the

stgtSliri^iaiSfiii:
\

112. sit on'

occupy
)

atgBrcifa

uww
;

2 62. R. 12. Apathetic lazy, sluggish ( wan ). WT *<: Cold touch or sensation, A water-lily, N- of a stream

Investigating,

looking aften skilful in concerting


plans.
p. Inquired into, inconnected with, in accordance or union with, conformawable to f|T flwrigsf^aT Mb. p.

mt sf,anTsr Ram--5 To follow, ra^tnTsgfnBft Ramgo after ( lit. flRnt^i qtli HIIT vii^gfffBi'fi Subhashj follow, obey -6 To imitate, tread inj <*z ^?igrag<n gifrt ^-. fa Bhag.

blue lotus ( apw).- Comp. 5: (-* ray ) having cold rays, the moon. N of a plant

*g'rjm

vestigated-,
i

Accompanied by food
J

a adv.

-7 ( Intrans. } ( a ) To place or put oneself on, be in a position, present oneself- ( b ) To remain, continue. ( c ) To be engaged in
religious

hrough
i

to food
will.

or after food. -2 According after every sacrifice.-3

!Tfi Ram. <r adv. Irt w'rgsffca the Samhita texti according to this

text.

Voluntarily,
*rgf?:
gHa?'JT

according

to

one's
visit

2 P.

completion. Regular J ? > i To go to or


(

ceremonies
)

muttering
5-

hind wheel.
in

To
order
or

prayers &c-

^gfagat

srmmt M.
)

Concealing
P-

successively or in order.-* join in following or being

succession.

guided by .-3
assimilated-

To

join,

become

wgg

a.

w--<??*

Standing
I
I

after or in succession.
a- Doing, pei formexecuting &c.: one who undertakes or begins.

side,

follow,

join. -2

To walk To

along
piif-'iV

wgsw: Regular or nection, as of words.


a.

proper con-

ing,

aftt-r--3 To visit, go towards or to.~4 To penetrate, cross, traverse-5 To become assimilated-

seek

Connected with.
I

ind.

After

sacrifice.

-2 At every
tions. -3

sacrifice,

after ablu-

Every moment.

performance, practice) execution, accomplishment &c- obeying, acting in con^5wa nqnggr=f S. 4 formity to
*i3gp<
I
i i

Doing,

Following, pursuing adv. At every occasion of coming.

g*wi

TT a?gm: ] ConciargetR a. [ liated, friendly, favourable.


ind.

practice

of

religious austerities
Pt.
1

*gflT 8 U- I To extend everywhere; to diffuse, spread about, overspread -2 To continue, join in.

fragrant sandal, aloe &c.

Every evening.
suostance,

78
a-

Indicative of,-poit>ting

r Practising, observingi
habitually addicted
to.

out to.
5'

senses
to

Indication, pointing out. P.I To follow ( in all go after, attend, pursue


i

aT3?i [ Irrimgnfl army, rear-guard.


g**j ind.
in

The

rear of an

U. 4; Ki. g. 67 sometimes with gen. of person see g>g^nt Sk. below- 2 To take afler ( one's parents ), to always imitate their
; i

reserve practise, oneself to i ajrffcHwgm sft go to ?^4*>i|?i S7.-2 To


4 ;

betake gone into Me. 30 **t Sk. go over

Having entered or
succession
j

nature
'wJi5>
I- 3.
)

(
;

A.

in :his

sense

*TOF-

*?

>t?*fg-

^tmTg|fi
: (

W^RITJ: P.

21 Vdrt.

irf

I To lead, or through Caus. forward wygHtuRira t Ram -2 To cause to pursue, follow.

Strewing or round. -ofr [ *tfr 55^ ]

wgwi
cow

spreading A cover
)

Sk.
Imitation, ance, similarity.
.

sucli as leather

"WVgn:

resembl-

wgm:

follower) companion,

attendant.
I

A
I

To

be imitated.

^:

T^reaf-jiwig-fnTtfrr^-CTjft

after, Following funeral ceremony, which enables going after, seekingf the departed spi; it to safely cross after? *^igTdr fnm H. 31 wnra? the river of Hell called -tmr-M ( *gPt\.-2 itsi-j^: Conformity Hit fr *rr K-WM r^ i^rto, accordance with, consequence

cially

the

cow

espesacrificed at the
)
;

Say.

Monthly obsequies on the Darsa or new moon day ( cf apm?i5 ).


:

pursuing,

A cart

i? ).

,q

B*t?i:

of (in instr. or abl-)i i^?fn?gi^Me- S4.-3 Custom, usage, ha-

TV.).

^gwnj
work

Praising after

N- of a

ait.with ag ] i The backbone, spine ( a?w<jK: wifa: gsrfaif%?iw: ) ^ -aig* ^r ^|<t: Ait. Br.
fr.
(.

or

bit.

relating to the
ind.

i
)

Going
)

afteri following
\

SamavedaAfter adding oil.


(

where Say. remarks


ilrt%

m ifnfar ITI% Mk-

fig.

also

pursuit
I-

-areTgwa_fa?T^Tg-gf-oi

a Plain, obvious<J.

17

Ved. Whizzing

kind of sacrificial vessel according to some, the back part of the altar
JTij,

^m ^

.-2

?$

^w%;

as an
3TciTiai!OTH!ij^;.-3

ajnwwj i'. 7 looking in the direction of thesoundi^tsigBKf?!?:: Mk. g- 5 following up or tracing fraud-

arrow

Former

birth

).

gt?
of, call

-2

accordance Conformity to with, suitability, conformity usage tangnfl!fei K- 137, 194, 204; OT-jiungmiXn Y. 2- 1-3 Custom,
to,
i

usage, established

practice i^gsf-

n^ftw (<Tf|:; Ms. 8. 152-4 Received or established authority,


especially

or gen.Ji 3nrffiTig?gfJT S. ij q^sr o- 7 fl?*n^s5 ^"f*3 NI^*JBg- 8. 7 sqqTf-fn^-fiiiHiigKi. 438.-Cas- To remind ( painfully >, cause to remember with regret i Ki- 5. 14.
; '

I. P. To remember, think tomind,t recollect( with ace.

or state of existence. * I Family, rcae.-2 Disposition, temperaments character, peculiarity of race


i

wg-wB^ ?qf nr
&c
.

^fifni J

Reflection (of light). -2 Regard, reference, illustration.

See

under

of codes of law. 5 Nature, natural condition of anything. -6 Currency, prevalence.


7

*gw>t
bering.
!

Recollection,

rememafter,

a-

Consequence,
1

result.

w3fli<fl: -*igT<'t

in

comp.

Jn
to.

accordance, with, conformably

2 Repeated recollection. g*^fa:/. I- Cherished recollection of thinking wg*^fr*f^ft: S. B--2 Thinking of one thing to the exclusion ofothers
;

successive i *f? day after 6 (^t) day, on the folliowng day born in successive order.
i

w^Tf-^ ]Ved. Coming J

'f

The plank
Ait- Br.

or board on the

side of a bed
i

*gHTC, Btfti, a. 1 Following, pursuing, going after, attendant


R.i;4. 701 fn^wT-rdr fqiitr??!^. I. 6.( qrTia: q^rgntDk- 91 f wig-sift n SR Pt. i. 278 going after, falling to the lot
i

*3*, '

<>

[fa^TRasi]

Woven
a.

om ni'i'CTi'eg-ffTfwg-srfT

together, icgularly and uninter2 Sewn on. ruptedly fastened to. 3 Closely attached or linked
to-

say.) I Not borne or carrie

*giiR:
ing.

of.
to,

According or conformable following iiT?T-9 Ms. 7. 31. 3


2
i

Continuing;

follow-

Unmarried qf^TTrgwis^it 3<ig ^r^qST An unmarried womT??ifT^ Ak.


2 an. -Comp.-*rtf a. bashlul, modest.

Seeking, looking out for.investigating, scrutinising

wgwH:
to.

Ms-

An
_

7.

102-

Sounding conformably after sound echo see


i

ITW
( *3i
)

ST )

Fornication.

vrtg

m.

and Ki

P-

36
i

,>.

W5rrni Going
!

after,

pursuit

[ -ff-siq PHI;
..
;

fi rirTfqg--fiwt Mb/.
I

Going
to,

after, following!

confoi=ming
2

accordance with] An unchaste woman, harlot (f?i ).

[.wgwm

fwtn'f

above the line () and which to a preceding always belongs vowel ai3ini%'*rfq<"tsg-f-*Ti;: p. VIII'
i

wm-^ TV. ] The sound which is marked by

^<fon <& nasal a dot

the brother of an unmarried woman. -2 the brother of the concubine of a king.


I
al / [ *-&f\ " ff, ] Not coming or going (io aid ) (anrwi ). *?S* Want if water-, drought,
:

aridity
w?.?5i:

i '

fn

fl**-^

Ram.
order,
'

"591,1 P. To after, follow.

3-4glide

along

or
**gjS3:

Inviting, stirring up.


i

N- or a figure of speech in which a reference is made in successive ordef


to

Relative

was'J: serpent-like being i a reptile in general. 3SK a. Created in succession.

W55T
of,

U- Toroar
i

in

imitation
f%
ift-

what

reply to

^gjfrea

Eriwfit i

"(J.S-

D- 732.
&c.

iigsaift

%<>

Si. 16. 25.


in

See

under

wgeft: f- I Creating in order or 2 succession. re;idy-witted

*35rf: Roaring
P*g5- I I"

imitation.

'To

imitate,

resem-

ble

a- l Not inferior, not less (with abl-expressed or understood)!

79
not wanting or
instr.
)i

t^ Hrroprt R.
1 8-

lacking in
Ii
i

with

6- 50*

*5'!-

74 Sk.-2
mr: ]

'.

104 14

not

playing fairly

(?)

^
.ot

Not conversant
the
i

with,

rnrt ft<winftrni

wrfrauwr?

wH3*5*t
stuff
i

flwismfir

M.

of no inferior

tw
i

R. 2. 54! gdt10. I. -2 6, 37; n>f%yM5i: R. Full, whole, entire < large i *?$*Si- 4 <pwjjr*tf Ki 14. 40i great n ( before adjectives ) very '5*HOT: S. D. excessively big or heavy -SHaving full power.

jmmpit

gt^tf

one studying to'gveda lot invested with the sacred hread and hence not yet entitle
i

falselying, iood. *rf^,-iir a. a -liar. wi a. alse to one's vows or promises.


^r,-'Rnfi'r,-TT*<jT4
:

o study the Vedas

as a boy

a.

Lyin8, a

liar.
i

^sqRw
.

51* at: raiftsf *CTS<W:

Ms-

158

3^*1

wirw Mugdha- (la


(

his case the


ie

form should properly but W^TI w^nrff^rmeSmwi Skin the

r. a ] i Unfit season .mproper or premature time; *w(i? iWT*"f Ms. 4. I04.-2 Time before

ometimes w?V also


ense
i

same

cf. !iirs?

girl befjre

menstruation. Comp. **ft menstruation.


a.
I

VI

3.

<K*

Ms
gf't

3.

142-,
)
i

98, srgT:

**f: n$*rt] situated

near

'

131

a'so

in

the
one,

Not ^one

more than
grq^ijt >nn. i6< several,

water, watery, rich or abounding A. I in water, wet, marshy. <:-*_ f'^trtfc watery place or country *> S>*?p *tt^nrt Ms 7. 192 Y. *^3. 42 *i*igW5rrt*T?l4rnitflrtfrat&: evnmn^i wwrffitrwTi^T^; -2 N. of a particular country (-<n:pl. )i R. 6- 37. inarshi bog -4A pond 3 or tank of water 5 Bank or si le ( of a river, mountain H wmrrufrwri i i
i

ime

s.-nse.

many; afWrgwwt
i

ar?5 a. Not straight; crooked ! tig- ) unfair, wicked, dishonest ; qrfncn;^il i %^<a'is^5: Ms- 4.

77

P.

V.

2-

75 Sk.

1<T<T

Ram.

-6

i"^t ntgm*it

buffalo

7
8

wmn, ibid Afrog.-8 kind


elephantginger, -uw a-

.-Comp -* moist
marshy, boggy*wff
in a
a.

of partridge.

An

wjai a- Free from debti who has paid off the debt (due to anDther ) with gen- ot#rson or thing w*Si; im^niftT U 7; nrJ)|. (yet) R. 12. 54; Mv 5. 58! MS. 9- 106 6. 94 Every
i

Y. 2 120, Ki I. nrTF^5fir>>MJ Y. 3. 144. various 2 Separate J divided) oft. in comp.i 'iran having many shapes or forms! diverse, multiform) several times, many a
i

w-

tim.-

and >rrt oft having more wives than one. Comp. w a having more than one
t

vowel

or syllables
a.
I

engaged

one that i born has three debts to sages, gods and :o pay off: N
<

f^?

%$

Tj

the Manes'-

cf.

pursuits. -2. not fixed on one object. a. I- [. n.] not alone so as tp exclude all others, uncertain, doubtful,

polysyllabic. in several concentrated or

-m

Being

pond or bog.

!OT a. Ved- To be. fastened 'ST as a sacrificial animal Sat- Br-; wg*CT>^T Asval
>

who therefore, learns the Vedas, offers sacrifices to gods, and begets a son, becomes p* ( free from debt ) WB'rTi^Rft cf. also Sfft5*1
T>^VU;
)

he,

variable mt q. v. (-:)
tion,

m^KmviMMn4tHMMA.
I

unsettled condi-

absence of permanence.-2-

nw

wgcra.
:

R.

uncertainty, doubtfuluess.-3 an unessential part, as the several anubandhas. "^i scepticismi <*^i. m. a sceptici a Jaina or an Arhat ** a- I. having of the Jalnas.

* ] Thighless. Arua, the charioteer of the sun ( who is represented as having no thighs ) \ the dawn s see Comp. Wtfa: the sun ( having l<f for his charioteer )s

"I*

a.

'

8.

30-

many more than one ) meaning, as the words *r, homonymous


(
\ >
.

ri"<inwi s^w K. PFreedom from debt wwi, "HP &ci.-2- having the sense of the word Pt. 5 do harm by

>lHt:

Si. I. 21

way of retaliation or injury! fjr3>Han?omefJifa: M.S. ii-; * WBT^W aj^tni w^3T: Pt. i repay requite the' favour of our lord-

or

rt*.~3. having many objects or purposes. (-*: ) multiplicity ot objects, topics &cw^ a. hiving

more than one ^


55.

letter

P.

i. i.

a powerless.

Not strong, weak 2 Free from pride.

*ws a. Not high, low (""i^Ved whose splendour does not rise whj lights no (sacred) fire*.
w^rS
lable.
a.
l

a: [ *.
(

] 1

Not
4.

true,
4.

false
f

Not waving,

unrufflec

words

);

^ ** Ms.
*

by waves, not fluctuating -2 Invio

ly goti

A*

170 wrong138.

m^H

wirni

*!*. Ved. near the ribs


3^*
swi
i

Falsehood, lying, cheating) deception. fraud iHfn^l awr^irssiTiHt Rv


part of the body

a.

cf.

l Saline, the 3*flJ and 3Tt*f.

same a
2

No

saline.

**< a- Thoughtless, coreless. **?< a. Ved. Thornless ( as a path or couch )

*ga personified is the son of ** and ffr husband and brother o nw and ftfl*. father of ", "^i

n^sy 49- 3i "W"^ Ms. I- 291 n^T.8. 97, oft. in comp.i fg*, *u** giving false evidence in the matter of &c.i Ms. 9. 711 cf 3m also: tpr *ftn"fr ?'rS 3% <fir nm^t >?*i^i fft HI* s*i*>r ii Pt. 3. 108
7-

Kp**

3wnr,-3nf*m a. (in phil.) dwelling or abidinc in more than one ( such as W*, HWFT ) <^s^. wimrgorr; Bhasha Pi dependence upon more than one- yrt, m. 'doing much', N. of Siva. JJT a- of many kinds, manifold, diverse tinm**! !sw35'jf Ki. 6. 37. SR: N. of a king; 'arf^iqr^M*^: K. 3.fr* a, belonging to two families ( such as a boy when adopted ) i- e- that of his own, and that of his adoptive ** a gregarious father. fVsr a. not of one mind, fickle-minded i -'HW: not following the counsels of
s i

Va.

one

H.

4(

31
T:
)

a.

born
(

more
mfan.Tri

than once.

a bird

i: *Tn?*m; ). led because

an elephant ( so calhe drinks with his


)jcf. ftp 5. 35; 12.

trunk and mouth

"T^ [n. ".] hymn! not containing a from the Wgveda *TO w
a.
I
i

Without a
verse
P.

?m
(Opp-

Vishu
)i

P.
5.

Ms.4.

Agriculture Comp- ^f a
(Say-)i

(/.)!.

q^i**

5-

471 Si-

wnose gods are not true

Rv.

having many faces, many-faced.-2 scattered, dispersed,

80
going
ligwift

in varions directions,

taking

a.

to various

ways

rft )]

anrin^s^'

^sr:
i

11%

f=r <?5 ^r

U.

4.

223

] (lit

placidity, calmness *ar fft Ki. 4. 22-

mirH Bk.

2- 541

1/3:

hav-

forms', N. of Vishnu who assumed varions forms to deliver the earth from calamities. 55'*aii'&V-ftjrfH a. victorious in many w a- I. of battles) ft, 3. 9. IIvarious forms, multiform--.? of various kinds or sorts. -3 fickle, changeable, of a varying nature:

ing

many

Not killed or destroyed or obstructed Ved. withouta rival, incomparable, unattainable, inaccessible anobstructed, not liable to be hurt
)

a. Not legitimate, one's own, adopted ( as a son

not
;.

or injured;
40. 6, 4; 6.

g
50.

3i
3.

an^fH

Rv.

I.

Time
troyed

m (t-t&c.)

3ft

P.

*?n%

To

bind.

not being liible to be desaid a. [sMt.-c",U. 3; (

).

86]

Near.

*wiw*a jqtfra^KiT Pt.


epithet
i

I.

425

-":

of the Supreme Being. m**: N- of Siva also of Indra, and of the Supreme Being, he being said to be H?WRJ: 0?cim &c- ***

a. Variable, uncertain, unsteady; occasional, casual, ( as a cause not invariably attended by

the

same

effects

** the plural numberi dual also. a. (*/. ) i Unsteady, ii involving more than one ( un- uncertain) not to the point, not known ) quantity ( the unknown very important) ??ihs>jfT ?ili "^Rnii, quantities x y- s. &c- being repre- Pt. I -2 ( in Logic ) Name of one sented in Sanskrit by colours TI, of the five main divisions of %rB ffw(i t simultaneous &c- ) ( fallacies, ) otherwise called the sea srebft **%*& Ak. ^f *t 3"w. "swrew, *%K: multiIt is of three kinds equation (a) ftincitrftT*3i% H. 3. to goes 114 ordivision of where the |g is found both plication! subtraction M unknown quantities. -rest a. various, in the *roj and frf?, the argument the end of, masters completely; cloven-hoofed- being therefore tjo $r* a. different. general. (6) wa also means ( where W? a- synonymous- Hwrro a- srarauoi where the hetu is in the T? the to common common many, alone, the argument being not end or destruction ); ar?tatgwprj^. property of many persons Dk. 83. general enough. n rtV K. 59 enjoyed all worldly ( c ) which embraces every known pleasures ; siratft;?>: wg TRomnsntr. the argument a: K. 124 end, furthest extremity ind. In various waysi'varr thing in the >?, 2 Skirt, border, uft?tfiflwr Bg. being non-conclusive. f^fc srfa Bv. I. 2. wnf$rw outly a place or ground edge, precinct II- 13i^f I Existence of many \ ab- in general "* t^t. ^ITH U. 2. 25. ai^RT ind [ *&*& w<% sis. ] I sence of one, plurality. -2 Want forest ground, skirts of the forest) Several or many times, frequently. of union, I confusion, disorder, art^JStmii f%rt 3f^ts3 tai: S- 4 ftfiwmf* Bk- 2- 52- -2 anarchy, aHta?ft d45-iiflam: R.9-35 as far as the bor/ In various ways or manners- -3 In T ^ Hfni5-iin ders of skirts frr: Variable natureS" large numbers or quantities End of a Absence of traditional R. 2. 58, 2. 19; Me. 23. -3 I. ^i(i texture, edge, skirt, fringe or hem sanction or authority, of that which a Not alone, accoma J q^THniSnia^ft of a gar.nent is without such sanction* panied by. 1S K. 9 (by itself in Veda ). -4 Mb Vicinity, proximity, neighboura. lf?n^] Not moving, hood, presencei-^niWid ind 3T*n% No, not immovable of the same form, epiMs- 4.116; Y. 2. 162 I. 143 *'TTWTcTtafifossTwi R. 2. 26 thet of Brauma or the Supreme Ak. ( Tpt ) m- ( tfr ) Not sleeping g> *mta ^Jiai P. 2- 115 going into Soul ( HSft*^ n ). the vicinity or presence of Yamai >^f or^fTo make or be mani- in a house, a beggar
) i i ; \
.

-2 Last.~3 Handsome, lovely; Me. where, however.the 23 Si- 4. 40, ordinary sense of 'border' or 'skirt' may do as well, though Malli. renders WJ by ^f, quoting the authority of?rs?TDTs). -4 Lowest, worst. -5 n: (H. in some senses) YoungestI End, -limit, boundary( in time or space)ifinal limit, last or extreme WKftn grW? H$mfc H. 4. point 50 bounded by the ocean, as far as

1 .

fold

to div l de or be divided into.

*!*!

a.

n.-?ft5-fr

Not
Sft

**:

A foolish

or stupid
a.

person,
I.

leaving the house- -?: [awr:

D-

ft

dolt, fool-

and dumb)

-Comp- 1 i*mdi tm

deaf

w ifS

ta,

^-g
2.

A
i

tree
5.

>

^maum

iiat

R.
a. I

13

69-

P. 7 -2. blind- -3- dishonest, fraudulent, wicked, perverse.

wf^ Sat- Br. ( These four senses are allied) --5 End, conclusion) termination (opp. art>r or wrf^ ),

Not attended with the


fra

K.

I.

51

i^t
,

ftftn R. 4,

a Ved. I Not tobe blamed )--2 praiseworthy, chief ( H?IPT, Not near infinite.
i

sacred syllable Not accepted.


wit^r
wrt*ri
a.

Ms-

2.

74-

-2

&c.

^IPT

f:w>
Pt.
j

" n1751

^mrfi^w

2.

<w

Sinles-, faultless ( Say. )) without a variegated set (of horses), RV 6. 66. 7a-

""*

carriage

Wkhout a. To be ( **w *nw:


Unfitness,

food (as a an). in a carried


.

sinless, hable to error.


a.

*,

;!isa4ircu

blamless

impropriety ^rrn K- P. 7.

not

Want
or strenglh
s

S.

of vigour, energy, D- thus defines it

R. 12- I the period of life (end of the wick) SUB* sr^r&5 fwrht "JifitT^f?! Pt. oft in comp. in this sense, 2. 180 ' and meaning ending in or with' ' 'ceasing to exist with, reaching to the end t* ***> rftfM H. I
; ' '
,

Ms. 7. 45 ^STt^gV going to the end of

91 ends

in

it

>*i$irft frrrot
5-

j-

'One who has no superior,' a sovereign or paramount, lord. a. Ved- Praiseworthy.


*<:

*r?fr

TOT Pt.
5-

76

pride> modesty, humility. -2 Tranquillity,


i

Freedom 'from

nrf

aci:w'Ku.

(lasting till)

6 ending with the attainment of fruits

81

*%
62. 14. 41
2. 52.;
;

Ku.

6.

44

R. 11

Ki

ff^TW*r.-2. death, perishing, .-^r a. 1 walking about, going to the borders of frontiers.-2. completing or finishing(as a business
&c.). -gr a. last born,
-

r^
6.

73 at the end of 1000 Yugas ;jrr<JTtrr tffr MB. 8. 359 capital punishment ( such as would put an end to life ). -6 Death, destruction end or close of life tprr Bh. 3. 71 goes down to destruction </('"? -4 ^ a|?*rgrf R. 1. 8 (i^r M^RdHtft t 2. 48 12. 75
1.
; ;

Ved. Nearest, next Rv. 1. 27. 5; HgjrraiTmt 46. 10 ; intimate, very close
a.
;

or familiar.
.

-j^q^

a figure
.

T^r^

of speech ( in Rhetoric ). trfc*'- 1 a frontier -guard guarding the frontiers


ibid. -2.

Up. 5

door-keeper

( rare

as a prepfix to verbs jind regarded as a preposition or irfff ) (a) In the middle, between ;
60, 373^335 ] 1

(Used

).

Udb.. 46 sjtt *rr To be destroyed, perish, be ruined. -7 ( In grain. ) A final syllable or letter of a word ;f3KT ending in a vowel so, &R, g^r, fits^T &c. -8
:

-*T^,-*TT^a. being at the end, last. -<5Tf a. hidden, concealed, -fftrr: dropping of the nnal of a word.

in, into, inside


"eft

^,

vrr,

&c. (6) Under. -2


) (

^, \, t Used adver,

bially
or

Between,
;

betwixt,

*rfi||*id(-

Ms.

1.

-Trftf^ ( dwelling near the frontiers, dwelling close by. (->. )

) a.

amongst,

within

in
(

the

middle
irf$:

interior,

inside

3^ Q^jfiQ
(

pupil

who always dwells near

^^

sffct Tfjf ]

The

last

word
;

in a

compound. -9 As-

certainment, or settlement ( of a question ) definite or final settlement final determinapause,


;

master toreceive instruction); 3. 104; VI. 2.36.; Ms. 4. 33. chan4&la ( who dwells at the mity of a village).-^fyp='Vi?r-^Wf^r-/. change of the final
ble, as in JUT

his P. IV.

a^gnrhT: R- 2. 32. in himself, at heart

opp. burnt

withpalace"

zfcfr* ftf.

T^ Rlftl
in the

R- 19.
;

-2. a extreq. v.

harem

so

6. O

in the

f5*r

swfr

sylla1
.

tion, as

from

f*tg

Nir. -i<-<n

Bg.
,
.

2.

16.

,. -10 The last portion or the remainder ( n. also); f^rta:, %jfhT=, &c. -11 Underneath, inside, inner Pt. 4 in part gwr^nf ^r srart^ water, underneath water flM^th^
.

on the ground.-2. the last bed hence death itself. -3. a place for
a bed
;

Dk. 13; Mai 5. 20. *trr Orgmt Pt. 4. 88 afrpftf V. 1. (o) Internally, in the mind. (6) of or sfjfBy way seizing holding fTT W- ( 5tt li^^T )--3 (As a separable preposition ) (a) In, into, bet.
;

3}^^

burial or burning. -4. a bier or f unerites, funeral ceremonies, obsequies.-^r^ m. a Ki. 6. pupil ;^frg<inTt jr*freTtnT^: 34.-^qf<nT : the svarita accent on the last syllable of a word.

ral pile.-^rfl^rr last

ween, in the middle, inside, withloc. ) in, ( with ftqM,jfcftr 31 3fcrer* Ch. Up. 3fcri*|JTr% Ms. 7 223; Y. 3. 302;
;
.

Rv.

1.

23.

19.

(6

does

not

penetrate
;

or

dive into,

whole number or quantity. -13 A large number.-l 4 Nature, condition;


sort,

sound, fathom 3TT5t'|%fTf7r* TOTT M. 3 shall dive deep into, fully satisfy, my doubts. -12 Total amount,

Between ( with ff <fr thcrfi* Rv.


8. 2.

ace. )
7.

Ved.

872;
into,

37-T

destroying

Causing death, making an end of, f* dia*ld'- R.


;

Sat. Br.

( c ) In,

in-

q^M
Ve.

side, in the interior,


(
;

species

ir<TJdi*d i<T*ff wgrror;

WS^TI^T: Ms. 1. 50. -15 Disposition essence; g^ffsf. [cf. Goth, andeis, and Germ, ende and ent also Gr. anti L. ante]. -Comp. -awufW m.
; ; j

Death. -2 Death personified, the destroyer Yama, the" god of death Pt. 1. 137. '
3. 30. -3f: 1
;

*<d^id*T^

with gen. ) Ve. 3. 5 3fep*gQ>*3-M^


;

midst n(3*)cMrf'^<<1<"M^l ^
in the
1

Ratn. 2. ^i^Tfrw ^TPTt Bg. 13. 15 2. 104 ;


; .

w%

1. 2.

boundary. Comp. -15 Ved. provoking death; Rv. 10.132.4.


border,
ind. [ sTcHTffft^ j 1

2. 53 sfiwfW oft in comp. at the sFr*ri?r: irf^ri Pt. 5;


. ;

Ki.

Ak.

end

mfw-

I. a barber. -2- a chan<Jala, low-caste. -3. N. of a sage, see 3Tf*wfrn^ (arit <?fs&ii 33^1 awri^ ST? wk; ftls)--J<{M n. having the acute accent on the last syllable. (-rP ) the acute accent on the last syllable P.VI.l. 199. -^7T 7 <MI, a;

From
;

the

end. -2

At

last,

finally

at length,

lastly. -3 In part, partly. -4 Inside, within. -5-Iri the lowest way (opp.
;
:

5. 141 Ms. 8. 79 jfrifllftifot Ms^. between the teeth Tic<J (W ^?Sfl -ft| *< d ! also in compound with a Si. 3. 77
;

); (Miffi:
3t<T )

may have
]

all

;hc

senses of

*f?T ^ifllifl^l* following word w rlnfr Jf wwft KB. 4. 11. -4 It is froquently used as the first member o compounds in the sense of 'internal;

5frf^

causing
mortal,
;

death or destruction, fatal,


destructive
It.
;

[ sfcr

s^^^^Jjg^
;

Having
;

ly,' 'inside,'

'within,'

'in

the into-

an end

limited

perishable

11.

75 causing the destruction of

Mb.
Bri. Ar. Up.

Ms. 9.221; f^4l*i' Bk.-Ttjrf^


tion
;

n.

death,

destruc-

...

ind.

(loc.
) I

of

afcr

oft.

used adlast,

oftata -^?5T time or hour of

eath

verbially
;

In the end, at

ut

m. death
*Rfr

,ength, lastly, finally. [n the presence of, near,


CTCTi
1
.

-2 Inside. *$
close
;

by.

having gone to the end of, thoroughly conversant or


i amiliu with, ( in comp.
.

Ham.

-if a.

neighbour
;

com-

'having in the interior,' 'filled or with,' 'having concealed within,' in the sense of 'inward,' 'internal,' 'secret.' 'hidden &c., forming Ad or Tatpurusha verbial, Bahuvrihi compounds; <l< itUsill< (Bah.comp.) "jfht (Bah. S. 5. 19 filled with dew omp.) Me. 64; sftrflrf* (Adv. corup.) Ki. 1. 34 gqrf<lffi ni^tt^ff ( Tat. BO ^n: '^np omp.) U. 3. 31
rior,'
1 !

panion

ySrifRTHT^? Ait. Br. -2. a pupil Ve.


3.

irw

TT

);

3.

145.

Si. 3 55

7.-^rrRr

'*. in a

It is also supposed to sji^* &c.-5 be a parti*** of assent ( Wfoi'd'fo ). i8 the ^ of tfott. In comf Visafga before hard
.

^.

:hangedtoa
. ;

perishing.-trnt 1. going to the end,


fiuifhiog,

state of pupilage, (in itat


.

pupilari)

lonsonantu, as sfcT'^ftt

completing

v.

above.

cf L. inttr

WT Zend otor
:

W
j

&*

Goth,

11

undar
q. v.;.

Pers.
3rff:

andar

Gr

<oa].

wardly crooked
lent. (-fy: )
fir.

(fig.

also)

fraudua.

U.

3. 31;

Oomp

the breast

(=3^-3^
.

arftn inward fire, the fire which stimulates digestion ;5fhTtarftrqf^pj^rte: SUM. $q a 1 inward, internal, comprehended, included (with abl. ); snnfcrtit &** Pat.

a conch- shell.-fr (fifr) a disease of worms in the body.


3qt.

Bam. -2 inflammation.
sad or afflicted at heart.
jar
.

^PP
3.

I-

in-

ternal

disturbance

II.

-2.

in-

ward wrath,

Sutra. -2. proximate, related to, essential to or referring to the essential part
( o'pp.

of the ypi or base of a word

secret anger. qfriff the interior of a store-room. Jfirr the secret or hidden Ganges ( supposed to communicate underground with a a. secret stream in Mysore

internally bad, wicked or base at heart. gt%s /. examining one^s own soul, insight into oneself. ^fr-

an intermediate region ofThe comdoor the house (M^isgK). TT, srift tll -ft, f|cT &c. See s. v. palace of a king (being inside the cf j( town) ^^H^fra^il ^5?
pass. --jfrt a private or secret

within

)^-t5

nft't't );

P. VIII. 3. beloved ( arwaf^r


tftxrt'r-

vi^miA^f! *i<)iidOi 74 Sk.-3. dear, most


)
;

f^Prf^ fpsft^r-

useless, unprofitable, unnecessary, unavailing ; jiN'MMf!f ^T Sar. S. ( jfiqix^iJim^ 'iwiitMfatM


[ 3fiTjfH^ 'ijiVi ]

K&m.
\vithin
:
;

PlQrf

a.

being concealed
a.

4 v.l. (-if) 1. the inmost limb or organ, the heart,

$W:

S.

isfon Ffrfcti 35^). under aidlH,. >nf


.

r^-rar &c- See

mind

Dk. 11 21 fi%. the interior.-Z. an intimate friend) near or confidential person ( form;

gflnlfffri;

ing, as

it

were,
-

part of

oneself
;

81, 93. 101

<i1bearing young, pfegnant.-2. having a >rf or "^in inside so "irf^. ffirt-ft mountains. ~QCTn*P the sphincter muscle. jjj a. concealed inside, be"srifnnr. U. 3. 1 R. 19. ing; inward 57 f^: with poison concealed in
; ; ;

M.

2. 9.

f^j

engaged

in

internal meditation. q?:-j a screen of cloth held between two persons who are to be united:(as a bride and

bridegroom, or pupil and preceptor) until the actual time of union arrives

an essential or indispensable part, *m and Rf^ujuH in realizing Brahma. 34444: an inner part P.
-3.

the

heart.

as ST^T,

2? &c.]

1. the inner

g,-ttf,-T*;t [ apartment of a
of a house.-2.
in

s^W
;

house, the

interior

Ved. being on the way. ind, in the interior of an intr^flected word. -q^r=gsii|i*<w('fd iw-, nffrlH the innermost garment.

TO

a.

V. 4. 62. 3n<MP the ether or that resides in the heart of man ( a term often occurring in the
,

N. of a holy

place

Benares
:

q^nr

a.

being between

th'e

rib*

Brahma

the

Jirf^T. the Soma when (as flesh). in the straining vessel. irg: [ai*

Upanishads ). Wf^t secret or hidden intention. sjnnr: an additional augment between two letters.
Y. 2. an*TTt the interior of a house 31. SJTW* m. ( mi ) 1. the inmost spirit or soul, the soul or mind; also
;

open space before the house between the entrance-door and the house = porch or court ) ?rj^rtrcr<J9r ( Bk. 7. 62
;

(TSf'Waf

l^ret tw ] the time when the cattle are in the village or stables (from sunset to sunrise)
;

Katy.
wr?ra

TOM

ffrflK^^B^ com.)

the internal feelings,


-

the

heart

country of Bahtka (orBolhika)(P.III. 3. 78 frffer( ;r:-<if:

) JS.

of

6.

73

3ff ; 12. 13 i

!TTTft?m!r

^4

Sk.

).

qnn
3.
;

striking
78.

in the
a.

middle P.

III.

^t

insertion of ft letter (in gram.). -2. a post fixed in the middle of the sacrificial ground (used in ritual works) aftpjifar
;

Bg.

6.

47 with the heart fixed on

me; grm> wrr* ftstqr: TOT* ......... afcmmr 5- 4. 21, U. 3. 38, Me. 93-2.
(In plul.)the inherent supreme spirit or soul (residing in the interior of man ); anrrrcmf^r %i%sri Ku. 6. 21. arnrop a market in the heart (inside) of a town. -w?y See a. v.3n-*T)

internally pervading the body situated, internal, inward Ku. 3. 48, U. 7. 3f- born or bred in
the
interior

Katy.
;

1. inserted. -2. in-

cluded within
20.
<rr?y:

or
;

comprised
fi*

in

falling

(as

worm

%^rrt"T
one

MW*rrt K.

&c.).

irnl' V'ed.

interior of a vessel.

the stomach.^ (-ind. ) in the stomach. stvr: the inner part of


-j)d<

over the inner apartments of a palace. J*


1
.

who watches

the jaws

^iwri
.

Wi

^TTOif<<T-

-3HTTW

a. rejoicing in oneself, find;

33

).

mil.

ing pleasure in his soul or heart


5*?(-<TTK<-fl*Tjt<r3<rTnft'r 5. 24. ^VqTf an internal
: .

inborn, innate. 3TT3 between the knees. ^fnt in3Tfir

inner apartment of a palace (set


'

Bg.

organ or

sense.

3*<r

Ved. a secret abode.


;

-3f*or the internal


;

organ the heart, oul the seat of thought and feeling, thinking faculty, mind, conscience; mrroV "srfrnp tf- 1-22; *n?rw P wwrrmT V. 4. the soul in all
senses external and internal, the inner and outer man
its
;

knowledge. STfcRr^ enlightened inwardly, with an enlightened soul, (-^n.) the inward Brahma. TTO? light, light of inflammation. (-IT: ) inward heat or
a.
tire mental anxiety. frn a. burning inwardly. (-q-:) internal fever or heat S. 3. 13. ^UST [afcfaaTcr *ndistillation of spi'ftf? fT^Frrf^.]
;

ward

or secret

apart for women); ;f emale or women B apartments, seraglio, harem ( so called from their being situated in the heart of the town, for purposes of
safety);
;

Ms. 7. 216, 221, 224 rf^BTf^Tft Pt. 1. -2. inmates of the female apartments, a queen or queens, the ladies taken
collectively K. 58 S. 3
; ;

frT
fRT>

yrnfTTW-

rituous liquor, ot a
to

substance used

r?-jnfitrri

Tf^:
4

Pt.

O
;

eTTWfcT:*n[3tfhi&: R. 2. 11. Accord ing to the Vedonta wr^or is of foul

produce fermentation. ^rr a term in astronomy, the time when


a particular planet exercises its in-

^5siT:3<

yrf**J*v^% ibid. gosaip of the harem Ms.


S.
;

sr*rrrs

7.

153

also in pi.

9t^TT%?
,

2.

fluence over man's destiny


t

S. 6. 4.

Sankhya

33,

i.

e
P ^Tjnr an Interval of ten days; JT^ c before 10 dayi Ms. 8. 222 5. 79.
; :

'^mT
-

3%

35, i.e.

spT women of the palace, inmates <?rT, of the female apartments


;

-w
r

a certain

number of years

WW-wrar',-^

guardian or superin-

with

Buddhists

).-ffa

a.

ia

1.

inward heat

tendent of the hatem, chamberlain

83
letters of the alphabet assigned to the six lotuses (TO) of the mr: ft body. term used in Tantra literature for the mental assignment of the several letters of the alphabet to the different parts of the body. 55- a. sealed inside N. of a form of devotion a. still-born. trpT! men;

sfal
of oneself such as children.cattle

in the Trantras for the

n'(of these
five

sorts

are

mentioned

&c

a.

( 3T^sfr i?rj^ tipr


;

g: )

having

spR-qr,

ij, f*3T, *tS55<F and fllffi^ see Br. S-) "w^TT: one belonging to the

progeny, cattle &c. aicH'Nciflq $v Rv. 1. 40. 7 abounding with pre;

harem. sf^jp [ a chamberlain = ^srr. ( woman in the harem; a^R K. fr ftjq'q Chand. (SRT) [ ^R. ] the menstrual matter
to

cious things inside, (-a(fo.)inwardly.


'TT'ffrTTfl'l

of women, before it regularly begins flow every month


;

D'r
t

11^ 317

iitHi^

3Tt
;

WIS*KI!3<^ Kasyapa fore the age between

r5

"srf is

there-

worship, a mode of worship referred to in the Tantras. *TTr. 1. suppression of the breath and voice.-2.erra a sacrificial vessel accordHWi'HUfsi JifriiMiM ) ( ns^T
tal sacrifice or
i

--^r

tures, very learned ( srnsrlts;


JTf?':-^^'

skilled or versed iu scripf%),

entering
a.

within, penetra-

12

and the

menstruation period. jr?r a- ulcerous. ihf Ved. drinking up. M$I7<: f. \. the internal nature or constitution of
or body of ministers of a king. -3. heart of soul, "j^pp internal dissensions or disaffection; 3<uj<njMiJP

ing to others, a Soma libation made during the suppression of breath and
voice; gfrr tj^f-Nid^fwHd^^ Ait. Br. <JifiM m. 1 regulating the soul or internal feelings, soul Provi. ;

man. -2. the ministry

l^5
51.

T*J*ffl

^ejlM^?llM'l'

Kl.

2.

internal dissensions, causing internal revolts H. 3. 93. JT^T a. knowing one-

U*HM

sowing

self,

with an enlightened soul.


in the interior.
;

srfit-

gfr residence
nra.
1.

rr-

with suppressed tears a^r**iaMi*ai*irj-^^l Ti-aiTi ni* ^*u Me. 3. -2- with tears gushing up inside-, bedimmed with tears tfr|viitjftiT *TTTTt *rt <7t^% JTCTP V. 4. 5. (-wr ) suppressed tears, inward tears f^ret Bh. 3. 6 Mai. 5. *mn-TTRr jgt see under aicT^ separately. fJrtr a. split or broken inside, perforated, bored (said of a pearl) Ft. 4 (also
; :
;

dence, Supreme Spirit as guiding and regulating mankind, Brahma ( according to the Bri. AT. Up. 3^rzrfr^ 'the internal check' is the Supreme Being and not the individual soul 'who standing in the earth is other than the earth, whom the earth knows not, whose body the earth is, who internally restrains and governs the earth the same is thy soul (and mine), the internal check zfcmw &c. &c.) arfr; ;

Ved. (%ft/.) knowing correctly or exactly (knowing the paths between heaven and 72. 7. earth) Rv. 1 %ir: ^inward uneasiness or anxiety, inwani fever. tf^ a. pertaining to the inside of the sacrificial ground, (-ado.) within this ground. (f$Mft/.) [OTifcrr ^^T ^ft ] the tract of land between the rivers Qanga and Yarnuno, regarded as a sacred region and
tion.

f%5^

the principal seat of Has cf. n


;

^ryan Brahma-

it R. 7 is A. supposed to have extended trom Prayaga to Haridvara and is also known by the
;

ritMHc? (-m. pi.) inhabitants of this land. n. the inner apartments interior of a house. -3l5^* : a chamber! ain.-^tT!

names of ^^mi^ and

^^<

internal arrow or disease, -^rfft internal and spiritual part of man the
;

&c. -2. wind N. of a Brahmana included in the Bri. Ai. Up. Tffrn deep meditation,
;

interior of the body. -5TFT <*. having in the interior an arrow, pin or

any such extraneous matter, rankling


inside.

torn by dissensions). in*gft' terior of the earth. Jj^: discord, internal dissensions "gpsrr *'M$rf Mk. 4 torn by internal dissensions
; ;

acute-angular. ( -^;) an acute-angled triangle (opp. ) ( the perpendicular from the vertex or gfr falling within

abstraction.

jfa a.

ftrBT N, of a

river rising

from the Vindhya mountain.

sfat

1&m

Ved. internal support (scafTT5tTT : Ait. Br.


tfjr a.

(snrj'^the triangle), -tffna. hidden, concealed inside


STjr:

\. latent, c

in-

U.

3.

T
house divided

"g^nrw Pt.
a.

s^?r j:-2. in-

wardly conscious (said of trees &c.);


o.

a p^iHsCHf^Hnlft against itself can-

'

not long stand.' HIT < subterranean, underground. *J^RW<- having the rutting state concealed within R. 2. 1. BR^ a. I, sad, discon;

(P. V. 4. 117) covered with hair on the inside, (-tf) [aid'TriHi^iig aw ai^] the hair to be covered. ^jp 3"jt q. v.
herent.

-3te

having inward strength a pregnant woman -2. the

solate, dejected, distracted. -2.

one

who has concentrated and turned his mind inward, lost in abstract meditation.

superintendent of the women's Pt. 3, K. 93. apartments


a
;

nut. -fhTFT: internal pain, sorrow, regret. -^TR* a. upright at heart, or having Sarala trees inside K. 51. -flfyid a. vth water

marking

(flowing) underground

going into the mouth, pointing or turned inward Mv. 5. 26. -2. having an in;

g^

o. (-?fr /.)

1.

ward entrance
1^).
srijT,

or

opening

situated in a forest, cft fa: P. VI. 2. 179 Sk. ( MIT ) ind. within a. being a forest P. VIII. 4. 5. in the interior having something in the interior. nrfr ( Sf3t ) Ved. T*r- ] a pregnant woman
(<Pf) a.

having inward strength and vigour,


or strong inside powerful, strong heavy or ponderous T$fap^full
;
;

Pt.
.

132

R.

15.

13.

1.126; t tpr y?s~


(

Me.

20.

-T: )

-3. an epithet Of the soul called when it is enjoying the sweet


:

internal treasure or store, inner store

Hiss of sleep (srni^i? %cfl5*r srqr. *ffi 3^ )- (-#) a sort of surgical opening inside), one of the 20 instruments mentioned by Suiruta in chapter 8 of Swtrasthana.
sirpwrscissors (having an

belch5^] indigestion, flatulence ing -*fN, -^Tftr^". being or dwelling insid ), included or comprised
;

or contents; *w*g$rt?T:$nt H. 2 105 internal matter or essence (and pus).

in.

tfy.

N. of a

Soma

sacrifice (for

Kr^T^TT
a.

and HJJ+IH). ffl' <(iH. an under-garment KB. 4. 52, ^


3irtViMi<(' yft'-vipt
rr

33T a. whose delight id in self, inwardly happy Bg 5. 24. |ft ind* into the midst of armies. a.

mjthl

14^*WT
given

a. [ aicr

rrf^

T^srft

name

sn-^

TV.

forming part

written starv ) being between or in the midst. (-fq:-fJT: ) the semivowel* a term appli ed
also

84
' standing between ,i *t ^i t.t vowels and consonants and being

mind

?fH^t.--2Soul, Ki. wrf'fwtiH^ fluHW^i

heart;
5.

T:

Pt,
;

that time

aiftHUHd}

01 ihat occasion, at DW 164 %r


. ;

formed by a

slight contact of the

vocal organs ( wjj swwnl ) ; or they are go called because they itand between *r^r ( v-f ) letters and frr 1 a deity 3**^. ( 3T, T, w, * ). of the vital organs. -2. N. of one of the .Rigveda hymns. jj$T: the malleus of the ear. ^tes [ ar^ ^t ^3TTW] an elephant ( in rut ). striking in the middle. fTpfr N. of a country jrgN? P. VIII. 4. 24 Sk. %tf ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand. f^ffr a, being in the band or within reach of the hand. ynr. laughing
.

18 the inmost of secret nature^ (lit middle space or region); wmyftgldv entered the ij?$: Mit. 3. 13 having
heart
;

MM.
Mu.

6
2.

22 getting an opportunity; 9;
iij^^5X"^ S. 7. find
^

^'"

ia

-3 The Supreme Soul.-4 a. Interval intermediate time or space, distance


;

fit

or opportune

time

<*nld<
.

S.

4.

10

6;

MgMa^^<' V
ftwTriH.

f5t
;

Rif\lt{H<4 26; 4 at the


" '

^^nrr^T^

^iThmfil flBT Pt.

-Ai Rsr< "it"


3.

172 waitiag

for a suitable opportunity of time,

distance of g^>ll<H R- 3. 54 oft translated by between, betwixt fhrttnr^ Ku. 3. 38 in the in;
;

wrtorR fgT -9 Difference (between two things), in omp. ) *lfl<<H ( with gen. or
;

..
T^:
t
-

tervals of singing

uu
;

jjornrt 'g-

^TH<:4dH< H.

1.

49;

1.

betwixt life and death

66,

240;

inwardly ( iu or suppressed Me. Ill witli with a gentle

the sleeves
;

),

a secret
(rjf

iva^ U.
of weeping
;

3.

in the intervals
*if=<i

90;

laugh Hldgfa sjrfir* a suppressed laugh, smile. jf* the in-

rrwrfa3Trffsc*ftT

U. 4

at

intervals
7.
;

VRHT Mk.
of

7 in thecourse

18.15; rarely with instiv, Wfjprt H. 2


;

terior of the heart.

conversation

Pt. 1. 101
-

H.
TTTrT

1.

5'3lfl,

^T-T

<ri

i<d(

thlrtltHNf5%JTTv. 1. see 4>Mln( Ms. 2. 17, 22


;
;

difference

the inside, interior, Being inward, internal (opp. *r?r) iffaft


1
;

in

gfir<fiR<ftid'< ft

*mf* Sat.
10. 9.

Br.

VaiTWT

Tait.

Up.

Tf^ff WHld\ S. between the breasts ; Bg. 5. 27


{"Mrf<it(
s(|uii(4<(fSH:

Tff ?^%?Bg.

1 1 .20;

( Math. -11 ( o

6.
;

17

remainder. Difference, Different, another, other, changed, altered ( manner, kind, &c. ) ; ( Note that in this sense
)

way
iTTt

JWrtatf ml: S. D. -2 Near, proximate ( arm* ); t^r 3rf3nrt Rv. 1.


.

-3 Belated, intimate,
( arRtffa )

dear,
(

closely connected

^g:
tion

R.
(

2.

20

12. 29.

6 ) Interven-of

opp.

wr^vnr ) of t in the sense


the clouds ; P^

a compound and its gender remains unaffected i. e. neutr, whatever be the the gender of the noun forming
first

always forms the

latter part

of

'through'; i^lditrfinftHjfini
Sat. Br.}

R. 13.

part
it

q-.^ldi' ( SFIJT <r-*rr ).

*T3TtcTT

38 through
;

Bharata. -4 Similar (also of sounds and words )


.

vw aitft VL 2.166
;

( 3T*fr

TOT ), ^tcft

3FTW? );
'
;

in

most

ji^n
: ;

'SIT"

T?TJT:

Sabdak.

wer T^FT WT^ 5I5cf^


(

irfs*hf*ii<ndil

VIII. 1.1 from, other than

;i4*44ai) *mr- P. Com. -5 (a) Different


Bri.

R. 7. 9 peeping through a window QjMld'i"! aidpjl**)!!^ S. 1 WTHf^ Nrf^HdO+jJHmHI K. 306 to allow to come between or inter!

be rendered by^tfae another word ?^t*wtEnglish <um<ifMdl S. 3 changed condition^; K. 154; Mu. 5; ^>TTgTO^ WfT
cases

may

'

^trr^r^hlT Pt. 1- 121 ^PT^TTOTof anot gj lO S. 5. 2 friendships


;

with abl. ); AT. Up.

vene
-j^^-tj

(thi|RjK

^T
3.
;

*)klid) u l

^>1^ U.

-5 Boom,

JIUIHIpluce,

sr4 wnttrt existence former ) H. 3 I shall not do so again


; ;

space in general
*rr*:'P. VI. 2. 166 Sk. (6) The other T? tffcrt <nt Bftm. -6 Exterior, outer, situated outside, or to be worn outside (3TtK ^fWffT^nv^t: P. I. 1. 36 ) ( In this sense it is declined
, .
.

Ku.

1.

40

so

;
;

5?jirtrt

Optionally like tf$ in nom. pi. and abl. and loc. ring .); afrft-TTingfp srf*r r
t-c IT
ft^it-

Ram.; ijif; fjifjft Y. 1. 147; !pn: fididO: K. 4 finding or making room for themselves 84 qn^ qio<"< K. 266 qr room (Tr^f 9TT *fl*W
;
;
;

other case
in pi .)

f5T, TT3T, f*TT used Various, different, manifold (


;
.

4.2;
118 various
3i?!iq&c. v
or,

different states

It

Ram.
*<lid<

do not give
;

way

to sorrow

Sk.

so

finds

HTn% Mk. 7. 2 waits till it room anrt sjrTt Mk. 2 make


footing;
^vftrt
Jni'ft

with symetimes used pleonastically W*'*UMld< Tc^T Pt.1.


(in space)
5.
;

-12 Distance

Bop.
1

(a)

The

way, make way .-6 Access, entrance,


admission,
4tn^?r: R. 6. 66 found no admission into (was not impressed on ) the mind; 17. 75; ?jwrhinT m^TTSft

interior, inside;

iid< Ks.
.

Ak. 80.-13 Absence


;

29, 5. ^ifolVhl: HTft Ms. 8. 132; f^ R. 13. 33; Mk. 8. 5, Ku.


.

Ki. 4.

7 62

4.

26;
26.
.

16. 7.

Batn.

1.

Ki.

3.

58

from
in,

-7 Period (of time), term Ak.; ifift THTT: ?^ ?>N^


;

inside,
<f4j:

from out of

Ms.

l."63,

see

termediate member, remove, step, &c. ) gradation ( of a generation grmnrt Ms. 10. 13 ?r%3rt?mg ti^tirt P. VIII. 1. 55 7
;

^H<^HH

R&m.
,

wrnr R. 8

56
;

into;

^T,
;

&c. (6) Hence, the interior of any contents thin,?, purport, tenor
;

the term or period of separation Vrhr^-rm within the -period of a mo-

separated by syjr^tart one remove, see trflfcrt also.-l S PeS. 7.

27

wwhr* r?rf^t ftl^rr

ment.-8 Opportunity, occasion,iimfc; M.


1

characteristic culiarity, peculiar or a (peculiar) possession or property ;


sort, variety,

or

kind

fluinv-^ui:

Svet.

hole,

an opening

^^

Up. anurh^

(c)
;

Trik.
;

rifrt

JTnNtgnW

TTTWT, ^yj^'^ &C.-16 Weakness, weak


?

W*

or vulnerable point; u failing, defect,

3T?ft

*TJ IT
I

An under
Dk.
5
7. 14;

or defective

point

uf^sft
2.

f^j
52;

garment
;
;

srfWrigg'Jl H

^* ifffhf

Ram. Ram.
D.

(fc)

Sabdak. gsnr: i&& <Ti^*nft Ki.

69 HJ J ^4)^ldfPP^y; Ki. 9 48 =rn?r yt

ibid,

(c)

Through During
;

<3f|H| ib-iil. smV TTT

<

Mk. 9

Between, amidst,
1.

amongst
;

Nala.

Ac.

seo

amr

( 1 )

except *T ^T M<Ti-Ji*i*JnTi siNi'?-^: tiniM ^isn Mu. 3. -Coiap. the space 3j^between the shoulders, breast 3^1
: ;

S.

(d)

Witliout,

alspf

a.

Interior, internal
1

being

Sat.

Br.

r^f

antee,

t R4m. -17 fa security


;

Surety, guar-

^
;

within, in the middle.


afcTCTrfitDen.P.

H)<!M4i<uT

To cause

to inter-

his S^-tmrf* 1*f Pt. 4 hi has pledged honour that he will not harm you aUrHMtid'UffitHK K. 247 sfcrc =? Y. 2. 239 gw
;
;
:

vene, divert, put off; 3- jft^l +*4<$<n:*l trt K. 338; *ng tTH^f'Uiffl U. 6. well, I shall change the topic, divert the

he soul or embodied soul existing between the twe stages of death and birth ( jfr TTonr^R^T'cTT!^
fojcT
Sffft

STfrtT^.
1

TT:

1(HWlT^: ). fi*^ see Vcd. bringing into the


1

course of conversation .-2

To oppose,

III. 2. 179

furore
sr '^fTRegard, reference, account Bam. with f^ff wnrr fc <f1^rH.d< reference to me
;
;

-3 To remove (to a distance ), push after; g^ ^r^reT^rt^^m Si. 12. 29 ti^i*inMMiicn<4a, K. 161; *3i(oiflTi ii<f
lj

8. 32. 12. a veranda resting on columns, porch, portico.-2. a kind of wall R.. 12. 93. $it ind. be-

midst or procuring Rv.


tf^t-sf)

siiir.
3.

^l*4ld<|o<inr<<!^'>ir
( fr. sirar ) 1

Si

tween the horns. sfcrVr ind. 1 ( Used as a preposi(

-19 Excellence,
f$IWlfclldt

as in

24 drowned.
sfcnr ind.
(

meaning may be deduced from 11)- -20 A garment ( <n?*TC ). -21 Purpose, ob-

O"
1

Used ad-

ject,

(m^f )
v
(
-

(Malli. on R. 16. 82
;

).

verbially ) ( a ) In the interior, inside, within, inwardly nQ{i<Hl Mu. 3 inwardly,


;

tion with ace. P. II. 3. a ) Except, without, leaving * Sk.


;

S. 3 3 without interfering with

-22 Concealment, hiding ulrtMf^ff


Tf%: ( thia sense properly belongs to
3FTI.-? 1-

substitution.

without

~23 Representative, -24 Destitution, being which belongs to ft=rr )


)

secretly, (b) In the middle, between ; fife S. 2 stay between

any other
{^IT|-

duty

Ti-JiiMiic4*in\ui

^>yi^qcnicoaft

the two or in the mid-air ; iRt^viftfT S. 6 do not interrupt him in the middle 3T$% ^3T|p5Ms. 10. 71 therein
;

^^^tfif U.

wiffi*':

hreor*rgs* Bv. 1. 117. (6) With regard or reference to, with respect to, about, towards, on account of
;

^ Ak.
[

cf

L.

alter ]

-Oomp.

arrerr a

pregnant woman. -^3; a technical term in augury Bri. S. chap. 86. -ff
a.

126; 20
;

aifrtr ?r*(fltid:

R- 15-

rfl/l
.

g
;

D. 629

knowing the
;

TT
;

WT

to oppose,

K, 178

interior,

prudent,
fliTTi' STTJJ

to stand to

wise, foreseeing

MH<^T:
I'-

oppose
:
i

5nr <l4clil
"

3*3-

ft^<TOtT^rKiheart.

Ul>ot

know-

wprft
Ram.
;

ing the difference. <n^a. spreading havoc. ^ o. cutting the interior or


f^rr, sfcrTT ^intermediate region or quarter of the compass. Soul j^a. realizing the Supreme
(

frnrft ( c )

On

the way, en route,

midway

M. 2 how M. is faring or progressdance &c., dd1<ll >n?&ing in the ' M.4.


( c )

^ wi?frr Mv. 7. 28;


V. 1
;

Within, inside, into


(

).

d)

sfaTT

?CT

^t S.

TWTtswf^Osrrt3 ^T' Ms. 8. 85.


);

(>

^T:

tlle

Dk. 52; K. 267, 304-5; ^irrft *mrIn T: M. 1, Y. 2. 107. (rf) the neighbourhood, near, at hand approaching, resembling sf ^TTW:
;

wt ^fafar ^T3^: Mbh STJT^OT ?rnfrf iinfqc<i Sat. Br.; afcrfcr fersfV WT VT
gurjtft^
;

Between,

f *i

internal man, soul ( the deity that resides in man and witnesses all his

Hl^<<lt(.i6iW.;

gi. 3.

amidst. -2

(Used
;

During, as an adverb.)
(c)
<j|q

3.

^
1.

deeds
.

W^R
3rr=
;

(o)Between, amidst

Md\mm>||;
heart
;

Sat.

Br.

(6) At

TTr

Ram. approach-

sfrftuj

gf^smir <&1 Mk.

snrcFTf fi one of a mixed origion or caste


[

Ms. 1. 2. -JW: an inner question, one contained in and arising out of what has been ^rrftt-W, previously mentioned.
yxiffr'i-f^ri^a. 1. inward, internal,

resembling Rama.(e) Nearly, almost. (/)In the mean time; nwi-S? TOtrTTT Ms. 2. 56; Y. 3. 20. (g) At ining or
tervals, hero

?ft
1
.,r

amrfar

Intermediate
time,
interval

space
;

or

region

and there; now and then,

ifgitKlrfdfl

K.

for sometime, now-now ( when repeated); ajntf PJ'g-tifltl igtii<^'


5TTT

30;

3)Kid<lrt^:gW Dk
I*U'<Jd<lrf P.
II- 2.

143;
;

26

inherent

?difi^:

g&vf% H7

%T-

f^Pt.

221.-2. interposed, interTening, separate. -3. seated in the heart, an epithet of ift?.
1.

TfaTT fSprf^f: here and there,at interiMljj<l<lrfVifajt<ni<m vals; 121, 127


;

J*-ll4 ^TWTWnt
Dk.
49.

K. 118;

si?T-

^H^68,
qHmi
it

-2
1

Used

as

In the interior internally, between or betwixt. -2 Within ( prep, with gen. ) sfcrnw a. Nearest, internal, most immediate, most intimate or related; T: A letter of the like, analogous.
jj?nrar:

ind.

a preposition with ace. P. II. 3. 4. ) i/^irfiw ifW-.-wrfre'(a) Between


;
1

Orf K. 83 Dk. 17, 143 half way betwixt love and bashfulness ufihrr* ufH^yrrr roft used for Trik.; ^4did<iri<j1;
Sk.
;

Si. 9.

^9lr.

fatrtd^

-^irt<i

B.

R.

10.

'

room

'

or

'

'

space

in general

86; tr^TTT ftrtt WTtTt ^T

Br. ^r Up.;
;
.

Jiiqnlcmrt
23,

*^r ^i**i4i*-Mi

Dk. 150;

(srrW^ ) T^TTT ?Tf **t Ch. Up. OTTO e^t ^ Ht *T wwsg: Mbh j rarely
loc.
;

162

same

class; for ex, see under

3?<TT

a.

with

middle

or

aidil^ in midway, in the midst in the interva ;


;

between the dropping down ind starting up of tears U. 1.


terval

rfV4dHl{|n:l<l<l3

in the

in-

&c.', fsJ|cM

i,

3.

45

obscured
iftw: Ft.
to view,
sition
;

2,

133. ( 6 ) Separated, lost

31

Mai.

9.

14

made
*4r1

invisible
\

by interpo^H*II
.

?r%!T sharpened in the ^r [ WTftst Ttf ?r^ti atmosphere. F5ntiri;] dwelling or residence in tho atmosphere.
Sat. Br.

M (XdW
(

y *)

<<*ii

^1

aiHft-fr-yT a.

vrer^T^] ,Aerial,
fwr
s?rft
3.

15 sr Hll'7* frnw SWT Dk. 123.-2 Interior, inside, inner or middle part R{ifl$dM<ld KDk. 148
k.
; ;

t*"
;

Mai, 8 lfi<dl'-<J H<inM M. 3 vrnftimt


; ;

Rim/?HiW
36
;

atmospheric.
; [

^3-

a&tT
5il

KMai. 2

^
P-

TW srf.

Mixed
-Oomp.

tribe

or

caste

fl

f^^ / the intermediate northpoint of the compass, such as, east &c.

^ w^rr Ku- 4. 22 separated ( from me ) by the next world


i.

97 ] A portion of land stretching out into the sea, promontory an island ( being situated in, and surrounded on

3W

VI.

all sides

e.

dead, deceased

WkiidArt: ft^r
S.

by water). T See under

aftn.

( C )

4MtIP-(*H.+O*
;

To gobs-

intertween, to stand in one's way, vene to separate TrWHfl^rf^Itq.Ait. Br. -2 To exclude from, to pass over,

Drowned, obscured, removed, eclipsDk. ed i?ii tr 82 drowned eclipsed, obscured ^t;

IP.
clude ).-2

To go between,
(

interpose, intervene

so as to ex-

-^

*N

r-

TT

ed

in.

To be included or compris-3 To vanish, disappear


t

omit. 3Todisappear,8ee37rTltcTbelow. come or step between, ( -OTlt ) To * afaTTfit Mk3Mi< *' interpose
<r ;

drowned
;

( it
'

may
).

also

mean,

'

separates the

Q^tiiHUfltil^^-^i^i K. 322 i<fiaft(<lrj V. 3. 4 forgotten, Rremoved ggM^ividRdl^dr*!!;


; ;

(mostly used in past. part. only).


Bfcnfcrp. j>.-*rrfi!ra:

Gone

in-

two

3fcT^r.-TT<T: 1

An

stacle, hindrance,

impediment, obwhat stands in


65

16. 65 obscured by moon-light.-4 Disappeared, vanished, departed, retired, withdrawn, anrf^ dfi-Htt^H*-

to or between, crept into ( as a bad word &c. )-2 Being or seated in, in-

cluded in or by, existing in, belongc $r^ 3TT& Ms. 4. 108 ing to
;
;

S^nMni K- 33
:

rp

H.

the

way
B.

3.

45,

14.

U. 6. has disappeared, has been removed.-5 Passed over, omitted


;

Pxam. -3 Being gwri^r qnuM'Mlf* <* in the interior, hidden, concealed,


internal, inward, secret, suppressed; T3mffi- Tt CTW: K"- 6 3<tHM*4MI^ p " 60 i n ward wlf^Tii id *\4 1 M * 4 B-W. K. t 60; 53. with suppressed tears;
-

3T*f
;

U.

H\(Ht'IISTlldTsrtRd l?^l<Tu| ^t4ld<uiidi>dl1i^ M. 5 put off,

Wfo tf^ S.

1. TV. standing in the way. -1 (in Ved&nta. ) Hindrance to the concentration of mind which is said to be of four kinds,

delayed. -6 Slighted, despised.-? (In Math. ) That which remains, the re-

mainder.-8
architecture.

technical

terra

in

^ inward

aw, fl%T, tervention, a covering, screen; ^Tf^:

WT

and wrenr. -3 Anin-

.2. 43 internal, c seated in the breast or heart; qrR5TtHT:

MM.

3.

12.-4

With the Jainas

Interfer-

=5^:

TT

TV.; accord?Ttft

ence or obstruction offered to those who are engaged in seeking deliverance, and consequent prevention of one of their accomplishment of it the 8 classes of karman.
;

ing to Nir.
;

aw-

the mind Pt.


7.

or

WT: inward or secret motives of 1. 44 ft) ft nm )(&?)ratjnfcr S. ^fcnfcnfcf f^t Ms. 8. 25


5<TOf
;

be] 1 The intermediate region tween heaven and earth the air, at;

2 inwardly longing (forthe same).

mosphere, sky
:

OTT^r

iii'iii"(W

tfxfafp.p- 1 Gone between, intervening. -1 Gone within, hidden, concealed, covered, screened, shielded,
) by someprotected ( from thing m^JMidftd T^ ft*JWI*l)t S. 1 hid behind a creeper; ^TTgidfoft rrsrr H. 3 screened
:

Say. ) f^t 'sr jfi^f Sandliya Mantra

^IdR-

-4 Slipped out of jmemory, forgotten. -5 Vanished,disappeared.-6 Destroyed.-Comp. Njntil a concealed simile of comparison being ( the particle omitted. ) q- v

view

^Tvit
Sat. Br.-2

HMttpWff^^ U. 1 To place

or

keep

The middle of the three

pheres or regions of life.-3 Talc.


a. whose inside is as -Oomp. wide as the atmosphere. (-T) the

within, deposit;; Ait. Br.-2


in or into

To receive with-

^^

oneself, admit,

ifrt*flM^imRi

TW^f^
81
;

take in ; R. 15.
;

Ku.
146

7.

37 covered
;

Dk.

21,

interior of the atmosphere. f^rq;,$T^a. dwelling in the atmosphere.

contain, comprise, include

K.

28, 152, 200

n5dMi>d1tf:

set Ak.; rq<iaRdfrfl<Ml-jH K. 108, U. 10. 8 ; yj^ln^MRd'ff? MSI. 9 ;

$:

R.

19-

2.-3

Gone
tal

in,

reflected

reflected in the cryswall .-3 (a) Concealed, made dormant, impeded, hindered, prevented; ^11 ^H*JI ^ r^^i *im^im\^iiitniTti Mu. 2 prevented from being made rt jisjifliTnn'*! tiimiPi Mu. 4, 15. pret
;

bird ( moving through T:, -^T- a the atmosphere ). gr<fc water of the atmosphere, dew. JJT a. [ awf<$f tlffi H<lfa, srr-ft^] filling the atmosphere; illuminating the sky, travelling through the atmosphere. j^ a. [ at1

JHTT

Mb.-3 To

indicate, exhibit, dis-

floating over the atmosphere, sweeping or going through it. fjfaf; the intermediate
<Tft?t i*ft

T^rt^, y fo{ ]

play .-4 To hide or conceal oneself from, avoid the sight of. (with. abl. and used in 4tm. ) ^MlWlll^^y^ P. I. 4. 28. Com. 3fcw?=* <S*JIlfl. 8. 71 ; Bk. 5. 32 afcf^irrsrf i&W. 6. 15.-5 To cover up, conceal from view, hide,
; ;
.

obscure, envelope,
eclipse
( fig. ) (
;

wrap

up,

veil

vented from being actually effected

region, regarded as a distinct world; <T(T qflqiq' aW'- ( earth )

a^hTrjmiwTOfa Ch.

Up.; >^t
f^5:
ir*rr

T5iO

s*t^ <^*Hr^

*T-

sn^frs^ ^rt^:

(heaven)

Bftin,

enveloped, covered.;

Mb.

or natural condition of

obscured of eclipsed. patt. 1 To be received within, be absorbed; to be covered up or concealed, be obscured or rendered invisible, become invisible
;

disposition.

-3 Disappearance, becoming invisible srVafcntft nrr: Dk. 26.


;

near, or

closely,

to vanish, disappear,
;

cease

to exist

shnrfwrr 1 Inclusion .-2 Inward meditation or anxiety. 3 A technical term in arithmetic, rectification
of numbers by the differences of the products.
ata^ar p-p. tained in
;

^proximity 1

the presence Bg. 13. 15 5f* f)TfI: Nala. 1. 22 ; Ma. 2. 22. Oomp.
; ;
.

in of

Mb.; ^tg-frrfiftj-rntT: ibid.; Nir. disappears &c. Caui. To render invisible, conceal.
afcrsfr

resorting to what is near, contiguous support ( that given by a tree to a creeper ).


:

Included or con.

atf^T: ind.
aififrT

Ved. Near
[aft
;

MH
internal,
inter;

a.

ncf:,

3,3

ft^]

Immediately
Hari.-2

following. -2

Last,

vn vnt 3Tf ] Covering, concealment &c.; >fafiimiJHiduHTJ Si. 8. 12.


[

Inward,

final,

ultimate

nally situated

H.

1.

Oomp.
(
).

sfcrafa [ vr-?g^] Being invisible, disappearance, passing out of sight: a

wr<TTTffrsBT siOHhiuiffrtfW

K.P.

10.

V^ of jf to
pear.
invisible.

become
IRT

invisible, disap-

-Camp.

disappeared,
invisibly.

Ved. 1 Near, presence of; r Bv. 1.167.9; 1. 79. 11. 2 < Prep. ) To, in the vicinity of ( with gen. ) ; Jgnprvfhrbefore,
in

the last digit, the number nine. : the little finger s-ftfoPT

the

oven, fire-place. a. [3t^R^ TOit &c.,


Last, final ( as a last (in time, ) order or place ) P. 1. 1. 47 ; as ? of letters, Revati of asterisms, Mina of the zodiacal signs &c.; afcS)- TTftr in old age R. 9.~T9 ^if R. 1.
it?fJ;*T-^i<i;]
1

An

letter,

word &c.

^c o. moving

y^^^d^Rl
elder
3rfff a.

m^t":
( in

Bhftg.

(^. /.
).

An

aftttrnrsf o. Concealing-,

sister

dramas

rendering

Comp.

invisible.

[fHir] Disappearance, concealment hiding oneself from


afcriv-/.
;

ready with help. ( -fjh/. ) protection of what is near (3TRT5R$i>r) Rv. 1.138.1. ^r a house near one's
dwelling, the neighbourhood of the house.^-^r being near the god an adversary ( at dice ) Rv.
; ;

3^

(another) afcrtff I. 4. 28 Si. 8. 42.


;
;

^^-^^ p
;
;

own

Ku. 4. 22. Immediately following ( in comp. ) are*r ninth. 3 Lowest


;

71 last debt

*w*

8. 71,

-2
(

in rank, degree or position

),

un-

staff* p.p. 1 Placed between, separated, rendered invisible by in-

1.

180. 7.

at

hand with help, wealth, or kind;

a- near or f?rtr,-^rr*r,-gwr

bidden, concealed sfa^Position, nff r srJiTflrr WTtrrr 8. 4 covered


(

ness

aJQmm
1

Rv.

7. 77.

with something else

shrf^fRTTor

An

elder

sister.

2
a

An

Tt
3.

ft

bie ground

ijjin
;

Ram. uncovered

oven, fire-place.:
:

3 N. of
).

plant

dermost, worst, inferior, base, vile, wretched 3nr$it rff: Pt: 4. 110 reduced to the worst plight ; sfcmg ^5Trg Pt. 1 336 at perilous ( critical) times belonging to the lowest caste, <*r*TWf%nr: Ms. 11. 176 ; tf. : 12. 59
; .

tn^f ^rff^g-

317

O-.8. .68,

4 a disguised mak, a female in male dresg.-2 Disappeared, vanishbecome inviaible


;

according to Nir. from


1 Near, proximate (with gen. of abl. P. II. 3. 34 ).-2 Reaching to the end of, reaching to ; trial ffiiy

H^ofijn:
sight,

S.

withdrew
invisible;

Jhnwror:

from

became
,

Ms.

2.

46.-3 Lasting

till,

until
1,

as

of the lowest caste see above.-2 N. of a plant ( g^rr ) (/. also ) ( the roots of which are prescribed for colic).-3 The last syllable of a word, 4 The last lunar month
;

3. 9J; 1

4, 79

Y.

1.

148,

2.

294.

A man

K- Id. 40 dwelling in a palace hidlen under ( the waters ) Oomp. 31TWR: m. N. of Siva. 3RTJ; 1 P. To be contained, comprised or included in, be inherent or implied in
;

far as,

up
;

to

Ms.

3.

Y.

1 36.

Nearness, proximity, vicinity, presence sr <mJR JTOtRW H. 1. 46; c oft in comp. r^r B. 2, 24 : S- 24 ^^1^1^*
; ;
;

i, e. Falguna.-5 Mlechchha, foreigner, barbarian.-6 ( In Vaiaeshika phil. ^ A name for the category

K.P.
.

8.;

fttltW.Kw.34.lMi
n

Ms.12.87.

1<W^
near,

M. 1. 12 a servant in attendance throne. the adv. upon or as last mem( with abl. or gen. ber of Comp. ) Near ( to ), in the vicinity arfifa? l*1l<l.-*fl*<*<l ^T Sk. into the presence or proximity of j.197 srtffrfe MB.
;

BhashS, P. ?Tr 1 A technical name for f^m in astronomy. 2 woman of the lowest tribe. ?q 1 A measure of numbesr 1000 billions

-2 The 1000,000,000,000,000. ) 12th sign of the zodiac. 3 The last member or term of a progression
( (

series

),

the last figure;


Lila.

tm
3133^1
m.

-Comp.
or

Cau*. To contain, include, imply, involve; 3WfaT<7r*rfcT ^fa: P. III. 1. 88 Sk. involving a causal
sense.

.;

sp

under
)
;

near P.

with gen.
3.

/
3

jft,

"ft^ft

argsmr ) a man

XX^iPx

woman of
;

II.

35;

closely,
;

ahnfaa. Inward, internal, inwardly situated.

sence of

within the prefrom the proximity of,

the lowest caste, begotten by a Cliftndala on a Nish&di woman


'^lsirti
I

comprised

ahnrfa: 1 The being Included or in, inclusion fhrt jjorr;

from near, from ( abl. or genor ace. ) VI. 2. 49; "ynptnT! I


;

Ms. 10. 39; the following 7 are regarded as belonging to this class
;

K. P. 8.-2 Inherent

s.

9.

174

from

so

m. one

88
belongs to the last or mendicant order.
3*rfnr:-5-ffe:/.
*frf

for the

-9nK-f^TT la8t
-3

or funeral
rites;

oblations, sacrifices or Ms. 11 198, 5. 168; Bk. sin* the


:

elephant's feet 11. 7. Si. 20. 51 sort of ornament worn round


; ;

-r
.

night.

!TTRm:-ST:

(*

also

);

complete or deep darkness (espe;

cially of the soul)

trrfJrH^E

the ankles
1

cf fj^.
.

m^fcmiffr:
fire-place.
).

San.
:

K. 48

last of the three debts

which every

atQ^I An elder sister

An oen,
-

sfflPi^^i

tuii^MniRww
;

(cf. -3<if(+i

one has
ren
;

to pay,
ar^or.

i.

e-

see

begetting childrwt intercourse

3T?>5WrK Den
agitate, rock to

To swing,

by
a

woman of the higher caste with man of the lowest caste. if a.


a
;

and fro, oscillate. Swinging, oscillating, wav{

born, younger, belonging to the lowest caste ^ft: Ms. 4.61 ft8. 385. (-gr : ) I. a Sftdra (awr
latest
;

Udb.
blind, blind
or
;

Mv.l. -2. spiritual ignorance enveloped in utter darkness. (-W:, tf ) N. of a division of Tartarus or infernal regions, the second of the 21 hells to which those who seduce the wives of

(^ it 37?fo igi;f?)<MH^H )

10 U.

1
:

To mako

others

and enjoy them are condemn-

Si. 11. 19;

fMiftsnm
become

3^
of

srrot,

srfmSt "$iin<iwi<t

).

-2.
;

the 7
&c.;

inferior

tribes

one chani

21.

-2 To be
lit.

ed. According to Bhavabhftti persons committing suicide were condemned to this hell
;

blind.

cf

<}ala

va^Whvrcsj ist

^5 13 ^
n

Yama;

also Ms. 8. 279 Y. 1. 273. ( -<3TT ) a woman of the lowest caste; Ms. 11.
;
.

defig.) 3fa o. 1 Blind ( void of sight, unable to see ( at f^rer: mPi^i: particular times )
; ;

and

59,

171

Y.
.

3.

231.

*r*K^.,-*nGt

%f%3r*rrorerarr\
blinded;

vHI^H

a. 1
;

one belonging to the low-

made blind, wsmfr fm*fa: Rrat g'fr?^;

Ms. 4. 88, 197 U, 4 224 doctrine of annihilation ufter death. ift a. mentally blind.
; ;

Y.

3.

est caste

iiftug'td Rh-<J^ ^l<4<-*)nrsmr*-. Ms. 10. ll>-2. a Sftdra ; fir(TT

Q;t*^l B. 7. 24; so ^ by intoxication


;

wqtqr: blinded

demoness supposed grffar a cause diseases in children;

to

Ms

12. 9. -3. a chftndata.

vr* the

Si. 16.

29 blind to

liis

own
pre-

last

term of a progression or aeries. T^-qS' the last or greatest root (in

wicked acts.-2 Making


;

-blind,

crucible

a small covered with a hole in the aide.

a square). vf 1. the last lunar mansion ^cft.-2. the last sign of the zodiac Pisces. gif the last or
;

Kali age. 7rM% a. of the lowest origin ; Ms. 8. 68. "t-f3f: ) the- lowest source 01 origin.">^T: dropping of the last letter of syllable of a word. *ufc,-^orf a man or woman of the lowest caste, a Sftdra male or female. fa^rfi N. of a metre. : A man of the lowest tribe.
[arwrlt
;

utter, pitchy, venting the sight Ms. 8. complete, thick ( darkness ) Mai. 9. 94;rfhi*$fmftr U.S. 38; See f7, "cTPW infra. tf 1 8, 20 Darkness. -2 Spiritual ignorance
;

N. of a plant or grass dark night (Ved.)


or region of wind.
afcfcrcor a.

W-

[*r<f e?hr-

the seventh

skandha
(

s^TR or
so,

3Tft*7T

turbid water.
(

mendicant
aratnt

T.-3 Water al1 A kind of qRnM<fr ) who has comq.


;

V:

Making blind

P. III.

2.56).

pletely controlled his organs mfl T^T


.

3*tfrr%% -*T33f a. blind (P. ill. 2. 57).


parti-

Becoming

3* gifm

T^rri**

3^

"

-2 An
at

qwrft

^tsH
4.

3fcj-

according to Un.

thet of the zodiacal signs cular periods (


;

sftraro. [3^-^] Blind; 9TO^: of *n 1 N. ^rsraf^TT Pt. 5. 91. -*r: A sura, son of Ka*yapa and Diti and

163
? (pi-) N. of a people; see snt. sTrS^T a blind Oomp. boil or abscess in the eyes (one that does not open or suppurate ).
;

An

wr*J

entrail, intestine; arew^pr Mr. 3 the \-itals of

the heart are rent ( i^fit^: srr^ N. of a plant(used against p3t^-.).-^V colic of wind in the stomach cf
;
.

3^

killed by Siva. [ He is represented aa :a demon with 1000 arms and heads, 2000 eyes and f eet,and called

Amlkaka, because he walked like blind man, though he could see very
well
;

tf

ii.iifli*H4itHi^4lR f? TTCT

<pt-

areiHt,

tf'Irfi'Tl

Oomp.

worm
$->1-i,

in the intestines. f^^H-i the rumbling noise


;

3*f%:, -wfa^r: one that is not


T: )

a blind serpent,

i.

e.

poisonous,

(-ft:,
SttT.

N. of a

m,i|<Kiufafri $$ TTWT <i>0fa *T Susr. m-j=h [ aw? ?H innjfit] N. of a medicinal plant

in

thebowels

ffMrr ) darkness (lit.

fish (

fig- )

?ffrt

Q^nTidffrqN'fti*

and Ku. !

^Pt ir%% iH W^I f^nti: n He was slain by Siva when he attempted to cany off the Parijata tree from heaven whence Siva is called Andha&c. According to !Mripu,-ari,-di;iih,
;

12

JSschynomene Grandiflora.
a

jrftf

kind of roasted

flesh.

|Rf:

inguinal hernia, rupture, swelling of *ne scrotum. firar N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain. W^f- a garland of intestines

RH^
c)?m:,

$TO 36 grows
afa:

dim
f^:
]

the Matsya Purona Andhaka was admitted to the class of Qanas by


Siva, at his importunities and humble supplication, when he was about to be killed by the god for having attempted to carry off his wife Parvat ].-2 N. of f. descendant of Yadu

K. 161, 286.
1-

(worn by ^Rfa ). iWffa: /. Indigestion,


mation of bowels
;

the mouth of which is hidden a well overgrown with plants &C.-2. [arvrw darkfjiTvrRpr 57 jq ] mental ness, infatuation. -3. N of a hell,
a
;

well

inflam-

flatulence.

which those who tease and kilt harmless creatures are condemned.
to

and ancestor of Krishna and his descendants, a grandson of Kroshtu, son of Yudhajit who, together with

f^

P. To bind, fasten.

-urn*

P. V.

4.

79

),

-wmtf ,-trr;

Binding.
;

M-mr Un.

1.

93]

also

chain or fetter .-2

A chain

deep or complete darkness I- 11' 24 w U-7 the gloom of


;

?r-

hell;

his brother Vnshpi is the ancestor of the celebrated family of Andhakavribhnis P. IV. 1. 114, VI. 2. S4.-3 N. of a sage, ton of Matnata and of Utatbya, elder brother of Brihaspati.
;

Si. 2.33.

&c. sluyer of Auduaka, .epithets of Siva -cn: N. of a. Mountain. -ffCor m. pi. descendants of ajvpF and ?T&I.
sinfciT
[

Ms. 6.
'

.29.

the lowest

-2 Jlood as representing form in which the feuis

tne ceremony of giving a new-boro


child food to eat for ihc ii.gi unit, one of the 16 So maku ru*^_riuiun.u

preme Soul

manifested, being the

am-af 5
;

kind of game blindman s-buffi


3FT
31VT |<r

Night. or syon, probably


J

'*

coarsest and last of the. 5 vestures ( ${% ) in which the soul is clothed

gambling
fcPTJt

( tTTT it
).

T^Pg-T

TV.

-3

woman of a particular charaeter,oue of the classes of women.-4 A disease of the eye. -5 =r^ft, q. v.

=%T

:^ sft^wt
-

stRt

fi?i

%a*:

and passes from body to body iu the long process of metempsychosis " the nutrimeutitious vesture or vi" sible body in the world of sense (FJS5lfff called 3Rmwi?r). -3 Boiled rice; 3Tm *hr* P. II. 1- 3*. -4
Corn
(

ana 8th mouth usually in the sixth, Ms. 2. 34 ) with preliminary oblations to tiro ( Mar. 3si<?of ) ; Ms. 2. 34; Y. 1. 12*
(

between the 5th

-TSrsfc-siTcBra; ?re;

m. Brahma as represented by food.-ww a.


]

=\Hi^m

q.

bread corn
BT

3T

3?PT;

3fr-

U. To make blind, blind blinded in mind.


P.

of Siva. food, epithet -*nr o. see below .-j^- 1 exuremeut feces, p. VI. 1. 148 Sk.-2. spirituon*

eating

Uh.
9-

Up.
i

liquor
3.

To become
]

blind.
;

Bff: srsrr:

Ms.

76

Un.

4.

205 Ki.

Food
39
;

l.

219 10. 86, 12. 65. -5 Water. -6 Earth ( ^ftarr N. of Vishijii. -v: The sun

wt

;grrt W3*rPff Ms. 11. 94. *$T precautions as to eating food^T: essence of food, chyle food and drink, nutriment ^rrrrffonnr;

157 (supposed to hove in the Veda the senses of tioma, the herb itself, or its juice, juice, ghee or boiled rice, but usually taken to mean food only by Indian lexicographers and commentators. [cf. Gr. anil/ioa]. : [fr. 3^Un. 1. 27] 1 A well
k. 133,
'
'

q.

v.

eating food. a. I. eating food. -2. having a good appetite ( sfar ) ( ^: ) N. of Vishgu. -3ref proper food, food iu general; Ms. 3. 82. 4. H2, 11. 144.

transformation of food, assimilation. -2. disorder of the stomach caused by indigestion. -3 seminal discharge
(

of

man )

semen

itself

cf

3F5ncT: ^wlff.

-3^531^,-^ food and

clothing,

P. VI. 1. 28 Sk. -2 .The j: male organ of generation


;

y:

[a?^-3?rf

kind of tree,

Acacia Siriusa
lies'. (.1't- )

( [%<fa )

food and raiment, tho bare necessaries of lif e.-3ir*J: Cwsrfg) consisting of or living by food, desirous of food f ( OTRVR:, sro^R: ). -37Tc*: uour D dinner meal-time.-j%s-:= jn5 q. v. -5?: a large heap of boiled rice.
;

custom custom of eating together


with other persons.
^tT;

*nRFTT: the law or relating to food, i.e. the

or not

of food, offal. ^rtT: .consecration of food. ^fa. a sacrifice (with

leavings

10 materials

connected with the

Advaiuedha

sacrifice.

people and th* country inhabited by them. of the .Andhrat ii said [ The country to be the modern Tdinguuh. But
of a

VN.

-grasu: 1 a cupboard granary -2 Vishnu.-3. th&sun.-jrf^:/. the pass.

3Tnrr a- (*Tr/-) Consisting or made of food, composed of or containing boiled rico 'qfoT.Mf: the gross material body, the ^ip^Kk, which is sustained by food and which is the fifth or last vesture or wrapper of see aw ( 2 ) above and the^soul ulso *"ijr hence, also the material world, the coarsest or lowest form in .which Brahma is considered as
; ; ;

age of food, gullet


-ifi^:
.

cf

sfR:lcf,).

the limits were probably confined to the Ghats OB the west and the rivers

Godctyari and Krishna on the north and south. It bordered on Kalinga ( See Dk. 7th Ullasa), and itg capital

dysentery, diarrhoea.-sr, 5mr a produced from food as the primitive substance.-3R4food[and Water. bare subsistance. -^Rn^ o. having the rigour caused by food. -^i-?T,
,-ir<f

1.

giving food; sm^:

Aadhranagara is probably the old town of Vengi or Vegi. According to Danrfin, there was near it a lake 'like the ocean ana craeted with cranes' which description can only refer to the lake (Jolair which has an area of
over 150 miles
STKIW-TI^
I

5Ts.

4:

manifesting
existence.
*f

itself

229. -2 epithet of Siva.-fr Durga or Annapflrna. -^rff:


Tira<iY ?T
:

N. of
[

in the worldly Plenty of food.


liV.

31%^

5TW.

rf-

]
,

a servant

woo

jfc^f:
10. 1. 4.

Increasing food

n*r5fTTi|^*nTi^v
!

fr-

works for food only one who becomes a servant or slave by getting food the deity supposed to only,

-^w

rtlt^VKi^ff ^3T

].

-2 N.of

dynasty of kings. -3 a

low ) caste, a Vaideha father and K&iavara mother, who lives by killing game Ms. 10. 56 -4 A kind of fowler. -Comp. ~3flfto> the Andhra tribe -ijftrr: N. of a dynasty of kings.
(
;

mixed

of a being born of

man

preside over articles of f ood.-^ta: 1 sifi Brisiug from eating prohibited food Ms. 5. 4. -2 a defect in the fond ti.iten derangement of food or the bmuours of the body anrf^icj. . ;

.i

3fT(j[&c.

1
;

f eren't, other ( fS^r )


(

another,

Another, dif. other

generally

2.
;

40

rffr
;

S. 2.

<fw^n

every;

according to Yaska from


r

SjUft

or

from

food, epithet of Savitri, Agni, and Siva. of food -<rr9r: cooking digestion of food (by the tire in tne stomach). -3;
;

Ms. 5. 4. W4l<4i4 <5rgi^n"=^ f3rM y T: dislike of food, loss of appetite, lord or potsessor of
i

thing eUe (%g?rrsrf^rr: K- 2. 62 changed, altered ffH<^.-<) qtf Bh. 3. oft in 66 quite different persons
; ;

comp.

Food

(in general): Tait.

Up;
|;

Ms.
54.

purifying food; epithet of the Sun. a. filled with, possessed of, food, (-oft ) a form of Durga ( the c goddess of plenty ) |-*fr N. of a form of or Bhairovi. Durga
a.

-orf

-2 Other than, different from, else than ( with abl. or as last member of comp.); srr K. 36 Bv. 4. 37 r: sffctf
.
; ;

i.

12.
T:

^j49 )
i

S. Ij

II.
I

vi *(^j q,

v.

JTfjTT

o>

being

oft used

addition to

*& or

r?>TT

am

your prey

<fcc.

iutu fou^

ufHT dcuth, -imjj, -i

90
6.

35

one irJfTf S. 3. -3 Another person, different from self ( opp. W) Wnrfta); Ms. 4. 66. -4

compound essentially depends ou the sense of another word 1 pr


lii
. .

34--<i

o.

Another, other

TOT3T

VW&r tTTT^
S. D.

devoted to another or something else. -2. expressing or referring to something else.


reared by another,' epithet of the cuckoo, which is supposed to be reared by the crow

( araj n. ) Another Ac. Again, inorooTer, besides Ac. -Oomp. sjw 1. having a different

aiwrff a.
ind.

31Strange, unusual, extraordinary ST^IT vn-i^tft: K- 168 Bv. 1. 69


;

gms-im

'

cf.

-5 Ordinary, any one Mv. l. 31: -6 Additional, new, more *g Mk. 2 another
; j

meaning.-2. referring to or expressing another sense, (-i; ) a different meaning. 3n?TT desire of something else.
sing.

( called

3T^wi;)
1.

a^^Sgl
*r5WJ iiH
iffi:

^r Ku.
R. 8. 59.
1
.

45

ten

coins

already promised or betrothed to another.- ?, a remarried


1

woman
(

[ 3Tsr.

<^f g^rr:

ment

3irf$R^/or an^srr devotion to another jt4fo a.

another's blesattach-

for another. another.

nr:

longing attachment to
] (

K. 157 new and new (changing every now and then ) 3i<<4Ru*i. QM*J nother day one of a number ( with and gen.) ajrtrg' moreover, besides,
: ;

widow
(

3^)

see
ft

aH^j.

<hr,

3^<TJJ a.
like a

n adopted son born from other parents ). one xiho


be adopted as a son for want of
.

[ 3^5-ycm noun and not

declined
)

pronoun

sentences again ( used to connect <rg7-3ir the one the together ) see under sqr also other ; Me. 78
;
; ;

may

One of many, any one out of a large number ( with gen. or in comp. )
4. 13
;

one-anotlier
r

srwr:

ch^fa
;

one does, another suffers ?Ot Mil. 5 Ms. 9. 40, 99 8. 204


;
;

a crow legitimate issue. ^j ( rearing another, it being supposed to sit on the eggs of the cuckoo and to rear its young ones ), cf S. 5. 22.
.

Y.

1.

Ms. 11. 76 ( ar 22, 3. 253


! ;

6. 32,

a.

declined like a pro;

*TfH,-*rsTO>.--'rR'(T a.

having the
;

3r^
05
i.
;

Pt.

i.

mind fixed on something el'ee inattentive -2. fickle, veraatile^uDsteady:


H. 1. ill absent! possessed by a deraon.-sn ^T: a half-brother ( born of another mother ) Y. 2. 139. o. tnni.Hrrjfh' subject to another king' or kingdom (Ved.). ^q- a. having another form,
wsTJTsnr: ftrr:

3< 'y

minded

2.

62

noun) One of two (persons or things), either of the two ( with gen. ) wft^tT: *lftgft^Hl^^V^fl^: K. 151 am^tH-d^a M. 1. 2 the one or the Ms. S. 3 othei ;
;

one,

2. 111.

another,

third,

fourth &c.
l.

^q4l<'<Jfl<l<l^ij 9. 171 ; other,


.

different

li

the one the other; loc. of TT ) either way,


;

135

nmr^j
others
4.

*Mt<j-<iij n* ' in P 1 ')


ll

:'!*'

some,

changed, altered ( qftntf Me. 83. (-(r ) another or


'

^i^^nt
changed

Ms. 10. 70
12. 123.

form;

frr in another: form.-ffir,-ir-

9;

[cf

L.

*i

f,V.

^ a. following the gender Of another


word
(
i.

freboth ways, optionally quently used by Pfinini inhisSutraS in the sense of <rr or f^*rnrr ^K'JidisimTHit' &o. &c. adv. On one of two

in

a//o

for O//08,

].

Comp.
.

e.

the substantive

snj a. having a different meaning, not sense, or purpose amreTTT

),

an ad-

sides

having teeth on one

side.

jective

^.mi^nfl aum^f&ift Ak.


a- 1

common

to otherH, peculiar. going or passing over to

irwqur

^rt%5j;

giving false evidence.


^rr: the
in the nests

3^4
( -jri" )

born from

another. another. ( -$. )

-2. a defendant in general.

si^ira^: adv. [ 3T'!!(TTi'wr5ft-!r9^] On either of two days, on one day or on another, P. V. 3. 22.
adc.
1

cuckoo leaving the eggs

From anotoei
R. 2. 4
;
;

a step-mother's son,
to

a half-brother.

another

a hulf -sister. 3J8T a. married another's wife.


;

bred in excrement ( Sw another field. -2. another or foreign territory .-3. another's wife. T 'llfiH, a. 1 going to another 2. adulterous, unchaste wr%3rt 3
a
1.
.

worm

of other birds. fvrrvfl' a. =gj a cuckoo. B<T a- following other (than Vedic ) observances, 'devofed to other gods, infidel. 3TO:-*TOT: a Brahmana who has gone over to another school ( of religion &c. ) an apostate. -^HFtlT a. fixed on or trans;

ifroi^* U. 1. 13 -3

On one
arrira':

side

on the one

side,

on the other

side

tTTTri5t5cfrf<J Ki. 5. 2 :

Niti.

ferred to another

7f ffcnr fwrfhsr^nrr Kg.


19.

ywi6

woman

f^T:

-3 To another place, towards some


other person or direction
?WTS':TO: Ms. 2. 200 $ ^ff^T S. 2. 2 arr?
; ;

21.

family fanr a. having the mind fixed on some tiling or some one
or Hneage
else
;

27

irfar

a. of a different

writs*! M. 3, 4.-wRT: intercourse with another illicit intercourse.


,

Mltlliui

<*

common to many 'others.


wife,'

ffr another's

'woman

see

wnj;-

a^-grnr
jfnrj;
.

o.

different
lif

origin.

of a another

or existence, regeneration, mettrapsychosis. y^- a. difficult to be borne by others. a

one's owp. [ In Rhetoric ho is sidered as one of three chief female characters in a poetical composition, the other two being ffcrr and (rr<rrTIT 5ft. ann may be either a damsel or another's wife. The 'damsel' is one not yet married, who is bashful and arrived at the age of puberty. As 'another's wife' she is fond of festivals and Hiiriitar occasions of amusement, who is a disgrace to her family and utterly destitute of modesty,see S. D 168-110]. ^n an dulterer Ms. 8. 386. [Note, Some compounds under ST.-? will be found under wr^. ]

not con-

From another ground or. motive.-S On tho other side on the


U. 6. 82.-4
;

in another contrary .-6 Otherwise elsewhere. Comp. a*t**r' place, Ved. a land which is woody here
;

addressed or referring to another Vedid Mantra )._ deity ( as tnh* a


-

--^RT,-^,-^

and.

there.

trjf,

(jtra^,

(rift

Ved.

variegated or spotted on one tide.


CTflfc a. striking in one direction. rnr a. suffering occasional wind
(

having
(,-*(: )

property. property or charac. teriitic.-i^fto. whose mind is turned


different

iother or different

rheumatism.

) (-ff: )

u sort of eye-

disease.

away trom God.

*jfo

to anotaer family. lotiftUM^J. the tense

-g^;

word

-!NlTft

wpftft.

belonging another of another the Buhuvri1

a.

an^WfW: [3T^at enemy, adversary.


adv.
lubrt.

W, f^J
(

An

[aniMr^j

ottw
I

oradj.fotoe)

91
Elsewhere, in another place *
Vii

with
H-()mi!ir*i'i)i .anJ--i Otherwise, or else,

iiul.

At

(mother

time

^>

***

api-j;

3*^rnpy^iTi^'M5i rtriTicn^H^"
;

r^

TT*fnJP.IV.2.39Com.; sometimes
with
1ft

in
,

ar-

mi ^rr w
1
. ;

the contrary cnse;s7rwrrf^r ^mr?r-

41 (with verbs of motion) to another place. -2 On another occasion, at another time than; oft (in coihp.)
Pt.
;

*r?r

fttrfchuui ftt'

TS^T U. 3 ^rrs?w144 Y. i 86,2. 288 on the other hand, on the contrary. -3 Falselv, untruly
r
;

^ Ms.

8.

60 ] 1 Of another kind, like another.-2 Changed, unusual, strange


2.
;

<-<M^>-H;i: Ms. 5. 41 .-3 Except, without, other than

IfTT

?1

fM

tl

<* I

V
,

TTT "+IWMI 3rnrr*rt ii^yii 7* n<i ^)i<H<j 'ti'-^y


Kara. Mv. 6. 8
; ;

MHHI^J^J
Juuriiif
;

rnt M. 4 V. 3 'jft
:

Mai. 1 being different or otherwise


;

sf jsrjj

jHT^sSnr
; t

TOTR^r^r

Ok. 306.

R. 14. 32

Bg.

3.

^ 9

t.

3.

n
;

107;

II.

K. 309

20

Ms.
;

8.

90.

-4 wrongly,

er-

3T^rr Mv 6 strange.
ind.

Y. 1. 215 matrnniTH V. 5, Ms. 4. 164 oft with the force of the noin. case
; ;

3ws

W& fSrVf
Ak.;

^r

roneously, badly, as in wjnrijsrq.v. below sec under 1 also. -5 From another motive, causce, or ground; <S. 7. [cf L. a7te.]. -Comp. 3T3<r<TWIT: changing, f%- : /. see 3T*mi%. altering (-t ) add. in a different manner, differently P. III. 4. 27.

22]

On

the other or following day;

Kaus. Br. -4 Otherwise, in another way, in


:

R. 2. 26. -2

One dny,

once.

Occurring OT

the other case, in the other sense


t<llTldi
>

<J-=l

TT3T-

^
-..

Susr

'

P.
2. 12,

VIIIa-

14

Sk.-Comp.
is

W5T^-f%rT

whose mind

directed to something

erroneous conception <4<jlfcl: of the Spirit, title of a philosophical work. -2. wrong conception in
1.

quotidian

fever.

n> qg ] One
mutual ( In many
corresponds
;

else, inattentive.

Otherwise, in another
ner, in a diffeient

way

or

man-

rr*: alteration, general (in phil.). otherwise, difference; change, being ' ....jjnr. P V Y i i"'*niT^t wf? 4. 53 ; change of view or mind
.

another, each other, treated like a pronoun ). cases the use of this word to the use of the word
or

W
3W:,
spr. or
<TtT:

manner; <j^HIH 3 rTy?qr H. 1; with

vrHt5T^Ttf^: Ch.Up.-crrf^a- speaking differently or falsely speaking


;

otherwise tuan, in a manner different from; 34dV<J*ir n^Ms. 5. 31 Bg. f%*3 *ft 13. 11. 3?5=<juT-3Trr in one way, in

falsely or inconsistently

(in

law) a

QTtH^

prevaricator, prevaricating ff%-o. 1 .chuged,altered.-2.affected, perturbed


;

witness.

'each other' Another' sfrfci SITB^T: MM. English each other ( SRT 37^ they strike he regarded ^girft ). Thus aw- may as the object as the subject and 3^

'one

in

disturbed by strong
*T^fH

another

different )

way
Ms.
r:

ii'Mirr
4.

emotions

ijt)|rfV4i

Q'*" -'<"
<

255

f7nrrff% $X: Me.

3.

f^f

a.
;

prov-

Mu.

4. 8.

( in ed or demonstrated wrongly which a cause of said OFCT) Nyftya)

of the verb, as in .English. in many second aw may/therefore, o the gen., in stand cases instr.^ loc. cases
;
-

The

t
:

otnerwise,

is

change or
i

alter

to
;

*si^f^Jt'* 'if4
*irViii

K. 62

9iq-<4rt <fl$j*<*'i 1
:

Pt.

1.

258

not the true one, but only refers accidental and remote circumstances ( as the ass employed to fetch clay &c. in the case of a tjj

16 Sk. But there are when several instances, especially into compound, enters 3^>q
.
:

which the

first srsr loses all

S. 6. 13

b ) to act otherwise,
;

vio-

late, transgress,

go against f^TJT 3f4IM<4R| JTW ^snt ni'^irr ^cf Pt. 4 ; ( c ) to destroy, undo, frustrate baffle defeat ( hope, plan. &c. ),
fWT: Ks.
-

invariably contribute to the result, see EBITOT 8aid to be of 3 is this SHiaqT kinds in Tarka K., but 5 are men, tioned in Bhasha P. 19-22.
or jar )
!

which do not

a s minative force and becomes coman or irregular of oblique case,

pound of
L.

9.

12 Sk. 101 oft in comp.


;

a^ and 3^, see_ VUi Ma aff*H*I*iro translated


.

and

22.

51
;

t!Pt
)

Y.

2.
;

195

rf

to

make

faise, falsify
T:

one faQ.;/. wrong demonstration in which arguments, not being true an unessential causes, are advanced; or concomitant accidental an cause,
;

by

^3T^ra;
.Tfto

'mutual', 'reciprocal', 'mutually^ Ku. 1. 42; so

-^ i"d.
A
each

Mutually.

^, -*

WIn

Kara.

3WT?T'.

rar Ms.
to

9.

234

circumstance Bhasha P. 16. Y. 2. 204. satire, irony


;

^fW

Bnet ) figure do the same JaR^in which two things


act

of speech.the'Recipro-

to

other;

3T5,-R^,-?hTT^,take ovthink *T*W^.-nHiiyM<^ &c. to to be otherwise, to misunderstand. undcrgtiind wroiigly


; ;

do wrongly

Den. P.To change,

alter.

>d- 1 At another time, c another occasion, in any other^casc


Si. 2.

tftf^r

T g^

M.
1
;

l.

mrr 20; 3t?OTm*)nmr


wnf^ii'f
;

*<in*<<n itWTn% K. 147 S. 3. 19 3pfrfTr H^Waf f%*IK K. & 17 suspects to be otherwise (than chaste) '-ij or TJT to bo other wise, be changed or altered, he falsiftr
; ;

one 44, R. 11. 73. -2 Once, once upon a time. day, at one time, -3 Sometimes, now uud then.

^r^3

3^,^
O ther.
other.

a. I Belonging to an2 Being or existing in an-

from one another, taken secretly. or 3THnr mutual non-existence one of the two main kmds
nc-ation of aww
:

fied

sr *t

^Ttr^mv

vrnrijJTf^ S. 4

reciprocal negation or respective pecuessence, identity,


>t is

ol

fftwnv:
Uarity and
)
, ;

ii

cqui vaknt to di ffereneo

in

tho roar or behind,

mfmtfftnAinniMHiWterftas *j:

I**-

an*,

to
;

<TCU

from behind
t:

tlirow ]

it

exists

between two notions which have no property in common. 3TTHT a, mutually dependent. (-*?.) mutual or reciprocal dependence, support, ov
Nyiiyn). conversation Twnrr transposition of numbers In mi on<' liiie to another. i^ mutual disiension or enmity so

Si. 12.
tnrf. 1

Shot or hurled along, shot interwoven ( as in silk ) chequered.


;

Afterwards. -2 From
i. .

vmr$
day.

ind.

Day

after day,

every
sur-

9.

76.

connection reciprocal relation of (muse and effect (a term in


;

bly

-3 Friendly disposed, favouraS4*ku^c*T,-vrnr,-siror becoming


;

JlnrMTT
SjrtmrH'qM

2 P.

To repeat

in

ftiendly disposed
i?rer?r

P. III. 4. 64 8k.

cpssion. enumerate.

fw

7^r

cqi ).

mutual

union.

^^_f^^ mutual f^nr:


/

K.

<J.

16 went after or followed her


-

-4 ( witli IUT. ) ^ t< ,n M-,^m rt!


KII. 7. 71.

or enumeration

ferring to -2 Section, chapter.

Subsequent mention an explanation rewhat is mentioned before.


1
:

presence of any other nrntual party).-^. effectof one thing upon another.
v/r?<nx! -ffanir!

partition of an inheritance by the sharers (without the

made
m. Vert.
the

r,

t^-3T?

1 1

Statement of a
after
;

Following.

See under 37pr.

secondary

action (iffor) rite or

An

inviter.

or

influence

mutual

reciprocal action relation of

cause and effect.


.

Ved. Spotless.

3T^ ] Having [ J<:j'i<f. meaning clear or intelligible, having a meaning easily dedncible from the etymology of the word
;

the mention of a primary (sr<rnT)one adding an object of secondary importance to the main object, one of
the senses of the particle
T"nrf?

^ ^r^l^
; i

Ak.

3i^d<wiS^ri

t:

'^S'<ii^*i

: ;

a.

Not drying up.


[ T>f

hence, true to the sense, significant; row tiij**'ir trsrr Mffl<vH*fit^ R- 4.


12;

Unjtut, im-

Ki. 11. 64; Si. 12.


TT

proper

^5,

unjust

punishment
1
;

*vm *r

U.

3.

T ^^H;j^OI*^H^n:
.^-^(iN^Mjj Ms.
un justly,
2. 7.

o. 5.-3T:

Any
;

going out to beg is enjoined to the beggar as his principal object,and the bringing of a cow (if he can see any) is tacked on to it as a secondary object. -2 Such an object itself.
as
a.

m WTTfrc Tf ^TTIT where

see nr acting unjustly, following evil courses


16
;

unjust or jnlawful action

7 in the true sense of the word, properly to called .-Oomp.-ir^ur literal acceptation of the meaning of. a

Secondary, inferior.

improperly

word
Ms.
nical
'

-*r?TT 1

opp. to 53? or conventional ). an appropriate name, a tech-

-3

Injustice, impropriety. Irregularity, disorder.


<J.

110.

-2

Unjust, improper.
1

a.

-2 Improper, unbecoming, indecoroug. -3 Not author! tati re.


<*!*<i,1

Unjust,

unlawful.

term which directly conveys its own meaning; e.g. jrnrHJJfr a name for future is an a^qVfll compared with H^. 2. a proper name the meaning of which is obvious.
'

TV.] ( Used like gurit only with f ) So as to assist or support the weak ( 5^PT 1&m%) optionally
.

regarded as a preposition $r*T supporting, assisting P. I. person); jjoRT ^ecnvw


;
-

^w
a

or

weak

4.

73.Sk.

To name

or

men "

<H>l<(Q><ift Scattering about successively.

o.

Not

defectire

or

de.

ficient,

complete, whole, entire; c neither deficient nor superfluous. Oomp. shr a. not having a defective limb.

._':

Descending and
1

mention or refer to in tion again a subsequent place, employ again. &*nf%vp.p- * Mentioned after
;

to

fol-

or according to
wi ^11^*
-

employed again

wf^

lowing.

-^

WIH^WT:

[S3t-r?r]

Slackening,

one's

Not residing in *iiW^j. own house ( dwelling in an).

other'i

letting loose (opp. 3rrJrro).-2 Permission to do as one likes ( qrw^rogin ), one of the senses of arft P. I. 4. 96 see 3Tft.-3 one's own
;

190 $k.-2 ( Hence ) Inferior, of secondary importance. or repeated a^^r^t; Subsequent mention, referring to what has been

Following
a.

will.

See under

spar.

Connected

with,

bound

or fastened to.
:

re-employpreviously mentioned ment of the same word in a subsequent part of a sentence, or of the same thing to perform a subsequent opera;

Visible, perceptible. -2 Following, close on the heels of, immediately


1

following.
after
;

ind.

m^ljin:

race, family, lineage; T^l. 13. 37.

on P.
to

Afterwards,
after,

II. 4. 32. (^ and ir^ are said assume the forms <rt, TTt, T'n^ &c.
34 41^41;

Regard, consideration.
[ sr-JTcffJFFi ]

in the sense of

R>ft<v-K

Rim. -2 Immediately
with, directly
;

forth-

The 9th
e. g.
JT

Y. 3. 21.

Hr^tfft; A
sonant.

kind

of

Vedic

Sandhi, that of a vowel and con-

day of the dark half of the three months following the full moon in wi'TlfW, <lk, wr and HiHjH
;

^ Sk.

).

=gNTCfnw^ni!r<<*<^g<hiti
150.

f^4.

Ms.

Putting on or depositing fuel on the sacred fires.


or se(In civil law) 1 A hail, deposit third person to curity dclivf red to a be handed over ultimately to the

an^^

3T*iT m., r,^iK

n.
;

f.

Going

3T"TO?'f A Sraddlm or any such ceremony performed on the sr^cr

after, following HT ?fr% Sat. Br.

days.

Ait,Br.-2 Lying lengthwise, horizon-

3T^jrf^r

'"^-

Towards the

north-west direction.

right

owner

98
i

-2

3?rr?:

^nwftf^ J\<FT-X JKMI^IL,^ n second deposit. -3 [signer: *nr<r. ] Constant anxiety, remorse,
(

repentance, regret mittal of bad act ).

after the

com-

1 Service, attendance, waiting. upon, worship.-2 Taking a seat after another .-3 Regret, sorrow. -4 A place of industry, manufactory,

^5 ( middle term ) and the flroT (major term) of an Indian syllogism ( ^jfiWJl'iifftfw ) In the familiar
instance
tion
if*

the

% A sort
hy

of

work-shop &c,-5 enema.


^ft-^r

An

oily or cooling

<Rfft

srf^n^

there is

^HM^ a? smoke there

^wm^ the rela^= ( wherever


is fire) is
,

or
pret. f. Sitting after, seated alongside of.

woman's property, presented

to her after marriage by her husband's or father's family, or her own vc

down
nmr

ST^nr or

ajjqtfcjrrft.

SP^J<

called in fact, cor'

responds to the universal


tion of

European logic
'

All

A proposiA is B.'

315
,

The

sacri-

3
f-r-nmi
II

<n<

^ar awf f%j-

v. I .-if 5-)

Ms.

9.

KAty. quoted hy Knll. on 195 Y. 2. 44.


;

offering the priests (Say.

ficial gift or

presented to

means an assertion =jrfff^rtrrfw of the concomitance of the absence of ffpar and the absence of g ( 3?['

q. v.

A
entrails.

class of divinities.

Ved.

r: ).-2 The monthly Sraddha performed in honour of the Manes on the day of new moon f^nrt HlfH
;

MTi: HwiimTTl>TnJ ift: anifc corresponds to the converted position All not-B is not-A
'

and

A
'

Being

in the

-Cottp.

a
In the house.

ficial fire
-

Latitudinal-

?f

ind.

T^H: the southern sacriused in the siK(r?R sacri-

fice.
.

TrOTHTa. Ved. In accordance


with
(

faft/O Daily,dinrnal_

spfKT &c.

);

following after.
? P. [ 3T5-?
] 1

44r4rf<nr3T the verb 3HM1I.

A
A.

deity invoked by

To
; ;

follow,

i& ^pftRff <nr ar yftft =m% and a cause or $3 is said to be connected with its effect by 3^4^ fl?<Mlffi when both the affirmative and negative relations between the thing to be proved and the cause that proves can be equally asserted; such a Hetu alone makes the argument perfectly sound and incapable of refutation. This process of arriving
;

Sanskrit

proor in

3TSSrrrq;l
rr

To

begin,

com-

mence.-! To touch;

T:

R*m.

-p- 1 Touched on the back or on any part of the body


;

or has

K4ty.-2 That which has touched been placed on the body ( as


be touched a-

succeed *r^SW : s. 4. 154 (rsrt...inraT R. 1. 90 -^H^ft ^T Bh. 3. 18; attend, accompany, accrue to; *nh^ ^'<lf<^ft.-2.( a ) To follow be ( in grammar or construction ) connected or construed with trigffosin^ffi Mb. see 31^ below. ( b ) To obey, conform to, be guided by Mb.-3 To seek to fall to one's lot ( Ved. ).
or

come

go

after,

at the Vyftpti or universal proposition corresponds to the methods of Agreement and Difference in Mill's

n^T f3n'Sl*m*HtM *ft* Mn. Logic Ui.-Comp. srriTfr a. hereditary Pt. 1, 3; t 'H Pt. 3. <jr a genealogist sw *g^ ^l%fiTT^nr^: R. 6 8. or *) J. positive *-d
;

5.

the

hand ).-3 followed.

f q*?ft ift <n ar^. ]


;

Go-

agreement and negative assertion contrariety or differer.ee see above. -2 rule and exception. nrrrth faffirmative assertion or agreement, affirmative universal.
; ;

&*nwpot. f. To
long with.

ing after, following retinue, attendants


tion,

also, follower,
gf

3<H44^ "
noble

Having

a connection

...
connection, relation ; oryp=T?:=a^'Ml^ld.-3 The natural der or connection of words in a
sentence, construing, grammatical order or relation ; q^Ht twut-lgrr JTS.

or consequence, following .-2 Belonging to a race or family ; born of a

3TfTTVT:,-vnJr Touching, contact, especially touching the <MHH ( the performer of a sacrifice ) to make

family,

noble,

high-born
.

K.

7.

a.

Connected as with a

him

entitled to the fruits


rite.

and merits

of tbe holy

consequence.
1 Followed or attended by, in company with, joined by ;
.

*Wl4lftii An

initiatory or

prefftSjJ

D
(

linsinary ceremony.
1- P. To follow in asarWTTC'g cending, especially the funeral pile; to ascend, climb, mount 34*qiO<;^
;

connection of words, 3TT


tfPf:

logical in the ex.


;
:

) fl^fi^P^PT 3,

lw(3(a>ii)W"'i
2.

P*fl: R- 3.

28.

-2

P. VIII.

44 Sk.

mwflflijKmte^
29 Sk. -4

9nm:
3.

w33
;

P. II.

Sift*:

(frfO B5m. X'^lO^di A woman's ascending

Drift, tenor, purport.-5 Race.f anuly, T?^ R. ! 9> 1< lineage ;

Possessed of, having, possessing, endowed with full of, seized or with struck with, overpowered by
; ;

^^yun*i

instr. or in

compound
pt
-

<4lP<*(i gJST;

27

12.

the funeral pile after or with the body of her husband.

virtue of
posterity

my
;

race.

an^PRpT: Mv. 4. 22 -6 Descendants


Y.
2.
;

415

^*i

Sir.
;

STSfT^ 2 A. 1 To be seated near or round; fmiUM^iyl Mb.; to wait upon, serve, attend upon ;o o 3|FfT^n?TH R- I- 56; to lit after one (ace. of person ) at CTvrt* R- 2. 24.-2 To perform, as a religious ceremony
.

117 tf along with the family or descendants Ms. 2. 168 Pt. 1. 27-7 Loand effect, gical connection of cause
; ;

n7 W$T 3TTT:

struck with wonder &c. &C.-3 Connected


,

with, linked to, following (as a con-

sequence
tically
;

).

-4 Connected grammaq^- M<fl<liefaPqfainfr-

gi|f:

*nftlogical continuance ; -j)--witHV Bhftg. S*PrrffrfT*:


.

Rim.

Ms. 8. 332. -9 Statement of the con( In Ny&ya ) stant and invariable concomitance of

-5 Understood, 9. reached by the mind.-Comp. -a^J a. having meaning which is easily understood from the context.n^:-3rft'^TKraTT: S.

D.

a doctrine of the Mtmamaakas that words in a sentence convey

mmiq:

94
or meaning not independently generally, but as connected with one another in that particular sentence gee 3Tf5ffi!rlM'iWI%^ under arfSffl and K. P. 2.
;

fif virgins. For the changes the end of comp. see P. V. 4. 74, VI. 3. 97.-9S. [ cf L. aqua, Gr. appos ; Lith. ujy'f, Goth, ahva Pers. aft Zend. a/>. Old Germ. aha].

The

star

what
]y,

of

3^ at

dear. tf ind. Unwilling. against one's will. 3TT^ 8 U. 1 To carry or bear away,

is

over or favournhly disposed by means of a salutation. ft../'. 1 Following.-2 Food.


a.

Won

STI^ST
get
:
;

6 P. To desire, seek,

search

deep meditation by ^T; an aquatic animal. <rtw: 1. 'Lord of waters ', N. of Yanina.-2. the ocean. For other comps, sec s. v,
-Cojnp.
frff^-

means of water.

remove, drag away, insult by -dragging away %s>T3r^ 1*nrrfhrt Bk. 8. 20 bore forcibly away .-2 To hurt, injure, wrong, harm, do harm or injury to ( usually with gen. of per;

son

14. 78;

for or after, look out for,


R. 17.47. (-4 P.) look out for &c.;

seek to
'

To

anrt enters into several compounds; g. 3TTtw^(T: dcstviK-tion of the


;

Pt- 1

Si. antri? tmm-ft-A Pt. 4. 16 sr f* f^l --W <J cK<<IM*s$ sra'f f% ?T^rr ^^Ul"^ 4 what harm
; l

hove
with

done
or

to hei ?

seek, search,

ft

^ Ku.
:

45 ?Tfni: U.
5.
; ;

world by water waters '; X of a


e
;
,

srot^Wt

'

calf

of
iicc.

Ram.; sometimes
Inc.

3j

star; arrhnntiC,

1FT,
.

also
i
3.

2.

13

to

inquire,

investigate
S. 5.

f^r

Ca.

fJT
seek,

a^far

arf^nj%
&c.
;

'TIK^f T*T, WTTWTRJ, STcfttTn^ Ved N. of Agni or fire as sprung from


cf Ms.9.321 aintrn^:, f*fa: -TTI:,3fCflrfrf:lord of waters,the ocean; X. of VimiMii; arrK^rt, arffetrrf fire.
;
.

Mb.
115

Bh.
16. 52.

To

search

water

Caul. To harm, injure


1

&c.

Bh.

3. 10.

3TV*h<ii'l

Acting improperly. -2
;

so"*5!'? p-

searched
1.15.

Desired, sought, tr5Ttf^sr%: f^<lS: Ku.

p-

air! ind.

Doing wrong, injuring


[
=T

ill-treating,

<rriW

T$TF^

in^jn.

qi-g.

1 (As a prefix to verbs it means) (o)Away, away from, denoting (341'l

TV.]

offending; a
imical.

Search a ^ tol'i seeking for, inquiry into or af ter,looking


,

out for, watching <r*f dV<)l^ll?*rgC 7*mr OMH! Pt. SRT frlT: 8. 1. 24
; ;

deteriora( i ) 3TTTTf^, 3<M*i<<u^ tion (R|C|) smchttfc) does wrongly or badly ( c ) opposition, negation,
; ;

1 Injurious,, doing harm 341)4)^ or injury, offensive. -2 Hostile, in-

m.

An enemy.

contradiction
aTTr^'TWft; ( or illustration

( (tfffcT )

34'4'ti'ff^,

3.91

tui^nim^JHimi
V.
,

fi*<rt

R. 12. 11;

d ) direction
(

or

mention
ajruj

[ q-g-. w- ] Of bad or degraded actions, corrupted, depraved. n. ( ^ ) 1 Discharge, paying off

34M**f-l a.

2.

ft^fa
;

()
a.

34qQ$|f3
or laughter

of a debt

exclusion (?I^T)
); 3414 g4l

aim^,

Search-

caw*.;
(

(/) joy, merriment


ft
;

ing after, seeking for, inquiring &c.;


<far 3(^H<4^(B|U|: S. 1 P. V. 2. 90 sfcrrr^ K. 12. 54 H. 4. 102.
;

SIH^

concealment
34M^4^ -~2

SfgiTSlvVBT S. 7

or denial (

-4t4 )l

siMcitiW,

unworthy net evil doing, conduct, or course, any degrading or impure act.-3 Wicked2 Inness, violence, oppression.
4.

2 An improper

^^1*^4 ^
or

Ms.

8.
;

As

first

member

A. 1 To keep looking STr^ffi^! or gazing at, keep in view. -2 To search, seek for, inquire into ; reflect or meditate upon", think of.
investigation. -2 Reflection,
tation.
q. v.
3T5=fl<T a. [ argils! 3TTTT Jpf ] 1

3T7a bad or corrupt word ft fear^r*^: less 3^flT stainless arrrnr: discontent ( opp. to 3Hj<|i| ) ^rf
;

Vrthi couip. it senses arnTT-t,


;

of Tat. or Bahuhas all the above


3714 4i*T,

competence, laziness.
snremt:
( 1

3441417
;

hurt, offence, misdeed,

Harm, wrong, injury, wrong deed


)
;

opp.

3WT^

+((vt|HH.<Ji|hl(u|
;

(ff)

Pt. 1. 66

^t)l^<j

Ku.
'

3TN^ror,-W

Search,Beekingfor; medi-

6. 54 &c. In most cases snjmay be translated by bad ', inferior ', corrupt,' wrong unworthy &c.
' ' ' ' '
'

Tanking
mean
arfS^

ill

2. 37 ; &C. 2 of, desire to offend or


:

Si.

Near

the water,

situated near water.-2 Attainable or friendly. Verse after verse.


-

means 'going downwards' as in anTFr-.-S As a separable preposition ( with a noun in the abl.) ( a ) away from 4rHM<-4<4r4l<fi4-4Jl pj^Kjr <mftRftm. (b) without, on the
It also
;

hurt (3HftiiR'dl).-3 Wickedness, vio4 A lence, oppression, enmity.


or degraded action.
a.

Comp. meaning to harm, malevolent


:

outside of; anr ft: tfHTT: Sk.;( c )with the exception of, excepting; surfSfir-

malicious. ?nST: ( ~^f )i fJ(j. / abusive words, menacing or insultr?4 *<m*l<*n: Ak. ing speech
;

STJ.

3Tt<r-f%^-pga Un.

2.

58]

^"rt fnt ^?: Sk. on the outside of, with the exception of. In these
senses am- may form adverbial compounds also (P. II. 1.12); itgj ^rrT: Sk. without Vishnu f%RW <ft %1: excepting T. &c. It also implies
;

3TN*K*,-*lRi< a. Injuring, doing harm or wrong to, mischievous,


offending, harmful, hurtful, injurious Pt. 1. 95, Si. 2. 37. w. , tr
;

(Declined in classical language only


3TIT, 3TT, 37T^:, 3T^q: arqt and 310? but in singular and pi. in Veda ) 1 Water (regarded in Ved. as sacred
;

in pi.

An

evil-doer

f$f:

Ms. 2. 60. Water is generally eonKidered to he the first of the 5 elements of creation, ,-is in 3^, ijtf

negation, contradiction &c. 3iT*r> 5I^-. Tlio senses of this word as given liy G. M. may be thus put in verse;
;

3T?iTR5
II. 1
;

( opp. antifl ) enemy T: HTg: fij-t>-'<lri HT^: 3j^ harmless, not harmfifl.

3?tr^fr^./>. 1 Injured, wronged, (Vickcilly uv maliciously committed

tf^itfrt ?rm

^iWTr^
.

Ms.

i. 8.

S.

i.

but in Ms. J 7K been created from


;

it is

after

m?

said to have sjftfHH or fprw

H?5t f"f ^T7 apo Goth.


;

sijiJi^.

cf L. ab
.

Gr.

&C.-2 Done or practised as a degrading or impure


<t

af. ling,

o/or

off

Zend

act,

as funeral rites.

/'<*]

An

injury, harm, offence.

wfRT,

sng

and UftM
I

or

3^: A
-'

deep., indelible stain.

Air,

the intermediate region.

2 3

sion,

Ved, Abhorrence, averabominable ness f ubsenae


;

1 Harm, injury, damage, offence. -2 Opposi-* tion, enmity. -3 A degrading or impure act.

aur^ft:/, srrirnf

hurt,

95
1

fault,
2. 54;

wrong

'

Hurt, injury, disservice; or faulty decd,misdeed;


r Si.

p- p. 1 Drawn or taken away, removed Breggvmr^r-tfqrgH: Mu. 4 severed, alienated, es;

Ki. 13. 64 fault. -1 Paying or clearing offi( debts).

3rrf?r 1 P., 6 U. 1 ( a ) Tp draw back or away, draw off or aside, drag down, drag away, take, or cany
off,

take

or

draw

out,

extract
16.

sTpnf^i^TrsnT^esrart
;

K.

55

tranged, cut off so 4. 14 extracted, drawn out, drugged, lost, diminished, brought down, depressed, lowered &c. -2 Drawn or attracted by w<J ^IPT^r Ve. 5 dvpcudcul on, or the work of, Pate. -3 Low, vile,
;

1, 5, 9 P. To bring to an end, destroy, annihilate. pan. To wane decline, decay, waste away ( as the moon ).
; :

Declrne, decay, wane. ft. p. Declined, wasted,

waned.
STTffjnF 6 1*. To throw Hway or down, take awuy, remove.
3Tr<Jta:,-^trdr 1 Casting away or throwing down. -2 Throwing or putting down, one of the 5 kinds o

drawn out fanrfirWffiTirinr faftrft =? Rs. 4. 14 pulling off or back. ( b ) To take or carry away, remove ^% sffetftsiwffo itam.; %?wgyr*Tf'ter?*
;

base, inferior,

mean

(t>pp. ijffj )
A'.

5.

10

<rfif

Ms.

6.

163

8.

281

9.

24

f*T*nrimr'ffa U.
of.
;

.Mv. 4. 33 prevci|tn or interferes with freedom


1.

8,

action &fr* gUfriHh^ffi destroys, robs one of. -2 nish, decrease, omit
;

Mv. 1. 32. To dimias a

A u* Ki. 14. 22. ff: c'.'ow-Oomp. ^RTW a, mentally dofmaed ov corrupted, low-minded. " of. a low tribe or origin.
6 P. 1

^4^ in the VaUeshika phil., see ^^. 3T <44|^: Ono who hus attained his
majority
;

see wfrts'.
P1

3TW3 1

Su.-3 To bend
<*3:

bow

To

);
(
;

scatter, spout out

pass away, elapse (as time)


.

To go away, depart; K. 73;.


;

5T<ryT Mb.-4 To lower or


;

de-

base, dishonour, detract from,lessen the value of, disparage ifcif^ i&m*ft fa 3TI^4lHi|!h^{^- Mb.-S To bring

water ) anrffcrft ygtf >nnsiT^, tffr Sk.-2 To scrape with the feet ( for food &c. ) through joy, said of

Pt. 3. 8 .-3

To

fall off or

down;
iff

go away, vanish, disappear.

quadrupeds and

birds,
1.

draw backwards anticipate (as a word in a sentence) what occurs


or
;

changed

to

A. in this sense

river

Going, turning away. (wrongly for arwlT).


.

P.VI.

later on.

3rfi|-nj?i?t
1.

mfr P. IV.

*nhnr?^f*STrfr-

17

Com.

Cow.

To
74 scratched &c. U. 2. 9.
;

Si.

12.

reinore, take away, lessen, diminish, detract from;


8. D. 1.

uniM
>tc.

Scatteting about
1

WW$:

(a)

Drawing

off or

down!
:

News, information.

sjirtrff p.p. I Gone away, departed, passed away, gone oft; being remote; oft as first member of comp. in tne sense of free from ', ' devoid of '; 3TrsirnnT( : K. 43 having no other duties JT?WT 45 47, 157, 164', 207, 211 "p^hur <*$*r 154 devoid of
'

diminution, decrease, reduction ;%(STW^r^Dk. 160; loss, decay decline, destruction ft^'mihf: Ve. 1
;
;

Unripeness, iunmatu-

twinkling or winbing 102.-2 Dead, docea&ed.


3?rr>rft:,-!T*f 1

w&

innft

vity.-2 Indigestion.

deterioration, inferiority jcth^1Tfttf^ff TVT. Sk. (4) Dishonour, de;

Unripe, immature, undigested (us food); uncooked, raw.


JHItfj

a.

Going away or
;

off,

departure, separation frTnrar: $nvirijT! H. 4. 65.-2 Falling off, going

gradation, lowering (of esteem), in-

^MtB'H,

P'

To go away, run
)
;

away, removal, disappearance;

famy, disgrace

>pp.

T^sf in

all

senH

away,

fly,

escape, flee away, leave,

retreat, retire (
IT:

Ms. 10 42

Mu.

imyimlfl= tWmhTWmwtif^nr: 3 while

from

in price, increase

j *&$f*Kb rise and fall and clecrease,-2

escaping. -2

Anticipated performance of a duty, aa of a Sraddha.-3 Anticipation ol a *ord occarring later on ( in gram., poetry or Mimrcmso &c. )-Oomp.i flW: ft sort of fallacy; e.y. sound has dot the quality of shape, as a jar, so sotrnd and a jar have no qualities-in

awaj pass away. -("KB time ).-3,To measure off by steps or by pacing.
glide
,

To

Mo. 70; ^MUmNtCOrwt lapse, passing away ; ?&>rTTi^wm*r K. 66, 1U3.-3 D*kU
p

^.
fr^fi-*5tn%: 3. 7
;
r

ftfif-

tpf
.

frrrir-

c*nr-

decease.

Going away, flight, escape, it treat. -2 The place or limit to which one may retreat i^nrf^l^m.mfl. Sflrya S. -3
snrjwr: 1
;

3nmSi :/. hell &c. ) ;

bad fate (going to

^r ^rmilt^H Pt.2.108.-

Censure, reviling (i%);

Katy.-2 One who reviles or say*

common.

Gliding or passing away a. [3WT<T: JW? IWiq]


order.-2 Irregular, in
srinifHuf,-*!)!*:

of time.)

what

is

disagreeable, reviler.

Without
order.

<<.

Drawing

or

down, removing.-2
(

or taking off Lessening, di-

wrong

Thunderleaa, ( as a
cloud. )
<>

Retreat,

retiring,

uiiBishing, detracting

from
S.

flight,

escape &c.
;

3|<nrt3T

fTdTW

snupfar:

D.

1.

sprsrri^a. Going forth or away


uot going fast, true.
:

ways

as a

Deprived of town ).
Ved.
I

its'

gate-

Taking or drawing awiiy, removing, diminishing (opp.

a.

H715*r

a.

Wanting

in

Abuse, reviling.

8ur.

oj-

Removing,

taking away; drawing away or down, depriving ( one ) of, drawing? out, extracting. -2 Lessening, making inferior, detraction.-3

Without wings or the power of fligbt.-2 Not belonging to, the same side or party .-3 Having no adherents oi-iriend.-4 Opposed to
o. 1

boldness, abortive. -2 Being ii tlio side, lateral. -3 Separated 'from the oldest by one.

JTTW A
15. 32.

acuicnt,

fault

Si.

Superseding.-^

adverse.-Oomp.

nw

impartiality.

Deiiying

uboliBhing.

a. impartial.

3rnjT 6 ject.- 2 To

To disapprove,

re-

threoteti,

menace; revile

96
censure, reproach, rail
at.-3

To de-

a. 1'cared,
1 P. 1

honoured.
respect. ( 5 U.)

prive of.
arqirrt,
frt

To honour,

turned out

ill

^ a(i Bon wno ^ a9 one inferior to his


;

or lifted

up

Having raised w^tnfrt-'rrt s45l P'

-2 To invite respectfully .-3

parents in qualities

l<J3tTH<l

uft

HRl-

VI.

1.

53 Sk. lifting their swords.

pati. 1 reduced in strength or bulk,

To gather,

collect.

To be
sink,
(

U. "o bfde, conceal.


: Ved. A biding place, disappearance, concealment.

IU

3 77
-

]'

gwrr -2 To

tiinS- 2- reduced in bulk, emadiciated, lean to wane, decline, 5rt" !W less <l*(^*r minish, grow H ^rr^nr* K. P.10^Tnrir *r

waste away

awflcMwd IT*

t^mrt^

Accustomed to take off or remove the covering &c. (aii'oc^niRVed.


)

Bv.
1

5. 29. 4.

P.
or
;

To

fall
(

limb or member of the body, as


-

away from, be deprived


with
abl. )
;

defeat,

conquer

turn
or

off

3 a hand or foot ( am^S"^. HI. T i rf f* 3 <m%: 81 ; sin sriftmrand Ka.ik& ) but it is -n^ifln?: Sk. tlic the sense of in also used
;

of, lose

away,

avert,

ward
Sat. Br.

keep

off
:

^r
A.

^rjjHM-jt^ft

'

%f

r?i?n*MkH**T afiiwrreit Bk. 7. 62 ( where the commentators take arm to mean the a. Free from the body itself ). obstruction of clouds, cloudless.
body
';

de: 1 Diminution, .decrease, fall ( fig. also:); astRTTdecline, cay, ^TT: Dk. 160 ^HH<llM-<<<i Trfit TT H. 3. 130; Suir. ;
;

Defeat, overthrow.
9

To deny,

disown,

^jTT^m:
defeat-Mr.

repudiate, dissemble, conceal ; 5RTP. 1. 3. 44 Sk. (3TOHT-

2.

13.

tion, failure, defect

-2 Loss, privaH. 3. 133. -3


;

Bk.

8.

26 concealing himself.

N. of several planetary mansions.

3ITOTV:
off,

Striking

or

cutting
Killevil

warding off. ^revcnting.-2 violent death, any iug. -3 A


accident proving fatal.

Reduced in balk, decreased, wasted, expendel <&c.;


3rrf^cT.p..J>. 1

Denying, concealing. A simple elementary


gross

emaciated, thin, lean. -2 Honoured, respected, saluted.* Honouring.


anrfiifih /. ( P. VII. 2.
1

substance not made of the five (ct^) elements ; the five subtle-

elements
danta. P.

o. Killing, murdering. r. L to cook, or

30

Vftrt. )

<npw* sk 3 one who dees


: -

Unable
not cook

Loss, decay, decline, destruction.

-2 Expense. -3 Atonement, amends,


compensation, expiation of sin. 4 Exclusion. -S Punishing. -6 N.of a daughter of Marichi. -7 Honouring,
worshipping, showing reverence, Si. ftfsTrnrf^firfcfhiaT worship
;

a term for himself. -2 A bad cook, snr^r WT5W- P of abuse ( antPtft ) VI. 2 157-8 Sk.
;

^ujM< a. 1 Not separated -1 Adjoin(by a curtain or screen). ( ing, contiguous


<

am^l

P.I To

depart.
;

offend, go astray, transgress mit a fault, act wrongly ^r WiiiHft* t ffrw: Mb.; <<4<MKMDk. 162 outraged.
; .

2 To com-

A screen or wall of cloth.particularly


the screen or kanat surrounding -2 A curtain. Oomp. a tent. aside tossing ( amn$nr- ) ^TT *Vii<j. ) ^or ( the curtain ; with a ( hurried ) toss of the ccurring ab curtain

16. 9

where
;

it

also
1.
;

means
17;
15.

loss,

destruction $rft ), K. 324 Ki. 6. 46

34

11. 9.

.p- Gone away, departrf A fault, ed ; deceased. jvrong or wicked deed, misdeed; 3H?1RflS. 5. 9.
'-

noxious flying ina^Pjfl /. sect ; that which causes decay.

'

37^

Departure

death

TT

Prftv Dk.

72.

-2
;

^K] A- disease in which the glands of the neck are enlarged and swollen.
J

', frequently and denoting precistage direction entrance on the stage which

f)tT

pitate arises from fear, hurry,agitation Ac., th* as when a character tossing up
-

{%*
20
for
s
;

crime misdeed, improper conduct, Mv. 4. stride

Wunt, absence.-3

fault

offence,

3<q->iM
or umbrella.

a.

Without

parasol

curtain suddenly enters^ without the usual introduction cnr.R$lO * c


3r<r? a. slow, dull,
1

wv

Not awkward,

clever or skilful.

uncouth. -2

INir
,

H.
regimen
HJft
(

47. 4 Injurious or hurtful conduct, injury, Ve. 4. 10.-5 A defect, flaw, failure, deficiency . 14. 32 mti Si.

B.

15.

1 Shadowless. -2 Having a bad or unlucky shadow .-3Devoid of brightOne that has no *T: ness, dim.

shadow,

i. e.

a god

cf N. 14. 21
.

a speaker ).-3 Sick. Ineloquent ( as to read; not readgjTfj a. Unable a bad reader cf airr*.
.

ing

learned or grfftlta. Not


.

wi,
skill,-

mistake, omission

to

do a thing ) Ki I 6
'
-

foolish, ignorant; ftiJJTit


II

WH4ftlW*
in

Unwholesome

or

VT An Un5TRT ) *tf H !H^t5^5 lucky shadow, apparition, phantom.


1

wr^Bh.

2 7. -2

Wanting
Ac.

taste, appreciation

improper
Cutting
off,

or

tnw Si- 2. 84 ( where alto means hurt or injury ).

w8

away .-2
3Tr^3

Loss. -3 Interruption.
1

A.

1.

To

fall

off,

3^r^nft^o-0ffending,doing wrong, MTA<J*<lTV'fl Ms. 8. wicked, bd


;

away or off, withdraw, To perish, die.


Going
)
;

desert.

go -2

SmHtis srqrnr o- Wot saleable (the several things/which ought not to be sold by particular persons and on particular occasions )

name

V.

3. 99.

or

coming out

317 a faithless wife.

Bv.

1. 28. 3.

A
;

kind of
of

arnmi

A.

To

fear.

-2 To
perished
;

lien oS.

d<

dic

contraction

the

spusmobody or

respect, honour, worghip.

melted away.

tjtomach.

97
shame
,

with icstr. of person or


plant.

N. of a parasitical
ind.

Spasmodic

ontraction
fits
.

with occasional convulsive


trtfcm Susr. a. Affer-tcd

ifa-

thing); Mb., *r
ibid.
;

To

the left side.


self-restraint,

a.

Without

with
a

spas-

master without a husband, unmarried, -fa; Vetl. Not a master or husband.


3>T?5fr UiniiiUTied,

modic contraction. Without 3T7f^i-nfaf

Bk. 14. 84 turned away from with shame.


3TT=nJ.
<

-2 Of wavering fortune. a. Free from foreat


Far from ten.-

fire.

Sliameless,

1 Shame, Embarrassment.

^<IT-<r't

impudent. bashfulness. -2
Bash-

without- a. hus-

band.
sjTf^frar a. 1

ful

aiT^fqisoj a. Si. 8. 46.


;

srq^-ng^

she is be performed without the company of a wife ajqrsfNr: ?T: Katy.


;

Without a wife (when either absent or dead ). -2 To

3W?*XP-P- Afraid of, from d^nmtd; ( slightly


;

deterred
)

1 Pure conduct, ] ( qfigsrtapproved course of life ^or ). -2 A great or noble work,


,

excellent
afraid
q.v.).

of waves

P. II.
[

1.

38 Sk.
Pathless,
c

work (perhapt for ar^H -3 A work well or completely

fqff

3T<W
roadless

a;

=m%

done, an accomplished work.

T*rr i^r ]

3UTrfisJ *

had Tirtha or place of

"sft^r:,

TTfi

&c.

tf,

pilgrimage. aiq^pj- 10 P. To cause to fast of


starve.

-T: (also 3rrn: P. V. 4. 72, II. 4. 30) 1 Not a way, absence of a way or road, pathless state a bad or wrong
;

3TTTW'- * Nothing, non-entity. -2 Not the meaning of words actually


used in a sentence
. ;

arr^fiifr^ <u<fiT-

P. 2.

road
Fasting ( in sickness -2 Absence of satisfaction.
SJUHJU'I
1
).

3TTft
1^,
a.
<T.;

"H^

rrnts^r, q^ ^15
it

^St

de( ); ( fig. ) irregularity, viation, a moral irregularity or deviation, a wrong road, bad or evil

lit.

6 P. 1

To point

out,

In-

dicate,

course

from arc, the termination j being added to awi, sprung from a it, aa in cf^tT, stock Yaska gives two etymologies
some derive
;

arq^ q?*Tq*ff% ft SiTt<ili<r E. 9. 74 17. 54 JT


: ;
; ;

60 assign, allot. -2 To declare, put forward, adduce, communicate


;

H^fJf,

3^
]

STtrfr

flcTT

fq"cTT

SR^

=T

TWft

1 (

progeny,

issue

Offspring, child, of animals and

men

) ; offspring in general ( or female ) ; sons or grandsons

male and
;

rfv >T3I^ S. 5, 10 follows evil ways 5fff%??WWq^ <T^ Ki. 13. 45, 64. -2 Heresy, heterodoxy (in opinions ). -3 The vulva. -JJT N. of several plants. -<j iitd. By or in the wrong way, astray ami *&( Sk. -Comp. -JTrrn"* a. pursuing evil courses heretical, -qirvra. tak-

announce, say, accuse


;

tell

awiqm

inform against, M s- 8. 54. -3

^
;

To feign, pretend, hold out


as a pretext or excuse ^T K. 19. 31, 32, 54
;

or plead

>m

flr5I^?*r*TqT%-

fSTT:g^q*fa-

56 pleading head-ache as an excuse. -4 To refer to, have reference to ^iffa JTftT^tqf^ET Dk. 102 ef erred to, called by the

wq%?I^ Dk.

H^

other later generations of a jft fnf P. IV.

Uotra 1. 162
I

ing to evil ways (as man); spent or used out of place, misapplied', misspent (as
a.

name

of.
1 Statement, adducing pointing out, mentioning f oE
;

fl7TTV

'!*>

<J

lT-<4

34

^'

money &c.); H.

3. 123.

50. ( Bhavabhuti calls an apatya ' a knot for tying parents together

'

3TTS.T [^. cf.] 1 Unfit, unsuitcd, improper, inconsistent, obnoxious


;
.

the

name
;

Dk. 60
Pl'IHH

^cOqi(l

U.
Sk.

3.

17

).

-2
T:

patronymic affix Ak. 3ify*Ky*<u[


;

-2 (In medicine) Unwholesome, unsalutary (as food, regimen &c.); ^fr<nmr 5TJrr.Tr5f sf rr: H. 3. 117
;

Kaly. -2 (a) A pretext, pretence, contrivance plea, excuse


;
;

Nyaya

S.

OTTJ S. 2
i

B. 2. 8
3.
,

S(T

desirous of progfrw: N. of a plant. geny. ^ a. giving offspring ( as a Mantva &c. ). ( -fr ) N. of a plant ( Jr^rtrffsf )

-Comp.

-3fr*T a.

V.
6.

12.

(b)

Guise, dis-

-3 Bad, unlucky.
an offender
f!?S

a.

> guise, form ft<'|g TtqyA^*Tg' ftq4iq^l ifr^tnwT Mai- 7; the ^177 Dk. 101. -3 Statement of

w-

-q>l: the vulva. -jfcTT: a


affix.

patronymic

Mu.

an ene-

f^ttiPn. m. a seller of his children, a father who sells his girl for money to a bridegroom. 51^:
[
'

my

or traitor to the king.

reaon, adducing 8 cause, the second of the five members of ao


Indian syllogism (according to the Vaiseshikae). -4 A butt, mark (s^) -5 A place, quaiter. -6 Refusal, re. -1 Fame, reputation. -8 Dejection.
ceit. -9 ( OTfBt \y. wrong place.
)

(3)

3m ^rS^H^

?r.

-7RT*

ZfWT

HT

unknowable. -2
footless.
1

having the child for its enemy,' a crab (said to die in producing ypung). -2 a serpent. Vecl. accom-

Incomprehensible, Having no feet,

bad

or

*rr^a. panied with offspring. 3T1sT " Leafless, without wings &c. a ft; I The shoot of bamboo
;

sprout in general
Sr1?T?I??%?<Ti<ne^ ).

ff^rwraf frf: 'PT-2 A tree the leaves


( off.

of which have fallen

-3

bird

place or abode. -2 A wrong or bad place or abode wrong timer f^<nq^ JSTf^ftsf^T M. 1 my doubts were out of place, ill-founded sfa q^Tnfr *nrr s 'MM^f'J Ki. 9. 70 unreasonably.
;
1

Footless. -2 Having sitr^ office or post. reptile. -^ 1 -3-;


I

no

No

'

'

be, 3Tq^l^l <* Pretending suming the appearance of (in comp.). wdfalpot.p. 1 To be feigned, adduced &c. -2 Being in a wrong

to

as

place.

without wings. 3T<ni? 1 A- To. be aaliniued, be baebf ul, hang down the face through

-3

word which

is

not

&pada

or an

inflected

word. -4 Ether. -Comp.


adjoining, contiguous, very -t ) proximity, contiguity.

-*RTT
near.
(

between 3inf%3*| ind. Half a point two regio9 of the compass ( f^r^T), in an intermediate region.

goblin,

evil spirit.

13

bad thing. entrance 3T7IK A sif' e door 01 the than proper other an entrance Su ' r door arTSTT^TO^ faf^mS: ;. Ved. Shutting up, hiding
iq.
'
;

Hull, on Ms. 8. 53. -6 To from a rule. exclude except, away, remov1 Taking 3,^,. refuting ( as an assertion ) ing
;

g
hips. 2. 187.

a.

-^ Badly

Hairing badly formed formed hips P. VI.


;

mSMlfll A female
fered a miscarriage.
blibe
'

that has suf-

i^rW
I
,

2.
)
1'.

94 Com. -2

To

prevaricate.
"fw

duct.

A bad policy -3 Injury, offence (:

or con-

Ved.

Fault

oreril

Prevarication.
a.

Free from smoke

ing,

1 Taking away, removMe. ist3q extracting &c.;

caused by wrong departure


of Barkis (rtH
:

B.10".74.

! i>.

To

think

ill

of,

have
;

26;

*T?frWH<Hiq
;

S.

5,

6.

-2

about curse mentally evil thoughts -* ..snu il JUHflM MD.

HUcurfing

mentally 29
'

disHealing, destroying, curing ( P. V}|i|IS|l<H<^ ease &c. ) 4. 49. -3 Discharge or acquittance o* a debt or obligation. -4 Subtraction, deduction.

A bad arm;

.tiflness

in the arm.

gjtTWT
less,

' * k rec '*1Qin f eaV '

undaunted

a*:

^^"^7'
Taking

*"

_,
,

awWfar p-

!'

"

Taken uway
Ac. -2

re-

moved, pulled

off

Removed
a.

from, deviating from, opposed to, SflTneiHiV-TifffT contradictory 3 Fadly done


;

Ved.

away,

destroying

or executed,

1 A.

To

deabuse, revile,

spoiled
Jr

orTom/ disgrace.
:

-2 Concealment.

off,

discharged.
6 P.

Bad conduct.
remove,
;

amixe d, -Oomp. -ir ,-*T apcnonof ca.te ( wbe and


impure degraded the mother belongs to 10. 41, 46. than the father's) Ms.
'-

^trg*

To

take

5.83.
Reviling, vituperation. libel, calumny, he alf P. To be away,
:/. Defeat,

or drive away, doolroy


rq;

Tfciuiiwug2.

3^*
*

defamation,

*******

Bk. 10. 13

Destroy ing, removing;


P-

^r Jmnrgwm; T*6r% Bg. us sin ). piate, atone for (

8 ex-

damage.
01
;

Reviled cur.ed,

to be d accursed, contemptible, or imperc) ained. -2 Pounded badly

smjf^:/. -*f^: "4l^*l Bemoving, taking away, removal, destroying, driving away expiation, atonement
;

y 1 A. To fall lo dismiss, discharge

as of a sin

);

MIMMMM3*1<) Ms.
;

11.

fectly

(wnj*i)'-*

Abandoned.
to
;

210, 140, 93; Y. 3. 306


11.

5*rff^
11.

Ms.

vile wretcb, lost sense of right and virtue

_*f:

107;

qw *W261.

wOT?*T<ift?nr JMimm'iq*: 11.


-

76;

4
.

y.

1.

ending in

(prec
-

216, 253,

-2
(

corrupted word,

Sounding wrongly.
;

JTTW

Ved. Not going down,


Ki.

n?

if

A wrong
a.

or harsh found.

not fallen or sunk, indestructible.


wffcr

hence ) an incorrect the rules of whether formed .gainst


;

word

Without a nose

Bk
B. ( -IT )

3TTTTf^ u Waterless
5.12.

dry

griinniar

or

ied
;

in

seme uot
-

uttictly Sanskrit

Having a bad bad name.


1

name.

gppft
tire

P.

To lead
;

away, carry

or lead off
3-

or can-y cause to re-

^MMIj'. A wrong or bad reading (in a text); mistake in reading P- IV. 4.


64 Sk.

corrupt language, A.alect used by forms of the Prftkrita* ( in Kftvyas ) cow-herds &c. (
;

qt^. one of the lowest


:

sec 3T

Sastras)any language
Sanskrit
r.
;

otli
'

H*****

fimc^Mf.
;

To remove (in stroy, take away

-2 (a) allsenses), de242.

wm
16.

3nHT*rf >nnrT5igTr;

of

S.
;

6.

$ifrrhrrrft Bk.

so ^wrt, >r*, aw, ^r*, *f30 take &c. (fc) To rob, steal, ITT, or ivway, carry away tmrwsfiwt R- 13. 24.
tHk"- or

Deprived of the use using geparate vessels (from which no one else wij.1 eat ) VT^nrrf ^J^T^TT'. Ms. 10. 51. -2 Of low caste.
ajtjrjTsr

a.

common
;

vessels

Kav.

1.

(as a duvlcct

w^TT *ftv -3 To extract,


off
;

^
I

3WH
Ved.
the last,

a. [

wf qg
ffl ^ Iu
;

The most

draw out from

(dart, oil &c.);


;

One who has lost some great gin or

his casle through

distant ov remote. delowest in caste, most,


U8tl
)

arr*mr?N?i^ Dk. 31 f^rvr r^ & J^I^TsfWiW V. 5. -4 To put


away, take or pull off ornaments, fetters &c. ) <rrt IroTT-srfVffT K. 206
off ov
; ;

offence, is, therefore, not allowed latives to eat or drink

and who by from


his rea

graded (sn-sntRfif!
Declination ^r^t nn
;

the

dress,

common

vesiel.
a.

^t

3414141^
1

Having bad feet

e
;

Comp. -Ttrr the


n
see *i&*rr.

fift^w line of the


is

fl'i tcliptic 8i d .

ecliptic

f."
;

-H5WrT

thc ecliptic.
'
'

11.

-<j<"UfaMw<4*ii Mk. 6 2 B.
.

having no shoe, shoeless. k bad drink.


Ved. Separation.

arqw^ whal
dirt
;

swept awRy du8t


f
'
;

4. 64.

-9 To

dny

Raw.

99
^:

Touching, grazing.

_
dis(

Mk.
Kesava.

5.

2
(jl

like
)

another
;

of, to the

Caui.

To disrespect,

west of (with gen. or

rival )

Different

[cf. Goth, afar

Germ,

abe.r,

ace.), as in

honour, despise.
3<jWTT: Disrespect, dishonour, diggrace despi'sing, slighting, con:

1.85; Ks. (with gen.). tiifa: Si


16.

Ms.

6.

()
23.

235; Pt. 4. 6 Ordinary, of the

tempt

f^HJt
t.

jj[-^-d4$fMl4l4HH
;

1-63
o.

j*
[

Pt.

1,

another, not one's

own

-3 Belonging to
(

opp.

$3- )

Dishonouring, disres-

Ms.

9.

pecting, slighting.

85of another caste. -4 Hinder,


( in
;

aberglauben] .-Comp.-srfjr (sTrfV dual) 1. the southern and western fires ( ^%or and tnfrw ): -2 the last fire i. e. used at the funeral ccremoy ( lf>: ) -3*r one of the 8 divisiont of U^iy^wj"! ( the second kind of qrriT J mentioned in K. P. 5. In this the air or suggested sense is subordinate
to

3TTHnT

by-path,

side

posterior, latter, later,

time or

something else
^r
r
;

arg.rmwt'r;

way

-2 Shampooing, rubbing &c. of the body (sjirqRHljfc ) Si.


a bad way.

spaec)
,.-.>,x.
first

opp. sp

the last
oft.

!*TWvrt
4.

( qreirr<f%!t)r )

sm

t Ms.
~mn.
.Nir.
' :

93

e.g.

37Jf ?r

used as
'

9.36.
1

Ved. To be thrown away.


Debt.
o.
1

member of a genitive Tatpurusha


meaning
;

where ^ITR is subordinate


o.

toip^or.

comp.
'

the
' ;

Having the face

latter part or half half of a month %fo. latter


:

hind part, IW the latter

hIf

averted.
^f

-2 Ill-favoured, ill-looking. ind. Without the face.


[

a.
!

Headless

(hrfq<

Ak.
o!T,

hind part of the ^f, "^r^ latter p^rt of the rains, autumn &c. -S Following,
;

of winter K dy &o.

5RT7T:

living at the western borders.(-art) l.the western border or extremithe extreme end or term ty, the western shore. -2. ( PI. ) the country or inhabitants of the western borders near the Sahya mountain
; ;

P., 10 P.

To wipe
remove.

efface, blot or'wipe out,

-6 Western tr?rftr irfqrgv TTTJlSrw: Si. 9. 1, Ku. 1. 1; Mn. 4. 21. -7 Inferior, lower (f^r) 3TH>Vi^<1;

the next.

33MHMH
-3 Chips.
1

Wiping away, cleans-2 Shaving, paring.


In Nyftya ) Non-extensive, not covering too much, one of the two kinds of wmpif, see Bhasha P. 8.
( ( ft

tern people. -3. country. -4. death, "jrnranticipation of one's end. -5. the hind foot of an

K. 4. 53 westhe kings of this


)

ing, purifying.

elephant

gj^djml

Si. 11. 7; 18. 32.

-^w:
;

1.

=
;

^:?!'.
3tf?fcrr

-2. N. of a song

Y.

3.

113

Sudden or untimely death,


;

acci-

= srf^'MT
Mukta.
).

higher,

am = =5597%
;

dental or unnatural death

*i^pfft-

S<T*SW?T *hfTt% Pt. 4. -2 Any great


danger, illness
person,

am
it

-9 Distant

&c. from which a

When

am is

opposite

consisting of 64 matras -9WtT:-^,-*rf9r another and another, several, various. -3?$ the
latter or second half. -yff. [ fr. *n^ to ar|r P. II. 4. 29, V. 4. 88. ] the latter part of the day ;

'".of

metre

used in the singular as


former, Utter trft
;

hopelessly given up for lost, recovers, quite contrary to expectation. a 1 Unintelligible, obSIMqftlfl
-

a correlative to t^r the one,

changed
the
Si.

means

the other, the

lT41II'^
R.
'

l>*1l1M
iu pi
it
'

5.

60

when used

watch

scure as a

*m or speech. -2
(

Unbear-

able, not borne or liked

means others ', and others ', and the words generally used as its correlatives are <rqr, %f*?j-?mq &c.,
Pt. 4. 34
;

afternoon, of the e 9. 4 ww
;

closing

or

last
3.

day

Ms.

S78;

"jrffiT

belonging

yft P. II. 1. 45. -fntr the east. situated in or -qrr*T$*ir belonging to the western part of
to this time
;

Wf
(

the

formation
).

&c. Si. 15. 46 (for of the word see


12 45
5T: )
;

^rsf

Malli.

some- others

3m<J$ltl "
grace, ill-repute Eh. 2. 55.
2 P.
retire,

Infamy,
*Jrf*?T

disftr

Kanyakubja.-qrre; later period. -*fr. ( also 'fTtfl or 'Ff^iR ) N. of a country to the west of Mahameru ( according to Buddhistic ideas ).-*r a. born later or at the end of the
world.

srqwr
depart,
fall

(-arO the destroying

fire.

To

withdraw,

off

go away, or away,

MV Bk.
33.

15. 31.
ele-

~r-

The hind foot of an

inhabitant of the west, the western people.-^%tfr ind. in the south-west ( belonging to the I^BT
class ). -mr: 1. the second or dark half of the month.-2. the other or opa defendant ( in law ). posite side -I'^TOTT: the western Panchalas.-qT
;

-5TT: an

disappear; anvnmv ft U. 6. 4 sfNft "rare


;

f^rf

phant; ^frqTjror frmr O*i8i*Jrtifl<i, S'. 5. 48 ( M>:lii. ^^nqr^umSf ). -2 An


(^ y>n-i^ (fpnri^).-Tr 1 Western direction, the west. -2 The hind part of an elephant. -3 Sacred learniug, learning the four Vedas with the 6

H.

4.

8.
re-

enemy

Going auay, departure,


treat, flight, escape.

3HT^
in

a.

treated
) 1

as

pronoun

some senses
;

Having nothing

higher or superior, unrivalled matchless without a rival or second


S'

Angai. -4 The womb the outer skin of the embryo. -5 Suppressed menstruation in pregnancy. -<t Ved. The
;

3TqvtrfTt

one and the other,several, various; ..X _ _* l> VT 1 1AA ^l%ll: 1^5 r.T l. vi. i. i*t*. Sk. several caravans go (am ^ 7V
a.
;

2.

of.

3?:pTn,

fajft 'J-3^1
(

()

^ Another, other
sjijnj-.
[

-2

used as ndj. or suhsl. ). (6) More, additional Ms. 11. 5. ( c ) Second pother Pt. 4. 37
;

jflmfl*ft HM*fl firftfrir Rv. 1. 32. 13.-T 1 The future, any thing to be done in future (^T^) Br. AT. Up. ct r JJ^T ). -2 Tlie hind
;

future, future times

the pupils of Panini living in tlie west.-inrhr o. easily led or influenced by ethers,

T ^f-'^ 1'J^

).-qri^'lfl? <JI:

docile, tractable. -HIT: 1- being another or different, diffcretee- -2. suc-

quarter of an elephant. -$adv. Again, moreover, in future, for the future;

srat^ moreover

3i<r>nr

behind, west

continuation. -TT?C; [ the latter or closing part of night, the last watch of night ( P. V. 4. 87 ); f* P. II. 1. 45. -<=
cession,
^jsf;

am

100
the other world, the next world,
north-east direction, there
flffT

so

called

be-

r.adise.-V7WT,-vN. of a metre. rt a kind of Vairftgya mentioned by


Patanjali
'

cause the gods were not defeated


;

son

sometimes with gen. or 3^:


;

loc.

of per-

?f

rerfynfyt.Rsir>)il

u lW

mjR-

fl^l

*T

O<*i?ni- ) 3"^^Tt su^rt f^?T^TqTTSmf fl^T f^*m<lQldl Ait.

T. 1. 18

).

""-'

rizon.

-JTT

thigh. western point in the hoa. belonging to the latter


3.

-*mi the hind

half of winter (P. VII.

11).

3TOTWT-f+ 1 L'eingatotber or differ" different ( one of the 23 gunas )


;

ence, opposition, contrariety, relativeness. -2 Nearness. -3 Distance,


posteriority
C

Ms. 6. 31. -*: \ A sort of poisonous insect. -2 N. of Vishnu of Siva. -3 One of the 11 Rudras. -4 A class of divinities forming a portion of the 3J3*rr. divinities of the Jainas. -S .V. of a sage.-str 1 N. ofDurgo,to be worshipped on the Vijayadaiami
l!r.,
;

-^3r5^. the destroyer of sins, epithet of Siva ^ft< a short poem by Sankaracharya in praise of Siva, the fourth line of the verses being usually yt
;

K. 203. -Coinp.

or

Datard day

<\\\m\

^ ^:

tjm-^ TJJ-

a Offending, guilty, offender, criminal V. 2. 21.


;

in time or space

).

3TT^fif-Tr

Skanda P. -2 N. of several
|

a.

Destitute

of

de-

3TOTW ailv. In another place, elsewhere q*nr or vfaf-am* in one place-in another place in the fiiit case-in the second case.
; ;

plants; pf, ^i^ilijin, srif^l, SRPT, ?tftnft, kind of plant 53^1, sn? :T ?''rt. -3 ( or aftvfr ) fastened round the wrist

scendants or offspring. 3T7f^3JT " * Unable


round. -2 Not diligent.

to

walk

WTWT i*d.
6.41.
.

In another manner; Si.

and serving as a charm or amulet sec S. 7. ( In Vikamorvati Act 2 Kalidasa uses smrfjicrr in the sense
of a spell or ftar
;

Like what follows.


.

=15

3TOfrirg' a. Without possessions or belongings, attendants &c. quite destitute, as in f%{r#KT''Tjr5:. -^ t J


;

One

after an-

other, uninterrupted, continued ( applied to an action) ;3m*RT:


I.

1.144
adv.

85

-4 The northeast quarter see under <r above. -5 A kind of metre of 4 lines with 14
)
:

Non-acceptance, rejection, renunciation; one of the jeverul kinds of yamas ( mental restraints) stated in

fttn*JJt;tj:

Yoga Sistra by Patunjali. -2


tution, poverty.

Desti-

f
:

Sk.
;

syllables in each. -6

A gort of Yogim.
a. Inrincible.

On

Mr

the following day


in pass,

3Rf^fJf5.' --fft^T
no acquaintance
thropic.
. ;

Having
misan-

3. 187.

only ) To be disaffected or discontented with ( W.) sretMqM^nfr snr: Ki. 2. 49


:
;

Used

sin against,

To offend, wrong, commit an offence aP'. 1

unsocial,

gainst
is to

(with gen. or
; ;

loc.

of person
9

or thing )

Poor, destitute.
a.
1

^TJT^nrmTrfW Mk.
S. 4

blame

Undiscerned,

3T7TTtf a. 1 Colourless, le i 3TOTIT^irTT: S.

contented, dissatisfied,
r:

bloodless, 6. 5. -2 Disdisaftectcd
;

S. 7

-2 undistinguished. Continuous, connected, withon interval or sePt.


1.

307

V. 2;
V.

paration.
1

Mu.

1.

Discontent, dissatisfaction, disaffection Mu


;
;

amPTi

sometimes with

dat. also;

'^ ^^,-j^ Ki.


2.
1

50, K.

ift33tf"*y*<M<Hifr Si. 2. if. -2 To annoy, disturb. -3 To prohibit.


snTTTSf^-.p.
t'

tion or divisi n. or arrangement.

Want of dis inc-2 Want of ordei -3 Want of judg-.


;

ment. -4

ontinuance, connection.
:

329. -2

Apathy, enmity.
Cessation
-

Sinned, offended,

*'

~ 2 rriisati8faction
t

Contest, dispute ( about the enjoyment of property ) 3f%?r uncuutettcd, undisputed ( as possesron of any thing.). -2
;

haying committed an offence, guilty, an offender, criminal in an ( used active sense) B. 8. 48


; ;

/ Not losing growing old or decaying;


N. of a ceremony.
Celibacy.

not

9. 7!l

the

An unmarried

rirst

gi

1.

to offend.

-2

Missed,

not
)
;

hitting

Unchangeableness
not prudent, improvident.

Ill-repute.

3HWU

[3T-TT*rr.]
;

Not

reci?r

procal, not mutual

3Tfl,SjHMfaj

rBg. 16 8 ( Mr. Telang renders t by produced by union of male and female, caused by lust, Where srom* must be supposed to be connected with under am
'

Mtl^5-u){jrtau|: Dk. an archer whose arrows u\ways miss the mark, an unskilful

thejnark

(asan arrow

VK^

^.rrffT:163 ; yw: or

fnr
ed

Ved. Xot going by a

tortuous course.
3<Tfti?rftf?T o-

Xot properly placJ

Si. 2. 27.

-3 Violated, trans-

or

established
H?!T?r!t

<U<jT^^*IW
not

gressed

amnsr srf^^^mTrnr[>r^5i;:]
;

*qr^^

M.

ptoperly

3mm

nr V. 3.-^crime, Injury
S.

An

q. v. ).

^ 3 rfh
3. 9.
1

offence,

grounded.

3TTfrmor> sPrRtiw. musr* a. Imnieusuruhle iimnense, mibounded.


3T<TfT*5JlT a Kot fttdi.ng, ing, or decaying. -*: N. of a plant
-

aWfhr

I TIT,

'T.IVI,

"rrf

Not
front.

Fault,

wither-

averted, fronting, facing, iu -ind. In fiont of. -Oomp.

offence.

-2 Sin.

mistake,

-5^

a.

(ft/- ) 1 not turning away the face, with unareited face. -2. pts*ntine a bold front.
a.

smnj: An offence, a fault, guilt, crime, sin, mistake, error (32 kinds are usually stated in Sastras); <r?rr% V. 4. 29
;
;

(iomphraua
in

ing, about (-used

curses only

Unconriuered,
;

invin-

unsurpassed

jrr

f^

the

mistake

error in

accent

enclosed

( arnrrf i

101
".

WT3TT
of.
iff-

Not

enclosed
).

or

r:

Ku.

5.

28

Siva P.
Sat.
Br.

Not cleansing or wash(ffl^m^jl'lll^isqmjj not cleansed or washed by cleaning substances ( as by a washerman ),


-*i<4(ra

fenced on

all

sides ( as a field

3r)<i|lVim5TT7

HqfT$TT a- iNot leaving a remainder; all-suTrourding, all-pervadAb<sfing ;JT STtf Sfiukhya K. sence of remainder or limit.
3T7t*s^:
refinement
(

a. \ Untimely. -2 P n st <j menstruation time ( fi jTKjfm )


<*

Unlimited, unbounded.
a.

Want
moral

of
or

polish

or
)
;

physical

I Not sufficient or enough, incomplete, insufficient. -2 Unlimited. -3 Unable (to do its

Ved. Speaking away,


averting, preventing-.
111
;

warning

off,

c.oar8eness,nideness, unrefined state.

work

-;i

),

incompetent
f:

SpeaKng

Pt. 4.

3T<rR$fl

a.

Unpolished,

un-

refined, rude, coarse.

Hn%t Bg. 1. 30. / Insufficiency


;

STIKfii:

/
"
I

f5ir<iq<l|fH^g*<('l^ Without order. :

Mo

Act of speaking away or warning off, removing. aj^?[ 1 U. 1 To revile,


abuse,

Tr ;

censure, reproach
.

Worship

Want
Not near, distant.
^:

of order or method.

-2 Not extensive, not current. Absence of extent.


'llfNi'STnf
ableness.
'

aTO^fqiT a.

Not standing over; ;

amfl^: Si. 17. 19; Ms. 4. 236 tf %i wmjGt-Jt ^r P.


3. 77.
!

I.

Sk.

pgqifrfw

Infinity,

innumer-

(as a flower) not night. fresh, standing over till the next day srf^ Jn^r Ve. 6.
a.

new

*?rijmft<% otfift

WT?l) i* <J1SMl<{*)Mt<( Bk. 8. 45 re riling or abusing men. -2 To

disown,

Without a
is

joint.
e.

n.

deny (A.) ^UMMm^fr P. I. 3. 73 Sk. -3 To argue out, refute, contra;

<*

Motionless.
a.
1

No

of conjunction. -2 joint or point


not

dict
3. 7.

A
In-

day which

aq^i.

not

3m3<4llftn5l$: S*rash Y. -Cow. 1 T6 blarne, censure. -2*


or contradict as unadvia-

evitable.

-2 Not

to

be abandoned.

-3 N ot

to be degraded.

the proper time or season (the Parva days being awsri^r, "ftftfar, ^ft &c. )

To oppose
able.
1

STTrVftT"-

Ve d- Not endanger;

M.

4.

15.

ed or afflicted

straightforward.
1

Unexamined, swMit.
.

-ComB. -55: a sort of sugar-cane. Without flesh (qag-ir). 3TT5J a


-

3HRT?: Censuring, reviling; censure, reproach, blam?, abuse ; sn^rr l^ U. 5 rf)*H|<(|at q.


;

ftw
tested, unproved.
foolish,
1

untried, un,

<$

pin or bolt.
Pti

Bh.
;

2.

-2 Ill-considered
;

To deny, disown

*!!'
;

62; scandal, evil report; <<r s^T^rq^ra': Pt. i


9.

thoughtless ( of person or tllin g); "^T^TSTTIT q^it* Pt. 5 the inconsiderate doer -3 Not
' .

clearly proved or established.


3T<J^rfTa. encircled,
)

Kull. on Ms. 8. 400 refuse snmtrffinT P- I- 3. 44 Sk. -2 To conceal, hide. -3 To detract Cans. To outwit, from, s'ander.

11.25,14.12; Mk.
:

3;

U.

Pt
-

Ved. Not surrounded

overreach,

or

deceive 1r: Bk.


1

aTTt
8. 44.

spreading or indulging in scandals about JT %^?yTfTrftrf flTq^TfwR- U. 2 tfrqro


;
;

U.I.

censuringly

Mftl. 9.

not app-oached ( 3^ ?T: N. of a people. f a. Free from anger; suq*rrr


.

a special rule that

-2 An exception,
restricts or sets'
(

Concealing, hidSi.

aside a general rule

ing
28.

^fTfTfihJ3WM?rrq:
or
sr f^-

20.

opp.
;

9. 8.
)

a-

<rr,-q?/.

formed, odd-shaped.
mity,

7
-2

Ugly, de1 DeforDelight,

srfq^n%^rFfrcfiTnT: 5T^Jrr S.B. -3Detraction, concealment of truth, thoughts, feel-

-2 Concealment knowledge, evasion

deniaL of
q^:

fft 3?<nf:

Ku.

2.

27

R.
;

15. 7

wonder

monstrosity. ( Ved.).
a.
1

ings &c.; Tii<a^IHiqgq^; fq^rWmn<\: Mu. 3. 14. -4 Affection, regard.

ceptional suffix special rule. -3


-

^i^

exa case for a


;

"^

An

order,

commandi

3Tfl$T% invisible, per ceptihle to the senses, visible. -2 Not distant or remote. $r adv. In the presence of with ( gen. 3iq-);

Not

-S

medicine ) The part between shoulder and the ribs.-Oomp. $g: ( in law ) a fine laid on one who denies the charge on which he is con(

In

: Ki 14. 27. -4 Refutation ; ( in Vedftnta phi'l. ) refutation as of a wrong imputation or belief s>gft.

rfff

victed.

rterni;

perceptibly,

visibly,

mani-

w w|v ^^f^w^rr^r: arm?-. Tr. m^nm^mt ^rn<tftftm-- Vedanta


hence
rity.

vra oi*nam9>

(rogmtftfanf.
; ;

festly, openly. -Comp. direct cognition.

-srgwfifc/.

denies, disowns, hides, conceals &c.; conceala.

One who

sw
jfcsrqfw

ing

M)<J(C)

Den. P. To make xerY.


2.

-7 A small bell or other ment sounded to decoy deejSi. 6. 9


;

also, a means of refutation. -5 Confidence, trust. -6 Love familia;

instru;

ceptible
-

236.

<MitAft<
Malli.
)

<F* :

Exclusion, prohibition.

thronemeiit
5H<I<n.

Extermination, Mu. 2. 20.


Leafless.
orf

desive

|'-tn ]

Excessive thirst or de(srorrffl^ is


in the

(wf^pi^ram);

sometimes used
N. O f

same

^ense,

3my?*fr;-3Tinrr%j; a. l Blaming, censuring, reviling, traducing, de-

a.

but regarded as an incorrect

word
(

).

Durga

or

Parvuti

Kalidusa thus

accounts for the iiame;


ft

3TT?5Tf^;,-?ITg^ o. III. 2. 144. ).-2 Free

Thirsty

P.

faming yrqimif^rr ms^r S 2. -2 Opposing contradicting, except; ;

from

thirst or

ing, setting aside, excluding.

desire

3T735T a. Without
Mil.

wind or
tf f

air,

sheltered from wind,

103

*HliWH ** ] A grove,
)
&c. &c.
P.
1

a garden

or park planted near a town.

cover, wrap, envelop, *. fm, m m fcn-t, CCal


'

HA

screen,
Tl

con-

SUIT.

-3 Absolution,
;

final beatitude;

ai^l rtmM\
;

MAI
44.

7.

> See under


)

src?

Kfisifltr
;

covered, or concealed ^wr Ratn. 1.

ft<<)<MM4|-

To carry off or away arilmr ^ fmtSTTT WTWi Mb. -2 To drive away;


way, bear off or
;

inner

the apartment lying-in chamber. -2 An air-hole, aperture


;

grnNr <*mtf: Sankhya K. gift, donation, -S Abandonment. -6 Throwing, discharge (as of arrows ) Ki. 16. 20.
B. 8. .16

-4

disperse, dispel, remove, take


;

away;
*

Covering, screening. -2
cloth.

A garment,

Leaving, abandonment; fulfilling (a promise); discharging ( debt Ac. ). -1 A gift or donation spending. -3 Final

3jmJ.j

making good,

freed from obstacles HonTTt (Tftsr) 16. 6 the bolts of which wers net removed or unchained Dk. 133. niflmmiflgi -3 To give up, relinquish, leave,
;

34i|4H*: 1 Covering &c. -2 An enclosed or screened plnce ( sref^rr )

% nft^r writ ft* Mk.


wrT<or Covering,
disappearance.
34M*lft

8.

beatitude, salvation. snnfSra p-p- Left, abandoned ; fulfilled ; see above oft in comp.
;

concealment,

in the sense of

abandon, cast off; srflnrarnrq'tarwfl'HT! Si. 6- 33; 3npftsx<j'fl*'S"li


B. 11. 25;
iT5t?R<nfref>513. 70 thrown

/>-.?. Covered, concealed; 1*1*1 fiteft Mk. 6 covered valf nished, disappeared. tf, sumf^^,' Concealed or secret manner. ft, sr;

free from,' being without,' 'iteititute-oi, or with instr. *?f5m*ffm?ftfi>! Bri. S. 53. 7.
'

'

'

80 minus 6; Ki. 2. 26. awymp-p. Finished, ended. STOff^r: /. Fulfilment, accomplish-

away
IK*

Dk

67

*<) j^tr WTfB. 16. 73 before

M^lRfl^H, 3JT^T*f ind. Frequently

had commenced his toilet.-* To deduct, subtract. -Cant 1 To carry


off,

remove, carry
;

or

draw

to

distance, take away ; f^W: Mu. 1, 3 q^rj 2 ; jpjf prr *rrvbrirwTW M. 5; Bk. 8. 86. -2 To chase

mMifawi3ff-

dramas in the sense of occurring ' aside to another apart ( opp. srit is ^i5it ) speaking in such a way that only the person addressed may hear it d-jwwfar T^f 3
in
'

ment, completion. 3)H^ 1 A. To turn lack, turn


;

'

'

" away, depart JUHl^MHlfd HT** 6. 58 ftl: 7. 33. fltuil^JMdfl -Cant. \ To turn back or away, turn wnTtelP^iWlfiiflnimi: aside, bend
; ;

Ki.

4.

15

D.

6'.

ordrive ixway, expel

gFHfonm

<mffrw: Dk. 47, 59. -3 To reduce lo powder, pulverize. -4 To cause to cany the yoke irrfJr* 5TTl%*t
;

Mk.

f*W

8.

^' t

wy, *4MI
;

removal

Taking or carrying Dk. 41 mr* m*.


;

1<$*llM.l;*i<j

3.

v.

I.

bearing away men from other conntries See arfS^. -2 Deduction, ubtraction (is of fractions). -3 N. of a metre.
a.

Opening. A. 1 To avert, destroy, dissipate im:, ?nj &c. -2 To tear off, pull out, take out. -3 To conclude, Catu. i To leave, finish, absolve. quit, abandon, avoid B. 17. 79 keeping the umbrellas at a ( great ) distance
f:
;

-2 ( Math. ) TFT* ( ) Mil. 1 40. To divide (as by a common measure) without remninder
.

^r

3nmhftiJiiMf3aift

To reduce
3FT1Jf: 1

to a

common measure.
(

Taking away, removing.


)

-2
sor

Math.

The
is

common

divi-

applied to both or either of the quantities of an equa-

which

tion.

-3 Reduction
f:

to

common

measure.
Ki.
lost.
1.

29 abandoned, left,

A common
1

measure.
.

-2 To
;

let go,

drop down, throw,

One who

pour
cirries

removes

away

or
37.

ginrot f%*vr: fi^itylfSlfli:


abandon,
rele se,
;

Si. 18. 64.

Removal, transferring 2 from one place to another; iirnT one of; * away, depriving Taking
79. -3 Abridging, abbreviation. -4 Reducing a fraction to its lowest terms divison without remainder,
9.
;

vitW},.p. Ca Tied a way, removed Ac. See above.

-3 To

dis-

W1JNI:

WW

TW:

Ved.

charge, pay off ( is debt Ac. ) solve oneself from, fulfil,

ab-

make

Disappearance, vanishing,, retreat. -2 N. of a plant.

good

as a promise

).

-4 To sever,
4.

separate,

cut

off

or the divisor itself.


B.

flfifSnT un viola ted.

<

Uninjured, unhurt,

3Fn%tT
terrupted B. 3. 38.
;

o.

Unobg

ructed,

unin-

$m ya-UHMftBHiM
c
-

W:

See under
Ignorance,
spiritual or illusion (arfrci);

63, Ki. by arrows SHimt^nimfSiS ?rh Ki 8. 50 plucked. -S To overturn empty Y. 3. 300. -6 To honour, respect, esteem. -7 To (five, bestow, grant, jresent srqrfSnt t?nmf Dk. 36
17. 58 severed or cut off
;
; ;

Turned' away, re3jTTf^rj). p. t versed, inverted, overturned ; agi"aretSTfifl' Ki. 12. tated, disturbed 49. -2 With downward face njrr f* Msl 1 o. IT Mai. 3 o U li.
;
; *

I4^4^M {Tl^4flti: * The ecliptic. Ended, finished. f. End.


9>I
.

qWntM^'i
Ram.

Mb.

ignorance,

M5yo
a.

Ki. 16. 32.

smn:
ment
tion
;
;

Completion, end,

fulfil-

"art

Free from poison. of grass with aromatic roots


<"

or

wvH
;

accomplishment of an acqtim P-H- 3 6 III.


;

(badMb. -2 To throw or cast in general, throw or cast off, toss away ifanr^ qf^snr1

To

p'eroc

ly )

aurtT^:

5lHrf
;

4.

Kyllingia Monocephala.

60

(^IHI'I:

= ilh^iiyiffl:

<ri?3rrr

^farr

U.

19.
-

44
2.

left,

let

or

fftiift-

go
or

swomf^S M V
;

33 thrown

Spnfor

Having no Jute,
lute.
orr A.

or

having a b*d

bad

lute.

snj

5 U.

To open, uncover,

Sk. ): Ki. O.oi^iftlgJIOl^<1|14 34Qqt| grHsft i^'niT: Mlf^l^fiJ N. 17. 68 ; Ki. 16. 49 coming
I

qV

wielded 3Tqfvj(fl'H( or spent ftw*v given 30 Si. 8. 37


;
;

Dk.
Ki.

61
5.

dis-

to

an end

in

close, exhibit.

Cata or 10 P. To

5 days. -2
;

fpecial rule

An exception, vfHmimiif^ummit:

Mai.

1.28

pierced

through,

dis-

103
traded, overcome. -3
leave, desert, cast off

To abanaon,
(

as a child,

ornaments &c.
TrqfererSr 98, 111.

<J^T

Mb.,

MB.

^Hill^t wfirDk. 11. 41,

3Wf%T3[ )> p- 1 Cast or thrown offi thrown or cast awuy, abandoned,

a. Without SOITOW or grief. --W: The Ascka trie. JTrfvH' a. I What is not followed by any other, having no other in the rear, last ( used much in the and same sense as qfljH of.
;

Den. P. To be active.
Active, [ 3n,-ipl%-7 ] busily engaged, desirous of working.
u.

^m

An

outcast, a

low man

forsaken, dismissed, rejected, negoft used in the lected, removed sense of 'freed from,' devoid of
; .

MIBMffrjil:

M41.9;
LI.

'

'

FT

ftTTffr

HHi*HtM&
Vc.
:

1.

v.

1.

for

fcr K. 10.
.

74.

that

-2 Abject, mean, -^f:, g^T: A son is abandoned by the father or mother or by both, and adopted by a stranger one of the 12 kinds of sons among Hindus Ms. 9. 171 Y.
;

6
;

usually at the end of comp. in the sense of 'vile,' 'wretched,' 'accursed'; *mifft* Mai. 5 ^ % jf%rTnw^T< Vc. 3 ?, WTfnf &c. -2 N. for the children of six degrading connections, i. e. of men of the first three castes with women of the castes
; ;

Mu.
5
T:
;

inferior to their

own

wg-

ai^f^jt
li-

5^ w^r

141.

-2

Not

lust, first,

Ve. foremost

;
II

19. 1.

-3 Extreme

; -

2. 132.

-Comp
r:

-pyre? a-

Ms. 10. 10. Last year at the end


;

dead, depart-

cd from this world.


Piercing through ( a pearl, ruby &e. ) wrongly, or in the wrong direction ( and thus spoiling it ).
IR: ]

Rim.
a.
i

of the year

( ^nfitqj) ).

Ved. Not seeing.


bolster, pillow.

&<=.

See

under

A
.

*TH ift a
Si. 11. 64.

Deprived

of

beauty

1
;

Leaving,

abandonment. -2 A gift or donation. -3 Final beatitude.


3tTOT below.
ind. [ Wf-flSS.sfT

Extravagant expenditure, pro,

digality, lavishneas.

P. VIII3({i ]
1

3<UMinH-*<J<miH o. 1 Squandering, spending lavishly, prodigal. -2 Denying a debt.


3T72nT
religion*

3.

97 ] The elephant.

of an point of the goad

To the
space
)

left

opp. rasft

fa

^pn

Ved.

3TTO
VIII

o. [

an-w f
1

Up.

I- ?-5

P-

Between the thumb and the

Swerving from

observances, irreligious, impious; Bv. 1. 51.9. -2 Disobedient, unfaithful. -3 Perverse.

A had omen.
a-

Free from fear


qf

opadyerse, Unfavourable, -2 posite. -3 Left. -*% adv. \ Conperverse. the contrary or opposite trary, in -2 Falsely, r direction. or way tuftr* yf^ *"'" <T* wrongly
3

98]

Conti-ary,

to be sacred forefinger, supposed to the Manes, as water &c. in ceremonies like crfa is offered to them

being

poured down through


'

that

or-

he-

truly,

Sabdak.

Si.

15. 17;
left, right
;

Not on the

(itation,
lessly.

fearless.

adv.

FearFaultlessly.

snW*** **** Msopposite.

3.

214.

-4
$:
-

Well,

properiy,

handsomely.
3<M $!<;:
tical
1

Time.

-1 Contrary,

A
a

bad or ungramma(

Contrary, opposite.

wf ind. To the right, making the eacrud thread hang down towards the left of the body over the right
part

corrupted word word, form or meaning) cT

in

ww
are;

Bh. 134 has also sense 4 ) % Subhash. -2 Vulgar speech. -3 A form of language not Sanskrit, iiugrammatical language. ~4 A reproachful word, offensive expression, censure uniiyjftl|rf<j'j-

whore

Work, action act rf.M| Rv. 1. 54. 8. -2 Sacred -3 Water. sacrificial work.

aw
,

-a.
ed.

am: ) 1 Active, engaged "2 Got or obtainany act (rfs*)R. am(

in

and According to B.

T:

Si. 8. 43.

r: Cessation.
'

o.

Not

tending

to

the

for ( 1 ; / pi. stands in the Veda in kindlbusy and fingers the hands ine the sacred fire and performing 2 ) the three the sacrificial rites ( of sacred speech or the
;

shoulder ( opp. flr when it hangs a position of the over the left ) thread in Sraddha or other religious ceremonies at particular times cf those ceremonies ( the three positions being H^J R*ilcf & 3T*WT ) f fT to go round one Ms. 3. 279 so as to keep the right side towards thread hang him, to make the sacred over the right shoulder. o. Wearing the sacred
;
;

34MHm<t

thread over the right shoulder. ous


3jnf%) jjt<: conclusion-;

goddesses

growth of

cattle.

wind and sun three divinities, fire, waters. and (3) the active or running
;

A wrong
S.

or

errone-

r Gaut.
1

*a. Headless.

[cf. L.

!*]
* Mo8t
activc cr

P. 1

To walk

off,
!

go or
;

Without cutte. g; Not cattle a bad animal; any auimul arrSHt other than H cow and horse
a.
; ;

OT
Activc,
in

Ved
.

'

ftf get away, depart; avaunt, bonce, get you gone


^njjf; Pt. 1.

aiwt

begone,
an^r-

fit

for

an

net,

skilful

HI

M^ ifftwr-

Sut. Br.

Without sorrow. 3?T5*f Without sorrow ) The Soul

m.
;

doing any thing (aTSUWTftiJJ *n 1 Yv. 10. 7 flowing, watery. -3 A sort of -2 Water. Activity. used in preparing the sacri;

retreat,

-2 To withdraw, retire, turn back M4<4<ft ^T:


;

^TT

*
;

Pt. 3. 43. Pt.

-3 To vanish,

disappear

H1I3SH*
1.

^nfdRii^

brick

I:wwmrfit

Bhag

ficial altar.

elude the sight.

-4 To escape, Caul. To make (

104
thing or person ) go away or retire, take or put away, remove, drive STTWITT away or off, throw aside wtmnmt %^5ar Pt. i-rsrort K. P. 9 MB. 7. 149. 1 put anide, take away
; ; ;

bathing in water" hi which a person has previously washed himsel


s. 4.

P en

P-

To
;

neck and drive out


( fig.

seize by the hence throw

132.
;

away, abandon, leave, discard, reject


also
).

a.

Devoid of spies
L

3HTOT: 1 Departure, retreat. -2 A proper excuse or apology, valid reason ( for possession of a thing, such as buying &c. ) Ms. 8. 198.
34HH<u'l

*rriw TiMiiTiRvitM?!! Si. 2.

112

where
"'

$n also

means without

Ved. Not letting oneInsensible.


-

Self be touched.
-

arnFr^ra P- P- Thrown away, discarded, abandoned, cast off, given "P %1'>rt*l<sMi rqfi f^jf^f^ ^ ^ifK.233, 202; "wrv% f^trr Mol. 9. 19 34 ^^sff "rrwnr: V. 2
i ;

escape

Going away, velrfating, ir% 5* *j*4<WJ) Pt. 3.


1 1

Ki. 9. 36..
2
1".

To

leave,
f

abandon
S.
6.

-I Egress.
3Hr$nr:

Going

out,

retreating.
sft^i )
;

hips

;(P.

a Having badly foimed VI. 2.187).


:

15.

pats.

To waste away, wane.


Leaving, abandoning.
1

-2 An
H.
3.

outlet,
;

egress (opp.

Pt. 3. 120

SHMHKHnrit - Dk. 163


7. 3.

53
;

Si. 18. 40.

-3 Escaping,
to a
;

).-*,-<* 3TqrcjT.(-* Say. ) swelling, increasing


;

'

Injured
(

).

Leaving, abandon-

fleeting

Mk.

/-

ment stopping. -2 Ceasing, vanishing. -3 Exception, exclusion.


;

wnmoMrr
H<H f%>^
(

Removing
Mu.
1

dis-

tance, driving, expelling


4,

%JTfnrmaking room
retreat-

cf.

Mar.

5fi3;,

3Hnja-;).ji).

m^). Gone away,

Forgetf ulness,los8 of memory fn* Bh. 1. 89. -2 Epilepsy, falling sickness Sur. thus derives
TcT ; J 1
;
;

anrfTT tnd. Leaving, abandoning,


except, without, excepting ( used with the force of a preposition ). 1 P. 1 3Tq (o) To take off, bear
or snatch away, carry off Jrsfrfj^V. 3. 1 relieved of the
;

it

ed &c.; dropped or fallen

down

TOg<r*rT:
-

S. 4.

-2 Extended, held S. 6. -3 Discharged


15.

out, stretched

epileptic

fit

Ms.

Epileptic, having an 3. 7 Si. 3. 72.


;

burden
P. V.

2.
;

llv. 2.

a. Forgetful.

away

ffin^i^Trq^V: <rj: brought 70 Sk. ( b ) To avert, turn w^nTquw'f ( 'fifi ) Ku. 7. 95


;

P- I To glide or move gently along, glide away or off. -2 To withdraw, retire, go away; c*fr?Tnvm^Himtfor U. 4 '3^f^ia p

-'

*3 Ac. See under smi,^ n unmusical sound or

averting or turning away liei face. (c)To rob, plunder, steul -2 To sever, separate, cut off; R. 15. 52. -3

note.

To overpower, oveicome, subdue


^ P1

at-

fNnt: 3W*nif<T Mv. 4 retire, go into voluntary exile. -3 To observe closely ( as a spy ) ;

*^r

3^5^
remove
7
;
;

To ward

or

beat
S. 4.

tract, ravish,

captivate

affect

in)
;

off, repel,

destroy, kill, take


an^fcri' ffx<T

fluence

in a

away,
1

good or bad sense


;

^idrjlu J|or off.

5Rnl:
;

U.

1.

Caue.
|

To drive away

3W<J:,- fo?: emissary, spy


li.

A
;

agent or tfrTHTT^arniK TOT-

secret

5if% ^)ff?T<T'1% Ms. 6. 96 ^T U. 2. 4 takes away 3TTf?rrTWTH sri^nrgTras^ U. 3.


sr

^g rnfi^rf^

17. 51, 14. 31.

Going back, retreating;


observing as a spy.

-2 To attack, affect, seize ( as disease &c. ). -3 To husk out, take off the shell or husk ( as rice ). -4 To
shoot out.
3?tr? a. [

3c<T^fl5?rii?ftf*l overpowered TruP?*!^ 5^*** ^- 109 ;r...fsnnrHT seduced, led away, 277 >. U. 7 did not subdue To i. e. did not divert his uiiud. -4

Hatu. i

TW

late, deprive ( 11. 74 ifsfzrr if

remove, take away, destroy, annihione ) of


;

Going away
:

or forth.

comp.

Warding
sr

w^-S ]or( At

the end of
off,

^rr ^T^
;

Dk. 52. -5 To take back, resume

keeping

fastening, making firm.

^'
Ki.

m'trsff

3*

ST^T =TTif <*35f: Y.


to

2.

taking away, removing, destroying,


repelling &c.;

^smsiwnr Pt.
rfT K. 8. 46

3. 97;
;

176. -6 To To cause (
1. 31.

subtract,.deduct.
otliers )

C'aus

take

away

part of a carriage, except the wheel ( < also )


] 1

P. VI.

1.

149

Any

q*-

17. 61.

Mb. -2 Excrement. -3 Vulva. -4 Anus. 3T4WI<.' The root or underpart


r:

/-

Removing, destroying.
off,

3irr?vf 1 Taking or carrying away removing. -2 Stealing.

Warding
a.

rcpelling&c.

OT5<J

One

that takes or carries

of the knee.

Having

bad plough.
or
scoff
at,

Leaping or jumping
vessel in the side
the breast containing vital air.

1 P.
off.

To mock
;

away, steals, removes, destroys &c, -2 Removing, expiating *r$^rqrra?'


;

Ms. 11.162.

of

ridicule,

deride
at,

Dk. 9 scoffed
laughter ful eyes

i.

e.

excelled.
or

ai'JfUtT

wifS wra:
after

One

3Tq?w;f,-?m:
;

Silly

causeless
tear-

: 1 Taking or carrying asvay, stealing, pliindo ing, removiug, kill ing, destroying ; ^Jr^nmt^uor *T^-

who has

death or mourning or upon the death of a


relation, preparatory to other

bathed

often laughter with ^i^pimTf ftitf ).


[
TORorti!jf

fT

ft

f^wferr Ram. by the cutting of


;

ears and nose


1

^fjfrT^rf, ftq'
;

cere-

aTlfW

5I

The

Concealing, dissembling
IfT'^

SF(rjrr?flTI

monies.
1 Bathing ee after mourning or upon the death of a relative
;

drive out a person ( irsf^T ) one that is so driven out. -2 Throwiug


to
;

hand placed on the neck

^Ttfw S.

how

shall

dissem-

wuy

ble myself, conceal my real namo and character ; see sn^K-F below. -3

f uucral bathing. -2 Impure bathing,

taking flumlcriug.
off,

or

away. -3 Stealing,

Spending or using

another'*

pro-

perty. -4 Loss, damage.

105
8nrfTs*f,-*Tft^ that which takes
a-

One who

or
re-

away, steal*, moves, destroys, conceals &c. (usually In comp.) mrtiugtftui; H. 1


;
;

KH.

5.

lessen; Mai. 6. -2 To cast off,

14 remove, reduce, 4; R. 6. 57, Si. 8. 61. reject ( also an opi-

ed backwards, Behind. -2 Not open clear ( 3Wfr?T ) -3 Western, -4 Southern ( opp. 3^=5 ) probably for
or
;

thief plunderer, ,

nion
;

),

leave, give up,

throw away,

Behind, backward* -2 Westward or southward.


arert^;.

-^ ind.

rnnr?TW: Mg.
Mi.
4.

11. 51.

Y.

3.

210

255

2. 88.

n; A robber,

thief.

i!s^^i*iTHl^tn*j*^rit^t Mk. 5. l film yjN'j-$<4M*K R. 7. 50. -3 To discharge, liquidate ( as debt


;

The south or west


the north
(

other than south).

spr%xp.p. Taken away, carried


ofi

&c.

Ms.

6. 35.

aTOT^fta a. [ svjrvrt ] 1 Situated backwards or behind, turned


ceptible

Ww

&c.

destitute of, free from.

spry
guise
off as

2 A.

To conceal,
53 Ratn.
;

hide, dig-

f^Mg.

8.

flft<iW)s<T^iT:

thinqquju^JH was passed

3<m**uf, STOT^: /. 1 Driving away, removal. -2 Rejection, refutation d^nitMuiMlg Prasna Up. -3 Payment, liquidation ^um?rq^iT
; ;

backwards. -2 Not visible, imperRv. 7. 6. 4. -3 Southern, -{ Western. -5 Opposite.


;

l:
.

NySya
e
(
ff

S. liqui-

Cnpid upon her friend. -2 To deny, disown Bk. 5orr*JTq|frsfTTW 5, 44 34M<iM*ij ) N. l.~49. -3 To exculpate, ex; ;

srTTST southern.

3T7i-'j(j ]

Western or
1

Payment,

dation.

Unskilful.
re:

tf

Tin-

cuse.

Concealment, hiding of one's knowledge, feelings &c. -2 Denial or disowning of the truth, dissimnlation "% y. p I- 3. 44 yrtt nrr Jr fl^r w^ *r>ir* Kg. 10. 92. -3 $*TT: Appeasing, satisfying- -4 Love, affection.
:

srrjTT:

concealment

Driving away, moving. -2 Excelling, eclipsing IT: ^"imiarTTsoj' Bh. 1. 5sTTHpiT^ p- 1 Removed, destroyed, dispelled, paid &c. -2 Devoid or destitute of, free from ftdftqH1 . ;

3<i|l*r<oui o. 1

skilfulneas.

-2 Siokneas,

illness.

1 Not taught by 3TTTf5l^nr Panini in his works ( as a rule Ac.)

-2

3<i!iwjii*j

One who

does- not ( properly ) study Papini's grammar i.e. a superficial


;

1 Concealment of tnowwnyfif: /. ledgeT denial. -2 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech, in which the real character

15. 33; i^q<inm<<l<lIT^jrsor: f :WTOT^PH ST^T ^rwr gw^rnr Mu. 1. 1 Rejection, removal Ac. -2 Emotion resulting from anger, fear &c. Ki. 1. 87.
.

Si.

scholar, smatterer of Sanskrit.

utensil.

VCWSt 1 A worthless vessel or -2 (fig. ) An unworthy or

3TTT$T a

amcT

'/TOft'i^r ]
[
;

Pre-

undeserving person, unfit receptacle or recipient. -3 One unfit or disqualified to receive gifts
;

sent, perceptible.

-2

of the thing in question is denied and that of another ( alien or imaginary) object is ascribed to or superimposed upon, it i
;

ar^ft
eyes.

iw]

Eyeless

3m?t 3r?f* rr having bad


a.
'

26.

-Comp.

Bg. 17. 22 ; Kg. 24. r?rr, 34Mnfi<u'r do;

ing degrading or unworthy acts

dig-

*iM!-H

-Tt%T,-<rtmr

Not

in

K. P. 10

who

the game row or line '; especially one is not allowed by his easterner
;

am
-

?r?fr
n

see also

K. P. 10 and
-'

S. D. 683-84.

Reduction, diminution.

& See 3m\. 1 V:d. [fr.


an? ] (

3^

with

Situated aside or behind.

(t) Remote, distant, (c) Coming from a distant place. ( d ) Unequalled,

same row with them at meals degraded, excommunicated, excluded from or inadmissible into society, an outcast "sjTjftT defiled by the presence of excommunicated or impious persons. " [ STCTft 3ft Wt 1 1 Wanting or deformed in some limb of the body. -2 Maimed, crippled. -IT:,
to sit in the
;

any action which makes a man unworthy four disqualifica tions for a Brahmana are mentioned in Ms. 11: 70 :-a^r
qualification,
;

see also 11. 126.


to

qrnTl

unworthy persons.

porting the unworthy or worthless nsrr Pt. 1.

giving
a.

gup;

3
to

A To
.

take off or

way,

remove

drtiltWMWMI^Ti *n fiina ottt. Br.

incomparable, very great ( 3H?<T s *y- ) *$^of unequalled brightO ne 8s 9n<t;-RT aside, distant snpr standing behind. -2 Raw, unripe. -3 Not matured, undigested. -4 Of matured intellect, wise ( .rpr: <r*vm: f^r fftsw^r: ) Rv. i. no. 2. 6. 12. 2.
; ;
;

sr^r] 1

The outer corner or angle of


1
; ;

the eye

-j^mNil yfg S. 1. 24 ^i<ld l*wfM MIMth: M. 2. 4. -2 A sectarial mark on the forehead. -3 Cupid, the god of love. -4 N. of a plant (awni'l). -Comp. -^ST*,
-ftwrraw, -'nwr &c. a sideglance side-long look, wink. ^pfr; the place of the corner of the eye
;

Taking away, removal

ablation ; a thing from which another is removed. -2 (In gram.) The sense of the ablative case ; swmrws-

-^rrar:/-,

qr^m P. I. 4. 24 MHI^H <mr II. 3. 28 3PTR JJ^rHH ^j m Tl'^ ITSTW WT; ;


I

~W:

Indigestion

-2 Immaturity, not being ripe or cooked. -Comp. gro. 1. not produced by cooking or ripening. -2. natural, original Bh&aha P. 42, 96.
;

of food Ac.

).

t^ (T3fN^iiTi^m^wffar;T n is of three kinds : f^r^


fTIT
II
I

Hari.

the corner itself.

inr a.

said of

a lady ) having eyes with beautiful ( or long ) outer corners m^ij <JSTT:

e. g.

STrtf ginger.

amp 8
or take

U.

*-<*MIl1^l MH+lll?itqi ll*l 1. 17 ( a better interpretation

Cil

'

P- vi.
2. 187.

would

To drive away,
;

however be
JRT
t. e.

dispel, remove, destroy

keep,

put

with the eyes turned towards the corners awl'mt' SR^ *W


'

'

WnH
jr>r>

P.

SN-3^;
;

To
*T

away;
6 - 29
;

*P
* *

s
i

ftpunqi,0fft *$4i r M<j<m%Bi Ki.


2.

jrirtf

carting side-long looks).

breathe out, respire


expire.

*rff

srtf"ffT

<iMmi<TiOfn Bh,

23

m.^.,/. ^fr, n. ^) 1 Going or situat-

T^nf^r ^TSTPT:

Ch,

Up -2 To

14

106
:

Breathing out, respiration


5.

Sur.

-4j Senseless or

opp.
in

Hlti<^lftiih Bg.
five life-winds

27 ; one of the the body which goes downwards and out at the anus

incoherent talk or argument (regarded as one of the faults of composition in rhetoric )


*f
;

il'iMmf

Gautama
cf
.

[ WT-*;-*rw frf ] Ved. The barb or point of an arrow. fr The remainder of the Soina plant after it has been pressed out an^ barbed.
:
;

<n*faiWtTraEsf
;

to

S-ir fjfl^mi(H?ffi!]%

The anus ( wurft sjsij. -Comp. giving Apana. -grrt the anus, -VTj! ! the life-wind called
-it

3. 128 -Ooinp. -^r^or advancing a false plea in a law-suit.


;
i

also

Kav.

3HTT5W: N. of a plant, Cassia


Fistula.

] 4 U. I ( a ) To throw or fling away, cast away or off, leave, keep or put aside, reject, discard ( opinion also ) Hit wft

m^[

3T-3iw

-2. ventris crepitua. -i$nf. a sort of brick ( cherishing the life-wind

grqrsfar
a carriage.

Ved Tne hinder


'

part of
or

Ku.
S.

5.

44

writ

).

SOTT*
TO^IT
true.

Respiration. -2
urine,

srqrs 5 P.
open,

To open, lay bare


uncover
; ;

downwards,
a.

Taking excrement &c.

unveil, display, reveal

expose,

D. rejected, discarded. ( b ) To leave, abandon, desert, quit, retire or

?OT ) JTC7 f%WWI~

withdraw from
^r^l 4v Ve. drive away
;

Free from falsehood,


a.

Sinless,
sirrnrrar

guiltiest,

pure,
rf^T

virtuous

qf&

smt

Kjuisuff^R. 19. 25. -2 To cover. STTTfT P- P- 1 Opened, laid bare or open ^MaKWMI?^ Bg. 2. 32. -2 Covered, concealed enclosed. -3 Free,
; ;

3. 4.

vf< HH<^MI*<J ^ifVrt To scare, disperse, arrrfT -<H<) 'mrt Mb.


;

-2

-3 To leave behind, leave in a deserted condition to disregard, take no


;

TTT

Rt)
nrr

'jflj'

fl^TTnt HIM'WHI9, 37.

unrestrained, self-willed.

notice of, contemn.

frr^

fifr

Mk.

-Comp.

-*rrf?rT.a. 1. not ill-looking. -2. not

revealing evil.
rity.

Tf^tf Vcd. well-behealth,

Ing, welfare, sound

prospeiiu

Opening, airrsfft:/, snmrr'r 1 laying bare or open. -2 Covering, enclosing, sprrounding. -3 Concealing, hiding, screening. 3TTTf?I 1 A. 1 To turn away, return, turn back ; to turn away from, abstain or desist from. -2 To com*

ing.

34UHH 1 Throwing away, discard-2 Quitting. -3 Killing. srnfim p. p- ( fr. caus. ) Thrown
;

away, discarded &c.


troyed, killed.

injured,

des-

9(prt^T~ 'niTH &c. 4c\ See


der 3?.

P
moval

rj-^s-fi
Departure,

quiver.
re-

to nothing. -Caut.
*?PT :

To send
1

bark, turn

retreat,

3f t<ul ^sr ^7^ cft^rw P. III. 3. 121 Sk."] N. of a plant Achyranthes


;

back

to reject, repulse.

see ^Mti<"T.

3rrrw^t,-ff%-: /.
rejection.

Turning away
;

a Lifeless, dead.'
-

Ajpera
cial

Mar. <nmui

largely
teeth,

used

or from, retreating, retiring repulse,

in medicine,

washing
;

sacrifi-

and other religious purposes and


swiftf fwr

in incantations

-2 Revolution. ararf^r p- p. 1 ( With

ind.
bl. )
;

someiuies

with

the

Torn

fll

<r

A.

-Oomp. -ffncwc*,-h* N. of two


oils.
1

medicated

TrR Cleansing, purifying, removing ( diseases, evils &c. ).


'*

ed away from, averted reversed, repelled, driven back. -2 ( Actively used ) Dismissing, scorning, rejectMinUQ I.^MItyll ing with contempt g?r *nr %*r t%^ Mb. -* Rolling on the ground ( of a house ).
; :

3T dropped according to the opinion or Bhftguri roots fqvrnr &c. ) I ( Used with
;

ftvrr,

and nouns in the sense of ) Placing near or over, taking towards, uniting with ; reaching or going up to, Cf Gr. proximity, nearness &c. [
.

See under 3^.


Shoreless. -2
;

^im^HI Not a large number of


Bound2.

snar*, 156

e.

a few snares

P. VI.

Germ, and Bng. be ]. epi, Zend apt, as a prefix to roots, oc( Note am,
curs mostly IB Veda, its place being taken by an^ in classical literature). -2 ( As a separable adverb or con-

less,

unbounded, unlimited nfrq^T irt TTTSTrfSrir Bam. unfathomable, of great length. -3 InexhausRv. tible, immense, great ( atfror ) 5. 87. 6. -4 Out of reach. -S Difficult
;

3TTrf*

U.

To Resort

to,

be-

take oneself to ; 411-4411144 <M Rftm. -2 To use, practise, employ


.

-3

junction ) And, also, too, moreover, besides, in addition, having a cumulative force. (

to be crossed

difficult

to

be sur-

To

rest on, lie on ( intrans.

).

mounted or overcome (at an enemy); TTWOTW HfTSrjWTT: mflMlft ^ Ram. t 1 A kind of mental satisfaction or acquiescence or, reverse of menI

^BltilHg
ore's turn
: ;

SI;
; ;

jii ) ari^T W m^Ton one's part, in


',

tal

acquiescence, non-acquiescence. -2 The opposite bank of a river, -^r


earth.
a. a-

3irjr*nri. Without support or reT: 1 Refuge, refuge, helpless. course, that to which recourse is had for refuge *^f ^<<mi'rT: Ve. 5. 1. -2 An awning or canopy sp ead over
;

fioui'i**"'" 1*
ti^ii

^MJill: IT-

Ft. 1
-

The

a cou'tyard. -3 nt Dk. 34. 69.


-P(

Head
1

W^IMIWft

2 3Tftr-3TR or arfo well as, and also 3 P. I. 4. 96 Sk., Trpr, ^T, T ^rnr neither -nor M. 1. 2 nor; T -ili<) *l")
; ,

H^f^c'jfuj

Unable, incompetent.
[wr-srt ?P ftw-2 Near.
] 1 Dis-

(Passively used
) Girt round, Inhabited by. -2

^rft' or

3Jt-iiiLyy

H^K

qiR Ms.

3.

Restored

to.

( 5

tant, remote, far.

fastened.
.

( c ) )

sprnJ
Useless,

[a*7-3T4],

aramfc

1
;

* '" ^^Hl^*) Mb. 2 H^ita^MIV Meaningless, unmeaning, senseless

unprofitable,

worthless

^^

Resting or reposing on, resorting to, entering on or into, "being in or under.


Actively used

53 whether small or great. -3 It is often used to express emphasis in ' ' ' the sense of too ', ' even, very
'

the very
:

moon

S. 1

even you, you also


another
;

nn%:/-Ved. The

heel.

also

sncrrf^

even,

107
yet, still,

now
yet
if
i

j&gfttiPl

even now $4i<ftufQ even even for a moment,


;

for one
;

moment

at least

-mjlft not
not-

-1 1 ( with pot. mood ) It has the sense of BHRJrr possibility ', supIII. 3. 154 P. I. 4. 96 position
'

'

'

a. I Fatherless. -2 Not ancestral or paternal, not inherited also in this sense ). a.

*mft though, although, even


f$rwr
ftrarnt Sk.
;

Not ancestral.
[

TOTPf still, nevertheless, withstanding, yet sometimes ^41 fi) is understood, snrrfo only being used as in Ki. 1. 28. -4 Though (oft. translatable hy even ', even if ')
;
; '

Ved.

am^

'

dr7%<T Dk. 127. -12 Contempt, censure, or reproof P. I. 4. 96, III. 3. 142 ; ftj^q-rim'g ?g;

part, portion, share.


.

Having a

share.

U. To

shut, close, corer,

fii

T*T S.

1.

20
Sk. shame to, &c. or upon, bevadatta &c. -13 It is also used with the Imperative mood to mark indifference on the part of the speaker ', where he permits another to do as he likes, (sra^tif or wnugfrr, the impe;ative being aof tened ) ari^ ^i^ Sic. you may
tie
'

conceal.

though overspread &c.; gTnrrvfaiwf^3TT q(-q>ci*lft <T?# ibid, though in her bark dress; *t pi 43 ft f?TT%tTRT1 1 2 though ever so learned. In thin sense 3Tft is most frequently used by writers to show real or imaginary
opposition (ft*fa)
;

sjftVTT.-l^rnT 1 Covering, concover, cealing, concealment. -2

lid,

covering
5.

( fig. also);

Mk.

24
1

a cloth for covering.

fwmffi

WS^M,

/- Concealment, covering. What is given to another entire satisfaction


P- l Shut, closed, covered, concealed (fig. also ); covered with ters.-2 Not con.

Swrft
Used

qftfi

&c.-S But, however. -6


beginning of sentences
; ,

at the

praise (if you like);

aiffi

3fft introduces a question arft ^ffy1 : S. srft fitnrrg 5-

S%-Ku.55. 4.

33,

34,

35;

3ic*ir0frihr-

-7 Hope, expectation
)
;

with the potential mood


2. I

usually
tr*r:

U. hope the Br&hmaaa boy comes to life. Note In this sense arf<r is freqoently used with srm and has
the sense of (a) 'is it likely', ' ' may it be ; ( 6 ) perhaps ', in all probability or ( c ) 'would that', I wish or nope that sift JTTJT
'
' '

Bk. 8. vfr is sometimes used as a particle of exclamation. -15 Rarely in the sense of tJterefore, hei.ce ( srcf 17 ) -16 Used as a separable preposition with gen. it is said to express the sense of a word understood ( fW$ )i and is treated as a $T<sr<nniiji P. 1. 4. 96 the example usually
' ' ' ' ;

fgpRT 92. -14

nh^

cealed, plain/clear
:

am"?

fjHlftf$:

Subhash.
a. (oft/.)

Always animat-

given

is qft'ftw
'

$nn where some word


little'

ing or vivifying (fl^ftgHM ) 3<f^tl'l a Ved. Shoring or partaking in, having a share.
-

like ffjtfq a drop,' 'a has to be understood,

&c.

aif^pnT

a.

Sharing in the same


;

there
'

may
'

other works religious acts or

con-

'

'

' 1 preperhaps be a drop of ghee, sume there may be at least a drop

nected by blood
Bftty.

^MnRiitiqiqNm'ii
i
i fli^Pj

tiicj.

S- 1

uTJ;Rr c *tH*McTl <u|*i|UHri-^< Mai. 1 perhaps, in all

TW

Viva;

srft:

jrobabilityj
3jf*rwT:

3^ *m tpft;
ibid
;

^lfO)^:
arf^ arrT
'
;

MlPm?: ti|^

P. I. 4. 96. G. M. adds the senses of 3TnJf*i ' death blessing ( H^uft ), ' decoration ) and ^jrt
' '

Com. ) Ved Clo8e


-

to

the

'

at the beginning ( or night, being the of Early or untimenight.-* end)

'

is tTJOTS-: STTifi^ lH<dS<ifcl U. 2 ' ' it likely ', I wish ; TTUT q^ift^i-

ly morning, evening (or morning


tiuie ( T^I'^OT )

8. 1

would
V.
2. 1

that

afft irnrr*
I

S*TTT

>T*if

were P. -8 Affixed to interrogative words 3rff makes the sense indefinite, 'any', 'some'; gfitf^ some one foup) something jprrRr somewhere at any time Hi 4 ft *rorfr any how &c. fofa STTIHT: fit f^TWW: U. 4 some people. It may often be translated by 'unknown', 'indescribable,' 'inexpressible rffc ( arR^af )
; ; ; 1

wish

Ved. The region of the arm-pits and shoulder-blades, af ind. In the especially in animals. armpit.

lfWJ: N
marian
.

of *

mn,

a gram-

( pi. )

his descendants.

'

(Mo8tIy

V *"

arf^^ra. belonging to this region


(Say. on Rv.-l. 117. 22 says
)

enter into or die ) 1 To go in or near, -2 To have a share npon, approach.


in,

The region of the


near
(

ears

WPT )

RT.
1

6.

48. 16.

grxrq[ partake of, flow ffi,ft1tMund.-aTo join, flow, be resolved into **wdissolve, into, Ch.
suffer
; ;

Stt

'

Praised, celebrated. -2 Told, described^


1 'Not mnddy, arfqi%Tr free from sediment. -2 Deep.

srfrnftar a.

Up. -4 To
river
).

die.

-5 To pour out

( as

T: ffffi

^g: U.

6.

12
:

clear,

arittftt/.l

2. 19;

Mu.

3.

22;

ing.

-2

Entering into, approachissolution, destruction, loss.


Br.

K. 143
7. 12
;

sftft

%nr ?TTT^
totality
all

U.

6. 6. 11,

M41. 1. 26; R. 1. 46. -9 After words expressing number atfr has


fif

jffq-JT

a.

Born.sfter or again,
sri [

-3 Destruction of the world (TOT);


wfhft
battle.

epithet of several deities

am

mn *n***H*
1

Sutra

II. 1. 8.

-4 Encountering, joining in
Approaching, meeting,

the sense of

fnrfat of

all ', ^rathe 4 castes


;
i

'

'

N. of the month of Jyeshtha


jpnrRfinrro'OTrawf
).

(
3,jT*rri

Pt.

1.

-1
'

It
'

someuncer-

times expresses tainty,' 'fear'


i.

'

doubt

or

jf^( a.
1

am-- pft

nm rw

(tfn)
is

w^

M. there

perhaps a thief.

^rrr

Dry, waterless, as a river. -2 Not having the p^ or 7,-

^*^

joining, juncture.-2 Pouring


rivers).

out^of -3 Entrance into, vanishing,


;

disappearance
tion into

absorption, dissolu.

wjw

onslf

108
TIT

Union, junction. -2Copu


.

lation.
44</JT>l|

the sky, does not iu any way help the cessation of anger and is, therefore, irrelevant.
grijCTra. Flowerless,

Very

handsome

or

quence cf an act ( as the acquisition of heaven which in the result of good deeds ). -2 Virtue and vice
( Tnrguir )

beautiful

( ariftfj^ )

-2 Secret, cou

cealed, hidden.
44</|i
PH<ff=ITT,

not flowering.

at the

eventual cause of
or

-wr:

a.

Ved. Impelling, stirring


apffaWIT
;

The glomerous

tig-tree.

-Comp.

future

happiness

-9ffJ -"Jr?!^

bearing fruits without flowering, having neither fruits nor flowers. ( -ar:, -qr: ) 1 the jack tree
.

The supreme

misery __$:

cold ee

* TV.] Dryness of the nose in the head ), rheum, catarrh


a.

<ft;re.

(Mar. <pro) Artocarpus Integrifolla. -2. the giomerous fig-tree ( aj^t ) Ved. Shape, body = siys..
.

of which on seen before.

soul ( q^?T ). -Oomp. 3Tfcl ". religious rites the power

the

future

is

not

hs
8 in

nfo /. one had no husband before,


!

who
a vir.

fih

5*T*> Sk.

Ved Very handsome.


.

a- Irreligious, irreverent.

ot a

man

>

3TJ3TT Disrespect, irreverence.

sion or talk Soul. ftfip an authoritative direction or injunction which is


i]

iff. discnsabout the Supreme

eunuch

Ms.

3. 49.

3tjf?t The

state of a

eunuch, im-

potent state.

aigfOT/-

A woman

band

^ghnftffi * a. Without
(

without a husft: Bk. 5. 70.


a tail. -^JTT N.

small round cake of flour, meal ( Mar. <w, qi^n, 3TTOTT &c. ), thicker than ordinary cakes and mixed with sugar and spices tfii^TT1

3T^jr: [

=T

3?J^ fafreff. ^-T. ^-

cf.

TV.]

nite new'; it is of four kindg:


.

ice.

W
tad.

Not having existed


;

before, incomparableness, unparalleled or nature

rW^T HrHH^SJTT T ^i^Qdl:


172.

Pt. 3.

extraordinary
1.

3TJ4-

CM ij

m<j Mv.
else.

of a tree

Mar.

3115 )

-2 Wheat. -3 Honey-comb.

trootT a. Not virtuous or

wicked, bad

perform meritorious deeds, or who commits unrighteous deeds.

^
a

holy,

s^pTPT,

3ic^
to,

one who does not

Belonging

(a^IJT ffiff, l^sT ?) intended for, SIJTT. -err


silk

a.

3*S^T any thing

Singularly,

unlike

sTJ^frr adv.

Never before.

Flour, meal.

Relating to the remote consequence of an act,


.

wyfo-

The
}

cotton

tree

Not
)

Having The daughter of a sonless father, who herself has no male child one who is not appointed by her father to beget male issue for him on failure of a son cf arffTf. -Sf: The
; ; .

son. -a., -^rar: no son or heir.

Bonibax
)
I

Heptapbyllum

< Mar. wtrft

^u^^|
(

a.

as

wood
a.

fcc. ).

Lifeless, inanimate -2 Soulless. -3 Un-

peopled, uutenanted.
ST^tJT

3Tjq?

Not

full or completed, in;

complete, deficient, imperfect

father of such a daughter.

Not again, once for all, for ever. -Oomp. -ZFW a. not returning, dead, -srrfnr not taking backer

3^pTT

ind.

again, -arrjf^r: /. non-return, exemption of the soul from further


a. irrecoverable.

'

'

Incomplete number or fraction. -Oomp. ~3fra " premature, untimely. ( -fj: ) prema3T abortive. ture or incomplete time
of
;

H%JT jK&HFi BTT% ?fa^*f M.

3.

38

3^

wytf-

single P. I. 2. 41 qtt.qui'HquiJTt Sk. -2 (In the Pratiakhyas ) Thr preposition an: and the particle 3.
if<ti|c4|c<)Jj:
;

Wlf a. Ved. 1 Unpreoeded, first. -2 Incomparable, unheard-of before. Sl^rK a. Not united, uncombined. W: 1 ( In gram. ) An affix ( or a word ) consisting of a letter
;

rr* <nr-

^^U|5
3|<4<t|dh'

n.

3.

ind.

Not filling stingy. Not separately,


;

to-

gether

with, collectively. Oomp. qAtflrt of the same religion. tfj-

a.

Not

preceded,
the
like

not
of

transmigration, final beatitude. -JJTCTT -ro 1. not being born again ( of diseases also ). -2.

knowledge of the Supreme Soul which tends to this from step. -4. a person released
metempsychosis.

final beatitude. -3.

having existed before, which did not exist before, quite new $ srre* S. 1 5 il^^rt M. 5 K. 191; Si. 4. 17. -2 Strange, extraordinary, wonderful
; ;
; ;

a. maintaining the doctrine of pantheism regarding God in all things. 8^[3T7-?]2P. I To go away, depart, withdraw, retire, run away,
;

escape aiqfl' begone, avaunt, away, to disappear, hence, get you gone die or perish vanish, pass away also ; u-jfarttfa Ms. 1. 82 ^rrcH;
;

W-JFT a. Not manlike, unmanly. -Oonp. -3nf 1 a rite or ceremony which is not in the intervals of the
;

II

S.

Til.

17

singular,

unexampled, unprecedentf^<ijHI'?: S. 6
;

ed

3Tj$ q^-

doer. -2. not the principal object of

M.
S.

24 tnrr srT ?IT5r: Ki. 5. 37 does not leave. -2 To be wanting, be .omitted ; be deprived of, be free from. -3 To start ( Ved. ).

fTr^^reTffNfWiS ^ S.

7.

^f^r%

the soul.

s^TT:
; .

[?-3fO
I. 5.

nt

U.

1.

46 commit-

departure.
T

1 Going away, -2 Separation mnm<)s;

9ryO
low, base.

'

Not muoh. -2 Mean,

1 Not noariehed or fed, arij^ra. v it loud or lean, not fat. -2 violent, In Bhet. oft, low ( as sound ). -3

ting an unaparalleled atrocity. -3 Unknown, unacquainted, stranger Ki. 6. 39. -4 Not first. -5 preceded by 3? or art. -6 ( In phil. ) That unseen virtue which is a rela;

P.

24

3TTOT ft^r: Sk.

6.

75.

absence!,

-3 Disappearance, vanishing, Me. 80 at the time <t,<4?i||<)


;
; ;

( of the sense or meaning ) as in the initance given under S. D. 576 fldtw ftotft tfffi fti g^ ?t W, the jidjec;

or assisting (the meaning), irrelevan ( swawrft),. regarded as one of the arthadothat, faults

Not feeding

before not superinduced, possessed, unseen but efficacious to connect the consequence with its and remote cause and to past
ion

tiv

Am

'

'

expanded,

at

ippHod

to

wing abont at a distant period or n another worldihe relative effect. 'Colebrooke. -$ 1 The remote conse-

of suntet $u|,(|i4(4$itli4)4$f'<: B. 8. 74 close of night *)<4im<lftMig<|fui Si. 4. 5 ; 4. 64 18. 1. -4 DestrucOTtion, loss, death, annihilation B. 8. 42 loss, 83 Mai. 10. 9 death
; ;
;

or disappearance of
ill,

M. -S An
risk,

evil,

misfortune,

calamity

109
danger (oft opp. 37TT "iiMii^ftn: Bh. 3. 9
;

n comp.

or
1 rorHP TV. ] Having H I imb too many or too few (redundant or deficient). -2 Not under 16 yearn

?^ ftTtf:
1

S. 7. 15 awaiting kindling.

fe:

T:

Pt.

not the
)
;

danger
r
t.
.

resulting from the plan


J

-3 Consideration, reference, regard, with the obj. in loc. case more usual;

ly in
1 400
1-

comp.

mTU'lM^ P.atn.
;

1. 17,

of age

^raaTTHU $1 SI WffeSffTf'J HRRT1

61

exposed to many dangers, dangerous SRTT: ^Plfijdium; H. 4. "5 exposed to dangers or calamities H. 4. 102 Ks.
; ; ;

Pt.

regardless of the instr. and somefhncs loc. of this "word frequently occur in comp. meaning 'with reTerence to, with n view
tlllM
'

Narada

Ms.

8.
r: l.

148

-3

H-^HI^Ichild or infant
'ff'TS'-

,.^ -4

Very timid.

-5

out of regard for, * for the sake of to,


'

'

'

Wrinkled, flaccid. -6 One past 16.

'

MM*t u ll^^
;

**!
;

-6 LOBS, detriment, -7 The end ( of a word ).


14. 19.
;

^JTT>*1I^I^
;

injury.

<H<jif)*iw i)i<4inm Pt. 1 ft R. I- 94 fqrfiij^^T Mu. 1


2 out of

See under STT-^1 a. Ved. Waterless 1. 116. 3 ). -2 Rv. 4l= ( water-tight


i

aillftn o. Departing, transient perishable see sfHTlfSf^.


"

regard for 3 with a view to


;
;

Not watery, not fluid, -gf [ 3T7JZH'?* &c. that removes 9pir^ ] Poison
water
(

Whf p.p.
appeared
3.
;

Gone away,
'

dis.
?>

1. -2 Departing or deviating from, swerving from, contrary (with bl. ) P. IV. 4. 92 arofyft* Sk. ( vrfqwj^MliJId )
;

a^TTg^rftn^^T^Tm

gain gome Me. 17


;

jirfN+j|^RTr^
f.

sroJTg^Tr^nrr 5ra^riRT Y. 2. 26 in proportion to, in accordance with

object

3JH"jQ^I

sort

of

pother^

m$

<<^if^*r4i^K.
with

P. 1 as

compared

Y.

2. 4.

-3 Free from, de-

comp.
Ms.

void of, deprived of ( with abl. or in ) g^rt^fa: Sk. c d: R. 1. 70 faultless t?<:


;

it. -4 Connection, relation, dependence as of cause with effect or

gjqtf 1 U. [ aro-35 or si; ] 1 To remove^ drive or push away, dispeU take away, destroy ^ f% f
;

d^^nnal
;

of iudividu*Hvith species ;|flmnrw: Ak. -5 Care,


uttentiou,

TT(^

( 3T^T- )

heed

54 j$g?*pr 5 pushed away, placed, supplanted V. 3. 10


R8. 44,
;

19.

dis

7.

197

r*5ra?nTftr

S. 7. 32 freed from (mental ) darkuess. -Oomp. -TTWff N. of a plant,

Ocimum Sanctum
A.
1

Bk. 7. 49. -6 Respect, n gram. = 3rqrtgrq. v. -Comp. -jf^f: (In Vaieshika phil.) the distinguishing perception by
deference. -

U.
19 removes 119 Ms. 8. 414, yftS' +c*H|i4l4:
2.
; ;

Bk.
11.

17.

83
1
"

15.

108
II-

To

look

which we apprehend this is one, this is one &c. and which gives
' '

'

round or about for something, to look or hope for, expect. -2 To wait for, await irsft wt Hffcsnr;

rise

= fiii3iT-Rii?inK)
sha
P.

to the notion of see Sarva. chap. 10 where


<Jlf') <

'

duality
3Tfr$ii^i%:

removed from or beyond imagination. -2 To heal, cure ( as illness ). Ms. -3 To avoid, give up, leave
;

10.
cf.

86

<rw*3rt
B.
12.

atfr

TnTtarsTTtrnot leaving

fl

jfip

Bha-

ftqf^Rvr

31,

XWMWhrit
U. 7
7
; ;

S. 2 awaits
;

K. 84

sf
;

fTT

smratiw* ? yrenfraft^-; Mk.


;

(the path of) propriety.

-4 To deny

WCTrfrSTtent *T
107-8.

*t S.
way

D. 730. -5 To
of opposing a

<{<*iiqTi ^>1l*I*4Qnrifr

H. Pr.

reason, argue by

35

statement.

Ku.
want, stand in
desire
for
;

3. 26.

-3 To require, need of wish or


;

To pot. p. be desired, wanted, hoped for, expected, considered &c.; desirable.

Hi. 2.
'

snjri
86
;

sr<f

Keinoring, driving away, healing &c. -2 Bemoval of doubt by the exercise of the reasoning
faculty. -3 Reasoning, arguing reasoning faculty. -4 Negative reasoning (opp. s?) (3TTCTfl<l!<l fiff of the dhiguuai q. T.i )> one
; ' :

f Locked
.

for,

expec<"

Mil.

1.

ed
V.

wanted

ft
4.

*rrww irfd
18
;

12

Ku.

3.

i "M M snfr Pt. 2. 26. -4

considered,'

desired, required j referred to &c. ^


;

To

have regard to, look to, have in view, have an eye to i%*rte*r <rw nfrw* VTTW: unhrit inf^r: Ki. 2. 21 ; *nn 5i*^i*f ^^ra^stfnreww^ 5. D. -5 To take into account or consideration, consider, think of,
;

Desire, wish consideration.


a.

regard,

reference,
for

KI^'J:

Mbh.

Hoping,
;

waiting

wishing or desiring for, wanting considering, caring usually as last member of comp.; JS^r^^n^rfV
;

74

hence

3?sr?rf

= complete

discus-

tt.

15.

85

jnfrsnn^ffcTnrr
to.

Ku.

3.

of a question. -S Excluding all things not coming under the dgMfttf category in point
sion
;

respect, care for


35, 197, 257,

Hccording
a;

315
:

Not

fit

td be</